Full text of "The Coleopterists' bulletin"

See other formats

cr>

OF THE

U N I VERS ITY
Of ILLINOIS

595.705

C0L.B

BIOLOGY

The person charging this material is re¬
sponsible for its return to the library from
which it was withdrawn on or before the
Latest Date stamped below.

Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books
are reasons for disciplinary action and may
result in dismissal from the University.

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

L161 — 0-1096

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

VOLUME 18, 1964

Published by

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20017

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington, D. C. 20017 and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a
year beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Cole¬
opterists’ Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be
addressed to the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.

Subscriptions: The subscription price for
each annual volume of four numbers is
$5.00 payable in advance. All sub¬
scriptions begin with the first issue of
the year and those subscribing later in
the year will receive the back issues of
the volume.

Back volumes: A stock of back volumes
is maintained and may be purchased as
follows: 3 to date, $5.00 ea.; single num¬
bers, $1.25 each; all prices postpaid.
Missing numbers: Issues lost in the mail
will be supplied free of charge if notified
within three months after mailing.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P St., N.W., Wash¬
ington, D. C. 20006. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should be sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

Manuscripts will be acknowledged upon
receipt. As soon as possible thereafter the
author will be notified as to acceptance
after review by the Editorial Board. If
the manuscript is accepted, a tentative
date of publication will be set. In general,

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

The editor will make no text changes
without advanced notice to the author.
Galley proof will be sent for correction.
These galleys are sent out well in advance
and do NOT indicate the date or order of
publication.

Twenty-five tear sheets of one page
notes will be supplied free to the author if
requested when returning galley proofs.
Reprints of articles printed free of extrane¬
ous matter will be supplied with or with¬
out covers at cost. Reprints MUST be
ordered on the form provided when re¬
turning galley proofs. The approximate
cost of reprints will be supplied with this
form.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases, descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
will be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be corre-
tions are particularly desired, and in all lated with existing keys.

BIOLOGY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume 18, 1964

Anderson, D. M., A review of the specific names in North American Miarus (Cole-
optera: Curculionidae) .

Arnett, R. H., Jr., Some nomenclatural changes in Oedemeridae (Coleoptera)....

- Notes on Karumiidae (Coleoptera) .

- B-p-hydroxyphenylethylamine-hydrochloride on Trox sp. (Cole¬
optera: Scarabaeidae) .

Barr, T. C., Jr., Non-troglobitic Carabidae (Coleoptera) from caves in the United
States .

Bell, R. T., Does Gehringici belong to the Isochaeta? (Coleoptera: Carabidae) .

Burke, H. R., Studies on the genus Antfionomus in North and Central America
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) II. The subgenus Anthonomorphus Dietz .

Campbell, J. M., and J. D. Marshall, The ocular index and its application to
the taxonomy of the Alleculidae (Coleoptera) .

Cartwright, O. L., Lectotype designations and new synonymy in the genus
Ataenius (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) .

Hardy, A., Studies on Oxygrylius Casey (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae)

Herman, L. H., Jr., Nomenclatural consideration of Nicrovhorus (Coleoptera:
Silphidae) .

- A revision of Orus Casey. I. Subgenus Leucorus Casey and a

new subgenus (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) .

Kingsolver, J. M., The genus Neltumius (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) .

Krause, N. L. H., Some leaf-mining chrysomelids of Lantana (Coleoptera) .

Leech, H. B., A new species of Agabus from the Death Valley region of California
(Coleoptera: Dytiscidae) .

Lloyd, J. E., Description of a brachypterous firefly female of the genus Photinus
(Coleoptera: Lampyridae) .

Macnamara, J. P., Two new names for North American species of Sclonodon
(Coleoptera: Cebrionidae) .

Marshall, J. D., see Campbell, J. M., and J. D. Marshall.

Miller, D. C., Notes on Enochrus and Cymbiodyta from the Pacific Northwest
(Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) .

Moore, I., Manda, a genus new to the Nearctic region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae)

- A new key to the subfamilies of the Nearctic Staphylinidae and

notes on their classification .

Russell, L., Range extension for two introduced dung beetles (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) .

Triplehorn, C. A., A synopsis of the genus Cryptoglossa Sober (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae) .

Van Tassell, E. R., A note on Hemiosus exilis LeConte (Coleoptera: Hydro¬
philidae) .

Vaurie, P., A new species of Hyphantus , a synonym, and various notes (Cole¬
optera: Curculionidae: Otiorliynchinae) .

Warner, R. E., Apion longirostre Olivier, widely distributed in North America
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) .

- Ceutorhynchus assimilis (Payk.), new to eastern North America

(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) .

101

122

112

105

127

121

43
53
37
17
61

_ Unusual host records for Gymnaetron pascuorum , Hexarthrum

ulkei, Chalcodermus aeneus, and Hyper a nigrirostris (Coleoptera: Curculioni-
dae) . 96

_ Sphenophorus cicatristriatus damaging blue grass lawns in

Washington state (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) . Ill

Wooldridge, D. P., Two new species of Berosus from the southeastern United

States (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) . 97

Zimmerman, E. C., On the supposed North American Trachodinae (Coleoptera:

Curculionidae) . 25

Beetle Talk . 24

Book Review . 52, 62

Current Research Programs . 20, 41

Literature Notice . 36, 68, 94

Notice . 4, 78

LIST OF NEW TAX A PROPOSED IN VOLUME 18, 1964

Agabus rumppi Leech, n. sp. (Dytiscidae) . 79

Anthonomus cognatus Burke, n. sp. (Curculionidae) . 15

Berosus corrini Wooldridge, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 99

Berosus youngi Wooldridge, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 97

Cryptoglossa laevis papillosa Triplehorn, n. subsp. (Tenebrionidae) . 48

Cymbiodyta hatchi Miller, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 76

Cymbiodyta leechi Miller, n, sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 75

Enochrus ( Enochrus ) piceus Miller, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 70

Hyphantus fausti Yaurie, n. sp. (Curculionidae) . 37

Mcmda nearctica Moore, n. sp. (Staphylinidae) . 58

Nivorus Herman, n. subgen. of Orus (Staphylinidae) . 119

Oxacis trirossi Arnett, n. name (Oedemeridae) . 34

Philostratus Zimmerman, n. gen. (Curculionidae) . 29

Selonodon arizonensis Macnamara, n. name (Cebrionidae) . 18

Selonodon josephi Macnamara, n. name (Cebrionidae) . 18

DATES OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 18, 1964

March (No. 1), pp. 1-32, April 22, 1964.

June (No. 2), pp. 33-64, July 17, 1964.

September (No. 3), pp. 65-96, September 24, 1964.

December (No. 4), pp. 97-128, February 5, 1965.

THE
COLEOPTERIS

BULLETIN

CARABIDAE: On Non-troglobites, by Barr . 1

CEBRIONIDAE: Selonodon names, by Macnamara . 18

CURCULIONIDAE: Anthonomus Studies II, by Burke . 7

CURCULIONIDAE: On Apion longirostre, by Warner . 17

CURCULIONIDAE: Miarus names, by Anderson . 21

CURCULIONIDAE: On supposed Trachodinae, by Zimmerman. . . 25

SILPHIDAE: The Name Nicrophorus, by Herman . 5

Beetle Talk . 24

Current Research Programs . 20

Notice . 4

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON 17, D. C.

A Quarterly Publication Devoted , . ] BRARy
_ to 'I** Study of Beetles HALL

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists* Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington 17, D. C. and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a year
beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Coleopterists*
Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be addressed to
the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Back volumes: A stock of back volumes
is maintained and may be purchased as
follows: 3 to date, $5.00 ea.; single
numbers, $1.25 each; all prices postpaid.
Missing numbers: Issues lost in the mail
will be supplied free of charge if no¬
tified within three months after mailing.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

0. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P Street, N.W.,
Washington 6, D. C. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should be sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

Manuscripts will be acknowledged upon
receipt. As soon as possible thereafter
the author will be notified as to accept¬
ance after review by the Editorial Board.
If the manuscript is accepted, a tentative
date of publication will be set. In general,

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the
right to use articles out of order in the
interest of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases , descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
will be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be cor¬
dons are particularly desired, and in all related with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 18 March (No. 1) 1964

NON-TROGLOBITIC CARABIDAE (COLEOPTERA) FROM
CAVES IN THE UNITED STATES1

By Thomas C. Barr, Jr.2’ 3

Much has been written concerning the troglobitic (^obligatorily caverni-
colous) Carabidae of the United States. Beetles belonging to the genus
Pseudanophthalmus Jeannel and other troglobitic genera of the tribe Tre-
chini are widespread in caves of unglaciated areas in the eastern United
States, within the region underlain by Paleozoic rocks (see Barr, 1960a,
for generic key; Barr, 1960b, for bibliography). The aberrant troglobite
Horologion speokoites, discovered in a West Virginia cave by Valentine
(1932), is probably best considered the sole representative of the tribe
Horologionini. It was placed in the Psydrini by Van Emden (1936) and
in a distinct family, Horologionidae, by Jeannel (1949). Unfortunately,
it is known only from the unique male type. Rhadine LeConte, a distinctive
subgenus of Agonum (Agonini), includes several closely similar troglobitic
species which inhabit caves in the eastern Edwards plateau of Texas (Barr,
1960c).

It is the purpose of this paper to emphasize the repeated occurrence of
a limited number of non-troglobitic ground beetles in caves of the United
States, in addition to the troglobitic representatives mentioned. In the
terminology of J. R. Schiner, as amplified and defined by Racovitza (1907 ),
these are troglophiles if they can and do complete their fife cycle within
a cave, or trogloxenes if they commonly occur in caves but must return
to the surface for at least part of their life cycle. Troglophiles also occur
outside of caves in dark, humid microenvironments, but do not exhibit the
same degree of evolutionary modification which restricts troglobites to caves.
The term cavernicole means simply, “an animal living in caves.” Troglobites,
troglophiles, and trogloxenes are all cavernicoles. Cave accidentals are not.
This system of classification, still unfamiliar to some American zoologists
despite widespread acceptance in Europe, is summarized in Table 1. An

1 This investigation was supported in part by a grant (G-18765) from the National
Science Foundation.

- Department of Zoology and Institute of Speleology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington.

I wish to thank Dr. Philip J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University, and Dr. Carl Lindroth, Zoological Institute, University of Lund,
Sweden, for assistance in specific determinations of bembidiines. Leslie Hubricht,
Meridian, Mississippi; Richard E. Graham, Rutgers University; John R. Holsinger,
University of Kentucky; and James R. Reddell, Austin, Texas, collected some of
the material reported in this paper.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

example drawn from the Carabidae is given for each category. I assume
that a non-troglobitic carabid may be considered a troglophile if a cave
population of the species includes several larvae and/or tenerals.

Table 1.

Classification of Cave Animals

I. Cavernicoles

A. Obligate

1. Troglobites — e.g. Pseudanophthalmus pubescens (Horn)

B. Facultative

1. Troglophiles (entire life cycle in caves) — e.g. Bembidion
lacunarium (Zimmermann)

2. Trogloxenes (only part of life cycle in caves)

a. Habitual — e.g. Agonum refiexum (LeConte)

b. Occasional — e.g. Patrobus longicornis Say

II. Accidentals

E.g. Harpalus ( Pseudophonus ) compar LeConte

Many carabids occur sporadically in the crepuscular (^twilight) zone
of caves or are washed considerable distances underground by sinking
streams. These can only be considered accidentals or, if commonly en¬
countered in caves, threshhold trogloxenes. They include common epigean
species, for the most part. For this group, I have U. S. records of species
belonging to the following genera: Acupalpus, Agonoderus* Agonum*
Amara, Anillinus* Anisodactylus* Badister, Bembidion * Brady cellus,
Calathus, Carabus, Colliuris, Dyschirius, Galeritula, Harpalus * Helluo-
morphoides, Lebia, Micratopus, Nebria* Notiophilus, Odontonyx, Patro¬
bus* Pterostichus* Scaphinotus, Selenophorus* Sphaeroderus, Steno-
lophus* and Tachys* Repeated occurrence of a genus is indicated by an
asterisk (*). The other genera are probably all accidentals.

This list shows at least two things: first, that a variety of carabids crawl,
fall, or are washed into caves; second, that most of the group consists of
beetles usually found in meadows or fields, or under cover alongside
streams. Common riparian species, such as Agonum extensicolle (Say),
Nebria pallipes Say, and Patrobus longicornis (Say) apparently wander up
the banks of streams issuing from caves and follow the streams under¬
ground. I have never found Nebria outside of the crepuscular zone, but
A . extensicolle and especially P. longicornis occasionally wander a hundred
meters or more inside a cave. It is probably significant that a late September
(1963) abundance of P. longicornis along the Little Barren River in Green
County, Kentucky, coincided with the appearance of numerous individuals
of the species along the stream in Woodard Cave, near Donansburg. The
cave stream is a direct tributary of the Little Barren. The Scaphinotus

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

observed, S. (Steniridia) loedingi Valentine and S. (Steniridia) andrewsi
germari Chaudoir, were seen near entrances walking over the rock walls
of the caves. They were probably hunting for snails, many of which were
nearby. The small, eyeless, depigmented bembidiines of the genus Anillinus
Casey show some of the morphological attributes of good cave species, but
are more common in deep soil and humus than in caves, where they prob¬
ably occur under special, unknown conditions or accidentally.

Certain genera which are common on the surface in the cave regions
are missing from the list or have been found only once or twice in hundreds
of caves. There are only two cave records for Calathus, and one of these
was at the bottom of a pit 30 meters deep. Both records are for single
individuals. There is one cave record for a single specimen of Lebia ornata
Say, taken in a small Alabama cave in February, where it may have been
hibernating. Species of Lebia are predominantly arboreal, however, and
are not likely to be accidentally washed into caves or to crawl along the
banks of streams into caves. The same generalization may be applied to
the species of Calosoma, which I have never found in a cave. It is more
difficult to account for the absence of common streamside species of
Chlaenius, Ardistomis, and Clivina.

Five common epigean species are frequently found in caves of the
eastern United States, the Ozark plateau, and Texas. Bembidion ( Peryphus )
lacunarium (Zimmermann), Agonum (Platynus) reflexwn (LeConte), and
Atranus pubescens (Dejean) occur in caves throughout the region. Bem¬
bidion (Amerizus) wingatei (Bland) is a frequent inhabitant of caves from
eastern Kentucky to West Virginia and Pennsylvania. Tachys ( Tachyura )
jerrugineus (Dejean) occurs rarely in eastern caves, but is extremely com¬
mon in both the limestone caves of central Texas and the gypsum caves
of northwest Texas, as shown by the abundant collections of Mr. James
R. Reddell. I have seen all five species from many caves, have seen many
tenerals, and have no doubt that all except Agonum reflexum are troglo-
philes. They have no close troglobitic relatives. A. reflexum is an habitual
trogloxene which readily enters the aphotic zone.

Two groups of troglophiles remain for consideration. One is the genus
Trechus, in the tribe Trechini. T. (Microtrechus) tennesseensis Barr and
T. (Microtrechus) tuckaleechee Barr are known only from East Tennessee
caves, and T. (T.) cumberlandus Barr occurs in caves and deep ravines in
the Cumberland plateau of Tennessee and Kentucky (Barr, 1962). Cave
tenerals of all three species have been collected, and they undoubtedly
reproduce in the caves. A small colony of T. (T.) ovipennis californicus
Motschulsky formerly inhabited Empire Cave, Santa Cruz Co., California,
where Mr. Richard E. Graham collected specimens for me. 1 have seen
no tenerals from Empire Cave. The cave is now permanently closed. None
of these four species shows reduction of eyes or pigmentation in the cave
colonies.

In the subgenus Rhadine (genus Agonum) we find not only troglobitic
species but several troglophilic species, as well as species which probably
never enter caves. Some Rhadine can be trapped in large numbers from
rodent burrows. In caves they are often very abundant. I treated the

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

cavernicoious Rhadine (both troglobites and troglophiles) in detail in an
earlier paper (Barr, 1960c). The obviously and supposedly troglophilic
species known at that time were A. (R.) caudatum (LeConte) — Va., Tenn.,
Ala.; A. (R.) jonesi Barr — Ala.; A. (R.) ozarkense (Sanderson and Miller)
— Arkansas; A. (R.) longicolle (Benedict) — N. Mex.; A. (R.) rubrum
Barr — Texas; A. (R.) howdeni Barr and Lawrence — Texas; and A. (R.)
babcocki Barr — Texas. Since writing that paper I have seen three other,
undescribed species of Rhadine, probably troglophiles, from Oklahoma,
Texas, and Arizona, respectively. A. (R.) longiceps (Van Dyke), from
southwest Texas, has also appeared in recent cave collections.

In summary, the non-troglobitic cave carabids of the United States, as
presently known, consist of three groups: (1) a large number of accidentals
and threshhold trogloxenes; (2) a small assemblage (4 troglophiles and
1 habitual trogloxene) of common epigean species which readily adapt to
cave life; and (3) a moderate number (15 species) of troglophiles closely
related to the two principal lineages of troglobitic carabids in the United
States.

Literature Cited

Barr, T. C.

1960a. A new genus of cave beetle (Carabidae: Trechini) from southwestern
Virginia with a key to the genera of the Trechini of North America north
of Mexico. Coleop. Bull. 14:65-70.

1960b. Introduction To: Symposium, Speciation and raciation in cavernicoles.
American Midi. Nat. 64:1-9.

1960c. The cavernicoious beetles of the subgenus Rhadine, genus Agonum
(Coleoptera: Carabidae). Ibid., 45-65.

Jeannel, R.

1949. Les coleopteres cavernicoles de la region des Appalaches. Etude sys-
tematique. Notes Biospeologiques, 4, Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris),
no. 12:37-104.

Racovitza, E. G.

1907. Essai sur les problemes biospeologiques. Arch. zool. exp. et gen.
36:371-488.

Valentine, J. M.

1932. Horologion, a new genus of cave beetles (fam. Carabidae). Ann Ent. Soc.
America 25:1-8, pi. 1-2.

Van Emden, F.

1936. Bemerkungen zur Klassification der Carabidae: Carabini und Harpalinae
piliferae. Ent. Blatter 32:12-52, 11 figs.

NOTICE

The French magazine L’Entomologiste, Revue d’Amateur, has in each issue a
section called “Offres et demandes d’echanges.” That section is loaded with offers
of and requests for beetles.

Wanted: Cerambycidae from the eastern United States. Offered in exchange:
Beetles from the western United States. By Donald E. Rich, 4063 Moore St., Los
Angeles 66, California.

1964

THE COL EO PTE R I STS' BULLETIN

NOMENCLATURAL CONSIDERATION OF NICROPHORUS

(COLEOPTERA: SILPHIDAE)

By Lee H. Herman, Jr.1

Fabricius (1775) erected a new genus using the name Nicrophorus in¬
cluding in it N. germanicus (L.) and N. vulgaris. The generic name was
used subsequently by Fabricius (1776, 1778, 1787, 1792, 1800), Olivier
(1790), Latreille (1796) and others not cited here. However, Illiger
(1798) used Necrophorus and was followed in that spelling in 1801 by
Fabricius. Subsequent workers have used the names interchangeably. The
Leng Catalogue (1920) used Necrophorus but Hatch (1928) used
Nicrophorus; supplements to the Leng Catalogue retained Nicrophorus.
Necrophorus was acknowledged by Hatch (1932) as an emended spelling,
and he further stated, “There is widespread authority for the use of such
an emended spelling . . but did not mention which should be accepted.
Mazokhin-Porshnyakov (1953) used Necrophorus and Mrocykowski
(1959) used Nicrophorus, examples of the most recent new species de¬
scriptions using these names. Recently Necrophorus has been listed as a
junior synonym by Hatch (1957) and Arnett (1961).

Another error was in the use of Nigrophorus by Fabricius (1787) on
page 48 and Nicrophorus on page viii. The International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature (1961) states an emendation must be a “. . . demonstrably
intentional change in the original spelling . . [Art. 33(a)]. Nigrophorus
does not satisfy this definition since the original spelling was cited in the
same publication and cited again by its author (Fabricius) in 1792. The
change is therefore unintentional, not an emendation, and as an incorrect
subsequent spelling has no nomenclatural status [Art. 33(b)].

If Necrophorus is considered an unintentional change then Art. 33(b)
applies and the name is rejected, but since the name is used several times
by Illiger (1798, pp. 352-355, 498, 508) and Fabricius (1801, pp. xiv,
333) it can be considered an emendation (intentional change).

Emendations are either justified or unjustified. The former “. . . is the
correction of an incorrect original spelling . . [Art. 33(a) (i)]. “The
original spelling of a name is to be retained as the ‘correct original spelling’
unless there is in the original publication clear evidence of an inadvertent
error . . [Art. 32(a) (ii) ].

This problem seems to be one of transliteration. Transliteration of the
Greek vck pos is Necros and translates, a dead body or corpse; the Greek
-phore translates bearer or carrier. The prefix Nicro- translates or trans¬
literates from neither Greek nor Latin. One may presume that Nicrophorus
was an incorrect transliteration and should have been Necrophorus meaning
corpse carrier, a habit characteristic of this genus. There is no evidence
of a “lapsus calami” since the name Nicrophorus was used twice in the
original publication (Fabricius 1775, pp. 1, 71) and several times subse¬
quently including Fabricius (1778, p. Ill) when Nicrophorus was used
with the Greek letters w*po</>opo? beside it.

1 Catholic University of America, Department of Biology, Washington 17, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Assuming this to be an incorrect transliteration Art. 32(a) (ii) would
apply in stating . . (incorrect transliterations . . . are not to be consid¬
ered inadvertent errors . . the original spelling should therefore be
retained as correct.

By definition, the change made by Illiger (1798) was an unjustified
emendation. Art. 33(a) (ii) states, “. . . any other emendation is an ‘un¬
justified emendation’; the name thus emended has status in nomenclature
with its own date and author, and is a junior objective synonym of the
name in its original form.”

The correct name is Nicrophorus Fabricius, 1775 [Art. 32(a) (ii)],
rather than Necrophorus Illiger, 1798, a junior objective synonym of the
original [Art. 33(a) (ii)]. Nigrophorus has no status [Art. 33(b)].

The type-species for Nicrophorus is N. vespillo (L.); a name listed as a
junior synonym of N. vulgaris F. in the original publication. The designa¬
tion was by Latreille (1810, p. 427).

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H.

1961. The Beetles of the United States. Part II. Fascicle 17. The Catholic Uni¬
versity of America Press. Washington, D. C. P. 333.

Fabricius, J. C.

1775. Systema Entomologiae. Pp. 1, 71. Lipsiae.

1776. Genera Insectorum. Pp. 2, 25. Chilonii.

1778. Philosophia Entomologia. Pp. 90, 111, 156.

1787. Mantissa Insectorum. Part I. Pp. viii, 48. Hafniae.

1792. Entomologia Systemica. Pp. xiii, 246, 247. Hafniae.

1800. Epitome Entomologiae Fabricianne Sive Nomenclatore Entomologicus
emendatus. Pp. viii, 3, 38.

1801. Systema Eleutheratorum. Part I. Pp. xiv, 333. Kiliae.

Hatch, M. H.

1928. Silphidae II. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars. 95. P. 126.

1932. “Necrophorus” or “Nicrophorus.” Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 40:391.
1957. The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. University of Washington Press.
Seattle. P. 11.

Illiger, J. K. W.

1798. Verzeichniss Der Kafer Preussens. Pp. 352-355, 498, 508.

Latreille, P. A.

1796. Precis Des Caracteres. Pp. 12, 103. Bordeaux.

1810. Considerations Generates Sur L’ordre Naturel Des Crustaces, Des Arach-
nides, Et Des Insectes. P. 427. Paris.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. Mount
Vernon, N. Y.

Mazokhin-Porshnyakov, G. A.

1953. Coleoptera, Necrophorini of Northeast China. Zool. Zhurn. 32:235-236.
P. 236. (Not seen.)

Mrocykowski, M.

1959. Nicrophorus ( Nicrophorus ) kieticus sp. n. from the Solomon Islands
(Coleoptera, Silphidae). Ann. Zool. Warsaw. 18:65-69. P. 66. (Not seen.)

Olivier, A. G.

1790. Entomologie au Histoire Naturelle Des Insectes. Coleopteres. Tome II.
No. 10. Paris.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

STUDIES ON THE GENUS ANTHONOMUS IN NORTH AND
CENTRAL AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)
II. THE SUBGENUS ANTHONOMORPHUS DIETZ1 2

By Horace R. Burke

The subgenus Anthonomorphus was erected by Dietz (1891:194) to
include Anthonomus fulvus LeConte, Anthonomus peninsularis Dietz, and
Anthonomus pervilis Dietz. Dietz considered the size and position of the
eyes to be the most distinctive characters of the subgenus, describing these
as “small, subrostral in their position and somewhat approximate upon the
front.” Comparison of the size of the eyes of members of this subgenus with
those of other Anthonomus indicates that this character is of no taxonomic
value in defining the subgenus; however, the position of the eyes is a useful
criterion for distinguishing Anthonomorphus from most other species-
groups of Anthonomus. The eyes appear to be located on the base of the
rostrum rather than on the head; this illusion is accentuated by the head
being somewhat conical and more or less constricted on the sides behind
the eyes.

While searching for additional characters to define Anthonomorphus ,
a number of similarities between this subgenus and Trichobaropsis Dietz
were noted. Trichobaropsis was proposed as a subgenus by Dietz (1891:
196) to include Anthonomus texanus Dietz, and was separated from other
subgenera primarily on the basis of the emarginate prosternum and the
seventh funicular segment of the antenna being somewhat more closely
associated with the club. The first of these characters is shared with several
species of Anthonomus, including fulvus and peninsularis, while the second
one alone does not appear sufficiently distinct to justify recognizing
Trichobaropsis as a subgenus. Since good subgeneric characters are lack¬
ing and as texanus shares many features in common with fulvus and
peninsularis, Trichobaropsis is here considered a junior synonym of
A nthonomorphus.

Males of Anthonomorphus can be readily recognized by the meso-
trochanters. The male mesotrochanter (figs. 11, 13) is nearly parallel¬
sided, with the apex broadly angulate or obliquely truncate, and the extreme
apical portion is free from the side of the femur. The outer margin of the
mesotrochanter of the male does not form a continuous line with the inner
margin of the femur as in other Anthonomus, including females of An¬
thonomorphus. The mesotrochanter (fig. 12) of the female is elongate-
triangular, with the apex acutely pointed and applied closely to the side
of the femur.

Some characters of apparent value in delimiting Anthonomorphus were
also found in the male genitalia. The median lobe (figs. 7-10) is a fairly
stout, flattened structure with rather long, slender basal apodemes. The most

1 The first paper of this series was published in the Southwestern Naturalist, 1962,
7(3-4) : 202-2 1 0.

2 Technical Contribution No. 4514, Department of Entomology, Texas Agricultural
Experiment Station, Texas A & M University, College Station.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

distinctive feature of this component of the genitalia is the broad apex
with the usually well defined median projection and poorly to well devel¬
oped lateral processes. This form of apex of the median lobe has not been
observed in any other of the approximately 100 species of Anthonomus I
have dissected for examination of genitalia. In addition to possessing char¬
acters apparently diagnostic for the subgenus, the median lobe is also
useful in separating species of Anthonomorphus. It should be used with
caution for this purpose since considerable intraspecific variation was
observed in the material at hand. However, this does not present a problem
in recognition of the species since they are easily identifiable by external
characters.

An additional sexual dimorphic character is found in the apical armature
of the metatibiae. The metatibia of the male is expanded apically into a
large mucro (fig. 14) which is roughly triangular, somewhat twisted, and
deeply concave on the outer side. The female mucro (fig. 15) is much
smaller and more spike-like in appearance. The two sexes may be easily
separated by this character, a fact which to my knowledge has not hereto¬
fore been mentioned in connection with Anthonomus. Some other species
of the genus have this type of male mucro, but it is usually not as prominent
as in Anthonomorphus.

In addition to the weevils originally placed here by Dietz, several Nearctic
and Neotropical species have been assigned to Anthonomorphus and Tri-
chobaropsis by more recent workers (Hustache, 1929; Schenkling and
Marshall, 1934; Voss, 1944). I have examined several of these species
(A. eugenii Cano, A. julvipes Champion, A. grandis Boheman, A. griseis-
quamis Champion, and A. rubiginosus Champion) in light of the new
taxonomic characters presented here and they are clearly not assignable to
Anthonomorphus. It is obvious from descriptions alone that other species
have been incorrectly assigned to the subgenus. Anthonomus grandis is
the only one of the above-mentioned species which presents much of a
problem as to its relationship to members of the subgenus. I have been
unable to find characters which would exclude females of grandis from
Anthonomorphus, but it is quite evident from males that this species be¬
longs elsewhere. Although males of grandis resemble species of Anthon¬
omorphus by having the eyes evenly convex and somewhat subrostral, and
the head feebly constricted on the sides behind the eyes, they differ dis¬
tinctly in the mesotrochanters and genitalia.

This study is based on material in the following collections: Boll Weevil
Research Laboratory of the U.S. Dept, of Agriculture, British Museum
(Natural History), Canadian National Collection, California Academy of
Sciences, California Department of Agriculture, Carnegie Museum, Cornell
University, Illinois Natural History Survey, Museum of Comparative Zo¬
ology, Michigan State University, Ohio State University, Oklahoma State
University, Texas A & M University, University of California at Berkeley,
University of Kansas, U.S. National Museum, and the private collections
of D. G. Kissinger and C. W. O’Brien. I am deeply indebted to persons in
charge of the above collections for their generous loan of material for
study. I would especially like to thank Hugh B. Leech of the California
Academy of Sciences for the loan of a large series of peninsularis and for

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

making available to me most of the specimens on which the description of
cognatus is based. The assistance of V. S. House of College Station, Texas,
in making the photographs included in this paper is also gratefully ac¬
knowledged.

Measurements reported herein were made as described in the first paper
of this series.

Subgenus Anthonomorphus Dietz

Anthonomorphus Dietz, 1891, p. 194 (type, A. fulvus LeConte, by original
designation); Voss, 1944, p. 45; Gilbert, 1953, p. 41.

Trichobaropsis Dietz, 1891, p. 196 (type, A. texanus Dietz, by original
designation and monotypy). (NEW SYNONYMY)

Body elongate-oval; pubescent. Rostrum slender, slightly to distinctly curved; dor-
sally with three prominent carinae extending from base to point opposite antennal
attachments; lateral rostral groove directed toward lower front margin of eye. An¬
tennal funicle 7-segmented; club elongate-oval. Eyes evenly, moderately convex, not
free behind; located at base of rostrum. Head conical, sides feebly to distinctly con¬
stricted behind eyes; front foveate. Prothorax with sides feebly rounded and strongly
narrowed from base to apex; prosternum emarginate before coxae. Elytra slightly
to distinctly wider at base than prothorax; humeri feebly to strongly rounded.
Femora bidentate, outer tooth smaller and may be absent on hind femora. Meso-
trochanter of male prominent, apex broadly angulate to obliquely truncate, ex¬
treme apical portion free from side of femur; female mesotrochanter elongate-
triangular, closely applied to side of femur throughout entire length, apex acutely
pointed. Tibiae along inner margins distinctly sinuate and finely carinate; metatibia
of male with large, triangular apical mucro, that of female small, inconspicuous,
spike-like. Tarsal claws each bearing a long, slender tooth on inner side. Median
lobe of male genitalia feebly curved in lateral view, flattened dorsoventrally; median
dorsal and ventral pre-phallotremic areas entirely membranous; endophallus (in¬
ternal sac) bearing numerous small spines; apex broad, with a short median pro¬
jection and with poorly to well developed lateral processes.

Key to Species of the Subgenus Anthonomorphus

(Measurements made from 30 specimens of each species)

1. Coarse, white pubescence forming patterns on elytra, elsewhere vestiture finer, less
dense (fig. 1); meso- and metasternum, and sometimes also abdominal sternites,
piceous or black, distinctly darker than rest of body; length of body, 3.70-5.37,

average 4.62 mm.; width, 1.81-2.59, average 2.18 mm. - FULVUS

Elytral pubescence moderately dense, evenly distributed, never forming patterns;

meso- and metasternum not noticeably differing in color from rest of body - 2

2. Prothorax at base distinctly narrower than elytra; length of prothorax along dorsal

midline equal to, or but slightly greater than, width of an elytron immediately
behind humerus; humeri prominent (fig. 3); length of body, 4.18-5.70, average

4.92; width, 2.00-2.74, average 2.44 mm. - PENINSULARIS

Prothorax at base only slightly narrower than elytra (figs. 2, 4); length of prothorax

along dorsal midline distinctly greater than width of an elytron behind humerus - 3

3. Elytral humeri slightly rounded (fig. 4); most setae on antennal funicle tapering to

fine points; antennal club not longer than preceding four funicular segments
combined; body robust; length of body, 4.33-5.55, average 4.88 mm.; width,

1.96-2.59, average 2.21 mm. - COGNATUS

Elytral humeri less strongly rounded (fig. 2); most setae on antennal funicle
parallel-sided with blunt apices; antennal club slightly to distinctly longer than
preceding four funicular segments combined, sometimes as long as preceding
five; body narrower, usually smaller; length of body, 3.22-4.80, average 4.11 mm.;
width, 1.59-2.22, average 1.89. - TEXANUS

Volume 18

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Figures 1-6, Anthonomus spp. 1 — A. fulvus, male, dorsal view. 2 — A. texanus,
male, dorsal view. 3 — A. peninsularis, male, dorsal view. 4 — A. cognatus, holotype
male, dorsal view. 5 — A. peninsularis, female, lateral view. 6 — A. cognatus, female,
lateral view.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

1 1

Anthonomus fulvus LeConte
(Figs. 1, 7, 13-16)

Anthonomus fulvus LeConte, 1858, p. 79; LeConte and Horn, 1876, p.

197; Dietz, 1891, p. 195.

Anthonomus fulvus is easily recognized by its reddish brown body with
the darker meso- and metathorax, and the distinctive pattern of white
scale-like pubescence on the elytra. The prothorax is usually more closely
and coarsely punctate than in other members of the subgenus. The male
median lobe is more strongly narrowed apically than in other Anthonomor-
phus and the apex usually has only poorly defined median and lateral
processes.

This species was described by LeConte from specimens sent him by
Lt. Horace Haldeman from Ringgold Barracks at Rio Grande City in Starr
County, Texas. I have seen no specimens of fulvus which were definitely
known to have been collected in the Lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas,
but the occurrence of the species there would not be surprising since it is
quite common about 150 miles north of the area. Haldeman collected in
several localities in southern and southwestern Texas, all of which are within
the known range of fulvus. In view of the lack of specimens of this large
and distinctive species from the rather extensively collected Lower Rio
Grande Valley, the possibility exists that the examples sent to LeConte
from Ringgold Barracks were actually collected elsewhere in the State.

There is a male and female specimen of fulvus bearing type labels and
a third specimen labeled only “Tex” in the LeConte Collection. In addi¬
tion to these, I have examined 171 specimens from the following localities:
KA NS A S — CLARK CO.: (no other locality data). EDWARDS CO.:
Nettleton. GOVE CO. (no other locality data). PAWNEE CO.: Larned.
SCOTT CO.: Scott State Park. SEDGWICK CO.: Mount Hope. ST. JOHN
CO. (no other locality data). SUMNER CO.: Wellington. THOMAS CO.
(no other locality data). WALLACE CO.: Wallace. OKLAHOMA —
CARTER CO.: " Ardmore. CHOCTAW CO.: Hugo. GRADY CO.:
Chickasha. TEXAS — BEXAR CO.: San Antonio. BRAZOS CO.: College
Station. BREWSTER CO.: Marathon. DALLAS CO.: Dallas. LAVACA
CO.: Hallettsville. LEE CO.: Fedor. MARION CO.: Jefferson. REFUGIO
CO.: Austwell. SAN PATRICIO CO.: 2 mi. S. Gregory. VICTORIA CO.:
Victoria.

I have also seen a specimen of fulvus labeled “Olympia, Wash” in the
California Academy of Sciences and another one labeled “Ohio” in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology. Since these localities are considerably
outside the range of fulvus as now understood, and as I am unable to
find additional evidence of the occurrence of the species in the two states,
these records are here considered questionable.

Anthonomus fulvus has frequently been collected on Callirrhoe invol-
ucrata in Texas. According to Pierce (1907: 268) “The adults feed on the
floral column [of Callirrhoe involucrata]. The egg is laid in the flower bud
and the larva develops at the expense of the floral column, finally eating
its way into the capsule and pupating, or if the flower has been sealed

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

properly and prevented from opening, pupation may take place in the
fallen corolla.” Several specimens in the U.S. National Museum from San
Antonio, Texas, bear label data indicating they were reared from Callirrhoe
digitata.

Figures 7-15, Anthonomus spp. (7-10 drawn to same scale; 11-15 greatly en¬
larged.)

Figures 7-10, Male median lobe, dorsal view. 7 — A. fulvus. 8 — A. peninsularis.
9 — A. cognatus. 10 — A. texanus.

Figures 11-13, Lateral view of left mesocoxa, trochanter, and base of femur. 11 —
A. texanus, male. 12 — A. texanus, female. 13 — A. fulvus, male.

Figures 14-15, A. fulvus, outer aspect of metatibia. 14 — Male. 15 — Female.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Adults of this weevil have been collected from early April until the
middle of July, with most of the available collection records being in
April. Mitchell and Pierce (1911:54) found larvae in buds of C. involucrata
as early as March 4 in Victoria County, Texas.

The pupa of fulvus was illustrated by Pierce (1907:299); the larva
has not yet been described.

Anthonomus peninsularis Dietz
(Figs. 3, 5, 8, 16)

Anthonomus peninsularis Dietz, 1891, p. 195; Gilbert, 1953, p. 41.
Anthonomus pervilis Dietz, 1891, p. 196.

This species may be readily separated from other Anthonomorphus by
having the prothorax smaller in comparison to the size of the elytra (fig. 3),
and by the more nearly erect pubescence of the body. Peninsularis is most
likely to be confused with cognatus; in fact, representatives of the two
species were mixed in some collections I examined. These two species are
quite different and may be readily separated by characters given in the
accompanying key. Additional differences are presented under the discus¬
sion of the relationships of cognatus.

Gilbert (1953:41) synonymized pervilis with peninsularis, attributing
the differences described by Dietz to sexual dimorphism involving the
degree of convexity of the eyes and the color of the body. After examining
the types of peninsularis and pervilis (both in the Ulke Collection at the
Carnegie Museum), I agree that this synonymy is warranted. However,
the differences between these two specimens are due to normal intraspecific
variation rather than sexual dimorphism. The types of both peninsularis
and pervilis are males; Dietz considered the pervilis type to be a female and
was apparently followed in this erroneous assumption by Gilbert. Sexual
dimorphism in peninsularis is most noticeably exhibited in the mesotrochan-
ters and apical armature of the metatibae. Members of this species do vary
considerably in color, the body being usually black or ferrugineus with
occasional intergrades, but this variation in color occurs about equally in
both sexes. Gilbert (loc. cit.) states that the eyes of males of peninsularis
are larger and more strongly convex than those of females. I have been
unable to find any consistent differences in the size and degree of convexity
of the eyes of the two sexes. The eyes of females of this species are often
as prominent, and sometimes more prominent than those of males.

In addition to the type of peninsularis, I have examined 170 specimens
from the following localities: ARIZONA — PIMA CO.: Molino Basin, Mt.
Lemmon; Sabino Canon, Catalina Mts. YAVAPAI CO.: Jerome. CAL¬
IFORNIA — INYO CO.: Argus Mts.; 4 mi. E. Bigpine; Bishop; Cave
Springs; Inyo Mts.; Keeler to Darwin Road; Lone Pine; Olancha; Owens
Lake; Owens Valley; Panamint Mts.; Suprise Canyon, Panamint Mts.;
Westgard Pass Plateau. RIVERSIDE CO.: Palm Springs; Pinon Flat,
San Jacinto Mts. SAN DIEGO CO. (no other locality data). NEVADA —
ESMERALDA CO.: Goldfield. LYON CO.: Yerington.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Dietz states that the type of peninsularis came from “Lower California;
exact locality not given.1 This specimen in the Ulke Collection is labelled
only “Cal.”

According to label data, peninsularis has been collected on Sphaeralcea
ambigua, Malacothamnus orbiculatus, and Encelia jarinosa in California,
and Riddellia cooperi in Arizona. Sphaeralcea ambigua is the most fre¬
quently listed plant on labels of material I have examined, but additional
evidence is needed to determine whether or not it is a true host of
peninsularis. This weevil has been collected in April, May, and June.

Figure 16 — Geographic distribution of species of the subgenus Anthonomorphus.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Anthonomus texanus Dietz
(Figs. 2, 10-12, 16)

Anthonomus texanus Dietz, 1891, p. 197; Champion, 1903, p. 187;

Pierce, 1908, p. 174.

Anthonomus texanus most closely resembles cognatus from which it is
easily separated by the key characters. Specimens of texanus vary consider¬
ably in size, but are usually smaller and the body is narrower than that of
other members of the subgenus. The median lobe of the male genitalia is
stouter and the sides are only slightly narrowed toward the apex.

The male type from Texas in the Dietz collection in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology has been examined. In addition, I have seen 70
specimens from the following localities: United States — ARIZONA
(State label only). NEW MEXICO — DONA ANA CO.: Las Cruces.
/ EXAS — BREWSTER CO.: Chisos Mts.; Marathon; “Rio Grande.” EL
PASO CO.: El Paso. HUDSPETH CO.: Indian Hot Springs. PECOS CO.:
3.6 mi. N. Bakersfield. PRESIDIO CO.: Presidio; Ruidosa. VAL VERDE
CO.: Devil’s River. Mexico— A GUASCALIENTES—FzbQUon. CHI¬
HUAHUA — Guadalupe; 6 mi. WSW Jimenez; Ojinaga. GUANAJUATO
— Tupataro; 9 mi. S. San Luis de la Paz. HIDALGO — Langunillo. MEX¬
ICO — Santa Clara; Teotichuacan.

Pierce (1908:174) reported rearing a specimen of texanus from a bud
of Sphaeralcea angustifolia in Texas. Label data of specimens examined
indicate texanus has been collected on Sphaeralcea angustifolia, S. ambigua
and S. emori-variabilis in Texas, and on S. fenderli in New Mexico. This
weevil has been collected on plants from April through September and in
ground trash around cotton fields in January and February.

Anthonomus cognatus Burke, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 4, 6, 9, 16)

Holotype male: Body-length, 4.85 mm. Rostrum-length, 2.04 mm. Prothorax-length,
1.26 mm.; width, 1.63 mm. Elytra-length, 3.70 mm.; width, 2.37 mm.

Oblong-oval; body black, rostrum and legs reddish brown, scape, basal segments of
funicle and tarsi slightly paler in color; pubescence coarse, gray, uniformly distributed,
semierect on dorsal surface, recumbent on abdomen and underside of thorax.

Rostrum slightly, evenly curved, feebly wider near apex; distinctly tricarinate from
base to point opposite antennal attachments, carinae minutely punctate; apical por¬
tion shining, bearing small, oval, scattered punctures. Antennae attached slightly be¬
fore middle of rostrum; scape slender, feebly curved, rather suddenly enlarged on
apical fifth; first funicular segment slender and as long as 2 + 3, segment 2 as long
as 3 + 4, remaining segments about equal in length, segment 7 distinctly broader,
each segment bearing a whorl of inclining white setae which taper to fine points,
setae becoming progressively longer toward club; club as long as preceding four
funicular segments combined. Eyes strongly convex, nearly round, separated on front
by distance equal to length of first funicular segment of antenna. Head with sides
converging to a rather distinct constriction behind eyes; front rugosely punctate,
striate between eyes; vertex finely punctate, bearing a few scattered coarse hairs;
fovea deep, round. Prothorax with sides subparallel in basal two-thirds thence con¬
verging into a fairly distinct subapical constriction; disc rather densely covered with
small, deep punctures, each of which has a slender scale-like hair arising from its

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

posterior margin, raised areas between punctures smooth. Scutellum with sides sub¬
parallel, posterior margin broadly rounded. Elytra wider than prothorax at base;
humeri moderately rounded; sides diverging slightly from behind humeri to about
middle, thence rather evenly rounded to apices; intervals nearly flat on disc of elytra
except at base where they are slightly more convex; striae deeply impressed through¬
out. Abdomen with first sternite depressed in middle; suture between stermtes 1 and 2
indistinct, especially in middle. Legs slender; femora rather strongly clavate; tarsi
slender.

Female allotype (body-length, 5.33 mm.; width, 2.44 mm.) differs from holotype
in having a slightly straighter rostrum, antennae attached just behind middle of
rostrum, and first abdominal sternite flattened in middle. Elytra and prothorax of
allotype dark reddish brown whereas those of holotype are black, but this is an
individual rather than sexual difference. Vestiture on head and rostrum (these areas
rubbed in holotype) consists of semierect pubescence on and immediately above
interocular area, and finer pubescence in striae on basal half of rostrum.

Paratypes agree well with holotype and allotype except for some slight size
(for size range see measurements in key) and color differences. Vestiture of a few
paratypes is more noticeably dense than in others due to their being in a better
state of preservation. Vestiture of members of this species is very easily abraded by
rubbing.

Anthonomus cognatus most closely resembles texanus; the several diff¬
erences between these two species are given in the key and under the dis¬
cussion of texanus. Since cognatus might also be confused with peninsularis,
it should be noted that in addition to the characters used in the key, females
of the two may be separated by the almost straight rostrum of cognatus as
compared with the distinctly curved one of peninsularis ( cf . figs. 5 and 6).
The antennal club of cognatus is never longer than the preceding four
funicular segments combined while that of peninsularis is always longer
than these segments.

The only reference to a plant on the label data of members of the type
series of cognatus is that accompanying five specimens from 22 miles west
of Patterson, Calif., each of which is labeled “on Salix.” Since it is either
definitely known or strongly indicated that malavaceous plants are hosts of
other members of the subgenus, the willow referred to on these labels was
possibly serving only as a resting site.

Holotype male, Potwisha, Sequoia Natl. Park, California, V-9-1931,
Van Dyke Collection, alt. 3000-5000 ft.; Allotype female, same data except
collected V-19-1920 and alt. 2000-5000 ft.; and 60 paratypes as follows:
6 $ $ , 8 2 $ , same data on holotype; 2 5$, same data as allotype; \2 $ S ,
12$ $, Potwisha, Sequoia Natl. Park, Calif., V-20-30, alt. 2000-5000,
Van Dyke Collection; 1 $ , Potwisha, Sequoia Natl. Park, V-19-30, 2000-
3000 ft., A. T. McClay; 4 $ <5,3$ $ , Sequoia Natl. Park, Calif., V-9-31,
A. T. McClay, 2 $ $ , 2 $ $ , Sequoia Natl. Park, Calif., VI-9- 1931, A. T.
McClay; 2 $ $ , Lebec, Calif., alt. 4000 ft., V-15-1928, J. O. Martin;
1 $ , 8 mi. N. Lake of the Woods, Kern Co., Calif. VII- 15-61, 5200 ft.,
C. W. O’Brien; 4 $ $ , 1 $ , Adobe Creek 22 mi. W. Patterson, Calif.,
Stanislaus Co., IV-23-49, Hugh B. Leech, on Salix.

The holotype and allotype of cognatus are deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences; paratypes are deposited there and in the collections
of California Department of Agriculture, University of Kansas, Texas
A & M University, and C. W. O’Brien.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Literature Cited

Champion, G. C. .

1902-1906 (1903). Rhynchophora, Curculionidae, Curculionmae (part). Biologia
Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, IV(4):750 pp.

Dietz, W. G.

1891. Revision of the genera and species of Anthonomini inhabiting North
America. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 18:177-276.

Gilbert, E. E.

1953. Sexual dimorphism and synonymy in Anthonomus (Anthonomorphus)
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Pan-Pacific Ent. 29(1):41.

Hustache, A.

1929. Curculionides de la Guadeloupe. Faune des Colonies Frangaises 3:165-
267.

LeConte, J. L.

1858. Description of new species of Coleoptera, chiefly collected by the United
States and Mexican Boundary Commission, under Major W. H. Emory,
U.S.A. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 59-89.

LeConte, J. L. (asst, by G. H. Horn).

1876. The Rhynchophora of America north of Mexico. Proc. American Philos.
Soc. 15(96), 455 pp.

Mitchell, J. D., and W. D. Pierce

1911. The Weevils of Victoria County, Texas. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington
13:45-62.

Pierce, W. D.

1907. On the biologies of the Rhynchophora. Ann. Rept. of Nebraska St. Bd.
of Agric. pp. 249-319.

1908. Descriptions of new curculionid beetles of the tribe Anthonomini. Proc.
United States Nat. Mus. 34:173-181.

Schenkling, S., and G. A. K. Marshall

1934. Curculionidae: Anthonominae, In Junk, W., Coleopterorum Catalogus,
Berlin, Pars 139:1-82.

Voss, E.

1944. Anthonominen-Studien (Col., Cure.). Stettiner Ent. Zeitung 105:34-51.

APION LONGIROSTRE OLIVIER, WIDELY DISTRIBUTED IN
NORTH AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

Apion longirostre Olivier commonly known as the ‘hollyhock weevil’ is a species
introduced from Europe and is recently coming to attention in the United States.
It breeds in the seeds of hollyhock and is becoming widely distributed here. It has
now been found in the following States: New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Maryland,
Virginia, Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, North Carolina and
Wisconsin; and in Canada, in Ontario (Simcoe, Norfolk Co., and Chatham). Ob¬
servations have indicated that A. longirostre feeds only on hollyhock, but according
to Shchegolev, V. N., Znamenskii, A. V., and Bey-Bienko, G. J. (1937, Insect Pests
of Field Crops, Moscow, 2nd ed.: 486-487) it is a pest of field crops in U.S.S.R.
The name appears in a list of cotton pests by Iyriboz (1941, T. C. Ziraat Vekaleti
Nesriyati Umum No. 237 [Turkey], Mahsul Hastaliklari No. 1:80). For information
on the life history and habits of A. longirostre see Tuttle (1954, Ann. Ent. Soc.
America 47(2) :306) and Tattershall and Davidson (1954, Jour. Econ. Ent. 47(1):
182, figs. 1, 2). — Rose Ella Warner, Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

TWO NEW NAMES FOR NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
SELONODON (COLEOPTERA: CEBRIONIDAE)

By J. P. Macnamara, S.J.1

The preparation of a revision of Dalla Torre’s world catalog of the
family Cebrionidae reveals two primary homonyms in the new world genus
Selonodon Latreille, 1834. In a catalog of the type-species of the genera
of the Cebrionidae, Arnett (1949) moved the “American species of
‘Cebrio’ ( Cebrio of recent American authors and Anachilus LeConte)” to
Selonodon Latreille. Those generic changes have temporarily obscured
these two homonyms.

Selonodon josephi Macnamara, NEW NAME

In 1916 Schaeffer described Cebrio antennatus from Arizona which
became a primary homonym of Cebrio antennatus Chevrolat, 1874, from
Greece. This species is renamed Selonodon josephi.

Selonodon josephi Macnamara, NEW NAME

Cebrio antennatus Schaeffer, 1916 (not Chevrolat, 1874), Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 11:107.

Selonodon arizonensis Macnamara, NEW NAME

Another Arizona cebrionid, Cebrio pallidipennis Van Dyke, 1949, is a
primary homonym of Cebrio pallidipennis Chevrolat, 1874. Van Dyke’s
C. pallidipennis is here referred to Selonodon Latreille, 1934, according to
Arnett’s 1949 paper which appeared prior to Van Dyke’s description. This
species is renamed Selonodon arizonensis.

Selonodon arizonensis Macnamara, NEW NAME

Cebrio pallidipennis Van Dyke, 1949 (not Chevrolat, 1874), Pan-
Pacific Ent. 25:52.

The present composition of the genus Selonodon is as follows. The generic
changes listed here should be credited to Arnett, 1949, with the exception
of Selonodon arizonensis Macnamara.

Selonodon Latreille, 1834

Selonodon Latreille, 1834. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 3:136. (Type-species:
Selonodon bicolor (Fabricius, 1801). Monobasic.)

Boscia Leach, 1824. (not Leach, 1814, Schweigger, 1819, or Ferussac,
1822) Zool. Jour. 1:37. (Type-species: Boscia picea Leach, 1824.
Designated by Arnett, 1949, p. 53.)

Anachilus LeConte, 1861. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 3:175. (Type-species:
Anachilus mandibularis LeConte, 1863. By being the first included
species, by LeConte, 1863, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 6:86.)

1 Department of Biology, Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Selonodon abnormis (Werner, 1943).

Cebrio abnormis Werner, 1943.

Selonodon arizonensis Macnamara, NEW NAME.

Cebrio p alii dip enni s \ an Dyke, 1949 (not Chevrolat, 1874).

Selonodon atokanus (Werner, 1943).

Cebrio atokanus Werner, 1943.

Selonodon bicolor (Fabricius, 1801).

Cebrio bicolor Fabricius, 1801.

Boscia picea Leach, 1824.

Cebrio picea (Leach, 1824).

Selonodon brusei (Werner, 1943).

Cebrio brusei Werner, 1943.

Selonodon compositus (Fall, 1907).

Cebrio compositus Fall, 1907.

Selonodon confusus (LeConte, 1853).

Cebrio confusus LeConte, 1853.

Selonodon convexifrons (Knull, 1935).

Cebrio convexifrons Knull, 1935.

Selonodon emarginatus (Schaeffer, 1916).

Cebrio emarginatus Schaeffer, 1916.

Selonodon estriatus (Horn, 1881).

Cebrio estriatus Horn, 1881.

Selonodon glaber (Leach, 1824).

Boscia glabra Leach, 1824.

Cebrio glaber (Leach, 1824).

Selonodon josephi Macnamara, NEW NAME.

Selonodon antennatus (Schaeffer, 1916).

Cebrio antennatus Schaeffer, 1916 (not Chevrolat, 1874).

Selonodon knause (Van Dyke, 1932).

Cebrio knause Van Dyke, 1932.

Selonodon mandibularis (LeConte, 1863).

Anachilus mandibularis LeConte, 1863.

Cebrio mandibularis (LeConte, 1863).

Selonodon minutus (Leach, 1824).

Boscia minuta Leach, 1824.

Cebrio minutus (Leach, 1824).

Selonodon olivaceus (Leach, 1824).

Boscia olivacea Leach, 1824.

Cebrio olivaceus (Leach, 1824).

Selonodon punctatus (Leach, 1824).

Boscia punctata Leach, 1824.

Cebrio punctatus (Leach, 1824).

Selonodon simplex (LeConte, 1853).

Cebrio simplex LeConte, 1853.

Selonodon speratus (Fall, 1928).

Cebrio speratus Fall, 1928.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H., Jr.

1949. Notes on the genera included in the family Cebrionidae (Coleoptera).
Coleopt. Bull 3:49-54.

Chevrolat, L. A. A.

1874. Revision des Cebrionides. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (ser. 5), 4:9-38; 363-426;
507-540.

Dalla Torre, K. W.

1911. Cebrionidae. Coleoptorum Catalogus, pars 25:1-18.

Schaeffer, C.

1916. Two new species of Cebrio. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 11:107-108.

Van Dyke, E. C.

1949. New species of American Coleoptera. Pan-Pacific Ent. 25:49-56.

CURRENT RESEARCH PROGRAMS

These announcements of research underway on beetles are not meant to be requests

for specimens or information unless stated to the contrary; a letter to the researcher

will determine whether or not specimens or information are wanted. All research

workers are invited to send notices of research in progress to the Editor.

CERAMBYCIDAE: Revision of Moneilema. By Arthur G. Raske, Dept, of Ento¬
mology and Parasitology, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif.

CURCULIONIDAE: Study of cocooning and diapausing in Hypera postica. By Sara
S. Rosenthal, Dept, of Entomology and Parasitology, Univ. of California, Berkeley,
Calif.

CURCULIONIDAE: Revision of Dorytomus. By Charles W. O’Brien, Dept, of
Entomology and Parasitology, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif.

DERMESTIDAE: Taxonomy of Attagenus. By Richard S. Beal, Jr., Arizona State
College, Flagstaff, Ariz.

NITIDULIDAE: Review of Stelidota Erichson. By W. A. Connell, Univ. of Dela¬
ware, Newark, Dela. (Need specimens from Gulf States and southwestern United
States and from Central and South America.)

SCAPHIDIIDAE: Revision of Baeocera. By Jim F. Cornell, Dept, of Entomology,
North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.

SCOLYTIDAE: Morphology of stridulating organ in lps. By Barbara A. Barr, Dept,
of Entomology and Parasitology, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif.

SCOLYTIDAE: Host selection behavior of bark beetles. By David L. Wood, Dept,
of Entomology and Parasitology, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif.

SCOLYTIDAE: Biology of Conophthorus lambertianae. By William D. Bedard,
U. S. Forest Service, Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station,
Berkeley, Calif.

SCOLYTIDAE: Efficiency of woodpeckers as predators on western pine beetle. By
Imre S. Otvos, Dept, of Entomology and Parasitology, Univ. of California,
Berkeley, Calif.

STAPHYLINIDAE: Review of the Nearctic Staphylinidae exclusive of the Steninae
and Aleocharininae. By Ian Moore, 547 El Monte Road, El Cajon, Calif.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A REVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC NAMES IN
NORTH AMERICAN MIARUS
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

By D. M. Anderson1

During a study of the immature stages of the North American species
of the genera Miarus, Mecinus, and Gymnaetron (tribe Mecinini), it be¬
came evident that the status of most of the names proposed for North
American species of Miarus was rather uncertain. Therefore, a study of
the type specimens, and other material mentioned by the authors of those
names, was undertaken. The synonymy proposed as a result of this study
is presented below, with a discussion of each name following in subsequent
paragraphs. Unless otherwise indicated, all specimens mentioned are located
in the collection of the U. S. National Museum and have been examined
by the writer.

Miarus Schoenherr, 1826

The original author of the name Miarus apparently is Schoenherr (1826,
p. 320), as indicated by LeConte (1876), Pierce (1919), and Neave
( 1940), although Reitter (1907), Klima (1934), and more recent authors,
such as Franz (1947) and Hoffmann (1958), have recognized Stephens
(1831, p. 15) as the first author of that name.

Miarus hispidulus LeConte

Miarus hispidulus LeConte, 1876, p. 221. Lectotype, here designated:
Female, labeled “Ill.”; second of four syntypes in J. L. LeConte
collection; Museum of Comparative Zoology Type No. 5225.

Miarus hispidulus Reitter, 1907, p. 46. (Described as a new species from
“Andalusien”; type series not seen.) Preoccupied by Miarus hispidulus
LeConte, 1876.

Miarus hispidus Bovie, 1909, p. 17. (New name for Miarus hispidulus
Reitter, 1907.)

Miarus puritanus Casey, 1910, pp. 143-144. Type: Male, labeled “Mass.”;
U. S. National Museum Type No. 36782. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Miarus consuetus Casey, 1910, p. 143. Lectotype, here designated: Male
(?), labeled “Ks.”; first of two syntypes in T. L. Casey collection;
U. S. National Museum Type No. 36781.

Miarus nanus Casey, 1910, p. 144. Type: Male (?), rostrum entirely
missing, labeled “Mass.”; U. S. National Museum Type No. 36783.
(NEW SYNONYMY)

Miarus illini Casey, 1910, p. 144. Type: Female, labeled “Ill.,” pin also
bearing a white paper disc with “6/20” on it; U. S. National Museum
Type No. 36784. (NEW SYNONYMY)

1 Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agri¬
culture, Washington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Miarus micros (Germar), 1821, sensu Pierce, 1919, p. 36. [Misidentifica-
tion]

Miarus meridionalis (Brisout), 1862, sensu Pierce, 1919, p. 36. [Mis-
identification]

Miarus erebus Casey

Miarus erebus Casey, 1910, pp. 142-143. Lectotype, here designated:
Female, labeled Mex. with a solid bar over e and x [from near Coloma
Carcia, Sierra Madre Mts., Chihuahua, elev. 7,300 ft., collected by
C. H. T. Townsend, according to the original description]; first of
five syntypes in T. L. Casey collection; U. S. National Museum Type
No. 36780.

Discussion

Miarus hispidulus Reitter (renamed Miarus hispidus by Bovie, 1909)
was first placed in synonymy with M. hispidulus LeConte by Pierce ( 1919)
without any indication of the reasons for this action. More recently, Franz
(1947), having seen some specimens evidently used by Reitter (1907) in
describing his Miarus hispidulus, decided that those specimens are examples
of M. hispidulus LeConte, which were actually collected in North America
but not so labeled by the collector (G. Strobl), and presented to Reitter,
who had mistakenly thought that they had originated in southern Spain
and that they represented an undescribed species.

Examination of the type specimens of Miarus puritanus Casey, M. illini
Casey, and M. nanus Casey, all of which were described from single speci¬
mens, revealed no features that would consistently separate them from
Miarus hispidulus LeConte, as represented by the lectotype specimen and
by 102 specimens in the National Museum collection. A survey of the
latter material, collected at various localities from Michigan south to
Florida, indicated that individual variation would account for the dis¬
tinguishing features given by Casey (1910) for his M. puritanus, M. nanus,
and M. illini.

For reasons rather uncertain to the writer, Leng (1920) listed nanus
and illini as varieties of puritanus, but listed M. consuetus Casey as a
variety of M. hispidulus LeConte. Klima (1934) apparently followed
Leng (1920) in listing M. illini as a synonym of M. puritanus, but his
reasons for placing M. nanus as a synonym of M. meridionalis (Brisout )
are not evident to the writer.

The two specimens from Kansas, upon which Casey (1910) based his
Miarus consuetus, do differ from most of the Miarus hispidulus specimens
examined in having all-white vestiture arranged in single rows on most
of the elytral intervals, rather than a mixture of brown and white (or pale
gray) vestiture arranged in two or more rows on each elytral interval.
However, these differences are not entirely consistent. A few specimens
in the National Museum collection from Kansas and Iowa were found to
agree in all respects with the lectotype of M. consuetus, but other specimens
from the same area (particularly Lake Okoboji, Iowa) were seen to be

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

intermediate between them and most other specimens of M . hispidulus in
having some brownish vestiture on the prothorax and elytra, or in having
vestiture that is white but arranged in more than one row on each elytral
interval. No differences in the genitalia of either sex or consistent differ¬
ences in other characters, such as size and body shape, could be found
between specimens agreeing with the lectotype of M. consuetus and ex¬
amples conforming with the lectotype of M. hispidulus. Because of the
lack of consistent differences between the specimens studied, M. consuetus
and M. hispidulus are interpreted here as one species.

The two specimens from Winnipeg, Manitoba, identified as Miarus
micros (Germar) by Pierce (1919) are also apparently representatives of
Miarus hispidulus LeConte having whitish vestiture. They definitely do
not agree with European specimens identified as Miarus micros in the
National Museum collection, which have a yellowish decumbent vestiture,
nor do they agree with Germar’s (1821) original description of M. (then
Cionus) micros, or with the more recent description and drawings of that
species by Hoffmann (1958).

The single specimen from Douglas Co., Kansas, identified by Pierce
(1919) as Miarus meridionalis (Brisout) does, as stated by Pierce, agree
closely with the specimens described by Casey (1910) as Miarus consuetus,
and is likewise interpreted here as an example of Miarus hispidulus Le¬
Conte having white vestiture.

Miarus erebus Casey is evidently a distinct species. The specimens in
the type series are easily separated from Miarus hispidulus LeConte by the
characters given in the key by Casey (1910), particularly by the long,
white, erect vestiture of the prothorax (and to some extent, the elytra),
which gives M. erebus a much more hirsute appearance.

Literature Cited

Bovie, a.

1909. Coleoptera, fam. Curculionidae: subfam. Gymnaetrinae, Genera insec-
torum, fasc. 92: 1-20, 2 pis.

Brisout de Barneville, H.

1862. Monographic du genre Gymnetron. Ann. Soc. Ent. France (Ser. 4)
2:625-668.

Casey, T. L.

1910. On some new species of Balanini, Tychini, and related tribes. Canadian
Ent. 42:114-144.

Franz, H.

1947. Beitriige zur Curculioniden-systematik I. Revision der europaischen Arten
der Gattung Miarus Steph. Ann. Natnrhist. Mus. Wien 55:210-249.

I Germar. E. F.

1821. Genera quaedam Curculionitum proposita, et speciebus observatis illu-
strata. Mag. Ent. 4:309.

Hoffmann, A.

1958. Coleopteres Curculionides (troisieme partie). Faune de France, vol. 62,
1839 pp., illus.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Klima, A.

1934. Curculionidae: Gymnetrinae, Nanophyinae. Coleopterorum catalogus,
pars 135:1-94.

LeConte, J. L.

1876. In LeConte and Horn, The Rhynchophora of America North of Mexico.
Proc. American Philos. Soc. 15:vii-xvi, 1-469.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. J. D. Sherman,
Mount Vernon, N. Y., 470 pp.

Neave, S. A.

1940. Nomenclator zoologicus 3:1-1065.

Pierce, W. D.

1919. Contributions to our knowledge of the weevils of the superfamily Cur-
culionoidea. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 21 (2):21-36.

Reitter, E.

1907. Bestimmungs-T abellen fur die Curculionidengruppe der Mecinini (Gym-
netrini) aus Europa und den angrenzenden Landern. Verh. Naturf. Ver.
Brunn 55:43-49.

SCHOENHERR, C. J.

1826. Curculionidum disposito methodica . . . , partem 4. Lipsiae. x -f- 338 pp.
Stephens, J. F.

1831. Illustrations of British entomology . . . Mandibulata, 4:1-366, pis. 20-23.

BEETLE TALK

Under this department, Beetle Talk, we solicit your opinions, ideas, news, ques¬
tions, answers, impressions, challenges, complaints, announcements, etc., or just
about anything of an informal nature. Perhaps one of our readers has the answer
to some of the questions now vexing you. Here, under Beetle Talk, you can put
those questions to quite a few coleopterists. We solicit your beetle talk.

It may be wondered whether the “Origin of Species’ would have been written
if Mr. Lawson had not existed. . . . Of course, Mr. Lawson s part in no way
diminishes Darwin’s achievement, for it was not so much the fact of geographical
variation, as its interpretation, that required genius. Nevertheless, credit should be
given, as Darwin gave it, to Mr. Lawson, who must have been a naturalist of
perspicacity and accuracy. Herein lies the moral, for perhaps one of us will un¬
knowingly provide, perhaps has already provided without knowing it, a key fact for
the Darwin of the next generation. — David Lack, American Scientist 51:13, 1963.

The spread of education adds to the writer’s burdens by multiplying that pestilent
fellow the critical reader. No longer can we depend on an audience that will be
satisfied with catching the general drift and obvious intention of a sentence and not
trouble itself to pick holes in our wording; the words used must nowadays actually
yield on scrutiny the desired sense; to plead that anyone could see what you meant,
or so to write as to need that plea, is not now permissible — H. W. Fowler, A Dic¬
tionary of Modern English Usage, 1937, p. 256.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

ON THE SUPPOSED NORTH AMERICAN TRACHODINAE
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

By Elwood C. Zimmerman1

While working on a problem concerning Indo-Pacific weevils, I have had
to stLidy the “Trachodinae” of the world, and I have found that the species
assigned to this subfamily in America do not belong to it. Instead of having
the results of my study of the North American species immersed entirely
in my Pacific monographs, I have thought it best to present these few notes
where they will be easily available to North American students.

This work was accomplished during the tenure of National Science
Foundation research grant G- 18933, “Pacific Island Weevil Studies,” for
which 1 am most grateful. I am also indebted to Rose Ella Warner Spilman
who assisted me in this study at the United States National Museum, and
for arranging for the loan of specimens from that institution, and to the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, for use of their
excellent library and for permission to study the great collections of
LeConte and Fall.

LeConte (1876:190) erected the “Tribe Trachodini” for the genus
Trachodes Germar, and in it he placed the following three species:
Trachodes ptinoides Germar, 1824, Trachodes quadrituberculatus (Mot-
schulsky, 1845) Mannerheim, 1852, and Trachodes horridus Mannerheim,
1852. Unhappily, none of these species belongs to Trachodes. Thus, the
characters upon which LeConte based his “Trachodini” do not agree with
the type genus, Trachodes.

The three species named above were listed in Trachodes by G. R. Crotch
in his “Check List of the Coleoptera of America North of Mexico,” 1873,
and repeated in E. P. Austin’s “Supplement” to that work in 1880. In
1885, the three species again were catalogued similarly by Samuel Henshaw
in his “List of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico.” None of these
references listed localities or gave bibliographic notes, but that information
was then to be found in the Gemminger and Harold “Catalogus Coleop-
terorum,” 1871, where the species are also listed under Trachodes. After
a lapse of 35 years from the publishing of Henshaw’s catalogue, the “Leng
Catalogue” appeared in 1920, and there we find ptinoides and quadrituber-
culatus under Trachodes and horridus under “Aparapion.” These are placed
in the “Trachodini” which is situated between the “Erirhinini” and the
“Tychini.” Various errors were made in these listings. The “Trachodini”
are not allied to the groups between which they were placed; Trachodes
quadrituberculatus is credited to Mannerheim instead of to Motschulsky,
and “Aparapion" is a misspelling for Aparopion. No authority for the
transfer of horridus to Aparopion was given, but it was Heyden, 1879: 167.

In 1936, L. L. Buchanan, a devoted and excellent worker, wrote a paper
entitled “Systematic Notes on the Trachodinae.” Buchanan demonstrated
that none of the species we are concerned with belongs to Trachodes

1 Peterborough, New Hampshire.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

(whose type was designated by Schoenherr in 1826 as the European
hispidus Linnaeus). Buchanan resurrected Sthereus Motschulsky, 1845
(which incorrectly had been synonymized with Trachodes by Lacordaire,
who had not seen specimens of the genus), for quadrituberculatus Mot¬
schulsky (which Buchanan designated type of Sthereus), ptinoides (Germar)
and a new species, multitub erculatus Buchanan. Buchanan created a new
genus, Lobosoma, for Trachodes horridus Mannerheim, and he also erected
a new allied genus, Gastrotaphrus, for barberi, a new species. Peculiarly,
Buchanan did not describe his Lobosoma, although he gave a lengthy de¬
scription of Gastrotaphrus. He said of Lobosoma only: “LOBOSOMA,
new genus. (Aparopion of American lists, not Hampe.) ”. Unfortunately,
the results of Buchanan’s studies were not included in Schenkling and
Marshall’s “Coleopterorum Catalogus,” pars 154, Trachodinae, 1937.

Further confusion exists in literature because of some errors made by
Sir Guy Marshall. In 1932:344, Sir Guy referred Sthereus and Trachodes
to the Trachodinae. (Bedel, 1884:92, footnote, had earlier stated that
“Stereus” [Vc] belonged to the “Trachodini,” and he gave characters to
separate it from Aparopion with which some authors had merged it.) The
Marshall usage was followed by Schenkling and Marshall in 1937, in
“Coleopterorum Catalogus,” pars 154, Trachodinae, but there the con¬
fusion is compounded further, because Sthereus is erroneously placed as a
synonym of Trachodes. In 1948:427, Marshall continued to be confused
by considering Sthereus to be a synonym of Trachodes and incorrectly
believing the type of Trachodes to be ptinoides. He noted then that
ptinoides is a hylobiid, and he erected a new genus, Metrachodes, for
hispidus (Linnaeus) and other species which he assigned to the Acic¬
nemidinae. Evidently, he discovered his errors when his paper was in page
proof, because there is a footnote beneath his description of Metrachodes
stating, correctly, that the type of Trachodes is hispidus, and therefore his
“ Metrachodes falls as a synonym of Trachodes [Morimoto has failed to
note this synonymy, and he uses Metrachodes incorrectly for Trachodes
subfasciatus Voss, in his recent “Preliminary Check List of the Families
Curculionidae (II) and Rhynchophoridae of Japan,” of 1962.]

The original purpose of this paper was to demonstrate that not only do
none of the American species discussed belong to Trachodes, but none of
them belong to the “Trachodinae.” They are all flightless Hylobiinae.
Hence, the subfamily “Trachodinae” should be deleted from the American
faunal lists, and the included species should be transferred to the Hylobiinae.
Moreover, the name Trachodinae (LeConte, 1876) is a synonym of
Acicnemidinae (Lacordaire, 1866). In so far as is now known, the
Acicnemidinae are an Old World group whose present great proliferation
of species is in the Indo-Pacific area.

It should be noted here, also, that the genus Ancylocnemis Marshall,
now listed in the Trachodinae in “Coleopterorum Catalogus,” should be
transferred to the Anthonominae and evidently placed near Bradybibastes.
When Marshall described the genus, he placed it in the Anthonominae,
but in 1932:344, he incorrectly transferred it to the Trachodinae. Heller,
1930:5, considered it to belong to the Anthonominae. Although it may
be shown eventually that Ancylocnemis is not a typical member of the

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Anthonominae, it is obvious that it does not belong to the Acicnemidinae.
During this study, 1 have examined only Ancylocnemis sternalis Marshall.
It differs from the Acicnemidinae in facies, it lacks postocular lobes, it
lacks the peculiar scaling along the metepisternal suture that is typical of
the Acicnemidinae, its fore coxae are contiguous, the eyes are more frontal
and the claws are appendiculate. Ancylocnemis species are known to
attack fruits, and this is a habit characteristic of many Anthonominae but
foreign to the Hylobiinae and the Acicnemidinae whose larvae are char¬
acteristically wood-borers.

The geographical distribution of the flightless Hylobiinae now under
discussion is significant. They are distributed from northern California
through Oregon, Washington, northwestern Idaho, British Columbia, Alas¬
ka and across the Aleutian Islands to Kamchatka.

These weevils are inhabitants of forest ground litter and are also found
in and under driftwood. Comparatively few specimens have been collected,
and the ranges of the species remain to be determined.

Key to the North American Associates of Sthereus

1. Anterior margin of prosternum entire, not emarginate; pronotum without a median

carina; length less than 3.5 mm. - STHEREUS Motschulsky

Anterior margin of prosternum deeply, conspicuously emarginate (somewhat re¬
sembling the formation found in some Cryptorhynchinae); pronotum with a narrow

median carina; length usually greater than 3.5 mm. - 2

2(1). Metasternum and ventrites one and two with large, deep, extraordinary excava¬
tions - GASTROTAPHRUS Buchanan

Metasternum and venter without any excavations - 3

3(2). Antennal club elongate-ovate, less than one-half as broad as long, broadest near
distal one-third; dorsum conspicuously multituberculate; legs densey squamose,
femora each with a low, obtuse tooth within a cluster of setae, vestiture of
coxae dense and conspicuous, anterior and middle coxae moderately densely
squamose; metepisternum almost completely indistinguishable; distance between
metacoxae less than median length of metasternum; first abdominal suture con¬
tinued coarsely and conspicuously across middle of venter - L0B0S0MA Buchanan

Antennal club stoutly ovoid, about three-fourths as broad as long, broadest at about
middle; dorsum not tuberculate; legs finely setose, femora not toothed, coxae
appearing bare and shiny (with only a few fine setae); underside sparsely setose;
metepisternum distinct throughout its length; distance between metacoxae greater
than median length of metasternum; first abdominal suture obsolete across middle
of venter - PHILOSTRATUS Zimmerman

It was not my intention when I began this research to describe new
American categories, because for nearly 30 years I have confined my work
to the faunas of the Pacific Ocean. However, I have found that the generic
name Sthereus has included two American genera. One of these is un¬
recognized in literature and requires description. Hence, to record more
fully the results of my research, the genus Philostratus is described below.

The following are the American genera and species that should be trans¬
ferred from the “Trachodinae” to the Hylobiinae:

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Genus Sthereus Motschulsky
Motschulsky, 1845:373.

Lacordaire, 1863:374, footnote, there in synonymy under Trachodes.
Buchanan, 1936:178.

Bedel, 1884:92, footnote. Stereus [s/c]

Type-species: Sthereus quadrituberculatus Motschulsky, designated by
Buchanan, 1936:178.

Key to the American Species of Sthereus

1. Pronotum without any fascicles of erect setae; tubercles on elytra low and poorly

developed, most prominent on interval three and obsolescent or absent on intervals
five and seven; intervals three, five and seven not or only feebly elevated be¬
tween the fascicles _ QUADRITUBERCULATUS Motschulsky

2. Pronotum with four fascicles of erect setae on a transverse line cephalad of middle,

the two fascicles on the disc most prominent and those at the sides obsolescent
in some examples; tubercles on elytral intervals three, five and seven very

prominent and the intervals prominently elevated between the tubercles -

_ MULTITUBERCULATUS Buchanan

In addition to these species, Sthereus borealis Motschulsky, 1845:374,
and Sthereus jasciculatus Motschulsky, 1845:374, both from Kamchatka,
which are presumed to belong to Sthereus, but which I have not seen,
should follow the American species into the Hylobiinae. It is possible, how¬
ever, that these species belong to Philostratus. LeConte, 1876: 190, said that
he had received from Col. Motschulsky, specimens of Sthereus ptinoides
under the name Sthereus jasciculatus, and this statement might be con¬
strued to mean that jasciculatus is a synonym of ptinoides (placed herein
under Philostratus) . This has evidently led to the incorrect listing of such
synonymy in “Coleopterorum Catalogus.” Motschulsky, 1845:374, said
that he had been confused by the two species, but he noted that on
jasciculatus the pronotum is “in medio caniculato,” whereas ptinoides has
a fine median carina on the pronotum. I have examined the Motschulsky
specimens mentioned by LeConte in his collection at the Museum of
Comparative Zoology at Harvard, and they are ptinoides as we now
recognize it. Unfortunately, the specimens lack locality data.

Sthereus multitub erculatus Buchanan, 1936:179.

Oregon (type locality: Astoria) to Alaska.

Sthereus quadrituberculatus Motschulsky, 1845:375, pi. 7, fig. 4, I-V.
Buchanan, 1936:178.

Trachodes quadrituberculatus (Motschulsky) Mannerheim, 1852:355.
LeConte, 1876:190.

Northern California to Alaska (type locality: Sitka).

Mannerheim (1832:355) said that this species had been found on bark
and in logs of pine.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Genus Philostratus Zimmerman, NEW GENUS

Rather similar to Lobosoma, but dorsum not tuberculate and vestiture
less dense, especially on ventral surfaces which are not hidden by vestiture
as they are on Lobosoma.

Head with eyes moderately convex, coarsely faceted, the individual facets con¬
spicuously convex; interocular distance fully as great as greatest breadth of base
rostrum. Rostrum with several fine carinae behind antennal insertions; mandibles
tri-dentate, but the basal tooth small and much less conspicuous than the prominent
middle and anterior teeth; upper margin of scrobe directed to lower corner of eye;
without any long, tactile setae on sides just behind bases of mandibular sinuses or
on underside behind maxillary sinuses and none on prementum. Antennae sparsely
setose, inserted just beyond middle of rostrum; apex of scape nearly reaching eye
(separated by about one-fourth the diameter of club of scape from eye on type,
viewed from side); funiculus with first two segments elongate, first segment some¬
what longer and much stouter than second, second as long as three plus four
combined, segments three to seven subspherical; club compact, stout, ovoid, about
three-fourths as broad as long, broadest near middle, about as long as preceding
four funicular segments. Prothorax rather loosely squamose, punctate, finely granulate;
dorsum moderately uneven, with a fine, longitudinal, median carina and a sulcus
along basal margin; subapical constriction well developed on sides and continued
across prosternum; sides with moderately developed postocular lobes which partly
cover the eyes when head is retracted, and the inner edges of the lobes behind the
eyes armed with a fringe of setae (post-ocular vibrissae) which extend over the
posterior edges of the eyes when head is retracted. Scutellum concealed. Elytra ovate,
without humeri, setose and squamose, ten-striate, stria ten well impressed only basad of
metacoxae and at apex but marked by a continuous line of punctures between these
areas; stria nine continuous to base. Wings absent. Legs slender; femora not dentate,
hind pair reaching about to apex of ventrite four; tibiae slightly sinuous, strongly
uncinate; tarsi long and slender, hind tarsi more than half as long as tibiae,
sparsely setose dorsally and much less densely setose beneath than Lobosoma
(obviously not “spongy”), third tarsal segment deeply cleft, the sinus reaching near
base (on type the inner lobe is smaller than outer lobe on hind tarsus). Sternum
sparsely, finely setose; coxae and trochanters appearing mostly bare, with only a
few fine setae; anterior margin of prosternum conspicuously, broadly, arcuately
emarginate in front, the disc broadly and shallowly concave; the anterior and
posterior intercoxal processes well separated and the coxal cavities thus distinctly
coalescent; procoxae large, strongly protuberant; mesosternum with intercoxal process
steep, subtruncate behind, the distance between the mesocoxae equal to one-third
or more of the length of the metasternum at its narrowest point between meso-
and metacoxae; division between mesepisternum and mesepimeron visible; mestaster-
num with narrowest point between meso- and metacoxae subequal to breadth of a
mesocoxa; metacoxae eye-shaped, obviously transverse (less than three-fourths as
long as broad on type); metepisternum distinct throughout its length, but the suture
well defined only basad of middle. Venter with intercoxal process of first ventrite
broadly arcuate, its breadth between the metacoxae greater than median length of
mesosternum; median length of first ventrite subequal to lengths of ventrites two and
three combined; its narrowest point behind the metacoxae one-half the median length;
suture between first and second ventrites obsolete on disc, well impressed laterad,
the other sutures vertical and very strong; ventrite two as long next to the elytra as
ventrite three plus about one-half of four; ventrite five subequal in length to ventrite
three plus four; thickened ventral margin of pygidium visible beyond ventrite five in
male.

Type-species; Sthereus ( Trachodes ) ptinoides (Germar) Buchanan.

Philostratus is derived from the Greek character of that name and is
masculine.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

The concave anterior margin of the prosternum removes this genus easily
from Sthereus and associates it with Lobosoma and Gastrotaphrus. Gas-
trotaphrus is easily distinguished by its unusual underside as well as other
features. Philostratus is much like Lobosoma, but there are numerous
differences between the two, and the more obvious differences are sum¬
marized in the key. Lobosoma has a narrower sternum with the inter-
coxal processes of the meso- and metasternum and first ventrite all narrower
and more accuminate. The hind coxae are more nearly round on Lobosoma
( only about one-fifth broader than long), but they are obviously more
transverse on Philostratus.

Philostratus ptinoides (Germar) Zimmerman, NEW COMBINATION.

Trachodes Ptinoides Germar, 1824:327. Schoenherr, 1836:513.
Fahraeus, 1843:408. Mannerheim, 1853:240, “ Var . b.” Le-
Conte, 1876:190.

Pissodes ptinicollis Sturm, 1826:184, nomen nudum.

Sthereus ptinoides (Germar) Buchanan, 1936:178.

Northern California to the Aleutian Islands, Alaska (type locality:
Unalaska), and Kamchatka (new record).

The Kamchatka record is based upon my determination of two males
in the U. S. National Museum which bear the following data: Peptropaul-
ski, Kamtschatka, June and July, 1882, L. Stejneger collector. These
specimens appear to come within the range of variability of ptinoides, and
the aedeagi are similar.

Mannerheim, 1853:240, and Van Dyke (1921:166) say that this weevil
breeds in or is found under driftwood.

It is possible that Sthereus borealis Motschulsky and Sthereus fasciculatus
Motschulsky, from Kamchatka, belong here. See the discussion after the
key to Sthereus, above.

Genus Lobosoma Buchanan

Buchanan 1936:180.

Type-species: Trachodes horridus Mannerheim, by original designation
and monotypy.

Lobosoma horridum (Mannerheim) Buchanan, 1936:180.

Trachodes horridus Mannerheim, 1852:345. LeConte, 1876:190.

Schenkling and Marshall, 1937:2.

Aparopion horridus (Mannerheim) Heyden, 1879:167.

Aparapion [s/c] horridus Mannerheim, Leng, 1920:320.

Oregon to Alaska (type locality: Sitka).

W. W. Baker, as recorded by Buchanan (1936:180), stated that he
collected this weevil “by sifting debris from the forest floor or close to the
edges of timber.”

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Genus Gastrotaphrus Buchanan
Buchanan, 1936:180.

Type-species: Gastrotaphrus barberi Buchanan, by original designation
and monotypy.

Gastrotaphrus closely resembles Lobosoma, and the dorsum of each is
conspicuously multituberculate. The conspicuously foveate sternum and
abdomen of Gastrotaphrus makes possible the easy separation of the two
groups, and I have used this feature as an easily observed character in the
generic key. However, I would not have considered the foveae by them¬
selves as of generic importance, but there are other differences between
Gastrotaphrus and Lobosoma, and some of the more obvious features may
be assembled as follows:

Club of antenna elongate-ovate; eyes about ten facets broad; all coxae conspicuously
squamose overall, internally and externally; femora with a low tooth beneath and
the hind pair reaching about to apex of elytra; third tarsal segment with the distal

emargination (as seen from beneath) extending basad of middle - LOBOSOMA

Club of antenna stoutly ovoid; eyes only about five facets broad; coxae with squamae
confined to a patch on mesal areas of pro- and mesocoxae only, bare elsewhere;
femora not toothed, the hind pair reaching about to middle of ventrite five; third
tarsal segment (viewed from beneath) with the distal emargination not reaching the
middle - . - GASTROTAPHRUS

Gastrotaphrus barberi Buchanan, 1936:181.

California (type locality: Eureka), and probably also Oregon, Wash¬
ington and British Columbia.

It is probable that this species has been taken by sifting ground litter in
redwood forests.

Literature Consulted

Austin, E. P.

1880. Supplement to the [Crotch] Check List of the Coleoptera of America,
North of Mexico. Pp. 1-67. S. E. Cassino, Boston.

Bedel, L.

1882-1888. Faune des Coleopteres du Bassin de la Seine 6:1-442, pi. 1. Societe
Entomologique de France.

Blackwelder, R. E.

1939. Fourth Supplement, 1933 to 1938 (inclusive) to the Leng Catalogue of
Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. Pp. 1-146. John D. Sherman.
Mount Vernon, New York.

Buchanan, L. L.

1936. Systematic Notes On The Trachodinae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington,
1935 [1936] 37(9): 178-183. (Issued Feb. 4, 1936.)

Crotch, G. R.

1873. Check List of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. Pp 1-136.
Naturalists’ Agency, Salem, Massachusetts.

Fahraeus, O. J.

1843. In Schoenherr, Genera et Species Curculionidum . . . 7(2): 1-461. Roret,
Paris.

Gemmingf.r, M., and Baron von Harold

1871. Catalogus Coleopterorum . . . 8:2181-2668. E. H. Gummi (G. Beck),
Monachii.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Germar, E. F. . .

1824. Coleopterorum Species Novae Aut Minus Cogmtae, Descriptiombus lllus-
tratae. Pp. i-xxiv, 1-624, pis. 1, 2, J. C. Hendelii et Filii, Halae.

Heller, K. M.

1930 Eine neue Ancylocnemis und Bradybibastes-art. Entomologische Blaetter
26(1) :5-7.

Henshaw,

1885.

List of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. Pp. 1-161. American
Ent. Soc., Philadelphia.

Heyden L. von

1879. Synonymische Bemerkungen. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift 23:
167-168.

Lacordaire, Th.

1863. Genera des Coleopteres 6:1-637. Roret, Pans.
1866. The same, 7:1-620. Roret, Paris.

LeConte, J. L., and G. H. Horn

1876. The Rhynchophora of America North of Mexico. Proc. American
Philosophical Soc. 15(96) :i-xvi, 1-455.

1883. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Smithsonian Mis¬
cellaneous Collections 26(507) :i-xxxviii, 1-567.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. Pp. i-x, 1-470.
John D. Sherman, Mount Vernon, New York.

Mannerheim, G. C. G.

1845. Beitrag zur Kaefer-Fauna der Aleutischen Inseln, der Inseln Sitka und
Neu-Californiens. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 16:117-224 [Curculioni-
dae].

1852. Zweiter Nachtrag zur Kaefer-Fauna Der Nord-Amerikanischen Laender
Der Russischen Reiches. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 25(2) :283-387.

1853. The same, Dritter Nachtrag. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26(2) :95-273.

Marshall, G. A. K.

1932. Notes on the Hylobiinae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (X)9:341-355, figs. 1-4.
1948. Entomological results from the Swedish Expedition 1934 to Burma and
British India — Coleoptera: Curculionidae. Novitates Zoologicae 42(3):
397-473, 1 map.

Morimoto, K.

1962. Preliminary check list of the families Curculionidae (II) and Rhyncho-
phoridae of Japan. Sci. Bull. Faculty Agric. Kyushu Univ. 19(3 ) : 34 1-368.

Motschulsky, V.

1845. Observations sur le Musee entomologique de l’Universite imperiale de
Moscou. Article I. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 18(2) :332-388, illus.

Schenkling, S., and G. A. K. Marshall

1937. Trachodinae, in Coleopterorum Catalogus, pars 154:1-4. W. Junk, ’s-
Gravenhage.

SCHOENHERR, C. J.

1826. Curculionidum Dispositio Methodica . . . pp. i-x, 1-338. F. Fleischer,
Lipsiae.

1836. Genera et Species Curculionidum . . . 3 (2) :507-858. Roret, Paris.
Sturm, J.

1826. Catalog Meiner Insecten-Sammlung, pp. i-viii, 1-207. Nurnberg.
VanDyke, E. C.

1921. Coleoptera From The Pribilof Islands, Alaska. Proc. California Acad.
Sci. (IV) 11(14): 156-166.

-BACK ISSUES-

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol. 3, 1949, 6 issues

(Nos. I & 2 o.p.) $5.00

$1.00

Vol. 4, 1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 5, 1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 6, 1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 7, 1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 8, 1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 9, 1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 10, 1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 11, 1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol. 12, 1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol. 13, 1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 14, 1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 15, 1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 16, 1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 17, 1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

From time to time we receive requests from our subscribers who
wish to complete their holdings of the Bulletin. We would appre¬
ciate it if any readers possessing copies of Vol. 3, No. 1, with which
they are willing to part, would inform the Bulletin.

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS1 BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington 17, D. C.

P republic ation Announcement

CURCULIONIDAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO

A key to the genera

by D. G. KISSINGER, Atlantic Union College

• Key to 42 subfamilies

• Keys to nearly 400 genera

• Up-to-date through 1963

• Principal characters illustrated

• Six new genera described

• Biological data summarized

• Bibliography with 600 entries

Approximately 150 pages, 8^4 by 11 inches, paperbound, illustrated.
Available July 1. $7.50 postpaid if remittance accompanies order.
20% off on prepublication orders. Send orders to:

TAXONOMIC PUBLICATIONS
Box 278, South Lancaster, Mass.

Now in its 37th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

<r*o

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. .Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

{Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington 17, D. C.

1964

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS

LIBRARY

WASHINGTON 17, D. C.

101 8URRILL HALL

Book Review . 52, 62

Current Research Programs . 41

Literature Notice . 36

7 %

ALLECULIDAE: Ocular index, by Campbell IS^VIarshall

CARAJBIDAE: Gehringia in Isochaeta?, by Bell .

CURCULIONIDAE: On Hyphantus, by Vaurie .

CURCULIONIDAE: On Ceutorhynchus assimilis, by Warner
HYDROPHILID AE: On Hemiosus exilis, by Van Tassell. .

OEDEMERIDAE: On nomenclature, by Arnett .

STAPHYLINIDAE: On Manda, by Moore .

TENEBRIONIDAE: On Cryptoglossa, by Triplehorn .

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Araett, Jr.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington 17, D. C. and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a year
beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Coleopterists*
Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be addressed to
the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

NOTICE TO

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P Street, N.W.,
Washington 6, D. C. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should be sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

EDITORIAL BOARD

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the
right to use articles out of order in the
interest of a balanced magazine.

The editor will make no text changes
without advanced notice to the author.
Galley proof will be sent for correction.
These galleys are sent out well in advanoe
and do NOT indicate the date or order
of publication.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases , descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated . Descriptions of new species or
will be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be cor-
tions are particularly desired, and in all related with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 18

June (No. 2)

1964

SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN
OEDEMERIDAE (COLEOPTERA)1

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.2

In the course of world studies of the family Oedemeridae, including a
detailed cataloging of the literature, as well as a study of type specimens,
a number of nomenclatural changes have become necessary and these
should be recorded in the literature. These changes are documented in this
paper.

Acknowledgments — I wish to acknowledge the help of Mr. J. P. Mac-
namara. He gave invaluable aid in searching out the literature. Through
the cooperation of Dr. J. F. G. Clarke of the U. S. National Museum, we
were able to make use of the entomology library. The help of these people
is gratefully acknowledged.

Hypasclera Kirsch, 1866

The type-species of the genus Hypasclera is Hypasclera schistacea Kirsch,
1866. An examination of the holotype specimen of this species shows it
to be congeneric with Nacerda dorsalis Melsheimer, 1846, the type species
ot the genus Alloxacis Horn, 1896. Previous authors, including myself,
have considered H. schistacea to be congeneric with Asclera cana LeConte,
1854, the type-species of Oxacis LeConte, 1866; thus, Hypasclera was
considered a junior synonym of Oxacis. However, the two type-species
are clearly generically distinct. Alloxacis Horn is therefore a junior synonym
of Hypasclera Kirsch. All of the species now assigned to Alloxacis must be
reassigned to Hypasclera. A review of the genus Hypasclera is contemplated
in a later study; therefore, a completed catalog of the species will be pub¬
lished then. F

Oxacis LeConte, 1866

Since the publication of the previous paper in this series ( 1963, Coleopt.
Bull., 17:6-18) additional nomenclatural changes in Oxacis must be noted.
The following species must be removed from the genus as explained under
Hypasclera. Oxacis schistacea (Kirsch, 1866), the type-species of the
genus Hypasclera, is therefore removed from the genus Oxacis because it
is not congeneric with the type-species of Oxacis. The species thought to

1 Contribution towards a monograph of the Oedemeridae, no. 20.

- Professor of Biology, The Catholic University of America, Washington. D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

be Hypasclera schistacea by Champion was, at the time Champion wrote,
not yet described. So far as can be determined at the present time without
examination of the Pic holotype, the following name applies to this species.

Oxacis durangosa Pic

Oxacis durangosa Pic, 1924. Mel. Exot.-Ent. 42:20.

Oxacis schistacea Champion, 1890 (not Kirsch, 1866). Biol. Centrali-
Americana, Ins., Col. 4, (2): 162.

The type locality of O. durangosa is given as “Mexico,” but we may
assume that it is from the Mexican state of Durango. I have not examined
the holotype, but if Pic has properly placed this species in the genus
Oxacis, then it is very likely that this name can be used for the species
Champion thought to be O. schistacea (Kirsch).

Oxacis trirossi Arnett, NEW NAME

Oxacis championi Arnett, 1956 (not Pic, 1927), Coleopt. Bull. 10.57.
Oxacis cana var. £ Arnett, 1956 (not Champion, 1890). Coleopt. Bull.
10:57.

It has been discovered that Pic named Oxacis cana var. championi in
1927, thus my 1956 name was preoccupied. Pic’s name was in a footnote
and like many other Pic names had escaped the notice of all previous
catalogers. (See under O. trimaculata Champion for bibliographic deails.)

Oxacis trimaculata Champion

Oxacis trimaculata Champion, 1890. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col.
4, (2): 161, pi. 7, fig. 20. (Type locality: Pinos Altos, Chihuahua,

Mexico.)

Oxacis semicincta Pic, 1924. Mel. Exot.-Ent. 42: 19 (NEW SYNONYMY).
(Type locality: “Central America.”)

Oxacis cana var. a Champion, 1890. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col.
4, (2): 159, pi. 7, fig. 19 (NEW SYNONYMY). (Type locality:

Atoyac, Vera Cruz, Mexico.)

Nacerdes chevrolati Dejean, 1838, nom. nud., Champion, 1890. Biol.

Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col. 4, (2): 159
Oxacis cana var. 3 Champion, 1890. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col.
4, (2): 159 (NEW SYNONYMY). (Type locality: Guanajuato,

Guanajuato, Mexico.)

Oxacis concolor Duges, nom. nud., Champion, 1890. Biol. Centrali-
Americana, Ins., Col. 4, (2): 160.

Oxacis cana var. championi Pic, 1927. Echange, 43:4, footnote (new name
for O. cana var. a Champion). (NEW SYNONYMY.)

There is much yet to be said about this species and the variable popu¬
lations assigned to this name. It is hoped that the complex nomenclature

is now clarified.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Oxacis josephi Arnett

Oxacis josephi Arnett, 1963. Coleopt. Bull. 17:14. (Type locality: 15
km. E. Sombrete, Zacatecas, Mexico.)

Oxacis can a var. p Champion, 1890. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col.
4, (2): 160 (NEW SYNONYMY). (Type locality: Durango, Du¬
rango, Mexico.)

Oxacis sericea Duges, nom. nud. (not Horn, 1896) Champion, 1890. Biol.
Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col. 4, (2): 160.

Oxacis pilosa Champion

Oxacis pilosa Champion, 1890. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Ins., Col. 4,
(2): 156, pi. 7, fig. 15. (Type locality: San Jose, Guatemala.)

This species has been reported by Blair (1928. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

I 10, ( 1 ) : 67 3 ) from James Island, Galapagos Islands. Blair’s description
indicates that the species he was dealing with is not this species but a
member of the genus Oxycopis, and therefore is not Oxacis pilosa Champion.

Oxycopis Arnett, 1951

The following note applies to a member of this genus. This large genus
remains in need of revision. There are still several species to be described.

Oxycopis florid ana (Horn)

Oxacis floridana Horn, 1896. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 6:415. (Type
locality: Florida.)

Oxacis ( Oxycopis ) luteostriata Arnett, 1951. American Midi. Nat. 45,
(2) :327. (Type locality: Palmetto Key, Florida.) (NEW SYN¬
ONYMY.)

In 1956 (Coleopt. Bull. 10:58) I pointed out that the species I called
Oxacis floridana Horn in my 1951 revision (American Midi. Nat. 45,
( 2 ) : 3 1 2 ) was an undescribed species from Mississippi which I named
Oxacis barbara (Arnett, 1956, Coleopt. Bull. 10:58). At that time I said
that the status of O. floridana would be discussed later. It is now necessary
to make the correction as indicated in the above bibliography.

A recent reexamination of the Horn type in the Philadelphia Academy
of Natural Sciences has reconfirmed the generic assignment of O. floridana
as stated in the 1956 paper, namely, that it belongs in the genus Oxycopis
because of the bifid mandibles. Once this generic change is made, it immedi¬
ately becomes apparent that the true Oxacis floridana is the same as my
Oxacis luteostriata.

Horn’s rather poor and misleading description is a surprise to all who
are aware of the generally highly accurate and detailed descriptions char¬
acteristic of Horn. This, plus the fact that it is impossible in the United
States to compare holotype specimens side by side unless they are in the
same collection, has contributed to this unfortunate confusion of de¬
scriptions.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

To untangle this species, the following changes are necessary. My de¬
scription of the supposed Horn species, Oxacis (Oxacis) fioridana in 1951,
(op. cit., 312) applies to Oxacis barbara Arnett with the exception of the
Horn holotype specimen mentioned in my redescription. So far, Oxacis
barbara is known only from Mississippi and Texas.

My description of Oxycopis lutcostriatd^Vci 1951 applies to Oxycopis
fioridana (Horn). This species is known only from Miami south through
the Florida Keys, and in Bimini. I treated this species as O. luteostriata
in my 1953 paper on the Oedemeridae of the Bimini Islands (American
Mus. Novitates no. 1646, p. 8).

There should be added to the description of this species the following
note on the holotype. There are three costae evident on each elytron in
addition to the marginal and sutural costae. The basic number of discal
costae for the species of Oxycopis is four. By numbering the costae with
number one as proximal to the sutural costae, it appears that costa number
three is missing from each elytron (number four is usually referred to as
the submarginal costa). All of the costae are covered by somewhat denser
white hairs, giving the appearance of white costae.

LITERATURE NOTICE

FOREST COLEOPTERA OF GHANA, BIOLOGICAL NOTES AND HOST
TREES. By G. H. Thompson. Oxford Forestry Memoirs No. 24, 78 pp. 1963.—
This work discusses the habits of 371 species of beetles in or on the stems or trunks
of 56 different kinds of trees. Most species of beetles have only short statements of
their habits; some, however, are discussed at greater length. The Cerambycidae,
Curculionidae, Scolytidae, and Platypodidae predominate. This memoir will be wel¬
comed by students of the biology of wood borers.

Many specimens can be damaged by a single specimen or part of a specimen that
has come loose in a schmitt box being sent through the mails. A little wad of
absorbent cotton securely pinned in the corner of the box will catch and hold most
loose specimens or parts.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A NEW SPECIES OF HYPHANTUS, A SYNONYM,
AND VARIOUS NOTES (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE : OTIORHYNCHINAE)

By Patricia Vaurie1

The 35 species of the South American otiorhynchid genus of flightless
weevils ( Hyphantus Germar) are ant-like in appearance, with long, thin
legs and antennae; short, stout beaks; subocular vibrissae but no subocular
lobe; petiolate, globose thorax; convex, declivous elytra, and tubercular
surface. Males of some species and females of others have marked sec¬
ondary sexual characters.

The new species described below is named in honor of the coleopterist,
Johann E. Faust (1832-1903), who wrote on the Curculionidae of many
parts of the world and who evidently had intended to describe the present
species. I am grateful to Dr. Rolf Hertel, of the Museum fur Tierkunde in
Dresden, for lending me Faust’s original specimens and for checking the
lact that Faust’s manuscript name was a nomen nudum.

Hyphantus fausti Vaurie, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 1-5)

Holotype, male, Blumenau [Santa Catarina, Brasil], collected by Reitter,
and a female paratype, with same data, in collection of Staatliches Museum
fur Tierkunde, Dresden; a male paratype with same data, and a female
from “Brasil in collection of the American Museum of Natural History.

Diagnosis: Differing from other species by having thorn-like spine on
inner edge of hind tibiae in males, and slight thickening in the same spot
in females, and also by having a projection in the males on the inner
apical angle of the hind tibiae (figs. 3, 4). Aside from secondary sexual
characters, this new species resembles hustachei Vaurie, minutus Vaurie,
and subminutus Vaurie, having about the same shape, tuberculation, and
vestiture of the pronotum and elytra (figs. 1, 2) as those species; the new
species also has the same aedeagus (fig. 3) as does hustachei.

Description of Holotype, Male: Length, 6.5 mm. Beak, dorsal view, about twice
length of eye; feebly tricarinate; apical V-shaped plaque distinctly elevated, feebly
concave within; surface rugose; base transversely sulcate; in profile of same thickness
throughout. Antennae with first segment of funicle scarcely longer than second,
second twice as long as third, third slightly longer than each of following segments;
scrobes broad, reaching vaguely to eye. Eyes bulbous. Head rugose.

Pronotum about as wide as long, more than one-half of length of elytra, sides
strongly arcuate; tubercles convex, round, subcontiguous, approximately 16 to 20
across disc at its widest part; a few fine hairs, as well as coarse setae of tubercles.
Elytra at widest part wider than pronotum, with scattered fine hairs, especially on
declivity; sides subparallel to declivity, thence convergent to rounded-truncate apex;
tubercles on alternate rows larger than those on pronotum, widely separated longi¬
tudinally by three or four times their diameters; true tubercles lacking on other
rows, but front edge of strial punctures slightly tumid; profile of elytra rather even¬
ly arcuate but slope of declivity steeper and longer than slope of base.

1 American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Front femora bulbous, minutely toothed within near apex; front tibiae slightly
sinuate within, incurved at apex; middle tibiae straight; hind tibiae near base bent
inward on outer side and with thorn-shaped tooth on inner side, inner apex also w t
thorn-like projection. Abdomen with first *Sfcd second segments separated by feebly
impressed line, other segments by wider, deeper sulci, segments not notably bulbous,
second segment longer than either third or fourth, fourth arcuate at sides, fifth as
long as three preceding segments combined, apex emarginate. Aedeagus acuminate
at apex, sides incised, dorsal orifice long (fig. 5).

Variations from holotype: Females lack the spine and the apical projections of
the hind tibiae, but have a slight sinuation on the inner side where the spine of the
male would be; females have the elytra proportionately wider and shorter than do
males. Some paratypes differ slightly by being smaller (6 mm.), by having the rostral
carinae or the scrobes of the antennae more distinct, by having more hairs on the
pronotum or elytra, or the pronotal tubercles closer together.

Figures 1-5, Hyphantus jausti Vaurie, new species. 1 Dorsal view. 2 Lateral
vieW. 3— Hind tibia, female. 4— Hind tibia, male. 5— Aedeagus, three-quarter view.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Remarks: This species belongs with the seven species of the argentinensis
group. In my key to the species (Vaurie, 1963, p. 254) it could be placed
after couplet 18; the couplet containing the new species then reading:

Hind tibiae of males with thorn-like spine on inner side, of females with
feeble sinuation in same area . fausti

Hind tibiae of both sexes straight .

Although this is the only species in which the hind tibiae are toothed in
males, the middle tibiae are toothed in males of hustachei Vaurie, and the
front tibiae in males of longicauda Vaurie; the hind femora are toothed in
males of sulcifrons Boheman and simulans Vaurie.

New Synonymy and Distribution

Several items of interest have been found in additional material received
after publication of my revision of the genus. This material includes about
230 specimens from the collections of the Departamento de Zoologia, Sab
Paulo, and of the Museum Frey, Munich, through the courtesy, respec¬
tively, of Padre F. Pereira and Dr. E. Haaf, 30 specimens from Padre P.
Buck, Colegio Anchieta, Rio Grande do Sul, and nine from the United
States National Museum, through Mrs. T. J. Spilman. The species are
listed below. All page numbers in parentheses refer to my revision (Vaurie
1963).

Hyphantus longicauda Vaurie (1963, p. 295)— Hyphantus lanceolatus
Vaurie (1963, p. 297). [NEW SYNONYMY.] In my revision (loc. cit.)
I suggested that lanceolatus, of which I had three males (the type from
Rio de Janeiro, one paratype from Sao Paulo, one from Nova Petropolis,
Rio Grande do Sul) might prove to be the male of the unique type of
longicauda (Sab Leopoldo, Rio Grande do Sul). Two males and two
females recently received from Padre Buck seem to show that this is so,
that there is but one strongly dimorphic species, in which males have a
thorn-like spine within the front tibiae, and females have very long, paired,
tubular projections or “tails” on the sutural declivity of the elytra. The new
specimens are from the state of Rio Grande do Sul, a male from the type
locality of longicauda, and a male and two females from Sao Salvador,
about 50 kilometers northwest of Sao Leopoldo. One of the females was
taken on April 7, 1960, the other female and the male on the same date,
December 7, 1962. The locality of one of the paratypes of “lanceolatus,”
Nova Petropolis, is in the same vicinity. All these localities are not far
from Porto Alegre.

The aedeagus of the two males from Rio Grande do Sul resembles the
aedeagus illustrated for the paratype of “lanceolatus” from the same state
(p. 300); it is not quite like that of the type of “lanceolatus,” but I be¬
lieve now that the difference is explicable by individual variation and the
larger size of the southern specimens from Rio Grande do Sul.

Hyphantus angulatus Vaurie. The type locality of this species was given
as Fainhas, Rio Grande do Sul (p. 282), from notations by G. Bondar,
but Padre P. Buck, who sent the specimens to Bondar, writes me that all
the insects given as coming from this town were actually collected at

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Taimbezinho, which is slightly to the north^Ast of Tainhas. The locality of
two of my paratypes, which seemed to read “Jaimbe, should be, accord¬
ing to Padre Buck, Taimbe, an abbreviation of Taimbezinho. Two addi¬
tional males examined from Padre Buck s collection are from Sao
Francisco de Paula, not far from Taimbezinho.

Hyphantus argentinensis Hustache, which I stated (p. 290) was the only
species not found in Brazil, does occur there, as shown by 25 males and one
female (in the Frey Museum), from Itapera, Sao Paulo, collected January,
1959, by K. Hudepohl, and by four males and two females from Osorio,
Rio Grande do Sul, January, 1958, from Padre Buck’s collection.

Hyphantus carinatus Vaurie, previously recorded from the state of Sao
Paulo only, is represented in the new material by specimens from farther
south (Curitiba, Parana, and Rio Grande do Sul at Teresopolis near Porto
Alegre). Although the apex of the aedeagus in three of these specimens is
of the characteristic shape as illustrated by me (1963, fig. 74), the
“carinate” part behind the dorsal orifice is not carinate, probably because
the sides behind the orifice are spread open by the intruding inner tube,
thus obliterating the carina.

Hyphantus distinguendus Desbrochers des Loges, of which 1 had seen
specimens from the states of Bahia, Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo, and Santa
Catarina, is found also in some of the states within this range: Minas
Gerais (Porto Alegre), and Parana (Curitiba).

Hyphantus hustachei Vaurie. A male from the collection of the United
States National Museum, taken in March, 1935, by D. Cochran, at
Lassance, Minas Gerais, extends the range of the species far to the north
(Lassance is about 160 miles northwest of Belo Horizonte). Previous
records (39 specimens) are from Santa Catarina and Parana in southern
Brazil, from Paraguay, and northern Argentina.

Hyphantus matronalis Vaurie, known only from the female type
paratype (region of Rio de Janeiro), is represented by two additional
females collected by Alvarenga, December, 1956, at Floresta da Tijuca,
Rio de Janeiro.

Hyphantus serpentis Vaurie, recorded by me from the state of Rio de
Janeiro only, was collected by Hudepohl at the same locality and on
the same date as carinatus (Teresopolis, Rio Grande do Sul, March 3,
1962). These specimens (five males) were dissected, as the aedeagus is
the only certain distinguishing character between serpentis and carinatus.

Hyphantus sulcifrons Boheman, one of the most abundant species of the
genus, ranging from Uruguay and Buenos Aires north to Parana in
southern Brazil, is here recorded from slightly farther north, at Itapera,
Sao Paulo (four males and five females, January, 1959, collected by
Hudepohl) .

Two Corrections

Dr. E. Haaf wrote to me that the notations “G. Barb. Frey on the
labels of many specimens of Hyphantus in the Frey Museum, which ap-

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

peared in my revision between quotation marks, refer to the collectors,
George Frey and Barbara Frey.

Mr. Hans Reichardt, who collected many of the specimens of Hyphantus
which 1 used in the revisional study, writes me that one of the localities
(Diadema) that I could not find is a rather new place near Sao Paulo,
about 10 kilometers in the direction of Santos.

Literature Cited

Vaurie, p.

1963. A revision of the South American genus Hyphantus (Coleoptera, Cur-
culionidae, Otiorhynchinae). Bull. Amer. Mils. Nat. Hist. 125(4) :241-
304, figs. 1-91.

CURRENT RESEARCH PROGRAMS

These announcements of research underway on beetles are not meant to be re¬
quests for specimens or information unless stated to the contrary; a letter to the
researcher will determine whether or not specimens or information are wanted. All
research workers are invited to send notices of research in progress to the Editor.

AQUATICS: Study of the water beetles of North Dakota. By Robert Gordon, Dept,
of Entomology, North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, N. D.

C HRYSOMEL1DAE: Natural history of Oulema melanopa. By Thomas Castro,
Dept, of Entomology, Michigan State Univ., East Lansing, Mich.

CURCULIONIDAE: Study of the weevils of North Dakota. By David Aarhus, Dept,
of Entomology, North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, N. D.

MELOIDAE: Revision of Pyrota and allied genera and a comparative study of
meloid sexual behavior. (Interested in obtaining live material for the latter study.)
By Richard B. Selander, Dept, of Entomology, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois.

STAPH YLINIDAE: Field and taxonomic studies of Euasthetinae and Pygostenini.
By D. H. Kistner, Chico State College, Chico, California.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

THE OCULAR INDEX AND ITS APPLICATION TO
THE TAXONOMY OF THE ALLECULIDAE (COLEOPTERA)

By J. M. Campbell1 and James D. Marshall2

The last work of a revisionary nature on the North American Alleculidae
was a treatment of the genus Pseudocistela Crotch by Hopping (Canadian
Ent. 1933:65 ( 12) :28 1-286) . After almost thirty years of neglect, studies
have started anew on this interesting group of beetles. Both authors of the
present paper are currently involved in studies that should lead to a
better understanding of the North and Central American components of
this family of insects.

In many of the earlier works on the Alleculidae a great amount of
emphasis was placed on the distance separating the eyes. Successful use
of the majority of the older keys depends upon correctly interpreting the
eyes to be separated by a distance “greater than,” “subequal to,” or “less
than” their own width. Such expressions of this character have long been
known to be ambiguous and not at all dependable. It has been necessary to
resort to this character again in current revisionary studies on this group,
but an effort has been made to find a more precise means of expressing it.
Both authors of this paper independently arrived at the same solution, and
it was decided to express this character as the “Ocular Index,” or, more
simply, “OI.”

The Ocular Index is calculated by measuring the minimum distance
between the eyes (fig. 1, B), and dividing this value by the maximum
dorsal width across the eyes (fig. 1, A). The quotient resulting from this
division is then converted into an index by multiplying by 100, i.e.,

Minimum Distance Between Eyes v iqq _ ocuiar Index
Maximum Dorsal Width Across Eyes

The use of this index ( 1 ) permits
making a positive statement with
regard to the distance separating the
eyes, and (2) facilitates treating an
important key character quantita¬
tively. Thus far this character has
been found to have general applica¬
tion in the family Alleculidae, and
studies of a very preliminary nature
indicate that it could likely be used
effectively in the Lagriidae, the
Tentyriinae of the Tenebrionidae,
and probably in the Heteromera in
general.

1 Department of Biology, Eastern Kentucky State College, Richmond, Kentucky.

2 Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A SYNOPSIS OF THE GENUS CRYPTOGLOSSA SOLIER
(COLEOPTERA: TENEBRIONIDAE)

By C. A. Triplehorn1

A large number of specimens belonging to the genus Cryptoglossa Sober
have accumulated in collections since Blaisdell (1945) revised the group.
Many of these were taken in long series and come from areas hitherto
unreported. As a result of this study, certain relationships within the genus
have become clearer, necessitating several nomenclatural changes.

T his genus is composed of a small number of moderately large species
inhabiting the arid portions of the Sonoran Region of southwestern United
States and adjacent portions of Mexico and Baja California. They are
distinguished from the closely related genus Centrioptera Mannerheim by
the form of the terminal antennal segment. In Centrioptera this segment
is globular and as long as or longer than the penultimate segment; in
Cryptoglossa it is smaller, truncate apically and partially retracted into
an excavation of the penultimate segment which greatly exceeds it in size.

A sexual character which has not been reported previously was dis¬
covered. Males have tufts of long silken hairs on antennal segments
4, 5 and 6 while females have fewer and shorter hairs, not forming tufts,
on these segments. Neither male nor female genitalia was found to be
uselul in distinguishing between the closely related taxa recognized in this
paper.

This study has been based primarily on specimens from the following
institutions: California Academy of Science (CAS), Cornell University
(CU), Florida State Collection of Arthropods (FSCA), Long Beach State
College (LBSC), Michigan State University (MSU), Museum of Com¬
parative Zoology (MCZ), New Mexico State University (NMS), The
Ohio State University (OSU), University of California (UCal), the United
States National Museum (USNM) and from my own field work in Texas
sponsored by the American Philosophical Society (Grant Number 3091,
Penrose Fund). Grateful acknowledgment is made to the various individuals
in charge of the above collections.

Catalog of Known Species of Cryptoglossa-

Cryptoglossa Sober, 1836, p. 680 (type: C. bicostata Sober, by monotypy).

Asbolus LeConte, 1851, p. 129 (type: A. verrucosus LeConte, NEW
DESIGNATION).

1. bicostata Sober, 1836, p. 681, pi. 24, figs. 11-13.

2a. verrucosa verrucosa (LeConte), 1851, p. 129. (Asbolus).

2b. verrucosa carinulata Blaisdell, 1945, p. 25.

1 Department of Zoology and Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus,
Ohio.

Blaisdell (1945) published complete literature citations to the above taxa; for the
sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

3a.

3b.

4a.

4b.

laevis laevis (LeConte), 1851, p. 130. (Asbolus).

laevis subsimilis Casey, 1924, p. 308. [NEW SYNONYMY.]

laevis papillosa NEW SUBSPECIES.
mexicana mexicana Champion, 1884, p. 73, pi. 3, fig. 21.
mexicana granulifera Champion, 1892, p. 508. [NEW COMBINA¬
TION & STATUS.]

angularis (Horn), 1894, p. 414, pi. 7, fig. 4. (Centrioptera)

Key to the Known Species and Subspecies of Cryptoglossa.

Fifth elytral interval forming an unbroken costa from base to one-third the distance

from apex; other intervals with conical tubercles - BICOSTATA

Fifth elytral interval never costate but may have series of disconnected elongate

costules -

Disc of pronotum gibbous -

Pronotum depressed, evenly convex from side to side -

Elytral intervals strongly verrucose or cariniform; pronotum densely, granulately

punctured, somewhat pruinose -

Elytra smooth or minutely granulate; pronotum finely, inconspicuously punctate -

Sculpture of elytral intervals consisting of coarse, distinctly separated conical

tubercles _ VERRUCOSA VERRUCOSA

Sculpture of elytral intervals consisting of finer, more or less continuous carinae

medially; laterally broken up into smaller, isolated, elongate carinules -

_ _ _ VERRUCOSA CARINULATA

Elytra with punctures simple, except laterally with an incomplete row of large

conical or coarsely granulate tubercles; dorsal luster shining - LAEVIS LAEVIS

Elytra with punctures distinctly granulate, more coarsely so laterally; dorsal luster

duM _ LAEVIS PAPILLOSA

Elytra with outer elytral intervals strongly tuberculate; all intervals convex--- ANGULARIS

Elytra smooth and indistinctly striate; punctation diffuse; intervals flat -

Elytral punctures simple - MEXICANA MEXICANA

Elytral punctures granulate or muricate - MEXICANA GRANULIFERA

Phylogenetic Relationships

There are presumably two basic lines of evolution in the genus Crypto¬
glossa, both clearly delimited by the form of the prothorax. In the mexicana
group, the pronotum is relatively flattened with the sides deplanate and
the lateral margins clearly visible throughout their length in dorsal aspect.
Further evolution has apparently taken place from the smooth and simply
punctured mexicana Champion through a gradually more muricate or
granulate type of puncture (granulifera Champion) to the strongly sculp¬
tured angularis Horn. Series of specimens may be arranged which illustrate
this transition very nicely.

In the laevis group, the disc of the pronotum is always strongly gibbous
with the sides abruptly arising from the lateral margin so that the marginal
bead is somewhat concealed in dorsal aspect. Evolution in this group
parallels that of the previous one in that there is a progression from a
simple through a granular type of elytral punctation to a muricate type.

The presumed relationships are presented on Plate 2, Figure 1. The main
branches 1 and 1/ indicate the relatively flattened versus the gibbous form
of the pronotum. 2 and 2' are the verrucose versus the smooth elytral sculp¬
ture. 3 and 3' represent sulcate as opposed to flattened elytral intervals.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

The remaining relationships indicated are not as sharply defined as those
of the main branches. The use of the trinomials in three of the species does
not necessarily reflect the same degree of relationship to the nominate sub¬
species in each case. In all probability, the three are but extreme forms of
their respective species. In fact, the trend from simple to granulate puncta-
tion (mexicana to grcmulifera and laevis to papillosa ) and tuberculate to
carinate elytral intervals (verrucosa to carinulata) is gradual in all three and
occasional specimens cannot be placed in either subspecies with certainty.
Nevertheless, this variation appears to be geographic in nature and hence
worthy of trinomial designation. It is interesting to note the repetition of
the same pattern of variation in the two main lines of evolution.

The transition from mexicana through granulifera to angularis is not
difficult to visualize. Perhaps with further collecting, the last will prove to

be only a subspecies. At present, existing cabinet material indicates a
distinct species.

Cryptoglossa bicostata Solier is omitted from this discussion and from
the phylogenetic chart because of the uncertainty of its identity.

PAPILLOSA

Figure 1 — Probable evolution in Cryptoglossa.

Descriptions and Distributions
Cryptoglossa bicostata Solier

This species was described from a single mutilated specimen from
Mexico. As far as is known, no other specimen has been found so that
the positive identification of the species, and, for that matter, the genus, is
still in doubt. The antennae were missing from the type when the species
was described; these structures are necessary to separate Cryptoglossa from
the closely related genus Centrioptera. It is quite possible that the specimen
described and figured by Solier belongs to Centrioptera but that problem
will not be solved in this paper. His figure shows an insect strongly re¬
sembling Centrioptera spiculifera LeConte but which also looks like
Cryptoglossa angularis Horn. The strongly carinate fifth elytral interval is
unique however, and it seems best to defer any decisions at the generic
level until such time as the identity of this species is established.

Volume 18

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Cryptoglossa verrucosa verrucosa (LeConte)

(Figs. 2, 7)

A common and moderately large, opaque and more or less pruinose
species. The elytra have nine series of rather large and subacute tubercles
(Blaisdell, 1943, p. 223). The greatest variation observable in this
nominate subspecies is in the form of the conspicuous elytral tubercles.
Typically, these are rather bluntly conical and distinctly separated from
one another. In some specimens there is a tendency toward reduction in
height and fusion at the base of these tubercles to form a series of acute
costae, particularly pronounced in those nearest the elytral suture. Inten¬
sive collecting would perhaps demonstrate a gradient in the form elytral
sculpture from the typical “verrucose” to the “carinulate” type of the
subspecies carinulata (see remarks below).

Blaisdell (1945, p. 24) records this subspecies from numerous localities
in southern California, Arizona and Nevada. He did not list any records
from Mexico in his 1945 paper but earlier (1943, p. 223) cited Horns
(1894, p. 348) record from San Jose del Cabo, Baja California. I have
not seen any specimens from that far south and consequently this record
does not appear on the distribution map.

Figure 2 _ Cryptoglossa distribution. Figure 3 — Cryptoglossa distribution.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

From outside the range of this subspecies as listed by Blaisdell (1945,
p. 24), I can add the following records: UNITED STATES: Arizona: ( 1 )
Globe, June 30, D. K. Duncan (CU); (1) Santa Rita Mts. (CU); Cal¬
ifornia: (1) Inyo Co., Shoshone, April 5, 1928. T. Craig (CAS): (1)
San Bernadino Co., Trona, May-June, 1925, MacDonald (CU); (1)
Kern Co., Mojave, December 12, 1917, J. C. Bradley (CU); (1) San
Diego Co., Painted Canyon, May 25, 1941, D. J. & J. N. Knull (OSU);
MEXICO: Sonora: (90) Desemboque, July 17-September 10, 1953, B.
Malkin (CAS); (3) Estero de Sargente, 25 km. south of Desemboque,
August 11, 1953, B. Malkin (CAS); (6) Cholla Bay, February 5, 1960,
E. Kirschbaum (CAS); (3) 25 mi. south of San Luis, June 4-5, 1949,
J. R. Slevin (CAS); (1) Punta Penasco, May 8, 1946, J. R. Slevin (CAS);
Baja California : (1) 5 mi. northwest of Punta San Felipe, June 9, 1955,
J. R. Slevin (CAS); (2) 3 mi. north of San Felipe, May 21, 1957, J. R.
Slevin (CAS); (1) Laguna Salada, May 17, 1958, E. L. Sleeper (LBSC);
(4) Mexicali, April 2 (CU).

Cryptoglossa verrucosa carinulata Blaisdell

(Figs. 2, 8)

This appears to be a fairly well-defined and rather disjunctive geographic
race, worthy of a name. Here the tubercles of the elytral intervals are
fused and elongated to form more or less continuous low carinae on the
disc of the elytra. Laterally the tubercles are distinctly separated but still
retain the elongate, narrowly costate form.

In a large series of typical verrucosa, the tendency for the tubercles to
fuse and form low costae is occasionally seen in scattered individuals from
southern California. Those from Arizona and Mexico almost invariably
have the subacute tubercles. The present subspecies is known from the
area of Death Valley, Inyo County, California, and from St. George, in
extreme southwestern Utah. Four specimens (CU) from the latter area
uniformly correspond more closely to carinulata than to the nominate
subspecies.

Cryptoglossa laevis laevis (LeConte)

(Figs. 3, 9)

This is a moderately large, shining black, smooth species with at least
a row of rather strongly muricate punctures just above the lateral margins
at the base of the elytra. These punctures become progressively smaller and
are not continued to the elytral apex. In form laevis resembles verrucosa,
particularly in the shape and convexity of the pronotum. It occurs within
the range of verrucosa, having been taken in extreme southern California
(Imperial and San Diego Counties), at Yuma, Arizona, and in the adja¬
cent portions of Mexico (Los Medanos and Laguna Salada in Baja Cal¬
ifornia, and 25 miles south of San Luis in Sonora). Blaisdell ( 1945) failed
to mention any Mexican records.

The subspecies subsimilis Casey (1924) is not worthy of separation. A
series of 31 specimens taken at Los Medanos, [Baja] California, May 22-
24, 1951 by J. R. Slevin (CAS) demonstrates that the characters men-

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

tioned by Casey are merely normal variations within the species. The rela¬
tive length of legs and body proportions to which he alluded in his two
specimens are apparently sexual. The legs are slightly longer and body
narrower in the male but even these characters are subject to variation. As
Blaisdell (1945, p. 27) points out, there is even some confusion as to
which of the two forms Casey’s description applies but he considered it
“best to give Col. Casey the benefit of the doubt as it is merely a sub¬
species.” There is actually no justification for this.

Occasional specimens are encountered in which the elytral punctures are
granulate instead of simple. The tendency toward this type of puncture
appears to begin at the flanks and progress toward the suture. If only a
few granular punctures are present on a specimen, they are always lateral
in position. A specimen from Grays Wells, Imperial County, California
(OSU), has the elytral punctation almost entirely granular and appears to
be intermediate between this and the following subspecies.

Cryptoglossa laevis papillosa NE'W SUBSPECIES

(Fig. 3)

Similar in form to C. laevis but much duller in luster and with the elytral
punctures all strongly granular and diffuse. Only three specimens, all from
San Bernardino County, California, show this extreme modification. I re¬
gard this as but an extreme form of the nominate subspecies, but since it
is geographically disjunctive, I provide it with a name to define relationships

within the genus.

Without intermediate forms, this would undoubtedly have been described
as a distinct species. Champion was perfectly justified in describing gran-
ulifera as distinct from mexicana with the material he had before him.
The present situation is similar.

The three specimens studied are designated as follows: Holotype (male)
and allotype (female), Barstow, California, May 17, E. S. Ross (CAS),
1 paratype (female), Kelso Dunes, California, May 25, 1958, E. L.

Sleeper (LBSC).

Cryptoglossa mexicana mexicana Champion

(Figs. 3, 4)

This is a moderately large, broad species, dull to feebly shining in luster
and with the dorsum much flatter than in laevis and verrucosa. Punctation
of the elytra is variable. In specimens from the type locality (Monclova,
Coahuila, Mexico) the punctures are simple except in the humeral region
where they are minutely granular or muricate (J. Balfour-Browne, in litt.).
I have observed this same type of punctation on specimens from Sierra de
los Burros, Coahuila (CAS).

On August 15, 1962, Dr. Howard V. Weems, Jr., and I were collecting
insects at night around an abandoned house at Oak Spring, in the Chisos

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Mountains, Big Bend National Park, Brewster County, Texas. Thirteen
specimens of Cryptoglossa were taken, most of them crawling up from
under the lloor ot a screened back porch of the house. They are presumably
nocturnal since previous collecting at the same site in daylight hours
several days before was totally unproductive.

A careful study of the above mentioned series revealed a rather striking
range of variation in the punctation of the elytra. In four specimens the
punctures are simple with a slightly muricate tendency on the anterior
margins. In five of them the punctures are distinctly muricate, and in the
remaining four, the punctures are in the form of fine granules. It would
seem, therefore, that the variation exhibited by this series ranges from the
typical mexicana punctation through a gradient with its highest develop¬
ment exemplified by grcmulifera.

Specimens from this series which exhibited the above variation were
submitted to Mr. J. Balfour-Browne who very kindly compared them with
the Champion types in the British Museum of Natural History. He states
that “they agree excellently with the four types of mexicana, all from
Monclova, Coahuila." He also added that the elytral punctures of the types
are more clearly punctiform and more distinctly serially arranged than
those of the Texas specimens.

Blaisdell ( 1945) did not recognize C. mexicana as occurring north of the
Rio Grande but referred all of his specimens of this complex to granulijera
after commenting upon the range of variation in elytral punctation which
they exhibited. Through the courtesy of Mr. Hugh B. Leech of the Cal¬
ifornia Academy of Sciences, it has been possible to study the specimens
Blaisdell had before him. Blaisdell’s specimens from Coahuila and El Paso,
Texas, are referrable to the present nominate subspecies and all of the
others to subspecies granulijera. These two taxa are not sharply defined,
one from the other. My initial impulse was to synonymize the name
granulijera in the face of the bewildering variations encountered. On the
other hand, I have never seen specimens from the United States with
simple elytral punctures except from the Big Bend area and El Paso, Texas.
In order to clarify the relationships within the genus it seems best to
retain the name granulijera.

Specimens examined and assigned to the nominate subspecies are as
follows: UNITED STATES: Texas: (13) Oak Spring, Chisos Mts., Big
Bend National Park, August 15, 1962, C. A. Triplehorn and H. V.
Weems, Jr. (OSU, FSCA), (1) Chisos Basin, Big Bend National Park,
August 12, 1962, W. E. and C. A. Triplehorn (OSU), (1) Big Bend Na¬
tional Park, September 29, 1952, Peter Koch (OSU), (1) Chisos Mts.,
July 22, J. W. Green (OSU), (3) Black Gap, Big Bend National Park,
July 10, 1960, R. A. Scheibner (MSU), ( 1 ) El Paso, June, 1884 (CAS),
(1) El Paso, March 14, 1941 (USNM); (1) El Paso, May 18, 1957,
J. W. Green (USNM); Sabinal, June, 1910, F. C. Pratt (USNM), (1)
Val Verde Co., Pecos River Bridge on U.S. 90, October 8, 1958, H. V.
Weems, Jr. (FSCA). MEXICO: Coahuila: (2) Sierra de los Burros, June
8 and 18, 1938, Rollin H. Baker (CAS); Nuevo Leon: Sabinas Hidalgo,
June 15, 1939, Ralph Haag, cave in bat dung (MCZ).

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Cryptoglossa mexicana granulif era Champion

(Figs. 3, 5)

The status of this taxon has been summarized under the nominate
subspecies. I have restricted this name to include only those specimens
in which the granular type of elytral punctation prevails. This is a rather
poorly defined geographic race, represented in collections which I have
seen by but a few specimens as follows: UNITED STATES: Arizona: (1)
Ajo Mts., October 16, 1934, Bryant (CAS) ; New Mexico : (5) Las Cruces

to mm.

Figures 4-9, Cryptoglossa spp. All shown to same scale. 4 — C. mexicana mexicana
Champion; Chisos Mts., Texas. 5 — C. mexicana granulifera Champion; Isla Partida,
Gulf of California. 6— C. angularis (Horn); La Paz, Baja California. 7 — C. ver¬
rucosa verrucosa (LeConte); near Desemboque, Sonora, Mexico. 8 C. verrucosa
carinulata Blaisdell; Death Valley, California (PARATYPE). 9— C. laevis laevis
(LeConte); Los Medanos, Baja California. (Photographs by Robert B. Welch, De¬
partment of Photography, The Ohio State University.)

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

(NMS), (1) Las Cruces, August 15, D. J. and J. N. Knull (OSU); (3)
Las Cruces, May 1, 1917, T. E. Snyder (USNM); Texas: (1) Fort Davis,
June 23, 1949, W. C. Stehr (Ohio University). MEXICO: Baja Califor¬
nia: (1) Isla la Partida, June 26, 1921, Virgil Owen (CAS).

The specimens from which the original description was taken are from
Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mexico. J. Balfour-Browne stated (in litt.) that the
type series of mexicana and granulifera are “very uniform as to the elytral
sculpture within each series.” He concurs with my decision to regard the
two forms as extremes of one species.

Crypto glossa angularis (Horn)

(Fig. 6)

From all of the known species, angularis differs in having the hind angles
of the pronotum distinctly everted and the lateral margins in front of them
slightly reflexed (Blaisdell, 1945). The elytral intervals are subsulcate with
coarse tubercles along their crests. These tubercles are more strongly de¬
veloped laterally than on the disc.

The previous distribution given by Blaisdell (1945) was La Paz,
Santiago, and Catavina, all in Baja California. I have seen only the La Paz
specimen. In addition, I am assigning a specimen identified by Blaisdell as
C. granulifera, and mentioned under that name in his 1945 synopsis, to the
present species. The specimen is from Borrego Canyon, San Diego County,
California, March 22, 1930, B. Templeton (CAS). It is actually some¬
what intermediate in regard to elytral sculpture between the extreme forms
of mexicana (granulifera) and the true angularis which I know only from
the one specimen plus Horn’s description and figure. Nevertheless, by
Blaisdell’s own brief diagnosis, this specimen from California is a perfectly
good angularis. Until additional specimens become available from northern
Baja California and southern California, it seems advisible to regard this
as a distinct species. Further collecting will perhaps provide intermediate
forms and prove angularis to be but a further extreme modification of the

mexicana-granulifera line of evolution.

Literature Cited

Blaisdell, Frank E.

1943. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower Cal¬
ifornia, No. 7, Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae. Proc. California Acad. Sci.
(4)24:171-287, pis. 10-11.

1945. Synoptic review of the known species of Cryptoglossa Solier, with de¬
scription of a new subspecies (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pacific
Ent. 21:23-29.

i Casey, Thomas L.

1924. Additions to the known Coleoptera of North America. Mem. Coleop
11:1-347.

Champion, George C.

1884. Heteromera (in part). Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera
4(1 ) 1884- 1888: i-xxiv, 1-476, pis. 1-21. (pp. 1-88 issued 1884)

1892. Heteromera (in part), Supplement. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta,
Coleoptera 4(1) 1892-1893:477-572, pis. 22-23. (pp. 477-524 issued 1892)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Horn, George H.

1894. The Coleoptera of Baja California. Proc. California Acad. Sci. (2)4:302-
449, pis. 7, 8.

LeConte, John L.

1851. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera from California. Ann. Lyc.
Nat. Hist. New York 5:125-184.

Solier, Antoine J. J.

1836. Essai sur les collapterides (suite). Ann. Soc. Ent. France 5:635-684, illus.

BOOK REVIEW

MONOGRAPHIE DES “ANILLINI,” BEMB1DIIDAE ENDOGES (COLEOP¬
TERA TRECHIDAE). By Rene Jeannel. Memoires du Museum National d’Histoire
Naturelle (Paris), n.s., Ser. A., Zoologie, t. 28, fasc. 2, pp. 33-204, 360 figs., 1963.

In the inimitable way in which he can view a world fauna and draw generalizations
from it, Jeannel has monographed the tiny, soil-inhabiting carabids of the subtribe
Anillina (Bembidiini). Although he published a major paper on the group in 1937
(Rev. francais d’Ent. 3:241-394, 245 figs.) and reviewed the African and Madagascan
genera in 1957 (Ann. Mus. Congo Beige, Zool., 52, 68 pp., 91 figs.), the availability
of much additional material prompted a complete revision. Anillines are very small
(1-2 mm), testaceous, wingless, and usually eyeless. They occur almost exclusively
in deep humus or soil in forests of the temperate zones or at high elevations in the
tropics. Material is rare because most anillines are highly localized and because the
special techniques of the soil zoologist are required to collect large series.

An earlier classification of the anillines into Anillina and Scotodipnina, based on
the umbilicate (marginal) series of setiferous punctures of the elytra, has been aban¬
doned. Although the umbilicate chaetotaxy is still important, Jeannel now believes that
the presence (Aphaenodontes) or absence (Phanerodontes) of a tooth on the mentum
provides a more natural basis for establishing a primary subdivision. As is his
custom, Jeannel has grouped supposedly related genera into phyletic series, of which
there are eleven for the anillines. Forty-two genera and 137 species are recognized.
Twenty genera were previously proposed by Jeannel himself, and he establishes 9
more here. Generic boundaries seem well chosen, even though the average number
of species per genus is low (15 genera are monobasic), and the geographic distribu¬
tions of the genera are rather restricted. When more specimens have been collected,
future revisions will certainly be necessary, but they will probably not result in any
substantial reduction in the number of genera or species.

Both ecological and taxonomic evidence suggest a very low mobility for anillines.
The pattern of generic distribution indicates appreciable antiquity with intermediate
extinction for most of the lineages of the subtribe. Jeannel regards the anillines as
relics of eyed, winged carabids inhabiting the humus of the Cretaceous forests. Dur¬
ing the cooling, drying trend of the later Cenozoic they became adapted to an
endogenous mode of life, losing eyes and wings and becoming stenohygrobic in the
process.

The known anillines are most numerous and varied in Europe, Africa, and the
Indo-Australian region. They are notably absent from glaciated regions of the
Northern Hemisphere and from eastern Asia, and are rather poorly represented in
the Americas. In the continental United States there are now 4 genera — Anil linns
Casey (6 spp., southeast), Anillodes Jeannel (4 spp., Texas and California), Anillaspis
Casey (2 spp., California), and Micranillodes Jeannel (1 sp., Texas).

This revision opens the way for a more intensive investigation of a difficult but
potentially rewarding group of beetles. Although much shorter than Jeannel’s classic,
exhaustive “Monographic des Trechinae” (L’Abeille, 1928-30), it is fully comparable
in depth, and will stand as the definitive work on the anillines for years to come. —
Thomas C. Barr, Jr., University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A NOTE ON HEMIOSUS EXILIS LECONTE
(COLEOPTERA: HYDROPHILIDAE)

By Eileen R. Van Tassell1- 2

During a preliminary study of the genus Berosus, an interesting generic
re-assignment was re-discovered.3 Members of this genus show sexual di¬
morphism in the tarsal formula, the males having 4-5-5, the females, 5-5-5.

In 1851, LeConte described Berosus exilis from the Gila River in
Arizona. His description made no reference to the dual punctation of the
pronotum or to the 5-segmented tarsi of the male. In his 1855 revision of
the family Hydrophilidae, he added to his original diagnosis only the ob¬
servation that B. exilis was, “broader than the next species and by its small
size very distinct from all the preceding.”

In 1873, Horn revised the tribe Hydrobiini and noted the rather unique
form of the mesosternal protuberance in the species: “the mesosternal
mucro when seen on its tip apparently splits into two parts in the form of
a V, the open portion being posteriorly.” The difference in the tarsal
formula of the males remained unknown.

A new genus, Hemiosus, was described by Sharp (1882) in the Biologia
Centrali-Americana, based on 14 individuals of a single species, Hemiosus
mac u la t us, from Guatemala. The characters he used for generic separation
from Berosus were: short maxillary palpi, dense, silky ventral pubescence
and the large mesosternal lamina, with “its lower face forming a narrow,
rhomboidal process, which is dull and pubescent, like the rest of the under
surface.” His final comment was, “all the tarsi 5-jointed, but the basal joint
excessively short.”

Leech (1943) was the first to notice the similarity between Berosus exilis
LeConte and Hemiosus maculatus Sharp, in the form of the mesosternal
protuberance and male genitalia, and he logically placed B. exilis in
Hemiosus. However, three years earlier, in 1940, A. d’Orchymont had
pointed out the difference of sexual dimorphism in tarsal formulae between
the two genera, as well as the differences listed by previous authors. With
this information, Leech apparently assumed that his reference of B. exilis
to Hemiosus was incorrect, since he did not notice the tarsi, and published
a retraction in 1948. The same year, he recorded in a separate paper
( 1948b) the presence of a species very close to or the same as H. maculatus
Sharp from Baja California, accompanied by an excellent description.

To add to the confusion, a recent examination of a series of small spec¬
imens sent by Mr. Leech showed that both sexes have a minute first tarsal

^ ^ Department of Biology, The Catholic University of America, Washington 17,

" * would like to thank Mr. Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, Dr.
L. L. Pechunien, Cornell University, Department of Entomology and Dr. P. J.
Spangler, United States National Museum, for the loan of material.

3 This research was supported (in part) by a Public Health Service fellowship
(number GPM-18,641) from the Division of General Medical Sciences, Public
Health Service.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

segment and four other segments of normal size (figs. 1, 2). This species
was labeled “exilis” and bore the same locality data as that given by Leech
in his (1943) paper. It now appears clear that Leech’s original diagnosis
was correct and that Berosus exilis LeConte is a member of the genus
Hemiosus.

Examination of a single male paratype of H. toxillus d’Orchymont in
the U. S. National Museum collection revealed a very close similarity with
H. exilis. The paratype is smaller (2.5 mm.) in length, with the parameres
more swollen basally in lateral view and with the projection of the basal
piece more narrow and constricted. It seems reasonable that these differ¬
ences could be part of the normal range of variation for a single species.
This interpretation is supported by the fact that d’Orchymont did not know
of H. exilis, or at least, did not refer to it in his paper (1940). However,
having seen only a single specimen of H. toxillus from Sinaloa, Mexico,
and only small series of H. exilis from Arizona (Phoenix and Gila Bend),
it seems best to retain both names although separation may prove difficult.

The three North American species of Hemiosus may be separated by
the following characteristics:

1. Pro-tarsus with second segment more thickened in male (fig. 1) than in female

(fig. 2) and with a ventral pad of hairs longer than in the other segments; male
genitalia with median lobe slender in lateral view (fig. 5); pronotum metallic

black, with broad anterior and posterior yellow margins - 2

Pro-tarsus with second segment not appreciably different in male than in female;
male genitalia with median lobe broad in lateral view (fig. 4); pronotum entirely
metallic black, without yellow borders; Peru; Guatemala; Panama; Mexico:

Sinaloa, Colima, Baja California - MACULATUS Sharp

2. Male genitalia with parameres more swollen basally, in lateral view, basal piece with

projection more constricted (fig. 5); size smaller, 2.5 mm.; Mexico: Mazatlan,

Sinaloa - TOXILLUS d'Orchymont

Male genitalia with parameres narrower basally, in lateral view, basal piece barely
constricted, especially in lateral view (fig. 7); size larger, 3. 0-3. 2 mm.; U.S.A.:
Arizona: Gila Bend, and Phoenix - EXILIS LeConte

Figures 1-2, Hemiosus exilis LeConte. 1 — Protarsus of male. 2 — Protarsus of
female.

The male genitalia of Hemiosus species show some interesting complex¬
ities not found in any species of Nearctic Berosus. The most obvious of
these is the presence of a pair of membranous, inflated lobes, which are

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

situated in hollowed out cavities in the parameres in repose and unite
ventrally beneath the median lobe. Another peculiarity is the structure of
the median lobe. Situated along its ventral length is a spinous (H. macula-
tus, figs. 3, 4) or slender and flattened (H. toxillus, H. exilis, figs. 5-7)
projection which is barely visible in repose, but which becomes displaced
downward when the genitalia are inflated (fig. 4).

These structures cannot be seen unless they are inflated; this was ac¬
complished by placing the genitalia in cold KOH for 15 minutes, then re¬
moving them to water for 15-30 minutes. Alcohol usually effected retrac¬
tion of the membranous lobes, but glycerine did not. Further study is
needed to reveal the exact nature and significance of these interesting
features.

Figures 3-7, Hemiosus spp. 3 — H. maculatus Sharp, male genitalia, ventral
view, expanded. 4 — Same, lateral view. 5 — H. toxillus d'Orchymont, male genitalia
of paratype, lateral view. 6 — H. exilis LeConte, male genitalia, ventral view, slightly
expanded. 7 — Same, except basal piece only, lateral view.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Literature Cited

Horn, G. H.

1873. Revision of the genera and species of the tribe Hydrobiini. Proc. Amer¬
ican Philos. Soc. 13:118-137.

LeConte, J. L.

1851. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera from California. Ann. Lyceum
Nat. Hist. New York 5:125-219.

1855. Synopsis of the Hydrophilidae of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia 7:756-375.

Leech, H. B.

1943. Berosus exilis LeConte a Hemiosus (Coleoptera, Hydrophilidae). Pan-
Pacific Ent. 19(2):61-62.

1948a. Some Nearctic species of Palpicorn water beetles, new and old (Coleop¬
tera: Hydrophilidae). Wasmann Coll. 7(2):33-46.

1948b. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower Cal¬
ifornia. No. 11. Coleoptera: Haliplidae, Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydro¬
philidae, Limnebiidae. Proc. California Acad. Sci. 24:375-484, 2 pi.

d’Orchymont, A.

1940. Contribution a l’etude des Palpicornia. XIV. Bull, et Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belgique 80:157-197, 12 figs.

Sharp, D.

1882. Hydrophilidae. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera 1(2):
53-116, pis. 2-4.

When tackling the problem offered by the geographical areas of plants, many
authors have chosen to discuss peculiar or singular types having a distribution out
of the common, in the hope that they will suddenly give a clue to the solution of
the problem. This is merely appealing to the imagination, it is, so to speak, a romantic
method of investigation. ... It is surely more rational to start the investigation with
the simplest types, those that show the least possible peculiarities. When they have
been interpreted, the complicated and often strongly interrupted areas of the
singular or peculiar types are likely to be better understood. This is a more prosaic,
but probably also a safer method of procedure. — Eric Hulten, 1937, Outline of
the History of Arctic and Boreal Biota during the Quarternary Period.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

MANDA, A GENUS NEW TO THE NEARCTIC REGION
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)

By Ian Moore1- 2

I he genus Manda Blackwelder has not previously been reported from
the Western Hemisphere. It belongs to the tribe Coprophilini of the sub¬
family Oxytelinae. Members of the Oxytelinae can be distinguished from
all other staphylinids by the presence of a complete second sternite (rarely
rudimentary in some specimens of a few species of the Coprophilini). The
Coprophilini are characterized by having five tarsal segments, whereas in
the Oxytelinii a lesser number is present.

Key to the Nearctic Genera of the Coprophilini"

1. Tibae spinose on outer edge - 2

Tibae not spinose on outer edge - - - 3

Gular sutures divergent before the middle; ungues strongly arcuate - ELONIUM

Gular sutures united; ungues hardly arcuate - MANDA

3. Gular sutures separate - RIMULINCOLA

Gular sutures united - 4

4. Tenth antennomere transverse; head hardly narrowed behind the eyes - SYNTOMIUM

Tenth antennomere elongate; head strongly narrowed behind the eyes - DELEASTER

Manda Blackwelder

Manda Blackwelder, 1952, Bull. 200 U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 230.

Acrognathus Erichson, 1938, Die Kafer der Mark Brandenberg, Berlin,
p. 609 (not Agassiz, 1826).

Type-species of both generic names is Ornalium mandibularis Gyllenhal.

Form. Linear, subcylindrical, subparallel. Head. Subquadrate, not narrowed behind
to form a neck, with a nuchal constriction across the head immediately behind the
eyes. Antennae strongly incrassate, their fossae located under a prominence near
the eyes above the bases of the mandibles. Eyes large, protruding, coarsely faceted.
Mandibles long, slender, pointed, without internal teeth. Labrum transverse, apex
broadly emarginate. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment short; second
and third segments subequal in length, about twice as long as wide, slightly arcuate;
fourth a little narrower and longer than third, almost three times as long as wide,
swollen at base, thence tapered and slightly sinuate to the pointed apex. Ligula deeply
emarginate at apex. Gular sutures united. Thorax. Pronotum trapezoidal, widest at
apex. Prosternum short, its process pointed. Lateral prosternal sutures distinct.
Hypomera delimited by a carina. Trochantin slender. Prosternal epimera delimited
by sutures. Mesosternum moderate, its process pointed. Metasternum large, its
process short and pointed. Elytra quadrate, sutural stria fine. Scutellum small.
Coxae large, exserted and contiguous. Tibiae strongly spinose. Tarsi slender, five-
segmented, first four segments short and subaequal, last about as long as the first

1 Associate in Entomology, San Diego Natural History Museum.

- I am indebted to Hugh B. Leech of the California Academy of Sciences for four
of these specimens, and to William C. Stehr of the Ohio University for the other two.

;! Zalohius and Asemohius have been removed to the Piestinae by Moore, 1963,
Coleop. Bull. 5:47-48.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

four together. Abdomen. First four visible segments with paratergites. First four
visible tergites impressed at base.

Distribution. The two previously described species are mandibularis
(Gyllenhal), found throughout Europe and Siberia, and africana (Fair-

maire) from Tunis.

Manda nearctica Moore, NEW SPECIES

Color Pale rufo-testaceous, with the head and tip of abdomen a little darker and
the legs testaceous. Head about as wide as long, surface irregularly convex in front

of the transverse constriction, with a vague
^ central tumidity on which are eight coarse

<DOOoooc^ punctures and a few almost imperceptible

^ punctulae; otherwise highly polished. Beneath

distinctly reticulate, impunctate. Eyes very
prominent, longer than the tempora, coarsely
faceted with a few small setae between the
facets. Antennae a little longer than the head
and pronotum, strongly incrassate; first anten-
nomere thick, more than twice as long as wide;
second narrower, less than half as long as first,
more than twice as long as wide; third about as
long and as wide as second; fourth to sixth
about as long as wide, not wider than third;
seventh to tenth progressively wider, tenth al¬
most twice as wide as long; eleventh as wide as
tenth, longer than wide, pointed. Thorax. Pro¬
notum trapezoidal, widest at apex, apex and
sides straight, base gently arcuate, angles nar¬
rowly rounded; surface convex, with a few
large irregularly placed punctures except in a
central longitudinal area; interspaces highly
polished. Beneath impunctate. Elytra longer
than wide, widest at apex; sides straight, angles
rounded; with four moderately impressed series

Fig. 1. Manda nearctica.

of coarse punctures; interspaces highly polished. Abdomen with a very few regularly
placed small punctures, finely and feebly reticulate. Beneath sculptured as above, but
with the punctures a little more evident. Apex of seventh visible stermte produced in
a small central lobe.

Holotype. Sex unknown. Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid,
Florida, IV- 1-47, J. W. Green, collector. In California Academy of Sciences.

Paratypes. One, same data as holotype; two, Jacksonville, Florida,
VII I- 14_ 1942, R. C. Barnes, collector; two, Jacksonville, Florida, VIII-
1942, G. S. Hensill, collector. In California Academy of Sciences and my
own collection.

Notes. This species differs from mandibularis and africana in its much
smaller size, paler integuments and particularly from the former in the
highly polished foreparts, these parts being densely reticulate in that species.

Key to the Species of Manda

Abdomen black
Abdomen brown
Head, pronotum
Head, pronotum

or testaceous -

and elytra densely reticulate
and elytra highly polished —

- AFRICANA

- 2

MANDIBULARIS
- NEARCTICA

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

DOES GEHRINGIA BELONG TO THE ISOCHAETA?
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

By Ross T. Bell1- 2

The minute and aberrant carabid Gehringia olympica Darlington has

been difficult to put into the classification of the family. Darlington (1933),

following the system used in the Leng Catalogue (1920), placed it in the

subfamily Carabinae.

■r

Jeannel (1941) proposed a new classification of the Carabidae (which
he raised to the rank of superfamily), in which the primary division was
into a Series Isochaeta and a Series Anisochaeta. (For a general discussion
of this and other proposed classifications of the Carabidae, see Ball, 1960.)
In the Series Isochaeta, Jeannel grouped those carabids in which both spurs
of the anterior tibia are terminal in position, the posterior one not being
displaced proximally by the antenna cleaner. The latter is a well-developed
emargination lying entirely proximad to the spurs. The Series Anisochaeta
included those carabids in which the posterior spur is displaced more or
less proximally, and the antenna cleaner, if well developed, lies between
the spurs. He placed Gehringia in the Isochaeta. Lindroth (1960) and Ball
(1960) regard the Isochaeta as an artificial assemblage, and split it into
several subfamilies. Nevertheless, they use the isochaetous type of anterior
tibia as one of several characters justifying the inclusion of Gehringia with
Trachypachus in a subfamily Trachypachidinae (spelled Trachypachinae
by Lindroth) .

Recently, while investigating the mouth parts of Gehringia, I had the
opportunity of examining and drawing the leg of a cleared specimen (Fig.
1). I noted that, although there appeared to be two spurs, they are not
arranged as in other Isochaeta. The larger spur lies on the inner margin
of the tibia. A line of stiff hairs leads from it to the antenna-cleaner. It
is, therefore, evidently homologous to the anterior tibial spur of other
Carabidae. The other spur, which is considerably smaller, does not lie on
the inner face posterior to the anterior spur, as would be expected in
Isochaeta, but is instead located on the outer margin, slightly proximad
to the apex of the tibia. The margin of the latter is oblique for a short
distance between the outer “spur” and the base of the tarsus. Proximad
to it, a row of very fine but rather long setae extends up the outer face of
the tibia. It seems probable that the supposed second spur is really a spinose
hair, representing the lowest one on the series on the outer face of the
tibia. This theory is rendered more plausible by the presence of a much
larger spur-like structure on the ventral margin of the femur, in a location
where most carabids have a tactile seta.

1 Department of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont.

- I am indebted to Philip J. Darlington, Jr., and to George Ball for the specimens
used in this study; and to my wife, Joyce R. Bell, for the dissections and drawings.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

In Tachys (Tribe Bembidiini), a spinose hair forms a false spur in
exactly the same position as in Gehringia. In Tachys, however, there is a
well-developed spur associated with the antenna-cleaner, so that the front
tibia appears to have three spurs. If a species of Tachys were to lose the
proximal (originally the posterior) spur above the antenna-cleaner, it
would then have an anterior tibia almost identical to that of Gehringia.
Since the posterior tibial spur has completely disappeared, it can not be
used in deciding whether Gehringia belongs with the Isochaeta or the
Anisochaeta.

However, a feature of the mouth parts suggests that Gehringia should
be excluded from the Isochaeta. With the exception of Gehringia, all of
the Isochaeta which I have been able to study have shown a characteristic
reduplication of the tactile setae of the labrum. In Gehringia (Fig. 2),
there are only the six setae found in almost all Carabidae. In Trachypachus
(Fig. 4), Metrius, and in the two genera of Ozaenini available to me,
Tropopsis and Mysteropomus (Fig. 3), there are approximately twelve
tactile setae on the labrum, although the number seems to vary slightly.
This character seems to imply that the Isochaeta are a natural group and
that Gehringia should be excluded from it.

Figure 1 — Gehringia olympica Darlington, anterior view of anterior leg. Figure
2 — Gehringia olympica Darlington, labrum, dorsal view. Figure 3 — Mysteropomus
regularis Banninger, labrum, dorsal view. Figure 4 — Trachypachus gibbsi, LeConte,
labrum, dorsal view.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

If it is desired to modify the classification of Ball, Gehringia should be
transferred to the Subfamily Carabinae, of which it may form a Tribe,
Gehringiini. (The Subfamily Carabinae of Ball is approximately equivalent
to the Anisochaeta of Jeannel.) The removal of Gehringia would leave
the Isochaeta as a relatively homogeneous group, with the structure of the
tibial spurs, antenna-cleaner, and the chaetotaxy of the labrum as common
characters. I believe that these characters imply a real relationship, and
that the Subfamilies Paussinae, Metriinae, and Trachypachydinae (exclud¬
ing Gehringiini) of Ball should be united to form a Subfamily Paussinae,
approximately equivalent to Jeannel’s Isochaeta.

Literature Cited

I Ball, G. E.

1960. Carabidae, pp. 55-181, in R. H. Arnett, The Beetles of the United States.
Catholic University Press, 1112 pp., Washington, D. C.

Darlington, P. J.

1933. A new tribe of Carabidae from western United States. Pan-Pacific Ent
IX (3), 110-114.

Jeannel, R.

1941. Coleopteres carabiques (1) Faune de France, 39:1-571, Paris.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. 470 pp.,
J. D. Sherman, Jr., Mount Vernon, N. Y.

Lindroth, C. H.

1960. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska (2), Opusc. Ent. Suppl.
XX: 1-200, Lund, Sweden.

CEUTORHYNCHUS ASSIMILIS (PAYK.), NEW TO EASTERN
NORTH AMERICA (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE) .

The finding of C. assimilis (Payk.) May 16, 1960, on turnips, in Henderson Co.,
North Carolina, represents the first record of this species in eastern North America.
A serious pest of Cruciferae, the species was previously found only in the Pacific
Northwest, in Washington, Oregon, British Columbia, and northern California —
Rose Ella Warner, Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture,
yvashington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

BOOK REVIEW

MONOGRAPHIE DER SCARAB AEIDAE UND APHODIIDAE DER PALAE-
ARKTISCHEN UND ORIENTALISCHEN REGION, COLEOPTERA: LAMELLI-
CORNIA, Vols. 1 & 2. By Vladimir Balthasar. Verlag der Tschechoslowakischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Prague; Voi. 1, 391 pages, 137 figures, 24 plates; Vol.
2, 627 pages, 226 figures, 16 plates. 1963.

The appearance of Dr. Balthasar’s magnum opus has been eagerly awaited tor
some time. The manuscript for it seems to have been completed in 1959 or earlier.
In that year, several American colleagues received a mimeographed circular from
the Publishing House of the Czech Academy requesting their participation in a
“promotion campaign’’ for the monograph, apparently for the purpose of gauging
its sales potential. In May of the same year this reviewer also received a letter from
the Czech Academy explaining that there would be a delay in publication because
of the high costs, and that “it is therefore a question of reducing the expected
financial loss to an amount which will make it bearable and enable us to fulfill our
duties to other authors as well.” This hesitation, puzzling at the time, becomes a
little more understandable now that we see the lavishness of the final product. The
two volumes are printed on high-quality paper and profusely illustrated with line
drawings, maps, and photographs. There appear to be few typographical errors and
the books are finely bound in hard, gold-embossed covers provided with colorful
jackets The Publishing House of the Czech Academy is to be congratulated on a
superb presentation. The delay of at least five years in publication, however, means
that the reader must allow for the omission of recent data on the groups covered.

With these two volumes (and a third on Aphodiinae soon to appear) Dr. Balthasar
crowns 35 years of experience with the Scarabaeinae and Aphodiinae of the world,
during which he has published about 125 papers and books on these groups. As he
says in the introduction, “hundreds of thousands of specimens have passed through
my hands ... the greater part of the Scarabaeoid material of all large European
museums is known to me . . . and the material from most of the entomological
expeditions of the last decades has been entrusted to me.” He has described many new
species during this time, mostly in the Aphodiinae and New World Scarabaeinae.
Evidently Dr. Balthasar’s qualifications for undertaking a work of this scope are not
to be doubted.

Volumes 1 and 2 deal with what is commonly known as the Scarabaeinae or
Coprinae. The first volume begins with general remarks on the “Superfamily
Scarabaeoidea” (Family Scarabaeidae of most workers) and a conspectus of the
families, subfamilies, and tribes. This is followed by brief introductions to morpho¬
logical features, internal anatomy, larval morphology, brood care, feeding ecology,
ecological distribution, parasites, phylogeny (including fossils), and geographical dis¬
tribution. The subsequent systematic part, which occupies seven eighths of the work,
begins with a key to the laparostict families and subfamilies of the Palaearctic and
Oriental regions, and continues with a detailed account of all taxa down to species
of the “Family Scarabaeidae”; this is continued into the second volume.

The introductory portion, while occupying only an eighth of the work, is the one
non-specialists are likely to read and is the most disappointing. It begins with a con¬
spectus of higher categories, departing radically from that which has become gen¬
erally accepted by scarabaeidists. For instance, the Passalidae and Lucanidae are
placed together in a “Superfamily Lucanoidea,” implying that the degree of similar-
ity between them is of the same order as, say, the similarity between Aphodndae
and “Aegialidae” (the latter considered a subtribe of Aphodiinae by Landin). On
the other hand, acanthocerids, shown by Crowson to be sharply different from other
scarabs, are considered to be a subfamily of Trogidae. Throughout, groups are
elevated at least one rank above what they are considered to be by other specialists.
One consequence of this is that the subtribes of Scarabaeinae (Coprina, Pinotina,
etc.), originally proposed by Peringuey in 1901 and perpetuated by Gillet and
Janssens, are now elevated to "tribes of Scarabaeidae. Since there is serious doubt
about the validity of some of these subtribes, it is indeed unfortunate that their
status should now be elevated. It is not that changes in the classification are unjustified,
but simply that when a radical departure from custom is adopted, it should be ac-

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

companied by a thorough explanation. No explanation at all is given for these
changes; this is all the more puzzling since in Dr. Balthasar’s previous monograph
(Fauna CSR, Vol. 8, 1958) he adhered to the accepted classification of Janssens.

The morphological section is but a slightly expanded version of the same section
m the Fauna CSR, with examples drawn mostly from the Geotrupinae, Melolonthi-
nae, Cetoniinae, etc. — groups covered in the Fauna CSR but not covered in the
present monograph. The extremely modified mouthparts of adult Scarabaeinae,
which are of great interest and pertinence to the present work, are not illustrated.
Such data as are presented on both external and internal morphology are sketchy
and inadequate for any conceivable purpose. In the larval section, which is largely
based on Medvedev’s survey, there is no mention of Boving’s studies on epipharyngeal
chaetotaxy, on which larval classification is often based in the English-language
literature. Quite astonishing is the total omission of any reference to Gardner’s very
significant studies on Indian scarab larvae; this is particularly surprising because these
fall directly within the geographical scope of the work.

The section on brood care is compiled largely from von Lengerken’s book and is
therefore reasonably reliable. However, there are a few original remarks which are
seriously misleading. For instance, on p. 42, immediately after mentioning the size
of the ball in Heliocopris, the author proceeds in the next sentence to talk about the
fights that ensue when balls are rolled over the surface, implying to the unwary
reader that Heliocopris rolls balls. On the other hand, Dr. Balthasar is undoubtedly
on firm ground when he insists that the behavioral adaptations of “Scarabaeidae” are
responses to steppe conditions.

In the section on food ecology, Dr. Balthasar repeatedly resorts to curious lines
of reasoning in insisting that coprophagy must largely be limited to ungulate dung.
His conclusion that saprophagy was the original type of feeding in “Scarabaeidae”

: (a reasonable assumption) is based on the reasoning that when the group first arose,
ungulates were not yet evolved. Marsupials, for instance, could “scarcely” have pro¬
vided the necessary food for coprophages. The “strict bond” between dung beetles
and ungulates must have posed “great impediments” to the former’s early dispersal.
This leviewer would like to know why the dung of marsupials, or even herbivorous
reptiles, could not have served just as well. It is possible that the association we see
today between dung beetles and ungulates (by no means exclusive) is due to the
fact that ungulates are more abundant now than kangaroos or dinosaurs. Dr. Balthasar
refuses to admit that the guests of the Florida land tortoise, for instance, could feed
on tortoise dung; he says that they must feed on rabbit or owl pellets in the burrows.
Literature records of dung beetles feeding on bird excrement are categorically re¬
jected. Similar assertive statements are made regarding myrmecophily. He says that
cetoniines such as Potosia must be accidental in ants’ nests since they are not modified
morphologically for myrmecophily. Actually, mounting evidence indicates that many
groups of Cetoniinae are associated with ants, at least in the larval stages. Finally,
numerous but very incomplete data taken from modern Latin American workers are
cited without indication of their source anywhere in the book.

Tables listing myrmecophilous species, parasites and their hosts, and Tertiary
fossils will prove useful to other workers.

It is very unfortunate that Dr. Balthasar saw fit to detract from the great overall
value of this monograph by including introductory remarks which are gravely de¬
ficient in most respects, and furthermore presenting these with the implication that
they are complete, authoritative, and applicable to the world as whole. It would have
been far better to restrict these to only what is necessary to introduce the main
taxonomic portion.

The taxonomic portion, making up the greater bulk of the work, begins after a
brief but interesting zoogeographical survey. In bringing together a vast amount of
data on the Palaearctic and Oriental members of the Scarabaeinae, Dr. Balthasar has
done present and future workers enormous service. Descriptions of rare genera and
species, previously scattered in many works, will prove extremely useful. The key to
species are very complete, presenting a wide choice of characters for use in iden¬
tification; in this respect the keys are far superior to those of Arrow in the Fauna of
British India. Particularly herculean was the task of constructing a key to the species

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

of Onthophagus (555 of them). The key to species of the Subgenus Onthophagus
alone comprises 868 couplets. Seven new subgenera and two new species of Ontho¬
phagus are described, these being the only new taxa in the monograph. For each
species throughout the work, a brief description, an indication of geographical and
altitude distribution, and some ecological information, if known, are given. For each
genus or subgenus there is a description and some ecological remarks, plus a world
distribution map. Original habitus drawings are scattered profusely throughout and,
although a little sketchy, they will aid greatly in identification and contribute much
to the attractiveness of the work, as do the many habitus photographs at the end
of each volume.

American workers will find some special objections throughout the work. Aside
from omitting all references to Americans, while at the same time using some of
their data (as previously mentioned), Dr. Balthasar rejects the current American
usage of the names Dichotomius and Ateuchus for what used to be Pinotus and
Choeridium (with what justification this reviewer is not prepared to say). He pre¬
sents a table of world canthonine genera on p. 257 which, in addition to being out of
place in a work of this geographic scope, is also hopelessly incomplete at present, as
it was bound to be since the American canthonine studies were just beginning when
Dr. Balthasar was writing. On almost every distribution map presented, the American
portions of the distributions are erroneous. For instance, on p. 137 the map purports
to show the distribution of Scarabaeini (the Subtribe Scarabaeina of other workers)
and has this group occupying most of the Western Hemisphere! This group, of
course, is absent from the Western Hemisphere. On p. 234 Sisyphus is shown to
occur in Mexico, but not in Nicaragua, whence it has been known since Belt’s time.
On p. 318 the genus Copris is shown to occur on the Galapagos Islands (known to
be an erroneous or at least highly dubious citation for many years) and in Baja
California (!), but not in Colombia or Ecuador, where it does occur.

In spite of the numerous errors committed whenever the author departed from the
strict limits of the taxonomy of Palaearctic and Oriental species, the present mono¬
graph is of very great importance because it is the first attempt to cover such a vast
area. Workers in Oriental Scarabaeinae will find it supersedes Arrow’s Fauna of
British India (Lamellicornia, Vol. 3) and Paulian’s Faune de 1 Empire Frangais
(Vol 3) In the Palaearctic, it partly fills the lacuna left by the omission of the
laparosticts from Medvedev’s Fauna SSSR (Vol. 10). The appearance of Dr.
Balthasar’s work will give great impetus to the further study of this extremely inter¬
esting group of beetles. — Eric G. Matthews, University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras,
Puerto Rico.

All the woods hushed — save for a dripping rose,

All the woods dim — save where a glow-worm glows.

Masefield, The Watch in the Wood

— BACK ISSUES—

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol. 3, 1949, 6 issues

(Nos. I & 2 o.p.) $5.00

$1.00

Vol. 4, 1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 5, 1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 6, 1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 7, 1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 8, 1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 9, 1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 10, 1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 11, 1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol. 12, 1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol. 13, 1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 14, 1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 15, 1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 16, 1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 17, 1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

From time to time we receive requests from our subscribers who
wish to complete their holdings of the Bulletin . We would appre¬
ciate it if any readers possessing copies of Vol. 3, No. 1, with which
they are willing to part, would inform the Bulletin.

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington 17, D. C.

Send today for your copy of —

“PYGMIES AND PYGMOIDS:

TWIDES OF TROPICAL AFRICA”

Martin Gusinde, S.V.D.

JANUARY 1955 ISSUE OF
ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY

• This interesting and educational article is
based on the author’s original observations,
and includes a complete bibliography on the
“PYGMIES.”

Price: $1.00 Postpaid
Anthropological Quarterly
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E., Washington 17, D. C.

Now in its 37th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

(T'tO

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P* O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. .Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands .

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology )

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington 17, D. C.

SEPTEMBER

VOLUME 18

OCT 22 1964

(No. 3) 1964

w/; r ^

CHRYSOMELIDAE: Leaf-mining of Lantana, by Krai/ss, y . 92

CURCULIONIDAE: Host records, by Warner . 96

DYTISCIDAE: New Agabus, by Leech . /f . 79

HYDROPHILIDAE: On Enochrus and Cymbiodyta, by Miller. . 69

KARUMIIDAE: Notes, by Arnett . 65

SCARAB AEIDAE: B-P-H-H on Trox, by Arnett . 95

STAPHYLINIDAE: Key to subfamilies, by Moore . 83

Literature Notice
Notice

.68, 94
78

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON 17, D. C.

A Quarterly Publication Devoted

to the Study of Beetles biqLQGY LIBRA]

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington 17, D. C. and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a year
beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Coleopterists’
Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be addressed to
the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

0. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P Street, N.W.,
Washington 6, D. C. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should be sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the
right to use articles out of order in the
interest of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases, descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
will be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be cor-
tions are particularly desired, and in all related with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 18 September (No. 3) 1964

NOTES ON KARUMIIDAE (COLEOPTERA)

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.1

The family Karumiidae is a very small and interesting one placed near
the Drilidae and Lycidae in the Cantharoidea. The presence of a complete,
unmodified tenth abdominal tergum (fig. 5) seems to be evidence of a very
primitive condition. All other beetles have the tenth tergum, if present at
all, modified as a part of the copulatory apparatus. It is because of this
structure that I believe that this family is perhaps one of the most primitive
groups of beetles.

Figures 1 and 2, Karumiidae. 1 — Karumia estafilinoides Escalera, male. 2 —
Drilocephalus pallidipennis Pic, male.

1 Department of Biology, The Catholic University of America, Washington. D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Eight specimens of Karumia estafilinoides Escalera were identified by me
in a lot of termites sent to T. E. Snyder. This material was collected in
Afghanistan by the third Danish Expedition to Central Asia at Pirzada
(30°, 37' N by 65°, 4' E) June 1948 (N. Haarlpv, coll.). The specimens
are deposited in the United States National Museum collection. The type
locality of this species is Iran: Kamenogra, Karun (sic) River, Zagros
Mountains. Two of the other five members of the family are also Iranian.
The other three species were described from Argentina and Costa Rica.
The specimens from Afghanistan constitute a new locality record for the
family and indicate that the Karumiidae may have or may have had a
wider distribution than previously supposed.

Because of the fact that these beetles are so rare, this opportunity is
taken to describe and illustrate the family.

Karumiidae

The very fuzzy appearance and rather short elytra (entire in Drilocepha-
lus), large, termite-like head and jaws, and very short pronotum charac¬
terize the members of this family (figs. 1 and 2).

Description — Elongate, subdepressed; size 7-10 mm. in length; color pale with
darker head, termite-like in coloration; vestiture moderate in density, but very long
and erect.

Head from base of mandibles to thorax twice length of pronotum in some species
to about equal in length in others; depressed; prognathous; surface sparsely, shallowly
punctate. Antennae eleven-segmented, moniliform, inserted above the base of the
mandibles, between and anterior to the eyes. Clypeus hidden beneath the frontal
ridge; labrum distinct, short and broad; mandibles very large, nearly as long as
head, curved, apices acute with a large subapical tooth, or entire; maxillae small,
with very long, slender maxillary palpi, palpus four-segmented, last segment only
slightly expanded apically; labium very broad and short at base; gula present; labial
palpus four-segmented, very long, filiform. Eyes lateral, small, somewhat bulging,
oval.

Pronotum very short and broad, anterior margin sinuate, lateral margins curved,
somewhat narrower posteriorly in some, as broad as anterior margin in others;
posterior margin arcuate to straight, surface nearly smooth to finely punctate.
Prosternum short and broad, subarcuate posteriorly, not separating coxae; procoxal
cavities open behind; mesosternum very short; mesocoxal cavities open behind,
metasternum long and broad. Legs moderate in length; tarsal formula 5-5-5, or
5-5-4, first segment elongate; claws moderate; apical tibial spurs long, prominent;
numerous shorter spurs on the tibia in addition to long hairs; scutellum moderate,
trapezoidal or shield-shaped; elytra short or entire, somewhat narrowed behind,
striae absent; slight epipleural fold present; wing venation and folding pattern un¬
described. The wings are folded length-wise only and are not folded cross-wise.

Abdomen with eight visible sterna, sutures distinct, surface smooth; ten visible
terga (fig. 5), the tenth tergum entire, not a part of the copulatory mechanism.

Male genitalia of the trilobed type (figs. 3 and 4) with a large basal piece and
articulated parameres; penis large, compressed.

Females and immature stages unknown.

Ecology. — Known to inhabit termite nests.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Figures 3-5, Karumia estafilinoides Escalera. 3 — Male genitalia, ventral view. 4 —
Penis lateral view, dorsal surface to the right. 5 — Abdominal terga showing the ten
terga. The dotted line at the extreme right indicates the membranous area in which
the anus is located.

Key to the Species

1. Mandibles entire - ESCALERINA MICROCEPHALA (Escalera)

Mandibles with subapical tooth - 2

2. Elytra much shorter than apex of abdomen - 3

Elytra as long as abdomen - 4

3. Head very large, longer than broad, more than twice length of pronotum - 5

Head moderate, about as long as pronotum (?, specimens not seen) -

- PSEUDOKARUMIA ANGUSTATA Pic

4. Piceous; eyes small, length of head behind eyes about three times width of eye--

- DRILOCEPHALUS ILIARENSIS Bruch

Testaceous; eyes large, length of head behind eyes subequal to width of eyes -

- DRILOCEPHALUS PALLIDIPENNIS Pic

5. Elytra long, reaching to about one-half length of abdomen -

- KARUMIA ESTAFILINOIDES Escalera

Elytra short, hardly extending beyond base of abdominal sternum -

KARUMIA STAPHYLINUS Semenov and Martynov

Classification

Karumiidae Escalera, 1913. Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. 13:320.
Zarudniolidae Semenov and Martynov, 1925, Rev. Russe d’Ent. 19:74.

Escalerina Bolivar

Escalerina Bolivar, 1926. Eos, 2:196, 199.

Karumia microcephala Escalera, 1913. Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. 13:322
(Iran). (Placed in Escalerina by Bolivar, 1926, Eos 2:199.)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Karumia Escalera

Karumia Escalera, 1913. Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. 13:320.

Zarudniola Semenov and Martynov, 1925. Rev. Russe d’Ent. 19:74, 77.
(Placed in synonymy by Bolivar, 1926, Eos 2:196.)

Karumia estafilinoides Escalera, 1913. Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. 13:320
(Iran and Afghanistan).

Karumia staphylinus Semenov and Martynov, 1925. Rev. Russe d’Ent.
19:74, 77, fig. 1 (Iran).

Drilocephalus Pic

Drilocephalus Pic, 1918. Mel. Exot.-Ent. 28:3.

Drilocephalus pallidipennis Pic, 1918. Mel. Exot.-Ent. 28:3 (Argen¬
tina).

Drilocephalus iliarensis Bruch, 1930. Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina 3:35
(Argentina) .

Pseudokarumia Pic

Pseudokarumia Pic, 1931. Malcoderma exotiques, Echange, 47, no. 443,
hors-texte: 95-96.

Pseudokarumia angustata Pic, 1931. Malcoderma exotiques, Echange,
47, no. 443, hors-texte: 96 (Costa Rica).

1 *

LITERATURE NOTICE

PALEOZOISKIE NASEKOMYE KUZNETSKOGO BASSEINA. by B. B. Rohden-
dorf, E. E. Becker-Migdisova, O. M. Martynova, and A. G. Sharov. Trudy Paleon-
tologischeskogo Instituta, Akademia Nauk SSSR, Vol. 85, pp. 1-705, illus. 1961. — This
work on the paleozoic insects of the Kuznetsk coal fields of the USSR contains
many new taxa. Keys to all taxa are presented, and each species is illustrated; at
least, the elytron of each beetle is illustrated. Rohdendorf, author of the beetle sec¬
tion, describes the following new beetle families: Asiocoleidae, Kaltanocoleidae,
Taldycupidae, Rhombocoleidae, and Schizocoleidae. In addition, the previously de¬
scribed families Cupidae and Permosynidae are included. These 7 families contain
37 genera (34 new) and 74 species (all new).

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

NOTES ON ENOCHRUS AND CYMBIODYTA
FROM THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST
(COLEOPTERA: HYDROPHILIDAE)1

By David C. Miller2

The following information is presented in order to make the names of
the new species and the synonymy for certain older species available for
use in the section on the Hydrophilidae in the forthcoming Part V of Dr.
M. H. Hatch's Beetles of the Pacific Northwest.

Thanks are due to the following individuals for the loan of material of
the new species for study. The abbreviations in parentheses are those used
after the locality listings to indicate the site of deposition of the type ma¬
terial. This is generally equivalent to the original source from which it was
borrowed. The author’s collection is referred to as (DM). Mr. H. S. Dybas,
Chicago Natural History Museum (CNHM); Mr. J. J. Davis, Hanford,
Washington (JJD); Mr. Joe Schuh, Klamath Falls, Oregon (JS); Mr.
Joseph Capizzi, Oregon Department of Agriculture (ODA); Mr. Jack
Lattin, Oregon State University (OSU); Mr. S. G. Jewett, Portland,
Oregon (SGJ); Dr. M. H. Hatch, University of Washington (UW).

Dr. P. J. Darlington of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University, Mr. J. A. G. Rehn of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences,
and Mr. W. J. Brown of the Canadian National Collection have been
most kind in allowing me to examine types. Mr. Ralph W. Gundersen of
the University of Minnesota, and Mr. Hugh B. Leech of the California
Academy of Sciences have read the manuscript. Dr. M. H. Hatch has
aided in many ways with the portions of the work completed while I was
at the University of Washington. The drawings are by Mrs. Helen Houk,
of the University of Washington.

The Genus Enochrus
Enochrt/s ( Enochrus ) carinatus (LeConte)

Philhydrus carinatus LeConte 1855:370.

P. j uc at us Horn 1873:127; 1890:242-243. [NEW SYNONYMY.]

Enochrus fucatus: Winters 1927:19. Leech and Chandler 1956:345.

For some time, Enochrus carinatus (LeC.) and E. fucatus (Horn)
have been thought to be separable by the coloration of the pronotum and
elytra. Winters (1927) stated that carinatus is uniformly dark dorsally,
except for the front angles of the pronotum, while fucatus has the pro¬
notum and elytra decidedly paler than the head. Leech and Chandler

1 The majority of this work was included in a dissertation submitted to the Uni¬
versity of Washington in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy.

- Department of Biology, City College of New York, New York, N. Y.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

(1956) repeated this distinction. However, I have examined the two
cotypes of carinatus LeC. in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Har¬
vard, the type of jucatus Horn in the same institution, and the type of
fucatus in the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences; all four of these specimens
have the elytra and pronotum decidedly paler than the head. The elytra
and pronotum vary from light reddish brown to nearly yellow in these
four specimens, but all appear to me to belong to one species. Thus fucatus
Horn is a synonym of carinatus LeC. The types of carinatus LeC. were
collected in California and those of fucatus Horn were collected in Utah.

This leaves the form which Winters called carinatus LeC. without a
name, and it is given the name piceus Miller, new species, below. The
problem, however, goes further. It is difficult to decide whether some
specimens are carinatus LeC. or piceus Miller, new species. This is par¬
ticularly true of some material which I have seen from Oregon, where
both forms are present. It is possible that they are variants of a single
species, though the presence of piceus throughout most of the range of
carinatus argues against considering the forms to be subspecies. On the
other hand, the very small amount of material of carinatus that I have
seen from the southwestern United States is quite variable in color, puncta-
tion, and the form of the prosternal carina, so that it is possible that more
than one species is represented in that area. More study, particularly of
these southern forms, is needed.

Enochrus ( Enochrus ) piceus Miller, NEW SPECIES

Philhydrus carinatus: Horn 1873:126-127; 1890:242-244 (nec LeConte).

Enochrus carinatus: Winters ( nec LeConte) 1927:19. Leech and Chandler
1956:345.

This is the darker of the two forms discussed above; the dorsal surface
is nearly uniformly dark and the front angles of the pronotum are pale. As
the synonymy above leaves this form without a name it is given one here,
and type material is designated.

HOLOTYPE: Male, Wilbur, Washington, Aug. 24, 1932 (UW).

ALLOTYPE: Female, same data as holotype (UW).

PARATYPES: Washington: Benton Co.: 1, Hanford (JJD). Douglas
Co.: 2, Grand Coulee (Dry Falls) (UW). King Co.: 1, Snoqualmie (UW).
Kittitas Co.: 1, Cle Elum (UW); 1 Kittitas (UW). Lincoln Co.: 10, Wil¬
bur (8 UW, 2 DM). Pacific Co.: 1, Nasel River (UW). Spokane Co.: 1,
Spokane (UW). Walla Walla Co.: 1, Wallula (UW). Idaho: Franklin Co.:
1, Bear River Canyon (UW). Canyon Co.: 4, Lowell Lake (UW).
Oregon: Baker Co.: 2, Durkee (Powell Creek) (UW); 2, Snake River
(Farewell Bend) (UW). Benton Co.: 1, Alsea Mountain (OSU); 1,
Corvallis (OSU). Clackamas Co.: 14, Austin Hot Springs (10 SGJ, 2 UW,
2 DM). Coos Co.: 1, Myrtlewood Camp (Myrtle Creek) (OSU). Curry
Co.: 6, Brookings (Myrtle Grove, Chetco River) (3 OSU, 2 UW, 1 DM);
23, Pistol River (9 CNHM, 11 UW, 2 DM, 1 OSU); 3, Port Orford (2
CNHM, 1 UW). Deschutes Co.: 1, Sisters (OSU). Douglas Co.: 3, Rose-
burg (UW). Jackson Co.: 2, Dead Indian Springs (JS). Jefferson Co.: 1,

1964 THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN 71

Spring Creek (OSU). Josephine Co.: 2, Wolf Creek (UW). Linn Co.: 1,
Santiam River (Lebanon) (SGJ). Umatilla Co.: 2, Echo (UW); 1, Free¬
water (OSU). Wallowa Co.: 1, Wallowa River (UW). California: Los
Angeles Co.: 2, Taipa Park (Santa Monica Mountains) (DM). San Diego
Co.: 2, Vista (DM). Santa Cruz Co.: 4, Ben Lomond (DM). Siskiyou Co.:
1, Hilts (Cottonwood Creek) (SGJ).

Enochrus (Lumet us) collinus Brown
Enochrus collinus Brown 1931:118.

This species is not common and is very similar to E. conjunctus (Fall)
and related species. The material that 1 have seen from British Columbia
(Copper Mt. and Quesnel) and Idaho (Malad City, Little Malad River)
agrees with the type, in the Canadian National Collection. Collinus is
generally somewhat darker than conjunctus , and males of the two species
can be separated on the structural characters given in the key to follow.

Enochrus ( Lumetus ) conjunctus (Fall)

Philhydrus conjunctus Fall 1901 : 2 1 7.

Enochrus conjunctus: Brues 1932:267. Leech and Chandler 1956:345.

Malkin 1958:34.

The only difference between conjunctus, horni Leech, and a form
labeled in some collections “ lividus Walker” is in color. The male
genitalia and all other structural characters are identical in all three forms.
Since intergrades exist, it is entirely possible that all three are color
variants of a single species. In any case the name lividus Walker is not
usable because it is based on a misidentification. Walker (1866:310-319)
wrongly identified material from British Columbia as Philhydrus lividus
Forster, a European species. The latter is now the type of the genus
Helochares Mulsant.

An extensive study of material from the entire range of the complex
should be undertaken to determine how many species are involved. Here,
I will tentatively consider that there are two. Conjunctus Fall should in¬
clude those specimens which are primarily dark dorsally with the sides of
the head and the pronotum variably paler; horni Leech should include
those specimens which are primarily yellowish dorsally with the base of
the head and the pronotal disc generally dark, but sometimes pale. Walker’s
identification of lividus was probably based on material of this latter group
in which the pronotum was entirely pale.

Enochrus (Lumetus) diffusus (LeConte)

Philhydrus diffusus LeConte 1855:371 (in part).

Enochrus diffusus: Leech 1948:450; 1950:254-256. Leech and Chandler
1956:345.

Leech (1950:254-256) was the first to point out the distinguishing
characters of the metafemora and clypeus of this species. The male gen-

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

italia are also distinctive, having an elongate supporting strut for the
median lobe as noted in the key below. This strut is shorter in the con-
junctus-horni group. The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, con¬
tains a series of four cotypes of diffusus LeC. Only the fourth of these
agrees with diffusus as now recognized, while the other three belong to
an unknown species, perhaps the ‘’livid” form of horni Leech as recognized
here (see discussion under E. (L.) conjunctus (Fall)). For this reason I
have designated cotype #4 as the lectotype for the species diffusus LeC.

Enochrus ( Methydrus ) lacustris (LeConte)

Philhydrus lacustris LeConte 1855:369. Fall 1924:87.

The material which I have tentatively referred to this species is from bog
lakes near Seattle, Washington, particularly from Chase Lake. There does
not appear to be any appreciable difference between this material and
LeConte’s type (in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard), but
lacustris is a member of a difficult complex which is in need of additional
study before identifications can be made with certainty.

Key to the Enochrus of the Pacific Coast

From Leech and Chandler (1956:345) with additions and alterations.
This key includes all known species of Enochrus from California, Oregon,
Idaho, Washington, and British Columbia.

1. Fifth abdominal sternite with a small apical emargination, from which projects a

differentiated fringe of golden cilia -

Fifth abdominal sternite entire apical ly, not emarginate, without differentiated fringe

of flat cilia (subgenus Lumetus Zaitz.) - 9

2. Last two segments of maxillary palpi of equal length, or last longer than penultimate

(subgenus Enochrus s. str.) - 3

Last segment of maxillary palpi shorter than penultimate (subgenus Methydrus Rey) 5

3. Flead luteous in front of eyes, elsewhere black; prosternum not carinate; smaller

species, 3.5-4 mm. long; pronotum black, sides and parts of anterior and posterior

margins luteous; California to Oregon - CUSPIDATUS (LeC.)

Head entirely black, or vaguely narrowly rufopiceous in front of eyes; prosternum

with a low poorly defined median longitudinal carina; larger species, 4-5 mm. long 4

4. Dorsal surface black to dark reddish brown, front angles of pronotum usually paler;

southwestern U. S. to Washington, Idaho - PICEUS Miller

Head black dorsal ly, pronotum and elytra reddish brown to yellow; Oregon and

southwestern Idaho to southwest U. S. - CARINATUS (LeC.)

5. Prosternum not carinate - 6

Prosternum carinate; smaller species, 2.75-3.75 mm. long; mesosternal protuberance

laminiform, acutely prominent anteriorly, not at all obscured by vestiture - 7

6. Smaller species, 3. 0-3. 7 mm. long, mesosternal protuberance quite low, lamelliform,

glabrous, not toothed; emargination of fifth abdominal sternite small, acute;

western Washington, bog lakes - ? LACUSTRIS (LeC.)

Larger species, 4. 5-5. 8 mm. long; mesosternal carina higher, hairy, bearing low,
rounded teeth obscured by the pubescence; emargination of fifth abdominal sternite
fairly large, rounded; California to British Columbia - CALIFORNICUS (Horn)

7. Pronotum piceous on disc - 8

Pronotum entirely testaceous; elytra polished, minutely punctate, except for several

more or less evident longitudinal series of coarser punctures; southwestern U. S.

- PECTORALIS (LeC.)

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

Elytra extremely finely, sparsely punctate, except for serial punctures which stand
out contrastingly; pronotum usually broadly piceous, elytra tinged with piceous;

narrower species; San Diego County, Calif. - CRISTATUS (LeC.)

Elytra rather densely, moderately coarsely punctate, serial punctures not conspicuous;
pronotum usually piceous only at middle of disc, elytra not tinged with

piceous; broader species; California to Oregon to Utah - OBTUSIUSCULUS (Mots.)

Dorsal surface dark reddish brown to black, elytra and pronotal disc usually equally

dark, head before the eyes and edges of pronotum often paler -

Dorsal surface yellow to dark brown except for black areas on head and sometimes
on pronotal disc -

Dorsal surface usually black, pronotum at most narrowly and indistinctly paler at
sides, head not pale before eyes; hind angles of pronotum sharp, nearly rect¬
angular; males with tooth of outer protarsal claw large but not so strongly
everted, extending only about half way to tip of claw; external supporting strut
of median lobe of aedeagus in ventral view extending beyond apex of median lobe
a distance at least equal to width of median lobe; British Columbia, Idaho --

. - COLLINUS Brown

Dot sal surface dark reddish brown, head often pale before eyes and pronotum
narrowly to broadly pale at sides; hind angles of pronotum more broadly rounded;
males with tooth of outer protarsal claw larger and fairly strongly everted, reach¬
ing about two-thirds of the way to tip of claw; external supporting strut of
median lobe of aedeagus extending only slightly if at all beyond apex of median

lobe; California to British Columbia - CONJUNCTUS (Fall)

Front margin of clypeus evenly arcuate-emarginate, without trace of a secondary
emargination at middle; species occurring in brackish or saline water along sea-

coast, near lower Colorado River, and in Death Valley, Calif. -

Emargination of front of clypeus with a secondary emargination at middle, exposing
a preclypeus -

Elytra more coarsely punctate; salt marsh and saline pools, coast of California and

up estuary of Colorado River - HAMILTONI PACIFICUS Leech

Elytra more finely punctate; saline waters, Death Valley, Calif. HAMILTONI PYRETUS Leech
Smaller species, 3. 5-4. 5 mm. long; hind edge of hind femora simple; Central Valley

of California - ? LATIUSCULUS (Mots.)

Larger species, 4. 4-6.5 mm. long - 14

Secondary emargination at front of clypeus arcuate, exposing a preclypeus; hind edge
of hind femora simple; dorsal surface pale to dark brown, base of head black and
pronotal disc completely pale to strongly black; external supporting strut of median
lobe of aedeagus extending little if at all beyond apex of median lobe; southern

British Columbia to Oregon, Idaho - - - HORNI Leech

Secondary emargination at front of clypeus truncate, exposing a preclypeus; hind
edge of hind femora of male with a slightly raised and pronounced area at middle;
dorsal surface yellow to pale brown, at most slightly darkened (never black) on
pronotal disc and base of head; external supporting strut of median lobe of
aedeagus extending beyond apex of median lobe a distance equal to nearly twice
width of median lobe in ventral view; southern British Columbia to California, east
of Cascade Range - DIFFUSUS (LeC.)

The Genus Cymbiodyta

Cymbiodyta acuminata Fall
(Figs. 1, 3)

Cymbiodyta acuminata Fall 1924:87.

The type of this species is missing from the Fall Collection in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, but material from British
Columbia (Agassiz; Copper Mt.; Vernon; and Wynndel) and Washing¬
ton (Dry Falls, Grand Coulee; Millersylvania State Pk.) agrees with topo-
typical specimens in that collection.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Cymbiodyta hatchi n. sp., Aedeagus, dorsal view.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Cymbiodyta leechi Miller, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 2, 4)

MALE: Length 4.5-5. 1 mm.; form elongate oval; dorsal surface entirely finely and
very thickly punctate, about evenly so on all areas, and shining black except the
anterior margin of the labrum, the anterior (very narrowly) and lateral margins of
the pronotum, and the elytral margins and apex which are dark yellowish brown;
pronotum with a very irregular row of larger punctures extending inward from the
margin on each side and a more regular row posterior to this on each side, and the
elytra with a very few larger punctures in very inexact longitudinal rows; side margins
of the pronotum slightly bowed outwards, the front corners very broadly and
evenly rounded, the hind corners more sharply rounded, forming an obtuse angle;
venter black, except the meso-and metacoxae and trochanters, alf the legs from 7he
tips of the femora apically, and the antennal club, which are dark yellowish brown,
the palpi and the remainder of the antennae lighter and more yellowish; aedeagus
m dorsal view with parameres broad, their tips bent toward each other (i.e. oiTter
margin of each paramere a smooth curve, but inner margins bending sharply towards
each other near apex); mesosternal ridge bearing a large median tooth as in C
acuminata Fall.

FEMALE: Externally identical to male.

HOLOTYPE: Male, Chase Lake, Snohomish Co., Washington Mav 5
1949, M. H. Hatch (UW).

ALLOTYPE: Female, same data as holotype (UW).

PARATYPES: Washington: King Co.: 1, Echo Lake (UW)- 17
Juanita (15 UW, 2 DM); 2, Lake Marie (UW); 1 Renton (Cedar River)
(UW); 4, Seattle (UW); 1, Seattle (Green Lake) (UW); 3, Seattle (Lake
Washington) (UW). Snohomish Co.: 64, Chase Lake (60 UW, 4 DM);
6, Scribner Lake (5 UW, 1 DM). Thurston Co.: 1, Lost Lake (UW); 2,
Tumwater (UW). Oregon: Jackson Co.: 1, Dead Indian Soda Springs
(ODA). Klamath Co.: 3, Mare’s Egg Spring (2 JS, 1 DM). Yamhill Co.:
1, Dayton (UW).

This species is quite close to C. acuminata Fall, which is the only other
North American Cymbiodyta with a strongly developed tooth on the
mesosternum. Leechi differs from acuminata in the following ways: hind
angles of pronotum more obtuse and sides of pronotum more arcuate;
maxillary palpi more robust and usually more yellowish; mesosternal tooth
slightly shorter; parameres convergent at the tips.

It gives me great pleasure to name this species in honor of Mr. Hugh
B. Leech, of the California Academy of Sciences. Mr. Leech’s many pub¬
lications on the Hydrophilidae have added greatly to our knowledge of the
family, and he has been of great help to me in my work on the north¬
western species.

Cymbiodyta vindicata Fall
(Fig. 5)

Cymbiodyta vindicata Fall 1924:86-87.

As with C. acuminata Fall, the type of this species is missing from the
Fall Collection in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard. Topo-
typical specimens in that collection agree with material from British Colum¬
bia (several localities) and Washington (Lake Thomas, Snohomish Co.)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Cymbiodyta hat chi Miller, NEW SPECIES

(Fig. 6)

MALE: Length 5.1 mm., form oval; head black; pronotum and elytra dark brown,
with the pronotum narrowly paler laterally and the elytra narrowly paler laterally
and much more broadly and diffusely paler apically; entire dorsum finely and
thickly punctate; in addition to the fine punctation with two rows of coarser punctures
on each side of the pronotum, slanting posterio-laterally and very irregular and in¬
complete, and occasional coarser punctures on the elytra, especially laterally where
they are very irregular in arrangement, the few coarse punctures of the disc arranged
in longitudinal series but so far apart that the series are not evident; venter largely
black, the legs apical to the femoral pubescence brown, the palpi very dark brown;
mesosternal ridge transverse, not toothed; aedeagus in dorsal view with the inner
margin of each paramere straight, the outer margin curving gradually inward from
the base to near the apex and then bent outward to nearly parallel the inner margin
so that the tip is elongate along its inner margin, the extreme apex of the paramere
bluntly rounded.

FEMALE: Unknown.

HOLOTYPE: Male, 13 mi. N.E. Bly, edge Deming Cr., Klamath Co.,
Oregon, Sept. 16, 1960, Joe Schuh (JS).

The holotype is the only known specimen. This species is named in
honor of Dr. M. H. Hatch, of the University of Washington, who originally
stimulated my interest in the Hydrophilidae and who has aided me im¬
measurably during the course of my work with the northwestern species.
Hatchi is very close to C. vindicate Fall and the eastern C. fimbriata
(Melsh.), but can be distinguished from either by its prolonged apex of the
parameres. The dark brown palpi of the holotype may also prove to be
diagnostic when other specimens are known.

Key to the Cymbiodyta of the Pacific Coast

From Leech and Chandler (1956:345) with additions and alterations.
This key includes all known species of Cymbiodyta from California,
Oregon, Idaho, Washington, and British Columbia.

1. Elytra with striae or serial large punctures evident in at least the apical quarter;

mesosternal protuberance entirely transverse, never with a tooth -

Elytra with no striae (except the sutural ones) or evident rows of coarse punctures;

pronotum and elytra black to dark reddish brown discally, pale marginally - 5

2. Elytra with sutural striae at least in apical half, but elsewhere at most with serial

punctures not impressed as striae; head entirely black - 3

Elytra with distinct striae in addition to sutural; head pale before eyes; form

broad; all rows of punctures entire, including scutellar row; California -

_ PUNCTATOSTRIATUS (Horn)

3. Metafemora pubescent in slightly less than basal two-thirds; maxillary palpi short

and stout, yellow; dorsal surface black to dark reddish brown, the margins paler;
elytra with serial punctures forming at least three nearly complete rows laterally,
the discal rows complete only in about the apical quarter; California to British

Columbia - DORSALIS (Mots.)

Metafemora pubescent in basal three-quarters; maxillary palpi longer and more
slender; elytra with lateral series of punctures usually traceable to near base, but
discal series traceable only near apex - 4

4. Pronotum and elytra usually reddish brown to black, the margins paler; elytra with

serial punctures more confused, not traceable as striae as far anteriorly as in
the following species, the discal striae especially usually visible only at apex;
maxillary palpi usually brownish; California to British Columbia - PACIFICA Leech

1964 THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN 77

Pronotum and elytra usually yellowish brown to dark brown, disc of pronotum black;
elytra with serial punctures somewhat more evident and less confused with larger
punctures of intervals; maxillary palpi usually yellowish; California to Oregon--
- IMBELLIS (LeC.)

5. Mesosternal protuberance bearing a large median tooth - 6

Mesosternal protuberance without a large median tooth - - - 7

6. Hind angles of pronotum nearly rectangular; sides of pronotum nearly straight in

posterior three-quarters, bending in gradually in anterior quarter; maxillary palpi
more slender, yellowish brown (fig. 1); mesosternal tooth longer; aedeagus with
parameres nearly triangular in shape, not converging at tip, inner margin nearly
straight (fig. 3); form slightly less robust; Washington, S. British Columbia -

- ACUMINATA Fall

Hind angles of pronotum more obtuse, sides of pronotum more broadly arcuate;

maxillary palpi more robust, yellow (fig. 2); mesosternal tooth slightly shorter;
aedeagus with parameres bent slightly towards each other at tips, inner margin
of each paramere strongly sinuate (fig. 4); form slightly more robust; Washington,

Oregon - LEECHI Miller

7. Smaller species, more parallel sided, length 3. 4-4.0 mm.; palpi yellow, slender;

aedeagus with outer margin of each paramere curving inward to about 2/7 of
the distance from tip, then bent outward to parallel inner margin, so that

parameres diverge from that point apically; British Columbia, Washington, Idaho -

MINIMA Notman

Larger species, length over 4.4 mm. - 8

8. Aedeagus with inner margin of each paramere sinuate but parameres not convergent

at tips, outer margin straight to tip (fig. 5); mesosternal ridge lower; palpi

yellow; British Columbia, Washington - VINDICATA Fall

Aedeagus with inner margin of each paramere straight, outer margin bent slightly
outward near tip so that tip is slightly elongate (fig. 6); mesosternal ridge slightly

higher; palpi brown; E. Oregon (Deming Cr.) - HATCHI Miller

Literature Cited

Brown, W. J.

1931. New species of Coleoptera II. Canadian Ent. 63:115-122.

Brues, C. T.

1932. Further studies of the fauna of North American hot springs. Proc. Amer¬
ican Acad. Arts and Sci. 67(7) : 186-303.

Fall, H. C.

1901. List of the Coleoptera of Southern California, with notes on habits and
distribution and descriptions of new species. Occ. Papers California Acad.
Sci. 8:1-282.

1924. New species of North American Hydrobiini. Jour. New York Ent. Soc
32:85-90.

Horn, G. H.

1873. Revision of the genera and species of the tribe Hydrobiini. Proc. Amer¬
ican Philos. Soc. 13:118-137.

1890. Notes on some Hydrobiini of boreal America. Trans. American Ent Soc
17:237-278.

LeConte, J. L.

1855. Synopsis of the Hydrophilidae of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia 7:356-375.

Leech, H. B.

1948. Haliplidae, Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydrophilidae, Limnebiidae. Contribu¬
tions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of Lower California. No. 11.
Proc. California. Acad. Sci. 24:375-483.

1950. New species and subspecies of Nearctic water beetles (Coleoptera: Dy¬
tiscidae and Hydrophilidae). Wassman Coll. 7(6) :243-256.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Leech, H. B. and H. P. Chandler

1956. Aquatic Coleoptera in Usinger (Ed.), Aquatic Insects of California with
Keys to North American Genera and California Species. Berkeley and
Los Angeles, U. of California Press.

Malkin, B.

1958. On some water beetles from Oregon hot springs. Coleop. Bull. 12:34.
Walker, F.

1866. Descriptions of Coleoptera in Lord, The Naturalist in Vancouver Island
and British Columbia, Vol. 2. London, Richard Bentley.

Winters, F. C.

1927. Key to the subtribe Helocharae Orchym. (Coleoptera-Hydrophilidae) of
Boreal America. Pan-Pacific Ent. 4:19-29.

NOTICE

Methods of citing authors’ names in species synonymies and in text have been
quite variable. The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, 1961, provides
us with a rule for such citations. The Bulletin will adhere to that rule. Article
51(b) (i) says, “The name of a subsequent user of a scientific name, if cited, is to
be separated from it in some distinctive manner, other than by a comma. Example. —
Reference to Cancer pagurus Linnaeus as used by Latreille may be cited as Cancer
pagurus Linnaeus sensu Latreille, [or] Cancer pagurus: Latreille, or in some other
distinctive manner, but not as Cancer pagurus Latreille, nor as Cancer pagurus,
Latreille.” Bulletin authors, please take note.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A NEW SPECIES OF AGABUS FROM THE DEATH VALLEY
REGION OF CALIFORNIA (COLEOPTERA: DYTISCIDAE)

By Hugh B. Leech1

Agabus rump pi Leech, NEW SPECIES

A species resembling large, dark examples of A. lutosus LeConte, but
more elongate. Males can be traced to couplet 21 in Fall’s key (1922),
where they will not lit either choice since the protarsus is broad, but the
anterior claw is not dentate in the sense of A. lutosus. Females trace to
couplet 13, where there is a multiple choice based on male tarsal characters.

„ ™L?TYPE;-Male, from “2.7 mi. E. of Death Valley Junction (Inyo co.),
Calif., el. -200 , V-18-1958. c-3110. Collection of N. L. Rumpp.” In the California
Academy of Sciences, Entomology.

Length 8.6 mm., width 4.6 mm. Form elongate oval, elytra widest at middle of
length. Head piceous, clypeus yellowish-brown, labrum rufescent as are two occipital
S?i°fS’ °ne on.eac^ ,si^e median line. Pronotum piceous, narrowly rufescent along
• u L°Ur mar£ms, with overall faint aeneous luster as on head. Elytra brown, yellow-
lsh-brown laterally and apically (the elytra of the holotype are discolored in part,
perhaps because of an injury during the pupal stage; the right elytron has a large
lnegiuar yellowish area from the middle at base to the suture discally, while the
left has two small elongate yellowish marks). Undersurface piceous; antennae, palpi,
tarsi and tibiae pale yellowish-brown, outer segments of palpi and femora posteriorly
rufopiceous, epipleura brown medially, pale along each side; abdominal sternites pale
to dark rufopiceous. Note: the holotype is slightly teneral.

Head with meshes of surface reticulation small, of irregular sizes and shapes, most
with one or more minute punctures. Pronotum with reticulation as on head but more
lightly impressed, meshes at sides smaller; lateral marginal bead narrow (about as
wide as base of eleventh antennal segment), of even width throughout; line of
coarse punctures paralleling front margin continuous, punctures largest and most ir¬
regularly spaced near middle; basal line of punctures interrupted, no punctures
discally in front of scutellum. Elytra with a sutural, a discal and three lateral lines
of coarse punctures; surface sculpture consisting of lightly impressed tiny, nearly
round meshes, which become uneven in sizes and shapes discally; many have each a
small central puncture. Protarsi broad (fig. 2); anterior claw with small blunt tooth
at base (fig. 3), widest just before middle, curving to a fine point apically; posterior
claw regularly narrowing to apex, only three-quarters as long as anterior claw
Mesotarsi two-thirds as broadly dilated as anterior tarsi, fifth segment very long
(fig. 1 ). First three segments of pro- and mesotarsi with hairs (except marginal ones)
dilated apically into rather large rounded palettes, as in A. lutosus and A. griseipennis
LeConte; fourth segment of mesotarsi with pad of short stiff setae only. Hind tibiae
without row of punctures along inner margin. Prosternal process narrow, as wide
as a mesotrochanter, finely margined almost to the acuminate apex, arcuately convex
in cross section. Least distance between middle coxae and metacoxal plates less than
half length of latter, measured along same line. Aedeagus of genitalia bifid apically
in lateral view, parameres densely hairy on inner side (figs. 4, 6).

ALLOTYPE, female, same data as for holotype, but with Mr. Rumpp’s collecting
number c-3110 a. In the California Academy of Sciences, Entomology.

Length 7.9 mm., width 4.7 mm. Head and pronotum colored as in holotype-
elytra brown, yellowish-white at sides in anterior half, yellowish-brown across base’
Undersurface colored as in holotype but paler (probably because the specimen is
more teneral), femora not tinged with rufopiceous. Elytra with reticulation coarse

Associate Curator of Insects, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

and deep, the meshes strongly longitudinal baso-medially, more nearly rounded in
apical half and laterally, much more lightly impressed apically and in apical half
near lateral margin.

PARATYPES, 1 male, 2 females with same data as holotype except as follows:
male, collection no. c-3110 b, females c-3110 d, c-3110 e. All in the California
Academy of Sciences, except for one female deposited in the U. S. National Museum,
Washington, D. C.

Additional specimen. 1 female, same data as types, number c-3110 c.

Variation. There is some variation in coloration, especially of the ventral surface,
because all five specimens in the type series are teneral, the holotype the least so.
The allotype is the only female to show a well defined pale area across the elytral
bases. The non-paratypic female is fully matured and colored. It has the hind
margins of the femora tinged with piceous as in the type, but the elytra are pale
reddish-brown, palest laterally; it is also larger and proportionately narrower than
the other specimens, i.e. length 9.4 mm., width 4.9 mm.

Discussion. In all characters other than size, and the protarsal claws of
the male, A. rumppi is most similar to A. lutosus and A. griseipennis ; all
three have the aedeagus of the male bifid apically in profile. Judging by
the non-paratypic female, color will not distinguish it from LeConte’s
species, and it is probable that a larger series would show small examples
of a size comparable with large A. lutosus. Since all but the above female
were teneral when taken in May, the latter may be an overwintered
specimen.

In my key to the California species of Agabus (in Leech and Chandler,
1956) both sexes of A. rumppi will trace to couplet 17; the front tarsi of
the male are very broadly dilated, as in A. lutosus and A. griseipennis, but
the anterior (inner) tarsal claw is not toothed medially or apically. In
Fall’s key (1922) the male will trace either to couplet 21 or to couplet 29,
depending on one’s interpretation of couplet 20, where the choice is
“Meshes of elytral reticulation more or less irregular and unequal, at least
baso-medially ... 21” as against “Meshes of elytral reticulation very
minute, more rounded, and everywhere nearly equal . . . 29.” As a matter
of fact this is not an easy choice. As I have stated earlier, in the male of
A. griseipennis the meshes are usually small, rounded and equal through¬
out, or of slightly irregular and uneven shapes near the suture at the bases
of the elytra. In the male of A. lutosus lutosus “. . . the meshes are small,
and either rounded and nearly equal except basally near the suture, or of
unequal shapes and sizes almost throughout (type), or intermediate be¬
tween these conditions. In a series of over 300 males . . . about seventy-
five per cent have the meshes equal. . . .” (Leech, 1942, p. 132.) Yet Fall
ran both species to couplet 21. If A. rumppi is taken to 21 it agrees with
the first choice in its very widely dilated front tarsi with the basal segment
scarcely as wide as the second, but differs in that the anterior claw is not
toothed except minutely at the base (fig. 3 ). The female cannot be traced
beyond the second half of couplet 13 of Fall’s key, since the next choices
are based on male tarsal characters.

In the male of A. rumppi the anterior protarsal claw is a little longer
than the fifth protarsal segment, simple, with a tiny tooth-like protuberance
at the extreme base (fig. 3). In A. lutosus and A. griseipennis it is only
three-fifths as long as the fifth protarsal segment, has a rather similar basal

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Figures 1-6. Structures of the male of Agabus rumppi, new species. 1 — Profile of
mesotarsus, extent of hairy pads and setae shown by dotted lines. 2 — Dorsal view of
left anterior tarsus. 3 — Claws of right anterior tarsus, outer view, with anterior claw
below. 4— Aedeagus in profile. 5— Apical third of the aedeagus, view of the dorsal
side, i.e., the convex, top part of Figure 4. 6— Outer side of left paramere

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

protuberance, but is strongly toothed at the mid-point or beyond (Leech,
1942, PI. X, Figs. 11, 12; Leech and Chandler, 1956, Fig. 13:17 d and e).

A. rumppi shows an interesting chaetotaxy of the fourth mesotarsal
segment in the male. From a longitudinally differentiated area on the
bottom of the fourth segment there are several rows of short, stiff, thick
setae arising from the inner (posterior) side, and a single row along
the outer side. The setae of the inner rows are slanted across the segment,
and to a lesser degree toward the apex, so that their tips, if extended a
little, would touch those of the nearly vertical single row on the outer side.

An exactly comparable structure is found in males of A. lutosus, A.
griseipennis, A. erythropterus (Say) and A. ajax Fall, species which,
except for the first two, are not closely associated on the basis of other
characters. A chaetotaxy of a similar but less developed type (a single
row of setae on each side) occurs in the males of A. arcticus (Paykull),
A. anthracinus Mannerheim, A. browni Leech and A. austini Sharp; in a
rudimentary form it may be seen in A. strigulosus LeConte, A. ambiguus
(Say) and A. audeni Wallis.

Mr. Rumpp has given to me the following information about the type
locality, from his field notes. “The beetles were gotten from a small stream,
either at the edge of it or well into it. This stream is a continuation of
Carson Slough which goes south through, and drains, Ash Meadows. The
actual location was inside California, but the source of the slough is a
number of springs further north in the Nevada region of Ash Meadows.
The elevation at this spot is only a few feet above 22002 This stream is
intermittent, by this time of the year it is usually dry. ... On this basis it
may be assumed that the Agabus is native of the stream in Ash Meadows,
and its distribution therefore may include a portion of Nye Co., Nevada
as well as Inyo Co., California.”

Literature Cited

Fall, H. C.

1922. A revision of the North American species of Agabus together with a
description of a new genus and species of the tribe Agabini. John D.
Sherman, Jr., Mount Vernon, N. Y. 36 pp.

Leech, H. B.

1942. New or insufficiently known Nearctic species and subspecies of Agabus
(Coleoptera, Dytiscidae). Canadian Ent. 74(7) : 125-136, inch pi. X.

Leech, H. B., and H. P. Chandler

1956. Aquatic Coleoptera. Chapter 13 in R. L. Usinger, ed., Aquatic Insects
of California with keys to North American genera and California species.
University of California Press, Berkeley. (Chapter 13, pp. 293-371, text
figs. 13: 1-13:61.)

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A NEW KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF THE NEARCTIC
STAPHYLINIDAE AND NOTES ON THEIR

CLASSIFICATION

By Ian Moore1

American coleopterists often express the view that the Staphylinidae is
a difficult family to study. Although the average small size and the numerous
species contribute to the problems of identification, a more formidable ob¬
stacle is the present state of the classification.

The family has been divided into a number of subfamilies which are
intended to reflect the phylogenetic relationships of their members. Some
of these subfamilies cannot be defined on the basis of one or several distinc¬
tive characters. This has resulted in keys to the subfamilies which are un¬
usable. However, some of the subfamilies have been divided into tribes
which are easy to define.

At the present stage of the knowledge of the family, the most pressing
problem is that of identification. With this fact in mind, with a view
toward simplification, I have treated some of the groups usually considered
tribes as subfamilies. Having done this, I have found it possible to con¬
struct what I consider to be a usable key to the subfamilies of the Nearctic
Staphylinidae based on characters which are generally visible in ordinary
museum specimens.

Some of the characters in the new key have not been previously em¬
ployed. The most important of these is that given in couplet eighteen,
which separates the subfamilies near Staphilininae from those near Tachy-
porinae by the presence or absence of a distinct neck. The only case where
application of this character might be considered doubtful is in Platypro-
sopinae. Although in members of that subfamily the head is only slightly
narrowed behind the eyes, there usually is a distinct nuchal constriction
across the dorsal surface with the sides of the head continuing behind the
constriction, more or less parallel to each other. Thus, a true but broad
neck does occur.

Key to the Subfamilies of the Nearctic Staphylinidae

1. Antennae inserted on surface of head between anterior margins of eyes; last segment

of maxillary palpus subulate (fig. 1) - 2

Antennae inserted at front or side margins of head (fig. 2) - 3

Posterior coxae small, separated - STENINAE

Posterior coxae large, contiguous - ALE0CHAR1NAE

Antennae 9-segmented; posterior coxae separated - MICROPEPLINAE

Antennae 10- or 11-segmented; posterior coxae contiguous - 4

Last segment of labial palpus large, semilunar (fig. 3) - 0XYP0RIIMAE

Last segment of labial palpus not semilunar - 5

Head with a pair of frontal calluses ("ocelli")2 between the posterior margins of

the eyes (fig. 4) -

Head without frontal calluses -

1 Associate in Entomology, San Diego Natural History Museum, San Diego,
California.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

10.

11.

12.

13.

Tarsi 5-segmented - TVnTnTVDm

Tarsi 2- or 3-segmented - LEPTOTYPHLINAE

Abdomen with complete second sternite3 (seven sternites can be counted) (fig. 5)--

_ OXYTELINAE

Second abdominal sternite absent or rudimentary (six complete sternites can be

counted) -

Anterior marqin of labrum with two long processes which are setose within (fig. 6)

_ ! _ MEGALOPSIDIINAE

Labrum without such processes - , 2

Antennae 10-segmented - HYPOCYPHTINAE

Antennae 11-segmented - 10

Last segment of maxillary palpus longer than penultimate, slightly arcuate, with an
oblique elongated, concave truncation of distinctive texture at apex (fig. 7)

_ _ PINOPHILINAE

Last segment of maxillary palpus not so formed - 11

Metasternum with expanded plates covering part of femora - TRICHOPSENIINAE

Metasternum without such plates; femora exposed - - 12

Anterior tarsi 4-segmented (in the Nearctic species) - EUAESTHETINAE

Anterior tarsi 5-segmented - I2 3

Abdomen without paratergites (without double margin) (fig. 8) -

Abdomen with paratergites (with prominent double lateral margin) (fig. 10)

2 Except Vellica longipennis Casey, which will go to Pteroniinae in this key.
Vellica longipennis, a member of the Omaliinae, can be distinguished from members
of the Pteroniinae by the presence of a strong fovea at each side of the pronotum.

3 In some specimens of certain species of the Coprophilini (particularly in Syn-
tomium spp .) the second abdominal sternite is rudimentary. I have been unable to
find a satisfactory substitute for this character.

Figures 1-7. 1 — Falagria laeviuscula LeConte, head, dorsal view. 2 Hadrotes
crassus LeConte, head, dorsal view. 3 —Oxyporus vittatus Gravenhorst, apex of
labial palpus. 4 — Acidota subcarinata Erichson, head, dorsal view. 5 Bledius jenyesi
Bernhauer and Schubert, abdomen, ventral view. 6 —Megalopinus sp., head, dorsal
view. 7 — Pinophilus testaceus Erichson, apex of maxillary palpus.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

Anterior coxae small, globular, without a transverse or diagonal sulcus on anterior

face - LISPININAE

Anterior coxae large, elongate, with a transverse or diagonal sulcus on anterior

face - OSORIINAE

Anterior coxae small, globular - PIESTINAE

Anterior coxae large, elongate -

Elytra long, completely covering first tergite (fig. 9) - PTERONIINAE

Elytra not completely covering first tergite - 17

Each basal abdominal tergite with a diagonal impressed line from near the middle
front margin to each apical angle; pronotum and elytra costate (fig. 10) _

- pseudopsidiiimae

Abdomen without such lines - 18

Head constricted behind eyes to form a distinct neck that is clearly visible from above 19
Sides of head converging uninterruptedly to base, not constricted to form a neck
that is clearly visible from above - 25

Hgures 8-13. 8 — Eu mal us nigrellus (LeConte), dorsal view. 9 — Megarthrus pictus

Motschoulsky, dorsal view. 10 — Pseudopsis obliterate i LeConte, dorsal view. 11 _

Ely pony grus emmesus (Gravenhorst), prothorax, ventral view, A. neck plate,
B. prosternum, C. hypomeron, D. coxa. 12 — Olist/iaerus substriatus Gyllenhal. half
or prothorax, ventral view. 13 — Tachinus fimbriatus Gravenhorst, half of prothorax
ventral view.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

Small sclerite (neck plate) present at anterior margin of prosternum (fig. 11) -

_ XANTHOLININAE

Neck plate absent - "

Last segment of maxillary palpus less than one-half as long as penultimate, usually

little longer than width of penultimate, usually subulate or papiliform 21

Last segment of maxillary palpus at least one-half as long as penultimate, subulate

only in Heterothops - DTm ac

Antennal fossae closer to mandibular fossae than to each other - PAEDEK1N AE

Antennal fossae about as close to each other as to mandibular fossae - DIOCHINAE

Anterior angles of pronotum produced anteriorly beyond anterior lateral angles of
prosternum; margin of pronotum apparently single, hypomera not or incompletely

margined along inner side - QUEDIINAE

Anterior angles of pronotum not so produced; margin of pronotum double, hypomera

completely margined along inner side - j-runDvriMAC

Lateral marginal lines of pronotum separate throughout - XANTHOPYGIINAE

Lateral marginal lines of pronotum united behind anterior angles - 24

Antennal fossae closer to eyes than to each other - STAPHYLININAE

Antennal fossae closer to each other than to eyes - PLATYPROSOPIiMAE

Antennae with third through eleventh segments filamentous - 26

Antennae not filamentous - ’.777777777™, m Vr-

Anterior tarsi very slender -

Anterior tarsi broadly dilated - TRICHOPHYINAE

Elytral epipleura delimited by a carina - adtmap

Elytral epipleura not delimited by a carina - PHLOEOCHARINAE

Prosternal epimera delimited by a distinct suture (fig. 12) - OLISTHAERINAE

Prosternal epimera fused to hypomera without a suture (fig. 13) - TACHYPORINAE

Discussion of Subfamilies

Although keys are very useful tools for identification, because of their
structure they cannot always indicate that certain characters are unique
within a group. For this reason and because many of the subfamilies in
the above key have a status different from recent usage, a short discussion
of each subfamily follows.

Steninae. Two genera, one very large, are included in this subfamily. The
species, rather monotonously similar in appearance, are easily recognized
by the large eyes and rough sculpture.

Aleocharinae . This subfamily contains at least two-fifths of all the species
in the family. This group, much in need of study, is very difficult. There
are a large number of poorly defined genera, some of which contain
hundreds of described species. The character of placement of the antennal
fossae, as stated in couplet one, used to separate this subfamily and Steninae
from the other staphylinids, is not entirely satisfactory. In many forms the
fossae are situated fairly near the front margin, but are usually removed
by at least the diameter of the fossae. The subulate fourth segment of the
maxillary palpi, although not unique in the family, will aid in recognition of
members of this group.

Micropeplinae. Members of the Micropeplinae can be distinguished from
all other staphylinids by their nine-segmented antennae and by the fact that
the undersurface of the head and pronotum is grooved for the reception of
these organs. The posterior coxae are well separated, a character shared
only with the Steninae. There are two genera with few species.

This group has at various times been ranked as a separate family. Its

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

members, however, appear to be more closely allied to the Staphylinidae
than to any other family. This is particularly evident in their strongly
chitinized abdominal tergites. Unless it can be demonstrated that their
nearest relatives are other than the staphylinids, it seems better to retain
them as a subfamily than to create a separate family merely because of
their somewhat aberrant nature.

Oxyporinae. The large, semilunar segment of the labial palpi is unique
in the family. The few species of the single Nearctic genus are found on
fungus.

Omaliinae. Members of the Omaliinae and those of the Leptotyphlinae
are the only staphylinids with a pair of pale mounds on the surface of the
head. These mounds have generally been called ocelli. Coiffait, 1959,
demonstrated that these structures are not true ocelli and proposed the
name frontal calluses for them. The subfamily is large, with many genera
requiring close observation for their identification.

Leptotyphlinae. These minute, slender, pale insects are found in the soil.
Many species are known from Europe, but it was not until 1959 that
Coiffait described Neoleptotyphlus californicus from the redwood forest of
the California coast. Several other species are now being studied by him.

Oxytelinae. This, one of the larger subfamilies, is unique in the presence
of a complete second sternite. In a few species this stemite is sometimes
rudimentary.

M ega l op si diinae. This is a small subfamily whose members can easily be
recognized by their enormous eyes and shining integuments. The processes
of the labrum readily separate them from other staphylinids.

Hypocyphtinae. There are only two genera with a total of five known
species in North America. These were formerly placed with the Tachy-
porinae because of their fusiform bodies, but have been removed on account
of their ten-segmented antennae, a character found elsewhere in this family
only in a few of the aleocharinds.

Pinophilinae. This group has usually been treated as a tribe of the
Paederinae, which subfamily, as so constituted, was impossible to define.
The Pinophilinae is a fairly large, homogeneous group. The character used
in the key concerning the shape of the last segment of the maxillary palpi,
although consistent, is not always pronounced. Only a few species of this
predominantly tropical group enter the Nearctic region.

Lispininae. Because of their small anterior coxae and often depressed
form, members of this subfamily have usually been associated with the
Piestinae. Blackwelder, 1942, treated them as a tribe of the Osoriinae be¬
cause of their unmargined abdomens. The above characters are partly
adaptive and seem in this case to be adaptations to a subcortical habitat.
The unmargined abdomen has evolved in varying degrees in many staphy¬
linids as a modification useful in a number of different environments. Be¬
cause the Lispininae and Osoriinae seem not to be closely allied, I have
treated each as a separate subfamily. Members of the Lispininae are easily
known by the combination of their small anterior coxae and unmargined

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

abdomens. There are only six known Nearctic genera, with relatively few
species included in each.

Osoriinae. Members of this subfamily are easily recognized by their
large, exserted anterior coxae and unmargined abdomens. They are usually
cylindrical in form. Only a few Nearctic species are known from the three
genera represented in this region.

Piestinae. Most students have included in this group all staphylinids with
small anterior coxae. Blackwelder, 1942, reduced the size of the subfamily
by removing those species in which the abdomen lacks paratergites. Moore,
1963, added Zalobius and Asemobius, and presented a new key to the
Nearctic genera. Like the Lispininae and Osoriinae, this is largely a
tropical group with few Nearctic species.

Trichopseniinae. The large plate which covers part of the femur is unique
in this subfamily. The two Nearctic genera have only seven species as¬
signed to them.

Pteroniinae, NEW NAME. This is the subfamily previously called
Proteininae. Blackwelder, 1952, stated that “the removal of the name
Proteinus to the Nitidulidae because of hitherto unrecognized type fixation
leaves the genus formerly known as Proteinus without a name.” He gave
it the name Pteronius. If this name is to be accepted, the subfamily name
must be Pteroniinae. Blackwelder’s usage has not been followed by all
subsequent students, some of whom continue to use Proteininae. As I am
unable to find any statement of the reasons for rejecting the name Pteronius,

I am retaining it.

The few species of the two genera included in this subfamily resemble
some of the Omaliinae, but can be distinguished by the lack of frontal
calluses and by their very transverse anterior coxae.

Euaesthetinae. As in the preceding subfamily, these small insects possess
no single character for their easy recognition. The tarsi are four-segmented
in the few Nearctic species, and the eyes are at the base of the head.

Pseudopsinae. This subfamily contains the single genus Pseudopsis. The
four Nearctic species are very generalized in form, having few morph¬
ological characters to distinguish them. However, the combination of the
strong diagonal impressions of the tergites and the longitudinally carinate
pronotum and elytra will readily separate them from other Nearctic staphy¬
linids.

Xantholininae. This group has usually been treated as a tribe of the
Staphylininae, adding greatly to the heterogeneity of that subfamily. As
constituted here, it contains only those species with the distinctive neck
plates anterior to the prosternum. No other staphylinid has this sclerite. In
members of this group, the antennae are always inserted close together at
the front margin of the head. The body is long, slender, loosely articulated,
and the elytra usually overlapping at the suture. From this group, I have
removed Diochus and Ophioomma to the new subfamily Diochinae and
Platyprosopus to the new subfamily Platyprosopinae.

Pciederinae. This is one of the larger subfamilies, with numerous well-

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

characterized genera All the species have the terminal segment of the
maxillary palpi less than one-half as long as the penultimate segment and
usually either subulate or papillose.

Diochinae Moore, NEW SUBFAMILY. This subfamily is based on the
genus Diochus. It has usually been placed in the Xanthtolininae because of
the rather approximate antennae and because the area ahead of the pro¬
sternum shows some chitinization. However, the chitinization of the neck
region in no way resembles the sclerite called the neck plate, which is so
characteristic of the Xantholininae. Some authors have placed this genus in
the Staphyhninae, where it seems to be equally out of place. It destroys the
homogeneity of either of these groups. The terminal segment of the maxil¬
lary palpi is subulate. The single Nearctic species is small and slender
resembling certain species of Philonthus in facies.

Judging from the rather inadequate description of Ophioomma it be¬
longs here.

Quediinae. This is a large group which has usually been considered a
tribe of the Staphyhninae. The pronotal disc is usually impunctate, except
or a group of three punctures arranged in a small triangle on each side
of the center line in front.

X an thopyginae . Usually considered a tribe of the Staphyhninae, this
group can easily be recognized by the character given in the key There are
six Nearctic genera, each with a single species.

Staphylininae . This is the group which has usually been treated as the
tribe Staphylinini. There are few Nearctic genera but many species. The
group is relatively well known.

Platyprosopinae Moore, NEW SUBFAMILY. Several authors, comment¬
ing on the genus Platysprosopus, have mentioned that it seemed out of
place in the Xantholinini. The only important character which members
of this genus have in common with those of the Xantholininae is the ap-
! proximate antennal fossae. A single species is known from Texas in this
tropical genus, the only genus in the subfamily.

Habi ocerinae. Members of the single genus Habrocerus resemble tachy-
porinids in lacies, but differ as indicated in the key. There are few known
species.

Trichophyinae. The few species are similar to Habrocerus in facies.

Phloeocharinae . The only known Nearctic representative of this sub¬
family is a single species of Ecbletus which has been found in California
(in press). Olisthaerus has sometimes been included here, but in no way
resembles members of this subfamily except that the species are equally
generalized in structure.

Olisthaerinae. Two circumpolar species of Olisthaerus constitute this
subfamily.

Tachyporinae. This is one of the larger subfamilies. The species are
usually fusiform in shape, compact in build and are without a neck, the
small head being often only partly visible from above.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Notes of Phylogeny

The above key is meant to be strictly an aid to identification. Some of
its primary subdivisions appear to have little relation to phylogeny. Knowl¬
edge of the family has not yet reached a point where definite conclusions
regarding phylogeny can be stated. However, some speculation is not out
of place at present.

Renaud Paulian, 1941, suggested a major change in the classification of
the Staphilinoidea, the result of a detailed study of the larvae of a large
number of species. His suggestions have not been followed by subsequent
students. Paulian split the group into two major subdivisions which he
called the Staphylinomorphs and the Aleocharinomorphs. He called atten¬
tion to the primitive nature of the Staphylinomorphs. Paulian presented
the following key to the larvae of the two groups.

Galea of the maxilla present, movable, with the aspect of a segment; lacina reduced
at the maximum to some localized bristles in the apical region of the stipes;
cephalization accentuated, neck present, epicranial suture extremely long; chitini-
zation of the prosternum well developed; gular sutures very long; ocelli assembled
in a group at the base of the antennae; nasale present. Anal vesicles provided with

numerous small terminal curved spines; maxillary palpi of four S gT^p H Y L IN 0 MORPHS

Galea of maxilla absent or represented by a simple lobe bearing a fringe, single or
double or triple, located in the apical region of the lacina which is always well
developed; cephalization generally very feeble, neck absent, epicranial suture
variably long; prosternal chitinization usually reduced; gular sutures almost always
absent; ocelli of variable distribution. Anal vesicles generally without small
curved spines, sometimes with four large curved spines. Maxillary palpi variable,
of three or four segments. Labrum present or united to epicranium in a nasale--

.I _ _ _ ALEOCHARINOMORPHS

I believe that, as applied to the Staphylinidae, this is a very important
division and have so arranged the subfamilies. As the Staphylinomorphs
are considered more primitive, they are placed first. Although this distinc¬
tion appears to indicate very satisfactorily the relation of the Staphy¬
linomorphs to other members of the family, it leaves in the Aleocharino-
morphs a group of subfamilies which is diverse, the relationships between
them not being expressed. Much more information is needed before these
can be adequately grouped.

Suggested arrangement of the subfamilies

Staphylinomorphs

1. Staphylininae

2. Xanthopyginae

3. Quediinae

4. Diochinae

5. Platyprosopinae

6. Xantholininae

7. Paederinae

8. Pinophilinae

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Aleocharinomorphs

9. Micropeplinae

10. Pseudopsinae

11. Piestinae

12. Lispininae

13. Osoriinae

14. Pteroniinae

15. Omaliinae

16. Oxytelinae

17. Oxyporinae

18. Megalopsidiinae

19. Euaesthetinae

20. Leptotyphlinae

21. Phloeocharinae

22. Olisthaerinae

23. Tachyporinae

24. Habrocerinae

25. Trichophyinae

26. Trichopseniinae

27. Hypocyphtinae

28. Steninae

29. Aleocharinae

Literature Cited

Blackwelder, Richard E.

194_. Notes on the classification of the staphylinid beetles of the groups Lispini
and Osorinae. Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 92:75-90.

195-. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an essay on
genotypy. Bull. United States Nat. Mus. 200:i-iv, 1-483.

Coiffait, Henri

1959. Monographic de Leptotyphlites (Col. Staphylinidae). Rev. Fran Ent
26:237-437, 808 figs.

Moore, Ian

1963. Removal of Zalobius and Asemobius to the Piestinae (Coleoptera-
Staphylinidae). Coleopt. Bull. 17:47-48.

Paulian, Renaud

1941. Les premier etats des Staphylinoidea. Etude de morphologie comparee
Mem. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Paris), n.s. 15:1-361, 1365 figs., 3 pis.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

SOME LEAF-MINING CHRY SOMELIDS
OF LANTANA (COLEOPTERA)

By N. L. H. Krauss1

The following observations were made on several species of the genera
Octotoma and Uroplata (Uroplatini) mining leaves of Lantana species of
the c a mar a type during the past several years. The attractive West Indian
shrub Lantana camara var. aculeata (L.) Moldenke is an important pest of
ranch lands in Hawaii and other tropical countries. Several species of the
miners were sent to Hawaii for release, and two of these, Octotoma
scabripennis Guerin and Uroplcita girardi Pic, are now established.

It seems likely that other species of Uroplatini will be found on Lantana
spp. in tropical America.

Determinations of the insects discussed were made by specialists of the
Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Propa¬
gation, testing and release in Hawaii were carried on by Q. C. Chock, C. J.
Davis and other members of the staff of the Entomology Branch, State
Department of Agriculture (formerly Board of Agriculture and Forestry).

Octotoma gundlachi Sufifrian

A few adults were seen on Lantana leaves at the Bosque de Habana,
Havana, Cuba, in April and May 1952, and larvae were observed mining
the leaves in May. The adults feed on the leaves. The chalcid Spilochalcis
odontotae Howard was reared from pupae (Krauss, 1953). In April 1953,
87 of the adult beetles were sent to Honolulu. In June 1956 several adults
found on Lantana leaves at San Vicente, Vinales Valley, Cuba, were col¬
lected and forwarded to Honolulu. None of these were released. Patricia
Vaurie (Vaurie, 1956) has published observations made in Cuba on this

insect.

Octotoma sp. probably plicatula (Fabricius)

Adults of this species were seen on Lantana at Zamorano, Honduras,
altitude about 2,400 ft., in September 1953. Fifty-seven were sent to
Honolulu and three were released at Hookena, island of Hawaii, on May
10, 1954. It is not known to be established. Adults were seen on Lantana
at Turrialba, Costa Rica, in September 1953, at Cartago, Costa Rica, in
November 1953, at Veracruz, Mexico, in June 1955, and at Cordoba,
Veracruz, Mexico, in September 1955. Larvae were observed in mines in
Lantana leaves at Guatemala City, Guatemala, in August 1953 and at
Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, in August 1955.

1 Entomological Branch, State Department of Agriculture, Honolulu, Hawaii.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Octotoma scabripennis Guerin

Most of my observations on this species were made at Cuernavaca
Morelos, Mexico, elevation 5,000 ft. The adults were numerous on Pan-
tana glandulosi ssi ma Hayek leaves from June to September, larvae from
July to August, and pupae in August and September. The flattened adults
are about 7 mm. long, rugose and black in color, with a brownish tinge to
the upper surface of the thorax. Larvae are flattened and whitish or yellow¬
ish in color, and the pLipae in the mines are yellowish. There are sometimes
t\vo or three mines in a single leaf. The adults feed on the upper surfaces
oi the leaves, leaving characteristic scars. This insect was also found on
Lantana at Veracruz and Cordoba in the State of Veracruz, at Revolcadero
in Guerrero, and at Oaxaca and Mitla in Oaxaca. Octotoma sp., probably
scabripennis, was observed at San Salvador, Santa Tecla, and Santa Ana,
El Salvador on the same plant. In August 1955 l found larvae, pupae and
adults on Lippia umbellata Cav. ( Verbenaceae) at Cuernavaca, Mexico.

I he parasites Spilochalcis sp. (Chalcidae) and Calliephialtes sp. (Ich-
neumonidae) were reared from larvae in Mexico in 1955.

The first shipment of Octotoma scabripennis (adults and larvae) were
sent to Honolulu from Cuernavaca, Mexico, by John Mann, Entomologist
ot the Queensland, Australia, Department of Public Lands, and the writer
in July and August 1953, and Mann sent additional material in September.
The writer sent further shipments from Cordoba, Mexico, in May and
June 1955, and from Cuernavaca in July 1955, August and September
1955 (many larvae, pupae and adults), June and July 1959 (many adults),
and August 1959 (many larvae, pupae and a few adults). The first re¬
lease was made at Kunia, Oahu, in November 1953 and further releases
were made on Oahu, Hawaii, Kauai, and Molokai later. The insect was
not found established until August 1963, when it was observed at White
Sands, Kona, island of Hawaii. It has not yet been found on the other
islands.

Uroplata j ulvopustulata (Baly)

: Larvae in leaf mines on Lantana and adults on the leaves were col-

; lected at Summit, Panama Canal Zone, in June and July 1953. The
braconid Bracon sp. was reared from larvae in July. In December 1953
larvae, pLipae, and adults were found at Gamboa, Summit, and Pedro
Miguel in the Canal Zone, and at Nata and Pedregal in the Republic of
Panama. Many were found in a small plant growing in partial shade at
Gamboa. Adults were noted on plants at Summit, C.Z., in November 1961,
a larva in a mine at Sa~o Paulo, Brazil, in March 1954, and a number of
adults on Lantana leaves at Revolcadero, Guerrero, Mexico, in July 1959.

I Larvae and adults of Uroplata sp., probably / ulvopustulata, were seen on
plants at Sao Paulo, Brazil in April 1961. Adults, larvae, and pupae were
sent to Honolulu from the Canal Zone and Panama in December 1953-
adults from Revolcadero, Mexico, in July 1959; and larvae, pupae and
adults (of U. sp. probably fulvopustulata ) from Sao Paulo in April 1961;
but none of these shipments was released. This species is known from
Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama, Venezuela, and Brazil.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Uroplata girardi Pic

This is a species recorded from Brazil, Paraguay, and Argentina. I
found it at Vitoria, Espirito Santo, Brazil, in July 1961. Larvae and pupae
in mines in the leaves and adults on the leaves of Lantana were found
mostly on plants in shaded areas. The eulophid parasite Dicladocerus sp.
was reared from larvae. One lot of adults and immature stages of the
beetle was sent to Honolulu. Releases were made in Lawai Valley and
Grove Farm, Kauai, beginning in December 1961. The beetle is well
established now in Lawai Valley. A larva was found in a mine at Recife,
Pernambuco, Brazil, in October 1961. Uroplata sp., probably girardi, was
observed at Asuncion, Paraguay, in July 1961 ; there were larvae and pupae
in mines and adults on the leaves.

Literature Cited

Krauss, Noel L. H.

1953 Notes on insects associated with Lantana in Cuba. Proc. Hawaiian Ent.
Soc. 15(1) : 123-125.

Vaurie, Patricia

1956. Octotoma gundlachi mining Lantana leaves in Cuba. Coleop. Bull. 10(5):
80.

LITERATURE NOTICE

THE GENUS BARIS GERMAR IN CALIFORNIA (COLEOPTERA CUR-
CULIONIDAE). By Edward E. Gilbert. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent. 34:1-153, lllus.
1964 _ This treatment of the stem borers has sections on morphology, biology, dis¬

tribution, and systematics. Host preferences are discussed at length. Thirteen Cal¬
ifornia species are described, illustrated, and keyed in the adult, pupal, and larval
stages when available.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

B-P-HYDROXYPHENYLETHYLAMINE - HYDROCHLORIDE
ON TROX SP. (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)

By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.1

The enzyme, Tyrosinase, has been implicated in the darkening and hard-
emng of the insect cuticle (Pryor, 1940). This enzyme is known to catalyze
the oxidation of the amino-acid Tyrosine to 3, 4-dihydroxyphenylalanine.
Pryor, Russell, and Todd (1946) reported upon the occurrence of Pro-
tacatechine 3, 4-diphydroxyphenylacetic and 3, 4-dihydroxyphenyllactic
acids in insects. The substances are derivable from 3, 4-dihydroxyphenyla-
lanine, as is also Melanin.

Another pathway of 3, 4-dihydroxyphenylalanine metabolism is cata¬
lyzed by the enzyme 3, 4-dihydroxyphenylalanine decarboxylase, which has
hitherto been reported only in animal tissues (Holtz and Credner, 1952).
This leads to the formation of 3, 4-dihydroxyphenlethylamine or Hydroxy-
tyrosine. This latter reaction could conceivably take place in the insects, if
the 3, 4-dihydroxyphenylalanine decarboxylase were found to be present.

During the course of some studies on beetles associated with carrion it
was noted that a number of these beetles had small hexagonal white crystals
firmly imbedded in the rough sculpturing of the elytra. They were particular¬
ly noticeable on the elytra of several specimens of Trox sp. These beetles
feed on the dried skin of decayed animals, and because of their habits they
are normally covered with sand, mud, and particles of organic material
dried onto their bodies. Upon washing in hot water, a practice often
necessary before identification, these specimens did not lose the crystals
from their elytra. When examined more closely under a binocular micro¬
scope it was observed that the crystals were imbedded in the surface of the
elytra. The only explanation of their presence is that they must have
appeared there while the elytra were still soft.

Several other collections of beetles of this genus were examined and
similar but fewer crystals were observed on their elytra. Of the 20 specimens

collected, 14 had crystals imbedded in their elytra, from 10 to 20 crystals
per beetle.

A few simple biochemical tests were performed, using a hot stage micro¬
scope, and the crystals were identified as B-p-hydroxyphenylethylamine-
hydrochloride. The difficulty of working with such a small quantity and the
lack of any of this substance in pure form to try a mixed melting point test
introduces several possibilities of error. However, considering the tests run
and the physical properties of the crystals, and also the fact that this sub¬
stance is known to be an animal product (generally associated with decay,

however), it seems reasonable to conclude that these crystals were cor¬
rectly identified.

1 Department of Biology, The Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Literature Cited

Holtz, P., and K. Credner

1952. Arch Expl. Path. Pharmakol 199: 145.

Pryor, M. G. M.

1940. Proc. Roy. Soc., London, ser. B 128: 378.

Pryor, M. G. M., P. B. Russell, and A. R. Todd
1946. Biochem. Journ. 40: 627.

UNUSUAL HOST RECORDS FOR GYMNAETRON PASCUORUM,
HEXARTHRUM ULKEI, CHALCODERMUS AENEUS, AND HY¬
PER A NIGRIROSTRIS (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE) .

Adults of Gymnaetron pascuorum (Gyllenhal) were found on the bark of Picea
pungens, at Portland, Oregon, in 1960, by R. Witt, and adults were reared from the
spikes of Plantago lanceolcita, at 3 miles east of Aumsville, Oregon, in 1963, by E. A.
Dickason. G. pascuorum is a European species introduced into the United Mates
and is most commonly found in the eastern states breeding in Plantago lanceolata.
I have also identified this weevil from tunnels of the “dogwood borer, Thamno-
sphecia scitula (Harris) (Lepidoptera: Aegeriidae), from McMinn Co., Tennessee, in
1962. G. pascuorum was previously reported as being associated with Tenodera sp.
eggs (Orthoptera: Mantidae) by Gurney (1959, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 61.24).

Many larvae of Chalcodermus aeneus Boheman were found feeding in carrot
tubers, and adults were found in a field adjacent to a field of carrots m Weslaco,
Texas, in March 1961. C. aeneus, known as the ‘cowpea curcuho/ breeds in the pods
of cowpeas and related legumes. The specimens were received from the Campbell
Soup Research Farm, Riverton, New Jersey.

Hypera nigrirostris (F.), commonly known as the Messer clover leaf weevil,’ was
collected in Addison Co., Vermont, on birds-foot trefoil. Birds-foot trefoil, a legume
belonging to the genus Lotus, is being grown in the New England states as a forage
crop. The beetles were sent by the University of Vermont, and the accompanying
letter stated that a 25-acre field was destroyed.

Hexarthrum ulkei Horn was found feeding in laminated shelves in a shoe store
in Ahoskie, North Carolina, on Sept. 4, 1959. H. ulkei is usually found in old
dry flooring, timbers, and beams. The specimens were received from D. L. Wray,
Raleigh, North Carolina.— Rose Ella Warner, Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U. S. De¬
partment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

-BACK ISSUES

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol.

1949, 6 issues

(Nos. 1 & 2 o.p.) $5.00

$1.00

Vol.

1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

10,

1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

11,

1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol.

12,

1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol.

13,

1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

14,

1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

is,

1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

16,

1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

17,

1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue/ N.E.
Washington 17, D. C.

Send today for your copy of—

"PYGMIES AND PYGMOIDS:

TWIDES OF TROPICAL AFRICA”

Martin Gusinde, S.V.D.

JANUARY 1955 ISSUE OF
ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY

• This interesting and educational article is
based on the author’s original observations,
and includes a complete bibliography on the
“PYGMIES.”

Price: $1.00 Postpaid
Anthropological Quarterly
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E., Washington 17, D. C.

Now in its 37th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

<rfo

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

( Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Are., N.E. Washington 17, D. C.

VOLUME 18 DECEMBER (No. 4) J 1964

r - ■ ■ / r P

!'■ L / id 00

BRUCHIDAE: On Neltumius, by Kingsolver . 105

CURCULIONIDAE: On Sphenophorus cicatristriatus, by Warner 111

HYDROPHILIDAE: New Berosus, by Wooldridge . 97

LAMPYRIDAE: Brachypterous female Photinus, by Lloyd . 127

SCARABAEIDAE: On Ataenius, by Cartwright . 101

SCARAB AEIDAE: Range extensions, by Russell . 121

SCARABAEIDAE: On Oxygrylius, by Hardy . 122

STAPHYLINIDAE: On Orus, by Herman . 112

J- fT T tiv.;,

I..AK 12 WuS

\ \PRARY

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS

WASHINGTON 17, D. C. , r,

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington 17, D. C. and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a year
beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Coleopterists
Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be addressed to
the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

0. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P Street, N.W.,
Washington 6, D. C. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should be sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the
right to use articles out of order in the
interest of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin
will be considered. Articles with illustra¬
tions are particularly desired, and in all

cases , descriptions of new species must be
illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
genera MUST contain keys or be cor¬
related with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 18 December (No. 4) 1964

TWO NEW SPECIES OF BEROSUS
FROM THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES
(COLEOPTERA: HYDROPHILIDAE)

By David P. Wooldridge1

The two species of Berosus described in this paper are from the collec¬
tion of Dr. Frank N. Young of the Indiana University Department of
Zoology. The specimens had been in his possession for some time, and he
was gracious enough to give me all of his undetermined material when he
learned of my interest in Berosus. Therefore, it is with pleasure that I name
the first species below in his honor.

Berosus youngi Wooldridge, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 1-3)

The presence of a more or less triangular black spot on each side of the
pronotum, about two-thirds of the distance from the midline toward the
margin, will readily separate this species from all other Berosus found in
the Eastern United States.

HOLOTYPE: Florida, Broward County, canal near Davie, Frank N. Young
ix. 9. 1 950. To be deposited in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology.

Description of Holotype— Male. Length 4.0 mm.; width 2.1 mm. Head: Shiny
black, with a faint metallic blue luster, bronzed slightly around the eyes; moderately
closely, but evenly, punctate, except much more coarsely so around the eyes. Labrum
shiny black, except testaceous at the center of the anterior margin; punctation of
labrum very variable in size and almost confluent, each puncture with a short golden
hair, the very fine hairs most noticeable along the anterior margin. Antennae and
palpi yellowish. Pronotum: Dark yellowish-brown with black markings as follows-
An elongate longitudinal vitta on each side of the middle, leaving a narrow pale
region between; a triangular black spot 2/3 of the distance from the midline toward
the margin on each side, situated with the base of the triangle parallel to the margin
and with the apex pointing toward the disk (figure 1). Moderately coarsely punctate
the punctures not particularly close; less coarsely punctate than the head except for
several series of very coarse punctures. The disk faintly alutaceous, more so toward
the side margins. Scutellum: Black, shining; middle closely, coarsely punctate with
margins alutaceous. Elytra: Dark yellowish-brown with striae and punctures piceous-
stnal punctures close and deep on the disk, separated by about the diameter of a
puncture, striae slightly impressed between punctures on the disk, becoming more
deeply impressed on the declivity; lateral striae becoming less impressed Intervals

1 Department of Zoology, Southern Illinois University, Alton, Illinois.

ISSUED FEB 5-65

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

coarsely punctate, punctures arranged more or less in rows, but somewhat irregular.
Elytral maculations piceous, located as follows. Three in a diagonal series from the
humerus to just before the middle: one on the humerus, one on the 5th interval, and
a somewhat geminate spot on the 2nd and 3rd interval with the spot on the 2nd
being very weak. A transverse series of faint spots just behind the middle: one at
the margin, one on the 4th and 5th interval with a faint streak on the 6th, and one
on the 2nd interval, the last being a little farther back than the other two. A
geminate spot about half-way between these three and the apex, followed by another
spot just before the apex, these last two spots on the 4th and 5th intervals. Each
elytron is also piceous at the apex. Ventral surface: Piceous. Legs yellowish; basal
half of profemora granular on both sides, granulation extending about 2/3 of the
way from base to apex; meso- and metafemora with granulation somewhat more
extended ventrally, but dorsally mostly smooth except for narrow bands crossing
each diagonally. Basal segments of protarsi only moderately dilated, the first with a
dense brush of hairs on the distal 2/3, 2nd and 3rd segments each with a few hairs.
First abdominal sternite with a median carina extending 1/3 to 1/2 way across its
width. Emargination of the 5th abdominal sternite with two small, fine, close teeth
which are somewhat concealed by a low crest projecting under them. Aedeagus:
Seen dorsally, the parameres are individually rather pointed, but together, the points
come together to form a somewhat rounded tip. The sides of the parameres are
sinuate and slightly flared before the extremity; the penis is rather broad and abrupt¬
ly pointed (figure 2). In side view, the parameres slope smoothly and gently to the
tips (figure 3).

Figures 1-3, Berosus youngi, new species. 1 — pronotum. 2 — aedeagus, lateral view.
3 — aedeagus, dorsal view.

Figures 4-5, Berosus corrini, new species. 4-aedeagus, lateral view. 5 aedeagus,
dorsal view.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

ALLOTYPE: Same locality data as holotype. Female. Length 3.9 mm.; width
2.1 mm. .Similar to male except as follows. Head, pronotum and scutellum more
strongly alutaceous. Protarsi simple; granulation on legs more nearly reaching apex
of femora than on male, at least on the ventral surface. Teeth in the emargination
of the 5th sternite more widely separated and more distinct; no crest below them.

PARATYPES: 4 $ , 9 9 , same data as holotype and allotype. Additional para-
types are designated as follows. FLORIDA. 33,89, Alachua Co., Lake Lochloosa
(pond), n.3.1937, F. N. Young; 1 9 , Alachua Co., flatwoods near Lake Lochloosa,
n.3.1937, C. J. Goin and F. N. Young; 1 3 , Franklin Co., roadside ditch near St.
Teresa, vi.5.1938, F. N. Young; I3, Glades Co., roadside ditch near Palmdale,
v. 25. 1946, F. N. Young; 1 3 , Levy Co., cypress pond near Lennon, iv.9.1937, F. N.
Young; GEORGIA. 13,19, Clinch Co., ditch 2 mi. W. of Homerville, x.28.1938
F. N. Young and H. H. Hobbs.

VARIATION: Length 3.6-4. 1 mm. The degree of metallic lustre on the head
varies greatly from one specimen to another. The maculations of the elytra and
pronotum vary in darkness and extent. The pronotal maculations, particularly the
lateral ones, are occasionally piceous rather than black. All punctation is exceeding
variable in coarseness, as is the degree and extent of the alutaceous sculpture in
both sexes.

LARVA: Unknown.

DISTRIBUTION: Known only from Florida and Southern Georgia.

Berosus corrini Wooldridge, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 4-5)

The highly polished male pronotum, the polished elytra of both sexes,
the barely impressed discal striae, and the light general punctation will
usually separate this species from closely related forms. The shape of the
male genitalia is also distinctive.

HOLOTYPE. GEORGIA, Clinch County, near Homersville, H. H. Hobbs and
F. N. Young, x.28.1938. To be deposited in the University of Michigan Museum of
Zoology.

Description of Holotype. Male. Length 5.0 mm., width 2.4 mm. Head: Shiny
black, very faintly bronzed. Moderately coarsely punctate, punctures distinct, except
around eyes much more coarse and nearly confluent. Labrum shiny black with slight
bronzing, covered with a vestiture of readily visible but very fine hairs. Antennae
and palpi yellowish, last segment of palpi darker at tip. Pronotum: Testaceous, except
for a narrow longitudinal black vitta on each side of the middle, the two vittae
separated by a nearly impunctate region. The remainder of the pronotum punctate,
the punctures shallow and well separated on the disk, becoming deeper and closer
toward the lateral edges; nearly confluent at margins. Scutellum: Shiny black;
closely, coarsely punctate in middle with fairly wide, impunctate margins. Elytra:
Dark testaceous with striae and punctures faintly piceous to undifferentiated in
color. Discal striae, especially the incomplete 2nd stria, composed of a series of
well separated but slightly elongate punctures; punctures becoming closer on declivity.
Striae impressed laterally and past declivity, but barely or not at all on the disk.
Most lateral punctures not elongate; well separated, frequently by more than the
diameter of a puncture. Interstrial punctures less deeply impressed and more widely
separated. Elytral maculations piceous but very faint, consisting of obscure streaks
of indefinite size; only the humeral spot, the marginal spot just past the middle, and
the spot on intervals 4 and 5 at the level of the marginal spot are distinct. Ventral
surface: Piceous. Legs yellowish; femora granular ventrally as follows: Profemora,
from basal 1/5 of front margin to middle of hind margin; mesofemora, entire basal
half, metafemora, basal 5/8. Dorsal granulation of femora reduced to narrow trans¬
verse bands on meso- and metafemora. Protarsi with basal segments moderately
dilated and with a ventral pad of hairs on the 1st and 2nd segments; 3rd segment
with only a few hairs. First visible abdominal sternite with a median carina extend¬
ing acioss half its width. Last abdominal sternite with a median emargination in the

100

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

center of which are two small teeth which are well separated. Projecting below the
teeth is a small low crest which only partially conceals them. Aedeagus: Seen
dorsal ly, the parameres together are evenly rounded at the apex, and more or less
parallel-sides along their entire length (figure 4). In side view, the apex of the
paramere barely projects beyond the tip (figure 5). The penis is slender and some¬
what sinuate.

ALLOTYPE: Same locality data as holotype. Female. Length 5.2 mm., width
2.5 mm. Similar to male, but with the pronotum faintly alutaceous, especially at
sides. Head also alutaceous. Emargination of 5th abdominal sternite without a pro¬
jecting median ridge. Granulation of femora on all legs reaching farther distally than
in a male, especially on the dorsal surfaces.

PARATYPES: All collected by F. N. Young, except as noted. FLORIDA: 17 $ ,
10 9 , Alachua Co., Lake Lochloosa, ii.3.1937; 1 $ , Alachua Co., west of Gaines¬
ville, ii. 14.1949; 2 $ , Baker Co., Osceola Nat. Forest, v.12.1937; 1 $ , 1 9 , Broward
Co., canal near Davie, xii.29.1938; 6 $ , 9 9, Columbia Co., near Lulu, xii. 30.1947;
2 $ , 1 9 , Dade Co., Miami, S. N. Brown and F. N. Young; 1 $ , Jefferson Co.,
south of Lamont, iii.18.1939; 1$, Liberty Co., south of Telogia, v.2.1941; 2$,
Union Co., near Dukes, xii.30.1947. GEORGIA: 14 $ , 9 9 , same data as holotype;
12 $ , 4 9 , Clinch Co., near Dupont, x.28.1938; 1^,29, Cook Co., 3 miles north
of county line on U. S. 41, x.28.1938; 1 $ , Lowndes Co., west of Naylor, x.28.1938;
2 $ , Toombs Co., Altomaha River, viii.24.1959.

VARIATION: Length 4. 4-5. 6 mm. The major variations are in the elytral color
and maculations. A few specimens show a light background with distinct maculations,
while most are dark with obscure markings. In a few specimens the discal striae are
more definitely impressed, but all specimens show places where the strial punctures
are separated by flat surfaces.

LARVA: Unknown.

DISTRIBUTION: Known only from Florida and Southern Georgia.

The only readily available key for the Berosus of the Southeastern United
States is that of Young (1954, pp. 197-198). The two species described
here can be included in that key by substituting the following for couplet 6.

6(5). Pronotum with no markings other than a central dark spot or pair of dark spots-- 7
6. Pronotum with a triangular dark spot on each of the central spot or pair of spots;

length 3. 6-4.1 mm. - YOUNGI Wooldridge

7(6). Eytra and pronotum of female and pronotum of male distinctly microreticulate
(alutaceous), not strongly shining; elytral striae not very deeply impressed on the

disk; length variable, about 3.7 to 6.0 mm. - INFUSCATUS

7. Elytra and pronotum of male and elytra of female without evident microreticula¬
tion, appearing very smooth and shining between the coarser punctures - 8

8(7). Elytral striae rather deeply impressed, especially on disk; length about 4.0 to

5.5 mm. - STRIATUS COMPLEX

8. Elytral striae barely or not at all impressed on the disk, although strial punctures

are often strong but always well separated; length 4.4 to 5.6 mm. C0RRINI Wooldridge

Literature Cited

Young, F. N.

1954. The water beetles of Florida. Univ. Florida Stud., Biol. Sci. Ser., vol. 5,
no. 1, pp. i-ix, 1-238, figs. 1-31.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

101

LECTOTYPE DESIGNATIONS AND NEW SYNONYMY IN

THE GENUS ATAENIUS
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)

By Oscar L. Cartwright1- 2

Recently, through the courtesy and cooperation of Drs. E. B. Britton
and A. M. Villiers, I had the privilege of studying type series of many
species of Ataenius in the British Museum (Natural History), London,
England, and in the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris, France!
In the course of this study l designated and labeled specimens of various
species as lectotypes.

In the British Museum the following were chosen and labeled as lecto¬
types, all labels were printed except as noted; my notations are given in
brackets:

Ataenius strigicauda Bates, 1887: 96. 6 labels: Type [orange circle]/Sp.
figured/ Cordova/Mexico. Salle Coll/Ataenius strigicauda [hand
written]/B.C.A. Col. 11.(2). Ataenius strigicauda, Bates/.

Ataenius jalapensis Bates, 1887: 100. 5 labels: Jalapa Mexico. Hoege/
jalapensis [hand writtenj/B.C.A. Col. II (2). Ataenius polyglyptus
Bates/Type [red circle]/Ataenius abditus C.L.38 Horn/.

Ataenius polyglyptus Bates, 1887: 99. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/
Duenas, Guatemala. C. Champion/polyglyptus Bates [hand written]/
B.C.A. Coll. II (2). Ataenius polyglyptus, Bates/.

Ataenius intermedius Bates, 1887: 100. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/
V. de Chiriqui, 25-4000 ft. Champion/ polyglyptus v. intermedius
Bates [hand written]/B.C.A., Coll.II(2). Ataenius polyglyptus Bates/.
Ataenius hieronymi Bates, 1887: 100. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/
S. Geronimo, Guatemala. Champion/ Ataenius hieronymi Bates [hand
written]/B.A.C., Col.II(2). Ataenius polyglyptus, Bates/.

Ataenius mariarum Bates, 1887: 102. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/ Tres
Marias Is., W. Mexico, Forrer/Ataenius mariarium Bates [hand
wntten]/B.C.A., Col.II(2). Ataenius [blank space],/.

Ataenius scalptifrons Bates, 1887: 100. 6 labels: Type [orange circle]/
sp. figured/Cordova/Mexico. Salle Coll. /Ataenius scalptifrons Bates
[hand written]/B.C.A. Col.II(2). Ataenius [blank space]/.

Ataenius euglyptus Bates, 1887: 97. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/Las
Vigas, Mexico. Hoege/Ataenius euglyptus Bates [hand written]/
B.C.A., Coll. 11(2). Ataenius [blank space]/.

Ataenius limbatus Bates, 1887: 98. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/Presidio,
Mexico, Forrer. /Ataenius limbatus Bates [hand writtenj/B.C.A., Col!
11(2). Ataenius [blank space]/.

1 Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

- Financial assistance was provided by National Science
GB-1434.

Foundation. Grant No.

102

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Ataenius cribrithorax Bates, 1887: 95. 6 labels: Type [red circle]/Cor
dova/Salle Coll./Ataenius cribrithorax Bates [hand written] /Ataenius
cribrithorax keys apond Salle [hand written]/B.C.A., Col.II(2).
Ataenius cribrithorax Bates./.

Ataenius setiger Bates, 1887: 98. 4 labels: Type [orange circle]/Chil-
pancingo, Guerrero, Hoege. /Ataenius setiger Bates [hand written]/
B.C.A., Col.II(2) . Ataenius [blank space]/.

Ataenius liogaster Bates, 1887: 94. 2 labels: Paso Antonio, 400 ft. Cham-
pion/B.C.A., Col. II (2). Ataenius liogaster Bates/.

Aphodius pacificus Sharp, 1879: 90. 3 labels, including data on card
bearing 2 specimens [left hand specimen chosen as the lectotype]:
Aphodius pacificus Sharp. Types D.S. Honolulu, Blackburn/Type
[orange-red circle]/Sharp Coll. 1905-313/.

In the Paris Museum the following were chosen and labeled as lecto¬
type s:

Ataenius castaniellus Bates, 1887: 95. 2 labels: Zapote, Guatemala, C.
Champion/ Ataenius castaneellus Bates [hand written — the spelling
appears to be “ee” or “ae,” no “i” with a dot]./.

Oxyomus striatocrenatus Fairmaire, 1889: 14. 4 labels: Museum Paris,
Mou-pin, A. David 1870/980 [folded yellow circle]/ Ataenius striato-
crenat Fairm. [hand written]/Oxyomus striatocrenatus Frm. [hand
written]/.

A. Schmidt, 1922: 431, placed striatocrenatus Fairmaire in the
genus Ataenius; however, because the mandibles are visible beyond the
clypeus, this very large species from the interior of China should be
placed in Aegialia or a genus near it. It is not an Ataenius.

Psammodius alleonis Fairmaire, 1875: 193. 3 labels: Euria Alleon [hand
written — abbreviated or illegible — type locality given in original de¬
scription is “environs de Constantinople”]/Museum Paris, 1906, Coll.
Leon Fairmaire/Psammodius Alleonis Fairm. n.sp. Ann. 1875 [hand
written]/.

I had hoped also to designate lectotypes for the Harold species of
Ataenius in the Paris Museum but found only part of his species and many
of these were without locality labels. Apparently M. Oberthur had broken
up the Harold collection and distributed the specimens in various places
in his own collection. Those that I found were scattered among other
Ataenius species in three places in his collection: among his own Aphodii-
nae, among the Bates Ataenius there, and a few in a box of Melolonthinae.
The other Harold specimens probably are elsewhere in the Oberthur col¬
lection but I failed to find them.

The specimens identifiable as Harold specimens usually carry a small
line-bordered printed label — “Ex Musaeo E. Harold.” I consider those
specimens bearing Harold’s handwritten determination labels as true rep-

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

103

rcscntatives of his species. Even though some of these have no locality
labels, I believe we can do no better than to accept them with the status
of lectotypes. With a single exception, the following Harold species of
Ataenius were identified by Harold determination labels: simulator,
capitosus, opatrinus, intiger, opacus, picinus, scutellaris , laborator, puncti-
penis, arenosus, crenatus, attenuator, complicatus , columbicus, sculptor,
horni, sordidus, and figurator. The last named does not bear a determina¬
tion label but it is from Musaeo E. Harold and is labeled “Louisiana,” the
type locality of figurator.

In my study of types of Ataenius I found the following interesting
synonymy for two species of unusually wide distribution.

Ataenius simulator Harold, 1868: 85.

Psammodius schwarzi Linell, 1896: 721. (NEW SYNONYMY.)

Diagnostic characters: very distinct, coarse transverse granules covering
the clypeus; a few very coarse punctures near posterior angle and base of
pronotum; middle and hind femora without posterior marginal lines.

Ataenius simulator Harold was described from Mendoza, Argentina, and
schwarzi (Linell) from Jacksonville, Florida. 1 have seen North American
specimens from the states of Virginia, Tennessee, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana. South
American specimens were examined from Argentina, Chile, Uruguay.
Bolivia, and Brazil. A small series from Windsor, New South Wales,’
Australia was seen.

Ataenius simulator Harold is rarely if ever a dung feeder and though
the adults are exceedingly common at times, the larvae are rarely found.
They are sometimes attracted to lights in such numbers as to bring com¬
plaints and requests for control. An irate citizen once sent me a cupful of
specimens taken in a country church near Anderson, South Carolina, with
the statement thtat they had entered the church through open windows and
simply rained down over the congregation. I received a similar lot from
Goldsboro, North Carolina. At Blackville, South Carolina, June 4, 1938,
more than 275,000 were collected in a trap light during one night. The
estimate was made by weighing the entire lot, then weighing and counting
a smaller part of the catch. The species is apparently spreading westward
and northward from southeastern United States.

Ataenius picinus Harold, 1867:281.

Ataenius duplopunctatus Lea, 1923:6. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Ataenius salutator Fall, 1930:99. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Ataenius queirosii Paulian, 1934:219. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Ataenius darlingtoni Hinton, 1937:179. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Ataenius boucomontii Paulian, 1937:41. (NEW SYNONYMY)

104

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Diagnostic characters: crenate fimbriate lateral pronotal margins; finely
densely punctate ninth elytral intervals; posterior tibial fringe invariably a
group of four fimbriae.

I have examined holotype or cotype of all of the synonyms listed.
Ataenius picinus Harold was described from Chile, A. duplopunctatus Lea
from western Australia, A. salutator Fall from Florida, A. queirosii Paulian
from New Hebrides, A. darlingtoni Hinton from Puerto Rico, and A.
boucomonti Paulian from Australia.

I have seen specimens of picinus Harold from the United States from
South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, and
Texas. It occurs in the West Indies, in Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, Puerto
Rico, Virgin Islands, Antigua, Guadaloupe, and Grenada. South American
specimens from Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, Uruguay, Argentina, and Chile
have been examined. I have seen it also from Australia, New Zealand, Fiji,
New Caledonia, and New Hebrides.

Ataenius picinus Harold is a dung feeder. I have collected it in large
numbers in suitable areas in fresh to day-old cow dung.

Literature Cited

Bates, Henry Walter

1887. In Biol. Centr.-Amei ., Ins., Coleop. 2(2):94-102, illus.

Fairmaire, M. Leon

1875. (. . . diagnoses de trois Coleopteres nouveaux. . . .) Bull. Soc. Ent.
France (5)5:CXCIII.

1889. Coleopteres de l’unterieur de la Chine. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 9:5-84.
Fall, Henry Clinton

1930. On Ataenius strigatus Say and allied species. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
38:93-108.

von Harold, Edgar

1867. Die chilensischen Aphodiden. Berliner Ent. Zeit. 11:278-282.

1868. Diagnosen neuer Coprophagen. Col. Hefte 3:80-86.

Hinton Howard E.

1937. Descriptions of new American Ataenius, with notes on others. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)20:177-196.

Lea, Arthur M.

1923. On Australian Aphodiides. Proc Roy. Soc. Victoria 3 6 : ( 1 ) : 2-20.
Linell, Martin L.

1896. New species of North American Coleoptera of the family Scarabaeidae.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 18( 1096) :72 1-73 1.

Paulian, Renaud

1934. Deaux nouveaux coprophages des Nouvelles-Hebrides. Rev. Franc. Ent.
1:219-221.

1977. Trois nouveaux Ataenius de la region australienne. Misc. Ent. 38(5):
41-43.

Schmidt, Adolf

1922. Aphodiinae. Das Tierreich, Lief 45:1-164.

Sharp, D.

1879. On some Coleoptera from the Hawaiian Islands. Trans. Ent. Soc. London
1879:77-105.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

105

THE GENUS NELTUMIUS (COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE)

By John M. Kingsolver1

The genus Neltumius was erected by Bridwell in 1946 for the species
Bruchus arizonensis Schaeffer. Bridwell did not present a formal descrip¬
tion of the genus and it is necessary to rely upon the characters used in
the key to genera included in the paper. Bradley, also in 1946, transferred
two more species, Bruchus gibbothorax Schaeffer and Bruchus texanus
Schaeffer, to Neltumius and included a short generic description. No other
species are known which can be referred to this genus. None of the in¬
cluded species have been illustrated heretofore.

Neltumius Bridwell

Neltumius Bridwell, 1946, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(2) :54; Bradley,
1946, Psyche 53:35.

Ground color black; vestiture of black, white, gray, and ochreous hairlike scales
arranged in distinctive patterns. Head carinate, sparsely covered with hairs, puncta-
ti°n fine; eyes black or brown, deeply emarginate; antennae serrate, reaching base of
elytra, similar in the two sexes. Prothorax strongly convex, gibbous; depressed ante-
scutellar area marked with white; apex rounded; pleura concave, without lateral
canna or margin, base markedly lobed in middle third, laterad of lobe sinuate;
posterior angles acute. Elytra together slightly longer than wide; apices separately
rounded with apical margin finely serrate, lateral margins straight or slightly arcuate;
striae well-marked, deep strial punctures setose, teeth absent at bases of striae;
humeri granulate or with fine transverse carina. Front coxae nearly contiguous at
apices, separated basally by narrow triangular prosternum; middle coxae separated by
rounded mesosternal plate, hind coxae nearly contiguous, each hind coxa about 114
times as wide as hind femur; each hind femur with shallowly silicate ventral margin
and with a small single tooth on inner margin of sulcus at apical fourth; apex of
each hind tibia with 5 to 7 short teeth surrounding insertion of basitarsus, basitarsus
Wi times as long as remaining four segments; claws lobed at base. First abdominal
sternite three times as long as second; second, third and fourth subequal; fifth slightly
longer and shallowly emarginate in male but unmodified in female. Pygidium grayish
with vague or bold darker markings, nearly vertical.

General discussion: Neltumius does not seem to be closely related to
any of the other recognized species groupings in the New World. A broad
study of world genera of Bruchidae may be necessary to elucidate the
relationships of this genus. The structure of the hind femur indicates
that it might be an offshoot of the Old World Bruchidius complex, but
other characters need to be confirmed. Bradley thought that the species in
Neltumius were probably close relatives of Gibbobruchus mimus (Say)
because of the gibbous prothorax in mimus; but this relationship is remote
because of the greatly swollen hind femora with several teeth and the
broad, flat body shape of mimus. Gibbobruchus Pic embraces several
species in the tropics and appears to be a close relative of Specularius
Bridwell and Caryedes Hummel.

1 Entomology Research Division. Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agricul¬
ture, Washington, D. C.

106

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

The wing venation of Neltumius is of a fairly consistent type peculiar
to most Bruchidae and does not indicate any primitive or specific charac¬
teristics.

The distribution of Neltumius is apparently restricted to the Sonoran
Desert areas of the United States and probably includes parts of Mexico
although records are lacking from that country.

Host plant records indicate a preference for species of Prosopis, the
common and the screwbean mesquite, but further collections are needed.
Mesquite is host to several species of Bruchidae. Neltumius arizonenis has
been reared several times from Prosopis juliflora and N. gibbothorax from
P. odorata (screwbean) by Mr. C. D. Johnson. Other records from other
host plants may be merely those of adult feeding. More care is needed
in recording the true host relationships.

Only two host records are known for Neltumius texanus. If they truly
reflect the host relationships of this species, they indicate a radical de¬
parture from the habits of the other two species in the genus and indeed
from known food habits of other Bruchidae. I suspect that the records for
texanus may reflect only accidental hosts or adult feeding.

Key to the Species of Neltumius

1 Hind tibia uniformly gray. Dorsum of body mostly grayish-white with prominent
patches of dark brown and ochreous setae. Single median gibbosity near anterior
margin of prothorax. Prominent elongated white spot at middle of the third interval

of elytra. Fine transverse carina on each humerus - GIBBOTHORAX (Schaeffer)

Hind tibia with brown band at middle of posterior margin. Dorsum with strongly
contrasting dark brown and grayish elongated patches. Third interval with two or
more elongated white patches separated by dark brown. Humerus carinate or

granulate - 7

2. Prothorax with prominent paired gibbosities separated by shallow median and trans¬
verse channels, posterior pair more prominent than anterior pair. Humerus with

fine transverse carina - ARIZONENSIS (Schaeffer)

Prothorax with gibbosities and channel only slightly indicated. Humerus granulate

_ TEXANUS (Schaeffer)

Neltumius gibbothorax (Schaeffer)

(Figs. 1-10)

Bruchus gibbothorax Schaeffer, 1904, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 12:230; Fall,
1910, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 36:162.

Neltumius gibbothorax: Bradley, 1946, Psyche 53:36.

Color: Dorsum clothed with brown, ochreous, and gray hairs in distinctive pattern
(fig. 1); sides and venter with intermixed gray and ochreous hairs; legs evenly clothed
with gray hairs; antennae piceous with gray pubescence. Head: Antennae as in fig. 10.
Fine black median carina extending from interocular fovea nearly to the epistomal
suture; vertex finely punctate; frons densely clothed with ochreous and gray hairs,
labrum finely granulate. Prothorax: Subconical, pleura slightly concave; disk densely
covered with ochreous and gray hairs, gibbosity with vaguely defined paired brown
blotches; antescutellar area lighter gray; base lobed at middle; apex rounded. Elytra:
Evenly convex, slightly depressed in scutellar region; humeri prominent and with a
fine, serrate, transverse carina connecting bases of striae 6 and 7; striae deep and
narrow, strial punctures unisetose. Scutellum white. Length of body: Apex of pro¬
thorax to apex of pygidium, 2. 5-4.0 mm.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

107

Male: Pygidium (fig. 7) evenly convex, uniformly clothed with gray and ochreous
intermixed hairs, sometimes with indistinct darker spot in middle; short tuft of grav
hans in middle of first abdominal sternite; posterior margin of last sternite deeplv
and broadly emargmate; genitalia (figs. 2, 3, 4, 6) with ventral valve U-shaped
sepaiated fioni apex of median lobe by lightly sclerotized area; everted endophallus
girdled by a band of acicular spicules; paired reniform sclerites located laterally
neai base; paired terminal sclerites as in fig. 6; parameres deeply divided, rounded at
apices (fig. 3). ’ £U

Fema/e: Pygidium (fig. 8) somewhat gibbous at apex; basal half colored as in male
apical half with darker oblong spot divided by lighter median line; first sternite with¬
out tuft of hairs; last sternite not emarginate.

Figurls 1-10, Neltumius gibbothorax. 1 — Body, dorsal view. 2 — Aedeagus, lateral
view. 3— Parameres, dorsal view. 4 — Aedeagus, ventral view. 5 — Prothorax and head,
lateral view 6— Terminal sclerite of endophallus. 7— Pygidium of male. 8— Pygidium
ot temale. 9 — Posterior femur, inner aspect. 10 — Antenna.

108

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Material examined: ARIZONA: Pinal Mts. (Type locality, lectotype 9 ,
U.S.N.M. No. 42286); Ft. Yuma, Jan. 20, Apr. 12, Aug. 20, Hubbard
& Schwarz; Tacna, May; Alamo Crossing, Bill Williams River, Nov. 21,
1956, ex pods of Prosopis odorata; Colorado River at Parker, Aug. 15,
1963, C. A. Taschi, at light; 5 miles west of Laveen, Nov. 28, 1959, C. D.
Johnson, on Prosopis odorata; Bullhead City, Apr. 2, 1956, Werner and
Butler, on alfalfa; Phoenix, Feb. 14, 1960, C. D. Johnson, on Prosopis
odorata. CALIFORNIA: 21 miles north of Blythe, Dec. 8, 1959, C. D.
Johnson, ex seeds of Prosopis odorata; Blythe, June 1, 1956, E. I. Smith,
Prosopis pubescens seeds. NEVADA: Glendale, May 12, 1930, E. W.
Davis, on Pluchea sericea. UTAH: St. George, July, Wickham. MEXICO:
No specific locality, collected Feb. 1, 1949, in Plant Quarantine Division,
U.S.D.A., inspection in seeds of Prosopis (Strombocarpa) pubescens.

Discussion: This species is closely related to arizonensis , from which
it can easily be distinguished by the uniformly gray tibiae, anteriorly placed
prothoracic gibbosity, predominantly gray vestiture, and vaguely marked
pygidium. From texanus, it is distinguished by the carinate humerus,
uniformly gray tibiae, distinctive male genitalia, and other characters given
in the key.

The male genitalia of gibbothorax and arizonensis are almost indis¬
tinguishable. The only difference I have detected so far is in the shape
of the terminal sclerites (figs. 6 and 15), but these may prove to be too
variable to be reliable. External characteristics are apparently constant.

Neltumius arizonensis (Schaeffer)

(Figs. 11-15)

Bruchus arizonensis Schaeffer, 1904, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 12:229; Fall,
1910, Trans. Amer Ent. Soc. 36:162.

Neltumius arizonensis: Bridwell, 1946, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci 36(2) :54,
(generic description); Bradley, 1946, Psyche 53:36.

Color: Dorsum clothed with black and intermixed gray and ochreous hairs in
contrasting pattern (fig. 11); sides and venter with gray and ochreous hairs in
mottled patterns; legs gray with brown spot or band near apex of each femur and
in middle of lateral face of each tibia; antennae piceous with gray pubescence.
Head: Antennae as in fig. 10; median carina glossy, nearly covered by the gray
and ochreous hairs of frons; vertex finely punctate; labrum slightly sulcate. Pro¬
thorax: Subconical, pleura slightly concave; disk with a gray cruciform indentation
separating four dark brown or black gibbosities; antescutellar area whitish-gray.
Elytra: Evenly convex, slightly depressed in scutellar region; humeri prominent with
finely serrate, transverse carina between bases of striae 6 and 7; dorsal pattern
composed of gray, ochreous, and black hairs; striae deep and narrow, strial punctures
distinct, unisetose. Scutellum white. Length of body: Apex of pronotum to apex of
pygidium, 2. 5-4.0 mm.

Male: Pygidium (fig. 13) evenly convex, gray-ochreous with short, transverse,
dark bar in middle and paired longitudinal marks near margin of apex; short tuft
of gray hairs in middle of first abdominal sternite; posterior margin of last sternite
deeply and broadly emarginate; genitalia discussed under gibbothorax.

Female: Pygidium (fig. 14) somewhat gibbous at apex, gray-ochreous with dark
T-shaped mark in apical half connected with vague spots near apex, narrow median
line gray-ochreous; first sternite without hair tuft; last sternite not emarginate.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

109

Figures 11-15, Neltumius arizonensis. 11 — Body, dorsal view. 12 — Prothorax and
head, lateral view. 13 — Pygidium of male. 14 — Pygidium of female. 15 — Terminal
sclerite of endophallus.

Figures 16-25, Neltumius texanus. 16 — FTead and prothorax, lateral view. 17 _

Body, dorsal view. 18. Pygidium of male. 19 — Pygidium of female. 20 — Aedeagus,
lateral view. 21 — Ventral valve, caudal view. 22 — Aedeagus, ventral view. 23 —
Parameres, caudal view. 24 — Parameres, dorsal view. 25 — Aedeagus, apex dorsal
view.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Material examined: ARIZONA: Pinal Mts. (Type locality, $ holotype,
U.S.N.M. No. 42285); Miami, 1941, R. L. Furniss, on Prosopis chilensis,
Nov. 22, 1959, C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora; Yuma Co., no
date; Tucson, May 1, Hubbard & Schwarz, Sept. 2, 1959, H. P. Koenig,
Dec. 1953, G. D. Butler, in gin trash, June 11, 1954, M. Cazier, July 23,
1938; Sacaton, Nov. 1, 1935, ex Prosopis velutina; Wickenburg, Dec. 18,
1959, C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora; Scottsdale, Dec. 6, 1959,
C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora ; 20 miles north of Florence,
Nov. 22, 1959, C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora; 5 miles west of
Laveen, Nov. 28, 1959, C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora; Ft.
McDowell, Nov. 18, 1959, C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora;
Globe, July 4, D. K. Duncan; Arivaca, July 26, 1941, R. H. Beamer.
CALIFORNIA: El Centro, Jan. 15, 1945, in mesquite pods; Indio, Sept.
15, 1929; Bard, Oct., 1920, ex seeds Prosopis chilensis; Blythe, Feb. 20,
1957, C. Tyndall, Dec. 18, 1959, C. D. Johnson, ex seeds Prosopis juliflora;
Calexico, Jan. 1, 1945, ex mesquite pods, May 15, 1911. TEXAS: El Paso
Co., May 25, 1961, on Chilopsis linearis; Presidio, Apr. 27, 1950, J. H.
Russell, in light trap. NEVADA: Overton, Apr. 15, 1930, D. Fox on
Covillea tridentata.

Discussion: The differences between arizonensis and gibbothorax are
discussed under the latter. From texanus, arizonensis is distinguished by the
slightly larger size, carinate humerus, more prominent prothoracic gib¬
bosities, presence of a hair tuft on the basal sternite in the male, and the
distinctive genitalia.

Neltumius texanus (Schaeffer)

(Figs. 16-25)

Bruchus texanus Schaeffer, 1904, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 12:231; Fall, 1910,
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 36:162.

Neltumius texanus: Bradley, 1946, Psyche 53:36.

Color: Dorsum clothed with brown, gray, and ochreous hairs in distinctive pattern
(fig. 17); sides and venter with intermixed gray and ochreous hairs; legs clothed
with gray and ochreous hairs with median brown band on posterolateral face of
each tibia; antennae piceous with gray pubescence. Head: Median carina glossy black;
frons sparsely covered with gray and ochreous hairs; head finely punctate; labrum
bare, somewhat sulcate, yellowish brown at apex. Prothorax: Subcorneal, pleura
slightly concave; disk convex with paired brown, obsolete tuberosities near base
flanking triangular white antescutellar patch; vaguely defined paired brown spots at
apex; base strongly lobed at middle, sinuate laterally, posterior corners acute; apex
rounded. Elytra: Evenly convex; humeri prominent, granulate, lacking serrate carina
of preceding two species; striae narrow and deep with setiferous punctures hardly
discernible; scutellum white. Length of body: Apex of pronotum to apex of pygidium,
2. 0-2. 5 mm.

Male: Pygidium (fig. 18) evenly convex, whitish-gray in basal third, mixed gray
and ochreous with narrow median gray line in apical third; posterior margin of last
abdominal sternite slightly emarginate, apical margin of eighth tergite visible between
pygidium and last sternite; tuft of hair on first abdominal sternite in first two
species lacking in this species; genitalia with ventral valve deltoid (fig. 21), dorsal
valve membranous (fig. 25); endophallus armed with acicular spicules but without
terminal or reniform sclerites. Parameres (figs. 23 and 24) deeply divided, armed
at apices with stout spines.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

1 1 1

Female: Pygidium (fig. 19) with triangular gray spot in middle of base flanked
by ochreous spots; faint, brown, transverse median band interrupted by median line

of gray; paired vague brown spots near apical margin; last abdominal sternite not
emarginate.

Material examined: TEXAS: Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville May 2
(Type locality, 9 holotype, U.S.N.M. No. 42287); Victoria, Apr.’ 6, 1911,
J. D. Mitchell, on Xanthoxylum clava-herculis; San Antonio, May 10
1907, E. A. Schwarz; San Diego, May 18 and 31, Hubbard & Schwarz-
Winter Haven, May 26, 1949, ear berries Condalia obovata; Brownsville’
Apr. 28, 1904, May 18-22, 1904, June, Wickham, July 2, 1945, on cotton,’
July 6, 1945, A. J. Chapman. ARIZONA: Mesa, May 13, 1940.

Disc ussion. This species, although obviously belonging to N eltumius ,
is quite distinctive in several respects. The granulate humeri, the lack of a
tuft of hairs on the basal abdominal sternite of the male, and the radically
different male genitalia all indicate a distinctly separate line of evolution
within the genus. T exanus resembles arizonensis more closely than it does
gibbothorax in the color pattern and in the brown-banded tibiae. I was not
able to successfully evert the endophallus of texanus but it apparently lacks
the larger sclerites found in the other two species.

Acknowledgments

M°st °f the records in this paper were taken from material deposited in the
U. S. National Museum Collections. I wish to thank Mr. C. D. Johnson of the
University of California, Dr. George Byers of the University of Kansas, Dr Floyd
Werner of the University of Arizona, and Mrs. Patricia Vaurie of the American
Museum of Natural History for loans of additional specimens.

SPHENOPHORUS CICATRISTRIATUS. DAMAGING BLUE GRASS
LAWNS IN WASHINGTON STATE (COLEOPTERA: CURCULION-
IDAE).

Specimens of Sphenophorus cicatristriatus Fahrs., damaging blue grass lawns were
collected by E. C. Klosermeyer, in Benton Co., Washington, June 3, 1963. Larvae
were found feeding on the roots, and adults were collected in association with the
arvae. Some lawns had several square yards of grass killed, with as many as six
larvae per square foot. This species has a known distribution from Alberta, through
North Dakota and Montana south to Mexico City, Vera Cruz, and Yucatan. Material
in the U. S. National Museum collection is from the following states: North Dakota
Nebraska, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico, and now Washington. The North
Dakota and Wyoming specimens were collected in short grass near alkali lakes and
at a dry saline lake. No additional biological information is available. — Rose Ella
Warner, Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

112

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

A REVISION OF ORUS CASEY.

I. SUBGENUS LEUCORUS CASEY AND A NEW SUBGENUS
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)

By Lee H. Herman, Jr.1 2 3 4

Casey (1905) differentiated Leucorus from the closely related genera
Orus and Pycnorus by an edentate or bidentate labrum and a body color
of . . always pale ferrugineus . . (Casey 1905, p. 192). Species of the
other two genera were considered uniformly piceous or black with a
quadridentate labrum. Some specimens of two species of Leucorus are
found, in this revision, to be testaceous and specimens of the subgenus Orus
to be castaneous or testaceous. The three genera are separated from other
Scopaeina by the wide neck.

Originally included in Leucorus were four species: L. ferrugineus, de¬
scribed from a male specimen; L. rubens, from a male and female; L.
luridus, from a female; and L. ochrinus, from two females. Two species,
Orus volans and Orus cameroni, were described and included in Leucoi us
by Blackwelder (1943).

Bernhauer and Schubert (1912) included Leucorus, Orus and Pycnorus
as subgenera of Scopaeus Erichson. Leng (1920) listed these three ex¬
clusively new world groups as separate genera but Blackwelder (1939a,
1939b), based on his generic revision of the Paederini, fixed the type-
species of Leucorus, Orus and Pycnorus and reduced each of them to sub¬
genera of Orus where they remain. Orus guatemalenus Sharp, 1886 re¬
mained, incorrectly, in Scopaeus, was emended (unjustifiably) to S. guate-
malensis (Bernhauer and Schubert, 1912), and listed as such by Black¬
welder (1944).

Measurements used in this paper are taken as follows: the width is of the
widest portion; the length of the head is from the anterior portion of the
clypeus to the posterior margin of the head; the prothoracic length is the
greatest dorsal midline length; and the elytral length is along the midline
from the posterior margin of the scutellum to the most posterior margin of
the elytra.

Acknowledgments. I thank the following for loans of material used in
this portion of the revision: Mr. O. L. Cartwright and Dr. P. J. Spangler,
U. S. National Museum; Dr. H. J. Grant, Jr., Philadelphia Academy of
Science; Miss C. M. R. von Hayek, British Museum (Natural History);
Mr. H. B. Leech, California Academy of Science and Dr. M. W. Sanderson,
Illinois Natural History Survey.

1 Department of Biology, Catholic University of America, Washington 17, D.C.

2 One species, Orus ( Pycnorus ) iowanus (Casey, 1905), has a prominent gular
tubercle. The male is unknown.

3 a male of an undescribed species has a distinctly bidentate labrum but other
known males of this subgenus are edentate.

4 Females should be identified by reference to illustrations of the spermathecae and
ninth terga (figs, ld-f, 2f-h, 3e-f).

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

113

Key to the Subgenera of Orus

Mesosternal fovea present; postorbital setigerous fovea present (fig. 2e) _ 2

Mesosternal fovea absent; eye with setigerous furrow near eye (fig. 5a) - NIVORUS

Labrum bidentate or edentate; last abdominal sternum of male deeply and narrowly

incised (fig. la); aedeagus with postforamen present (fig. lb) - LEUCORUS

Labrum quadridentate; last abdominal sternum of male broadly emarginate; aedeagus
with postforamen absent - - - 3

Gular tubercle well-developed on male^; metafemur of male serrate mesally - PYCNORUS

Gular tubercle absent; metafemur not serrate - ORUS

Subgenus Leucorus Casey

Leucorus Casey, 1905: 191; Bernhauer and Schubert, 1912: 245, 247,
249,250, 251 ; Leng, 1920: 104; Blackwelder, 1939a: 24; 1939b* 98?
105, 119; 1943: 230, 277, 278, 279; 1944: 119; 1952: 220 420!
Arnett, 1961: 245, 269.

TYPE-SPECIES: Orus rubens (Casey, 1905). Fixed by Blackwelder
1939b: 1 19, by subsequent designation.

DESCRIPTION. Head: quadrilateral appearance in dorsal aspect, sides broadly
arcuate, truncate posteriorly; dorsum punctate; gena minutely sculptured; ventral
postgena sparsely punctate; gula with microreticulate sculpturing; labrum distinctly
bidentate (females) to edentate or bidentate5 (males), median emargination, with
long setae, right mandible quadridentate, left mandible tridentate; gular sutures with
approximately equal divergence at anterior and posterior, median portion nearly
parallel, gula without prominent well-developed tubercle; eye tapered posteriorly
(hg. 2e), fuirow present above eye; postorbital fovea with setigerous tubercle.
J borax: prothorax with distinct, rounded anterior angles on apical third; pronotal
punctation distinct, umbilicate, median area impunctate; anterior prosternum rugose;
profemur robust, with meso-ventral ctenidia; protibia with scopae; mesopleuron and
mesosternum with reticulate sculpturing; mesosternum with large, deep fovea; elytra
indistinctly punctate, pleural fold present; scutellum sculptured; metafemur entire;
metatibia with ctenidia on one side of apex. Abdomen: punctulate; sterna of female
unmodified, last two sterna of male modified, last sternum deeply and narrowly
incised (figs, la, 2a, 3a), mesal margins of incision reflexed. Aedeagus: bulbous
median lobe; dorso-medial parameres prominent, connate, attenuate distally: with
dorso-basal median foramen; dorso-distal ostium; distal elongation of median lobe
reflexed; median lobe with ventral, ovate, membranous margined sclerite (figs 2d
3d); circoforamen and postforamen present.

DISTRIBUTION: GUATEMALA; UNITED STATES (Illinois, Iowa,
Arizona, Kansas, California, Texas, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico).

Included in the material used in this description of the subgenus are
three specimens of an undescribed species belonging to Leucorus. One of
the specimens is a male from Del Rio, Texas; the other two are females
from Devils River, Texas.

Male genitalia. The median foramen of members of this genus is more
or less surrounded by heavy sclerotization. To facilitate description of the
aedeagus, the structure encircling the median foramen is designated here
the circoforamen. Leucorus has an additional modification of the circo-
foramcn, a thick, hooked structure distad of the median foramen termed
here the postforamen.

114

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Key to the Described Species of Leucorus

1. Abdominal sterna of penultimate and last visible segments modified - (Males) 2

Abdominal sterna unmodified - ---.(Females-*)

2. Abdominal sternum of penultimate segment without pair of lacinia, with longitudinal

median furrow (fig. 2a); parameres broader than median lobe (dorsal aspect)

(fig. 20 - ^BENS

Abdominal sternum of penultimate segment with paired lacinia (figs, la, 3a);

parameres not as broad as median lobe (fig. lc, 3c) - 3

3. Abdominal sternum of penultimate segment with margin between lacinia produced

(fig. 3a); paired postostial lobes present on aedeagus (fig. 3c) - GUATEMALENUS

Abdominal sternum of penultimate segment between lacinia with arcuate margin

(fig. la); postostial lobes of aedeagus absent - FERRUGINEUS

Orus (Leucorus) rubens (Casey)

(Figs. 2a-h)

Leucorus rubens Casey, 1905:194; Leng 1920:104; Blackwelder 1939b:

119; 1943:277; 1952:220.

Scopaeus (Leucorus) rubens (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:251.
Orus (Leucorus) rubens (Casey), Blackwelder 1939a:24; 1939b: 105.

HOLOTYPE: Iowa (no additional data on label); U. S. National Mu¬
seum type number 38301; male. The female of the series is labeled as the
type but the original description is of a male with a female mentioned in
the discussion.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Leucorus; male; ferruginous. Head:
.60 mm. long, .60 mm. wide; dorsum distinctly punctate; postgena adjacent to gula
deeply and distinctly punctate; submentum rugose; postorbital fovea well-defined;
furrow above quite evident (fig. 2e). Thorax: prothorax in dorsal aspect .62 mm.
long, .55 mm. wide, sides convergent posteriorly; anterior median posternum glabrous;
elytra .57 mm. long, .58 mm. wide. Abdomen: median furrow on penultimate ster¬
num, lateral margins broadly arcuate and with moderately heavy setae; posterior
sternal margin emarginate, with setae (fig. 2a). Aedeagus: median lobe .60 mm.
long, .20 mm. wide; postostial lobes absent; parameres with median portion expanded
laterally to nearly as broad as widest portion of median lobe, obtusely aculeate
distally; sides of circoforamen convergent posteriorly (dorsal aspect); postforamen
prominent (fig. 2c); gradual deflection from postforamen to base of parameres
(fig. 2b).

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE. Spermatheca: figs. 2g-h. Ninth tergum (fig.

2f).

DISTRIBUTION: IOWA, ILLINOIS (Urbana, Mayview), KANSAS
(Manhatten), ARIZONA (Santa Rita Mountains, Chiricahua Mountains).

BIOLOGY: At about 5400 feet specimens were taken by light trapping
and from the ground litter at South Fork Canyon in the Chiricahua Moun¬
tains on July 10 and 11, 1964. Those from the black light were females;
four specimens, two of them males, were taken from the ground litter
after a limited area had been saturated repeatedly with water. Others
have collected this species from ground litter in the Midwest on the fol¬
lowing dates: October 15, 1944, September 16, 1944, August 29, 1943
(Illinois); October 2, 1936 (Kansas).

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

115

VARIATION: Most specimens are dark ferruginous but several, par¬
ticularly those from the Midwest, have an orange cast and are not as dark
as specimens from the Southwest. The sternal furrow of the penultimate
abdominal segment may be deep with very distinct lateral margins to
shallow with indistinct, rounded margins; the lateral margins may be
broadly arcuate, parallel or posteriorly divergent. One specimen has a
longitudinal prothoracic impression. The anterior gular region may have a
small fovea, slight tubercle or be without either structure. The aedeagus
exhibits variation in reflection of the apex of the median lobe and degree
of deflection from the postforamen to the base of the parameres. The
spermathecae of specimens from S.E. Arizona are similar, though smaller,
to that of O. guatemalenus. The ninth tergum of specimens from various
localities may be more or less acute anteriorly but in no case examined was
the O. i ubens type of spermatheca associated with the O. ferrugineus type
of ninth tergum. Size variation of this species is as follows: head length
.54 mm.-. 60 mm., width .50 mm.-.60 mm.; prothorax length .54 mm.-
.64 mm., width .47 mm.-. 59 mm.; elytra length .55 mm. -.69 mm., width
.56 mm. -.71 mm.

Orus (Leu corns) ferrugineus (Casey)

(Figs, la-f)

Leucorus ferrugineus Casey, 1905:193; Leng 1920:104.

Scopaeus (Leucorus) ferrugineus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912*
247.

Orus (Leucorus) ferrugineus (Casey), Blackwelder 1939a:24; 1939b: 105.

Leucorus luridus Casey 1905:193; Leng 1920:104. (NEW SYNONYMY).

Scopaeus (Leucorus) luridus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:249.

Orus (Leucorus) luridus (Casey), Blackwelder 1939a:24; 1939b: 105.

Leucorus ochrinus Casey, 1905:193. Leng 1920:104 (NEW SYN¬
ONYMY).

Scopaeus (Leucorus) ochrinus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:250.
Orus (Leucorus) ochrinus (Casey), Blackwelder, 1939a:24; 1939b: 105.

Holotype of Leucorus ferrugineus Casey: Arizona; U. S. National
Museum type number 38299; male.

Holotype of Leucorus luridus Casey: Southern California; U. S. Na¬
tional Museum type number 38298; female.

Holotype of Leucorus ochrinus Casey: Canon City, Colorado; U. S.
National Museum type number 38300; female.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Leucorus; male; ferruginous. Head: .64
mm. long, .62 mm. wide; dorsum finely punctate; postgena with minute sculpturing,
indistinctly punctate; submentum with minute reticulate ground sculpturing; anterior
gula with median fovea; furrow above eye reduced; margins of postorbital fovea
not well-developed. Thorax: prothorax .67 mm. long, .57 mm. wide, sides parallel;
elytra .74 mm. long, .80 mm. wide, sides divergent posteriorly. Abdomen: penultimate
sternum with lacinia and shallow, smooth-bottomed, median depression; posterior

116

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

margin of depression not produced between lacinia; depression margined laterally
with heavy setae, tapering and diminishing anteriorly; lacinia short, broad, clothed
with heavy setae and with mesal overlap of depression (fig. la). Aedeagus: median
lobe .56 mm. long, .20 mm. wide; postostial lobes absent; parameres acuminate,
broadest medially; sides of circoforamen, in dorsal aspect, convergent to postforamen;
deflection from postforamen to base of parameres gradual (figs, lb, c).

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE. Spermatheca: fig. le, f. Ninth tergum: fig. Id.

DISTRIBUTION: ARIZONA (Santa Rita Mountains, Chiricahua
Mountains, Galiuro Mountains, Pajarito Mountains (Pena Blanca); CAL¬
IFORNIA (Azusa, Argus Mountains, Pasadena, Panamint Mountains,
Kern County); UTAH (American Fork); NEW MEXICO (Las Vegas
H.S.); COLORADO (Canon City, Colorado Springs).

COLLECTION DATA: Santa Rita Mountains in May; Panamint Moun¬
tains in April; Chiricahua Mountains in June and July; Pena Blanca on
July 26, 1964 at a black light; Galiuro Mountains in May; Azusa in Sep¬
tember; Pasadena in February; American Fork in May.

VARIATION: The color varies from ferruginous to testaceous; two
testaceous specimens were collected at the same time and place (Chiricahua
Mountains) as a ferruginous specimen. Most specimens are lacking the
gular fovea and in one case it is replaced by a slight tubercle. The depres¬
sion of the penultimate abdominal sternum of the male may have nearly
parallel lateral margins, be very shallow with indistinct lateral margins, or
be very deep and distinctly margined. The bottom of the depression may be
glabrous or partly to completely covered with minute ground sculpture. The
length and width of the lacinia vary moderately. Variation of the aedeagus
is in the degree of deflection between the postforamen and base of the
parameres. No variation was found in the ninth tergum of the females and
the spermatheca varies in only one case. In the type specimen of O.
ochrinus, the spatulate portion of the spermatheca was not expanded
laterally as much as in the paratype from the same locality and other
females of O. ferrugineus but the ninth tergum of the holotype does not
vary from that of the other females. Size variation is as follows: head
length .57 mm.-. 65 mm., width .53 mm.-. 66 mm.; prothorax length .58
mm.-. 67 mm., width .50 mm.-. 69 mm.; elytra length .57 mm.-. 74 mm.,
width .63 mm. -.75 mm.

» -

Figures la-f, Orus ferrugineus. a — Abdominal sterna, male; b — Aedeagus, lateral

view; c Aedeagus, dorsal view; d — Ninth tergum, female; e — Spermatheca, basal

end; f — Spermatheca, lateral view.

Figures 2a-h, Orus rubens. a — Abdominal sterna, male; b — Aedeagus, lateral view;

c Aedeagus, dorsal view; d — Aedeagus, ventral view; e — Head, lateral view; f —

Ninth tergum, female; g — Spermatheca, basal end; h — Spermatheca, lateral view.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

117

Figures 5a-c, Orus volans. a — Head, lateral view; b — Spermatheca, basal end; 3 —
^permatheca, lateral view.

118

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

DISCUSSION: Casey’s O. ochrinus and O. luridus have been syn-
onymized with O. jerrugineus because the spermathecae and ninth terga
are virtually identical with those of females determined as O. jerrugineus
taken in the Panamint Mountains, an area which seems to be out of the
range of O. rubens and O. guatemalenus. In his original descriptions, Casey
used, “Elytra much longer and wider than the prothorax” for O. rubens
and “Elytra subequal in length to the prothorax and but little wider” for
O. luridus , O. ochrinus and O. jerrugineus; this couplet served as the basis
for primary separation of O. rubens from the others (Casey 1905, p. 192).
In a series of O. jerrugineus, the elytra are from .067 mm. longer to .067
mm. shorter than the prothorax. Specimens of O. rubens show similar re¬
sults. Application of the above couplet will allow certain specimens of
either species to be keyed to the wrong species; this is particularly true
of females. In neither the original descriptions nor the type specimens is
there a concrete basis for distinction of O. ochrinus and O. luridus from
O. jerrugineus. Characters used in the original descriptions of O. ochrinus
and O. luridus can be shown to be individual variation when using a series.

Or us (Leucorus) guatemalenus Sharp
(Figs. 3a-f)

Orus guatemalenus Sharp, 1886:549, pi. 14, fig. 3.

Scopaeus (Orus) guatemalensis Bemhauer and Schubert 1912:248. (UN¬
JUSTIFIED EMENDATION).

Scopaeus guatemalensis Bernhauer and Schubert, Blackwelder 1944:119.

LECTOTYPE: San Geronimo, Guatemala; British Museum (Natural
History); male. The lectotype, designated here, collected by Champion, is
the only perfect male of the syntypic series.

DESCRIPTION OF THE LECTOTYPE. Leucorus; male; ferruginous. Head:
.54 mm. long, .54 mm. wide; dorsum distinctly punctate; submentum rugose; labrum
slightly produced antero-laterally; furrow above eye quite evident. Thorax: prothorax
.60 mm. long, .59 mm. wide, sides converging posteriorly; elytra .67 mm. long,
.70 mm. wide, parallel sides. Abdomen: posterior margin of penultimate sternum
with paired lacinia, with smooth surfaced depression; depression broad posteriorly;
tapering and diminishing anteriorly, margined laterally by heavy setae, posterior
margin slightly produced between lacinia (fig. 3a). Aedeagus: median lobe .56 mm.
long, .20 mm. wide, with paired postostial lobes; parameres broad medially, obtusely
aculeate distally; circoforamen ellipsoidal in dorsal aspect; postforamen prominent;
abrupt deflection from postforamen to parameres (figs. 3b-d).

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE. Spermatheca: fig. 3e, f. Ninth tergum: as
in fig. 2f.

DISTRIBUTION: GUATEMALA (Duenas, San Geronimo).

VARIATION: Specimens may be from ferrugino-piceous to testaceous.
But for a deeper median labral incision and the unmodified abdomen, the
three females do not differ appreciably from the males. An antero-median
gular fovea is present on one specimen. The lacinia of the abdomen of
the males vary in length and width. Size variation is as follows: head length
.54 mm. -.60 mm., width .52 mm. -.60 mm.; prothorax length .60 mm.-

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

119

.64 mm., width .52 mm.-. 59 mm.; elytra length .67 mm.-.74 mm., width
.67 mm. -.87 mm.

DISCUSSION: Characters used to separate O. jerrugineus and O.
guatemalenus are perhaps questionable. It is conceivable that the char¬
acters used are the result of geographical variation, but this cannot be
verified at this time because of the lack of specimens from Mexico.

Subgenus Nivorus Herman, NEW SUBGENUS

TYPE-SPECIES: Orus cameroni Blackwelder. Designated here.

DESCRIPTION. Head: quadrilateral in dorsal aspect, sides broadly arcuate, slight¬
ly emarginate posteriorly; dorsum and venter very feebly punctulate; labrum with
deep median emargination, with long setae, quadridentate, mesal denticles prominent,
lateral denticles reduced to prominent (fig. 4f); mandibular dentition variable in
number; gular sutures divergent anteriorly and posteriorly, median portion nearly
parallel; gula without prominent tubercle; furrow above eye absent or present, when
present it is similar to that of fig. 5a; setigerous furrow present above or behind eye
(fig 5a); postorbital setigerous fovea absent; eye slightly tapered posteriorly. Thorax:
prothorax with distinct, rounded angles on apical third, pronotal punctation very
feeble, not umbilicate, fine ground sculpturing; profemur robust, with meso-ventral
ctemdia; protibia with scopae; mesosternal fovea absent; elytra with pleural fold;
metafemur not serrate; metatibia with ctenidia on one side of apex. Abdomen:
sterna of female unmodified; sterna of male variously modified. Aedeagus: median
lobe bulbous; parameres connate, free from median lobe or not; median foramen

dorso-basal; postforamen present or not; circoforamen present; ventral ovular sclerite
absent.

DISTRIBUTION: WEST INDIES (Jamaica, Cuba, Barbados); MEX¬
ICO (Michoacan); UNITED STATES (Arizona).

DISC USSION: Included in the material used for the above description
are single specimens of three undescribed species: a female from Barbados;
a female from Comanja, Michoacan and a male from Yuma, Arizona.

Originally O. volcins and O. cameroni were placed in Leucorus but mem¬
bers of this subgenus, as indicated above, are distinguished from Orus and
Pycnorus by a bidentate or edentate labrum. In no case are there lateral
denticles as on O. volans and O. cameroni (fig. 4f); the original descrip¬
tions refer to these species as bidentate with minute lateral prominence on
the labrum. The mandibular dentition of Nivorus is variable between and
within species, a mesosternal fovea is lacking, a setigerous postorbital
fovea (fig. 2e) is replaced by a rather distinctive furrow containing a long
seta. Additional variation is offered by an undescribed species of Nivorus
in which the last sternum is broadly emarginate and the postforamen lack¬
ing The male genitalia of O. cameroni and the undescribed species both
lack a ventral ovular sclerite and an apical ostium.

In general, Nivorus is quite variable in the characters used to define
Leucorus; since taxa should be defined on as many characters as possible,
O. volans and O. cameroni are not retained in Leucorus on the basis of a
questionable labrum.

120

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Key to the Described Species of Nivorus

Setigerous furrow behind eye contiguous with eye -

Setigerous furrow behind eye separate from eye -

CAMERONI
— VOLANS

Orus (Nivorus) earner oni Blackwelder

(Figs. 4a-f)

Orus (Leucorus) cameroni Blackwelder 1943:278; 1944:119.

HOLOTYPE: Trinityville, Jamaica; U. S. National Museum type num¬
ber 52420; male.

DESCRIPTION. Nivorus; male; castaneous. Head : .34 mm. long, .30 mm. wide;
gula with fovea on anterior portion; setigerous furrow behind and contiguous with
eye; sculpturing very feeble. Thorax: prothorax .33 mm. long, .27 mm. wide, with
longitudinal midline, feeble ground sculpturing; prosternum rugose; elytra .33 mm.
long, .38 mm. wide, very minutely punctulate; mesosternum and mesopleuron with
reticulate sculpturing: Abdomen: second and third visible sterna with a transverse
impression each with a ctenidia; penultimate sternum with posterior margin shallowly
emarginate, with shallow and indistinct furrow containing short, heavy setae, last
sternum deeply and narrowly incised, mesal margins reflected (fig. 4a). Aedeagus.
parameres cylindrical, expanded apically; circoforamen and prominent, hooked post¬
foramen present; long sclerite present from post foramen to ventral base of parameres;
ostium subapical.

DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE. Spermatheca: figs. 4d-e.

DISTRIBUTION: JAMAICA (Trinityville, Troy, Santa Cruz, Milk
River, Spanish Town, Fern Gully, Montego Bay, Moneague); CUBA
(Cayamas, Baragua); HISPANIOLA (Haiti); GRENADA.

VARIATION: The anterior portion of the gula may have a fovea,
slight tubercle or be without either structure. One mutilated specimen has a
slight transverse impression on the mesosternum, not at all similar to the
mesosternal fovea of Leucorus. Size variation is as follows: head length
.33 mm.-. 37 mm., width .30 mm.-.44 mm.; prothorax length .34 mm.-.35
mm., width .27 mm.-.29 mm.; elytra length .34 mm.-. 39 mm., width .34
mm. -.40 mm. The mandibular dentition is variable in number.

Orus (Nivorus) volans Blackwelder

(Figs. 5a-c)

Orus (Leucorus) volans Blackwelder 1943:277; 1944:119.

HOLOTYPE: Milk River, Jamaica; U. S. National Museum type num¬
ber 52422; female.

DESCRIPTION. Nivorus; testaceous; female. Head: .37 mm. long, .32 mm. wide;
dorsum and venter with reticulate ground sculpturing; setigerous furrow behind eye
not contiguous with eye (fig. 5a); mandibles tridentate. Thorax: prothorax .36 mm.
long, .31 mm. wide, with longitudinal midline; prosternum feebly rugose; mesoster¬
num with reticulate ground sculpturing; mesopleuron without reticulate sculpturing,
shining; elytra .37 mm. long, .38 mm. wide, punctate, without ground sculpturing.
Abdomen: unmodified. Spermatheca: figs. 5b-c.

The male of this species is unknown.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

121

DIS7 RIBUTION: JAMAICA (Milk River, Spanish Town).

VARIATION: Size variation is as follows: head length (no variation),
width .32 mm.-. 34 mm.; prothorax length .36 mm.-. 38 mm., width .29
mm.-. 31 mm.; elytra length .37 mm.-.39 mm., width .38 mm.-. 40 mm.

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H.

1961. The Beetles of the United States. Part II. Fascicle 15. Staphylinidae The
Catholic University of America Press. Washington, D.C. Pp. 1-1112. Ulus.

Bernhauer, M. and K. Schubert

1912. Staphylinidae III. Coleopterorum Catalogus. pars. 40. Pp. 191-288.

Blackwei.der, R. E.

1939a. Fourth supplement 1933-1938 (inclusive) to the Leng Catalogue of
Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. 146 pp. Mount Vernon," N. Y.

1939b. A generic revision of the Staphylinid beetles of the tribe Paederini. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus. 87:93-125.

1943. Monograph of the West Indian beetles of the family Staphylinidae. Bull
U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 182. Pp. 658. Ulus.

1944. Checklist of the Coleopterous Insects of Mexico, Central America
the West Indies, and South America. Part 1. Bull. U. S. Nat Mus No
185. Pp. 1-188.

1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an essay on
genotypy. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 200. Pp. 1-483.

Casey, T. L.

1905. A revision of the American Paederini. Trans. Acad, of Sci. St Louis
15(2): 17-248.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico. Mount
Vernon, N. Y. Pp. 1-470.

Sharp, D. S.

1886. Staphylinidae. Biol. Centr.-Amer. Ins. Coleop. 1883-1887. 1(2): 145-747
Pis. 5-19.

RANGE EXTENSION FOR TWO INTRODUCED DUNG BEETLES

(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)

On April 25, and on May 16, 1964, at Lynden, Washington, I collected in dune a
total of twenty Aphodius fossor L. and three Onthophagus nuchicornis (L.), so de-
termmed by Dr. Melville H. Hatch. Several A. fossor were likewise taken by Mr
David Milne at Anderson Island, Washington, on April 24, 1964. These are the
nrst records for these European species in Washington, but they have been taken
at Creston, B. C. and in Idaho. — Loren Russell, Zoology Division, University of
Washington, Seattle, Washington.

122

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

STUDIES ON OXY GRYLIUS CASEY
(COLEOPTERA: SC ARAB AEID AE : DYNASTINAE)

By Alan Hardy1

Oxygrylius was first proposed as a genus by Col. Thomas Casey (1915 )
for three species, two described as new at that time. He included in this
genus the species first described in 1856 by LeConte as Ligyrus ruginasus.
Since Casey’s paper, both of his species have been synonymized with
Oxygrylius ruginasus. O. pimalis Casey was placed in synonymy by Black-
welder (1944), while Saylor (1946) considered O. peninsularis Casey
conspecific with O. ruginasus (LeConte). There is no indication that
genitalia were extensively studied in either process, although Saylor does
figure the aedeagus of O. ruginasus.

In the 1224 specimens of Oxygrylius studied, the genitalia of 635
males were examined and form the basis for the classification presented
here. Because of this work, I consider Oxygrylius Casey, 1915, to be a
subgenus of Bothynus Hope, 1837.

Specimens were borrowed from several institutions to supplement the
specimens at hand. I am indebted to the following for loans of material in
their care, and for suggestions on the project: O. L. Cartwright, United
States National Museum; H. F. Howden, Canadian Department of Agri¬
culture; H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences; E. L. Sleeper,
California State College at Long Beach; R. Snelling, F. Truxal and C.
Hogue, Los Angeles County Museum. 1 would especially like to thank
Dr. H. F. Howden, who suggested the project, and Dr. E. L. Sleeper, who
made suggestions that aided in the solution of some of the problems en¬
countered. I would also like to thank O. L. Cartwright and P. J. Darlington
(Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University) for the informa¬
tion on the types in their care.

Bothynus subgenus Oxygrylius Casey, NEW STATUS
Oxygrylius Casey, 1915:208.

Type of Subgenus: Ligyrus ruginasus LeConte, 1856, by original desig¬
nation.

Morphology and Classification. In the original description of Oxygrylius,
Casey gave the following characters as significant in distinguishing his new
genus from Ligyrus Burmeister, 1847 (U. S. species now Bothynus Hope,
1837): “The single acute denticle of the clypeal apex and the more or
less reduced posterior tooth of the mandibles . . . the thoracic fovea is con¬
stantly larger, deeper, and is always at least partially rugose at the
bottom.”

One male specimen in the Los Angeles County Museum Collection
(California, Kern Co., McKittrick 29-VIII-’49) has a single tooth on the
apex of the clypeus, yet the rest of the body (including the aedeagus) is

1 Department of Entomology, California State College at Long Beach.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

123

that of a specimen of Bothynus gibbosus obsoletus LeConte. The specimen
is from an area where at present no Oxygrylius have been taken and so
evidently does not represent a hybrid, but it probably represents a mutation
of a single character, showing the close relationship of the two groups. No
other malformations of the clypeus have been noted.

There is variation between the species of the most closely related group
(Bothynus) with respect to the thoracic fovea, and the character as seen in
Oxygrylius is not extreme.

The male genitalia of Oxygrylius and Bothynus show many similarities
and are not of such difference to support separate genera on their own
merit.

For these reasons I consider Oxygrylius not distinct enough to be con¬
sidered a full genus and recommend that it be given subgeneric rank under
Bothynus Hope, 1837.

Oxygrylius appears to contain two sibling species, recognizable mainly
by the genitalia of the males, which appear to hybridize along the areas of
contact; such hybridization is apparent in the male genitalia (see fig. 3).
Eleven specimens have been examined which are considered hybridsCThey
bear the following data: CALIFORNIA: San Bernardino Co.: Providence
Mountains (3 males); “Ibanpah” (Ivanpah) Mountains (2 males);
Needles (1 male). Riverside Co.: Joshua Tree National Monument,
(Cottonwood Springs) (1 male); Chuckawalla Mountains (Red Cloud
Mine) (2 males); Chuckawalla Mountains (Irish Wash) (2 males).

Oxygrylius has been recorded as a pest in Idaho (Essig, 1936), but this
was probably a misidentification of Bothynus gibbosus (DeGeer), per¬
haps being older specimens with the two clypeal teeth worn off.

Ritcher (1944) described the larvae of Oxygrylius ruginasus from two
specimens taken in Mississippi. These may have been examples of another
species of Dynastinae, possibly a Bothynus, as Oxygrylius is not recorded
from east of eastern Texas.

Bothynus (Oxygrylius) ruginasus (LeConte), NEW COMBINATION

(Figs. 2, 4)

Ligyrus ruginasus LeConte, 1856:20; Horn, 1875 : 143; Bates, 1888-316
Oxygrylius ruginasus (LeConte): Casey, 1915:209; Ritcher, 1944:27 fig
79; Blackwelder, 1944:255; Saylor, 1946:44.

Oxygrylius pi mat is Casey, 1915: 209 .

Length 14 mm. to 21 mm., width 7 mm. to 11 mm. Oblong, shining, reddish-
brown Clypeus with single medial tooth. Clypeus and front ^rugose, the rugae
formed by irregular pitting, pits becoming scattered at occiput, becoming separated
by more than twice their own width. Frontal carina thinning medially and laterally
not quite extending to lateral edges of front. Pronotum ^convex, anteriorly and
laterally margined. Posterior edge slightly sinuate, not margined. Apical angles acute,
posterior angles rounded. Anterior margin with well developed median tubercle!
greater than clypeal tooth. Posterior to this tubercle is a deep fovea, the surface
aving a punctation similar to that on front. Pits becoming scattered at edges of
fovea, until they are separated by at least their own diameters on rest of pronotum.

124

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Pits at margins becoming confluent, resembling in texture the front and fovea.
Scutellum smooth with a few scattered punctures. Elytra longer than wide, about
twice as long as pronotum; fine punctures scattered throughout and mixed Wlth
annular punctures, few of which are confluent, the coarse punctures finer and denser
posteriorly. Pygidium moderately punctate throughout, the punctures generally
separated by at least their own diameters, laterally denser in corners. Margin on
ventral edge widest at lateral angles of pygidium and just laterally of medial point;
narrower between (fig. 4). Underside quite hairy, prosternal process completely so.
Anterior tibia tridentate, emarginations between teeth deep, with pits outside longi¬
tudinal row of setigerous punctures. Apex of hind tibia slightly flared, its width
approximately one-third to one-half length of tibia measured along inner ec*ge.
Aedeagus distinct from other species, but with minor individual variations (fig. 2).
Female differs from male in having pygidium more flattened, and in not having an
emargination in the last abdominal sternite.

TYPE: Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, LeConte
Collection.

TYPE LOCALITY: Ringgold Barracks, Texas (near Rio Grande City,
Starr County).

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: 700 (351 males, 349 females).

DISTRIBUTION: Sonoran desert and drier areas of southwestern
United States (except most of California), and northern and western
Mexico.

UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA; San Bernardino Co.; Needles;
Providence Mountains. ARIZONA: “Ariz.”; “Canyon”; “Canyon Lake ;
Salford; 2 mi. w. Magna; Santa Catalina Mountains (Pepper Sauce Can¬
yon); Baboquivari Mountains. Cochise Co.: Cochise; Portal; Lowell;
Whetstone Mountains (Dry Canyon Sands Ranch); Huachuca Mountains;
Chiricahua Mountains. Gila Co.: Globe; Miami; Pinal Mountains. Graham
Co.: Geronimo. Greenlee Co.: Clifton. Maricopa Co.: Wickenburg; Phoenix;
Arlington; Gillespies Dam; Gila Bend; Higley. Pima Co.: Organ Pipe
Cactus National Monument (Quitobaquito, W. Bates Well, Walls Well
Road, Hockers Well, Headquarters); Santa Catalina Mountains (Agua
Caliente Ranch); Tucson; San Xavier Mission; Ajo Mountains (Alamos
Canyon). Pinal Co.: Apache Junction; Oracle. Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Rita
Mountains (Madera Canyon); Nogales; “Washington Mountains near
Nogales.” Yavapai Co.: Prescott. Yuma Co.: 63 mi. e. Yuma. NEW
MEXICO: Big Dry Creek. Doha Ana Co.: Pyramid Peak; Mesquite (?).
Hidalgo Co.: Lordsburg. Sierra Co.: 16.7 mi. s. Truth or Consequences.
TEXAS: “Cameron Co.”; “Welder Wildlife Refuge (near Sinton).”
Brewster Co.: Big Bend National Park (Maverick, Kingsville, Boquillas,
Panther Junction, Oak Springs, Chisos Basin, Hot Springs); Lajitas;
Terlingua. Cameron Co.: Esperanza Ranch (Brownsville). Duval Co.:
San Diego. El Paso Co.: El Paso. Hudspeth Co.: Sierra Blanca. Kimble Co.:
Junction City. Val Verde Co.: Del Rio. Webb Co.: Laredo.

MEXICO. “Sonora”; “Libertad”; “Nu Laredo.” CHIHUAHUA: Santa
Eulalia. COAHUILA: Montlave; Boquillas del Carmen. DURANGO:
Lerdo. NAYARIT: 21 mi. s. Acaponeta. NUEVO LEON: 5 mi. s.
Monterrey; Apodeca. SINALOA: Venoido; “Venedie (Venodio?); Los
Mochis; Topolobampo; 10 mi. s. Guamachil; 35 mi. n. Guamachil; 18 mi.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

125

n.e. San Bias; Mazatlan; 5 mi. n. Mazatlan; 7 mi. n. Mazatlan; 8 mi. n.
Mazatlan; Vi mi. s. Villa Union; 3 mi. n.e. Villa Union; 26 mi. n.e. Villa
Union; Rio Piaxtala (1 mi. w. Mex. #15); Culiacan; Vinaterio. SONO¬
RA: Rio Mayo; “San Bernardino, Rio Mayo” (San Bernardo?); Her-
mosillo; 36 mi. n. Hermosillo; Posa; 25 mi. s. Llano; Campo Utah; San
Carlos Bay; Louis; Saric; Ciudad Obregon; Navajoa; 1 mi. n.w. Navajoa;
La Aduana; 2.1 mi. w. Alamos; Magdalena; Esperanza; Valle del Yaqui’
El Oasis (45 mi n. Hermosillo).

REM ARKS: The genitalia of Casey’s pimalis seem to show no difference
from the specimens from Texas, and the author agrees that this should
be considered a synonym of B. (O.) ruginasus. This species is taken from
May to December and is apparently most common in August. Individuals
of this species are readily attracted to lights.

126

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Bothynus ( Oxygrylius ) peninsularis (Casey), NEW COMBINATION

(Figs. 1, 5)

Oxygrylius peninsularis Casey, 1915:209.

This species is nearly identical to the preceding, except in the male
genitalia (fig. 1) and the following variable character. Ventral margin of
the pygidium usually widest only at the lateral angles, becoming increas¬
ingly narrower medially (fig. 5).

TYPE: United States National Museum 48598, Casey Collection.

TYPE LOCALITY: San Jose del Cabo, Baja California Sur.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: 513 (303 males, 210 females).

DISTRIBUTION: Southern California and peninsula of Baja California.

UNITED STATES. NEVADA: Lake Mead. CALIFORNIA: “Cal.”
San Bernardino Co.: “Ibanpah Mountains” (Ivanpah Mountains?); Prov¬
idence Mountains. Riverside Co.: Palm Springs; Joshua Tree National
Monument (Sunrise Well, Lower Covington Flats, Smithwater Wash,
Pinto Wash Well, Cottonwood Springs, n. side Eagle Mountain); Chuck-
awalla Mountains (Irish Wash, Red Cloud Mine). San Diego Co.: Borrego,
San Felipe; Mason Valley; Vallecito. Imperial Co.: Kane Springs; San
Felipe Creek (near Junction Carrizo Creek).

MEXICO: BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE: 10 mi s. Catavina; Valle
Trinidad; e. base Sierra de Juarez below La Rumerosa. BAJA CALIFOR¬
NIA DEL SUR: La Paz; 15 mi. w. La Paz; 25 mi. w. La Paz; Palmanita,
Purissima; Las Parras; Comondu; 10 mi. s.w. Comondu; 20 mi. n. Comon-
du; Triunfo; 6 mi. n. Triunfo; San Jose del Cabo; 10 mi. s.w. San Jose del
Cabo; Miraflores; 5 mi. s. Miraflores; 4 mi. w. San Ignacio; 15 mi. n. San
Ignacio; 45 mi. n. San Ignacio; 50 mi. n. San Ignacio; Canipole; 10 mi. s.w.
Canipole; Cabo San Lucas; San Vanancio; Coyote Cove (Conception Bay);
San Francisquito Bay; 25 mi. n. Santa Rosalia; 6 mi. s.w. Santiago; 4 mi. n.
Todos Santos; 3 mi. n. San Pedro; 5 mi. w. San Bartolo; 50 mi. s. El Arco;
Ruffo Ranch (Isla Cerralvo).

REMARKS: The adults of this species are active from late June to late
December, and are taken most frequently in August and September. A
specimen kept in captivity lived from late October to the summer months
of the following season, in the adult stage, so apparently there is some
overwintering by adults. Early records of this species may represent these
adults. This species is frequently collected at lights. Evidently the adults
spend the days in the soil, coming to the surface at night to fly about in
search of mates.

Literature Cited

Bates, H. W.

1888. Biol. Centr.-Amer. Ins. Coleop. 2(2): 1-432, 21 pis.

Blackweldf.r, R. E.

1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, etc.
Smithsonian Inst. Bull. 185, pt. 2., p. 255.

1964

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

127

Casey, T. L.

1915. A revision of the American species of Rutelinae, Dynastinae, and
Cetonnnae. Mem. Coleop. 6:1-460.

Essig, E. O.

1936. Insects of Western North America. The Macmillan Co. Pp. M035, illus.

Horn, G. H.

1875. Synonymical notes and description of new species of North American
Coleoptera. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5:126-156, illus.

LeConte, J. L.

1856. Notice of three genera of Scarabaeidae found in the United States Proc
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 8:19-25.

Richter, P. O.

1944. Dynastinae of North America with descriptions of the larvae etc Ken¬
tucky Agric. Expt. Stn. Bull. 467:1-56, 90 figs.

Saylor, L. W.

1946. Synoptic revision of the United States scarab beetles of the subfamily
Dynastmae, No. 3: Tribe Oryctini (part). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(2)-
41-45, 1 fig. v

H * 1

DESCRIPTION OF A BRACHYPTEROUS FIREFLY
FEMALE OF THE GENUS PHOTINUS
(COLEOPTERA: LAMPYRIDAE)1

By James E. Lloyd2- 3

In the revision of the genus Photinus by J. W. Green (1956) the females
of seven of the 28 described Nearctic species were found to be brachypter-
ous and the females of two more species were suspected to be so. No
females of the species P. frosti Green and P. tenuicinctus Green were in
collections at that time. On June 29, 1964, two females of P. tenuicinctus
(fig. 1) were collected at Fayetteville, Arkansas.

| This investigation was supported by U. S. Public Health Service Predoctoral
Fellowship No. 1-F1-GM-22, 196-01, the Sigma Xi-RESA research fund, and the
Bache Fund, Grant No. 481.

- Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

5 Grateful acknowledgment is hereby made to Mr. John W. Green of The Cal¬
ifornia Academy of Sciences for reading the manuscript.

128

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 18

Photinus tenuicinctus Green, FEMALE. Brachypterous, texture firm. Eyes small,
separated by more than diameter of eye. Pronotum with piceous central spot
slightly narrowing posteriorly, nearly attaining base and diffusing anteriorly without
reaching apex; rectangular area each side of central spot fulvous; pronotal margin
flavate and weakly translucent laterally and anteriorly. Base of scutellum and
mesonotal areas piceous, scutellum pale in about apical half. Elytra black, extend¬
ing slightly beyond apical margin of first abdominal tergite; sutural bead and lateral
margins pale fulvous, continuously around apex. Abdomen above piceous black,
pygidium perceptibly lighter. Ventral abdominal segments 2-5, 7 brown, 6 pale,
luminous in median third, 8 flavate. Length 9.5 and 11.5 mm.

Figure 1. Photinus tenuicinctus, brachypterous female, length 9.5 mm.

The species P. tenuicinctus, P. brimleyi Green, and P. punctulatus
LeConte are closely related and form a natural group within the genus. The
females now in collections may be separated by the following key.

1. Pronotum with central dark spot; pronotum with median longitudinal impression or

carina; body texture firm; pronotum narrowly rounded anteriorly - - - - 2

Pronotum without central dark spot; pronotum without median longitudinal impres¬
sion or carina; body texture soft; pronotum broadly rounded anteriorly - BRIMLEYI

2. Pronotum punctate (individual pits usually clearcut and well defined); pronotal spot

narrowinq posteriorly (wedge-shaped); pronotum with median impressed longitudinal
,jne _ PUNCTULATUS

Pronotum not punctate (individual pits ocassionally seen but usually obscured by
surface irregularities); pronotal spot only slightly narrowing posteriorly; pronotum
with median longitudinal carina in basal half - TENUICINCTUS

Because of the limited number of specimens available it is impossible
to know the general value of the key characters given. For example,
males of P. brimleyi do have a pronotal spot and the absence of it in the
two females now present in collections may not reflect the general condition.

Literature Cited

Green, J. W.

1956. Revision of the nearctic species of Photinus (Lampyridae: Coleoptera).
Proc. California Acad. Sci. 28(15) : 56 1 -6 1 3 , 19 figs.

-BACK ISSUES

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol. 3, 1949, 6 issues

(Nos. i & 2 o.p.; $5.00

$1.00

Vol. 4, 1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 5, 1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 6, 1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 7, 1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 8, 1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 9, 1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 10, 1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 11, 1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol. 12, 1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol. 13, 1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 14, 1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 15, 1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 16, 1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 17, 1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington 17, D. C.

Send today for your copy of—

"PYGMIES AND PYGMOIDS:

TWIDES OF TROPICAL AFRICA*

Martin Gusinde, S.V.D.

JANUARY 1955 ISSUE OF
ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY

• This interesting and educational article is
based on the author’s original observations,
and includes a complete bibliography on the
“PYGMIES.”

Price: $1.00 Postpaid
Anthropological Quarterly
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E., Washington 17, D. C.

Now in its 37th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. .Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington 17, D. C.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

VOLUME 19, 1965

Published by

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20017

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

Twenty-five tear sheets of one page
notes will be supplied free to the author if
requested when returning galley proofs.
Reprints of articles printed free of extrane¬
ous matter will be supplied with or with¬
out covers at cost. Reprints MUST be
ordered on the form provided when re¬
turning galley proofs. The approjtimate
cost of reprints will be supplied with this
form.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases , descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
will be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be corre-
tions are particularly desired, and in all lated with existing keys.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume 19, 1965

BiOLOGY

Ball, G. E., Two new subgenera of Pterostichus Bonelli from western United
States, with notes on characteristics and relationships of the subgenera
Paraferonia Casey and Feronina Casey (Coleoptera: Carabidae) . 104

Barr, T. C.f Jr., A new cavernicolous sphodrine from Veracruz, Mexico (Cole¬
optera: Carabidae) . 55

Brown, W. J., A hydrophilid new to North America (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae) 31

Campbell, J. M., A revision of the genus Charisius (Coleoptera: Alleculidae) . 43

Erwin, T. L., A revision of Brachinus of North America: Part I. The California

species (Coleoptera: Carabidae) . X

Gillogly, L. R., Aphenolia monogcima (Crotch), a new combination (Nitidulidae:

Coleoptera) . 20

Graves, R. C., Observations on the ecology, behavior and life cycle of the fungus¬
feeding beetle, Cypherotylus calif ornicus, with a description of the pupa (Cole¬
optera: Erotylidae) . X17

Herman, L. H., Jr., Revision of Ovus. II. Subgenera Orus, Pycnorus and Nivorus

(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) . 73

Hicks, S. D., The northern limits of several species of Coleoptera with special

reference to their occurrence in the Ottawa District, Ontario . 37

Jerath, M. L., and K. L. Unny, Larvae of six genera of Cetoniinae from eastern

Nigeria (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) . 59

- .Larvae of six species of genus Aphodius from eastern Nigeria

(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) . 9X

Kingsolver, J. M., A new fossil bruchid genus and its relationships to modern

genera (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Pachymerinae) . 25

— - On the genus Abutiloneus Bridw^ell (Coleoptera: Bruchidae).... 125

McDermott, F. A., Ihe new combination Lucidota armata and a note on Lucidota

eucera (Coleoptera: Lampyridae) . 21

Miller, D. C., Three nevr species of Crenitis from the Pacific Northwest (Cole¬
optera: Hydrophilidae) . 33

Moore, I., The genera of the Staphylininae of America north of Mexico (Cole¬
optera: Staphylinidae) . 97

Triplehorn, C. A., Notes on two important collections of Coleoptera in Brazil. 57

V arner, R. E., Hyperodes anthradnus (Dietz) damaging golf greens (Coleoptera:

Curculionidae) . 32

White, R. E., Taxonomic and distribution notes on Anobiidae (Coleoptera) . 113

Zimmerman, E. C., Illustrations of three Himalayan Amara (Coleoptera: Cara¬
bidae): . 123

Beetle Talk . 31, 32, 90, 124

Book Review . 23, 24

Literature Notice . 19, 23, 24, 42, 72, 96,

103, 116, 122, 128

Notice . 31, 32, 42, 72

LIST OF MEW TAX A PROPOSED IN VOLUME 19, 1965

Brachinus favicollis Erwin, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 11

Brachinus gebhardis Erwin, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 6

Brachinus imperialensis Erwin, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 17

Brachinus pallidus Erwin, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 8

Brachinus velutinus Erwin, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 17

Charisius mexicanus Campbell, n. sp. (Alleculidae) . 49

Crenitis malkini Miller, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 35

Crenitis palpalis Miller, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 36

Crenitis snoqualmie Miller, n. sp. (Hydrophilidae) . 35

Dorcatoma falli White, n. sp. (Anobiidae) . 114

Melvilleus Ball, n. subgen. of Pterostichus (Carabidae) . 110

Mexisphodrus Barr, n. gen. (Carabidae) . 66

Mexisphodrus veraecrucis Barr, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 66

Oligobruchus Kingsolver, n. gen., fossil (Bruchidae) . 26

Orus (. Nivorus ) surinamensis Herman, n. sp. (Staphylinidae) . 87

Orus (Orus) hemilobatus Herman, n. sp. (Staphylinidae) . 79

Orus (Orus) sinuatus Herman, n. sp. (Staphylinidae) . 78

Pseudoferonia Ball, n. subgen. of Pterostichus (Carabidae) . 107

Tricorynus lepesmei White, n. name (Anobiidae) . 115

DATES OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 19, 1965

March (No. 1), pp. 1-32, April 23, 1965.

June (No. 2), pp. 33-64, August 31, 1965.

September (No. 3), pp. 65-96, October 7, 1965.

December (No. 4), pp. 97-128, December 30, 1965.

\ (dul

VOLUME 19 MARCH \)^1965

,-C.Pa

4 1S68 -

BRUCHIDAE: New fossil genus, &y Kingsolver . 25

CARABIDAE: Brachinus I, 6y Erwin . \

CURCULIONID AE : Hyperodes anthracinus, by Warner . 32

HYDROPHILIDAE : New occurence, by Brown . 31

LAMPYRIDAE: Lucidota armata and eucera, by McDermott. 21
NITIDULIDAE: Aphenolia monogama, by Gillogly . 20

Beetle Talk . 32

Book Review . 23 24

Literature Notice . 19 23 94

Notice . 31,’ 32

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON 17, D. C. ;

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 19 March (No. 1) 1965

A REVISION OF BRACHINUS OF NORTH AMERICA:
PART I. THE CALIFORNIA SPECIES
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

By Terry L. Erwin'

Introduction

The most recent revision of this genus for North America was that by
John L. LeConte (1862:523). Blatchley (1910:157) used LeConte’s
work as the basis for his own treatment of Brachinus in his monumental

Coleoptera of Indiana. The species of these “bombardier beetles” have
been confused for many years because of their extreme similarity and no
recent revision has been attempted. The original descriptions in most cases
are not very definitive, usually stating that the species are iron-red with
blue elytra, and seldom offering any really reliable differentiating characters.

George E. Ball (1960:164) echoes the attitude of most contemporary
entomologists when he says: “The taxonomy of the North American species
of this group is very poorly understood and it is almost a waste of time at
present to attempt to determine individuals to species.”

The present paper deals primarily with the taxonomy and distribution
of Brachinus in California. Subsequent articles will stress the ecology,
biology, and behavior of these beetles. This study is preliminary to a

revision of all New World species, which will require several more years
to complete.

The taxonomic characters remain quite constant throughout the entire
range of each species. Even the color characteristics seem to be reliable in
more than 95% of the 7,000 specimens studied during this investigation.
Alter the small but constant morphological differences are recognized,
reliable determinations can easily be made of both sexes of all known
California “bombardier beetles.”

The male genitalic structures are of great taxonomic value in most
species, but many supplemental differences have also been utilized in this
revision. The nature of the elytral pubescence is one of the most easily
recognized differentiating characters. The variation ranges from nearly
entirely glabrous (in B. costipennis Motschulsky) to completely and
densely pubescent (in several of the desert forms). The color of the mes-
episterna, the abdomen, the various antennal segments (and even the
elytra, in the case of B. lateralis Dejean) provide many excellent recogni-

1 San Jose State C ollege, San Jose, California.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

tion characters. The females of the various species differ from the males,
only in their wider and less convex elytra and the shape of the last tergi e
which is visibly modified in the male.

Dissecting Techniques

As in most carabids, the aedeagus is easily removed from fresh or relaxed
specimens without damaging them. The phallus (with accompanying para-
meres) should be placed in cold 10% KOH for 12 hours, to dissolve the
muscle tissue. These structures are heavily sclerotized, therefore, they are
not visibly distorted by cold 10% KOH even after submersion for 18
hours. The terminalia should be removed from the KOH, washed in dilute
acetic acid, then placed in clove oil for 12 hours to “dear the walls of
the aedeagus. The completely prepared terminalia should then be placed
in 70% ethyl alcohol vials which are themselves kept inverted in larger
iars of alcohol (to prevent accidental destruction by evaporation ot the
alcohol in the small vials). Following this clearing technique the sclerotized
virga (at the tip of the endophallus) becomes visible through the wall ot
the phallus. This small virga (Snodgrass, 1935:622) will be of considerable
taxonomic importance in more extensive revisions, and is a useiul com¬
parative morphological character, even in this limited study ot California
species. For more lucid observations, one may extract the virga with a
hooked needle thrust into the apical orifice of the aedeagus or extrude it
with the pressure of an injection of alcohol into the basal orifice of the
aedeagus from a micro eyedropper. The shape of the phallus, the virga,
and the parameres are illustrated for each California species in the accom¬
panying plates. For the identification of most specimens, the complicated
clearing process described above is not absolutely essential, because
identification can be accomplished by just comparing the aedeagal apices
that are visible after the terminalia have been drawn a short distance out
of the abdominal tip. The above dissecting methods have been modified
from those of Lindroth (1963) and Bell (1960).

Acknowledgements

Special thanks are due the following people, without whose help the
preparation of this paper would have been impossible: Dr J. Gordon
Edwards, San Jose State College, under whose direction this research
was carried out; Mr. Guy Colas, Curator of Insects, Museum Nationa
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France, for the loan of the type specimens
from Chaudoir’s Collection; Dr. P. J. Darlington, Jr., Museum ot Com¬
parative Zoology (Harvard), Cambridge, Massachusetts, for comparing
the author’s specimens with LeConte’s “types”; Dr. William E. Ferguson,
San Jose State College, for his helpful suggestions; Mr. Hugh B. Leech,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California, for allowing
the author to study thousands of specimens from his institution and for
repeatedly aiding in the search for references and citations; Dr. Carl H.
Lindroth, University of Lund, Sweden, for his encouragement and interest;
Mr. A. T. McClay, Curator of Insects, University of California at Davis,
Davis, California, for the loan of hundreds of valuable specimens; Mr.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Martin Meinander, Curator of Insects, University of Helsinki, Finland,
for the loan of type specimens from the Mannerheim Collection; A. G.
Ponomarenko, Research Fellow, Academy of Sciences of USSR, Moscow,
U.S.S.R., for comparing the author’s specimens with Motschulsky’s
“cotypes” in the University of Moscow Museum; Mr. Charles F. Harbison
San Diego Society of Natural History, San Diego, California, for the loan
ol several hundred valuable specimens; Mr. Charles L. Hogue, Curator of
Entomology, Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, California, for
the loan of several hundred valuable specimens; Dr. William F. Barr,
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho, for the loan of several California
specimens. I am also indebted to Vladimir V. Baicher, J. Gordon Edwards,
and Ronald E. Stecker, all of San Jose State College, for the loan of their
personal collections of Brachinus.

The following abbreviations indicate the museums in which the specimens
cited are located: CAS, California Academy of Sciences; LACM, Los
Angeles County Museum; SDNHM, San Diego Natural History Museum;
SJSC, San Jose State College Museum; UCD, University of California at
Davis; ATM, A. T. McClay; UIM, University of Idaho Museum; JGE, J.
G. Edwards; VVB, V. V. Baicher; RES, R. E. Stecker; and TLE, the
author’s personal collection.

Brachinus Weber

Brachinus Weber, 1801:22.

( Carabus Linne, Fabricius; Brachynus auct.)

TYPE OF GENUS: Carabus crepitans Linne, here designated. This was
the second species listed by Weber, because bimaculatus (which Weber
listed first) is now included in Pheropsophus Solier 1833.

Description: Small to medium sized beetles with blue or brown elytra and ferru-
gineus head and thorax. The following characters are representative of this genus:
second antennal segment short and all segments with at least some pubescence- eyes
prominent and with a “bead”- at dorsal edge; labrum short and broad; mandibles
each with a single tooth; galae palpiform and two-segmented, with apical segment
ohcomcal; maxillary palpi four-segmented, with second and third segments obconical-
latual palpi three-segmented, with first and second segments obconical; anterior
tibiae with an “antennal comb” (formed of a fringe of stiff setae) in middle of
posterior edge, and with an apical tibial spine; elytra costate to a variable degree, and
truncate to dehiscent at apex; epipleura elevated above margin of elytra from
humen to outer apical comer; venter of thorax and abdomen mostly pubescent-
middle coxal cavities disjunct; abdomen with seven visible sterna; parameres of male
genitalia glabrous, reduced, the right one being very much smaller than the left.

These beetles, when alarmed, forcibly eject a liquid (composed in part
of nitrogen and P-benzoquinone) from the pygidial glands that are located
in the caudal half of the abdomen under the reproductive organs. This
liquid volatizes instantly upon contact with the air, generating a small puff
of “smoke” accompanied by an audible popping or crackling sound. If this
liquid touches human skin, the skin will burn for an instant and then turn
dark brown which lasts for several days, eventually fading to normal color.

- "Bead” in the sense used here refers to a raised ridge similar to a welding bead.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Enemies of Brachinus (birds, insects, skunks, etc.) no doubt will be affected
in much the same manner and will not “forget” the lesson. The popping
will act to scare any enemy capable of hearing, and the puff of “smoke”
would serve to startle an enemy. This ability to crepitate has resulted in
both the common name of these beetles (“bombardier beetles”) and in
many of the species names such as Brachinus explodens Duft., B. crepitans
(Linne), B. fumans (Fab.), and B. librator Dejean.

Brachinus beetles are usually not far from water, in streamside, lakeside,
or marshy habitats. Most members of this genus are capable of flying and
do so when the food supply is scarce or the environmental conditions become

unsuitable.

Key to Brachinus of California3

1. Mentum flat or slightly convex, with scattered setae; elytra with at least the

8th interval densely pubescent - 2

Mentum concave, surrounded by a ring of setae; elytra without dense pubescence

in any interval _ COSTIPENNIS Motschulsky

2. Elytra with dense pubescence restricted to 8th interval, but scattered hairs may

occur on the apical third of elytra - GEBHARDIS new species

Elytral pubescence not restricted to 8th interval - 3

3. Elytra with pubescence restricted to 6th, 7th, and 8th intervals at middle (but

also covering most of the apical third of the elytra) - 4

Elytra with entire dorsal surface pubescent - 6

4. Elytra blue, with blue epipleurae - "

Elytra brown, with testaceous epipleurae - LATERALIS Dejean

5. Antennal segments 3-5 usually black, at least in part (rarely ferrugineus), outer

segments dusky; mesepisterna and sides of abdomen black; last 3 abdominal terga

darkened, usually black - FIDELIS LeConte

Antennae pale ferrugineus; abdomen, mesepisterna and last 3 terga pale ferrugineus

(browner in some populations) - PALLIDUS new species

6. Pronotum smooth or shallowly rugose - ~ _ ^

Pronotum with deep punctations forming a strongly rugose surface FAVICOLLIS new species

7. Pronotum strongly cordiform, with sides more or less explanate before the middle;

abdomen and mesepisterna black; antennal segments 3-11 entirely black

_ TSCHERNIKHI Mannerheim

Pronotum narrow, distinctly longer than wide and with sides not explanate; venter

pale; antennal segments 3-11 dusky - 8

8. Elytra feebly costate, feebly pubescent; pronotal disc glabrous, with only a few

scattered hairs around margins; head with frontal furrows deep and rugose

_ IMPERIALENSIS new species

Elytra not costate, densely pubescent; pronotal disc with dense pubescence; head

with shallow frontal furrows - VELUTINUS new species

Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky
Brachinus costipennis Motschulsky, 1 859 : 139.

Brachinus carinulatus Motschulsky, 1859; 139. (NEW SYNONYMY)
Brachinus glabripennis LeConte, 1858: 28. (NOMEN NUDUM)

In 1862 (p. 523) LeConte listed Brachinus lecontei Motschulsky as a
synonym of B. costipennis, however Ponamarenko has compared the “type”

3 This key treats the species known to occur naturally in California, but some of
these have ranges that extend far beyond the boundaries of this state.

i In this key “elytral interval” refers to the depressions between the costae.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

specimens of these species, and they are definitely different. For further
details, see Brachinus ft delis LeConte.

TYPE LOCALITY: B. costipennis: “California”; B. carinulatus:
“California.”

TYPE SPECIMENS: Two cotypes of B. costipennis and two cotypes of
B. carinulatus are in the Motschulsky collection at the University of
Moscow. One specimen of B. costipennis is in the LeConte collection,
designated as type number 8329, at the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts. Dr. Darlington states that this specimen is very
likely a cotype from Motschulsky, with whom LeConte is known to have
corresponded.

DISTRIBUTION: This species is found in most of the southwestern
United States and as far north as Tehama County in California. It is one
of three species occurring on Santa Cruz Island, 20 miles off the coast of
Santa Barbara County in southern California (fig. 10).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 5 to 8 mm.; width 4 to 4.2 mm. Coloration. Elytra
of both sexes bluish with blue epipleura; head and pronotum ferrugineus; mesal
edges of mandibles piceous; antennal segments 1-3, legs, palpi, and venter ferrugino-
testaceous; antennal segments 4-11 dusky brown; mesepisterna and sides of abdominal
sterna ferrugineus, rarely brown. Head. Labrum entire; dorsal surface of mentum
concave, with a ring of setae surrounding concavity; bead around eyes entire except
for a short area behind each antenna; furrows on frons very shallow and smooth;
only a few setae at most behind eyes and on top of head; microsculpture consists of
small isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Widest at anterior third; anterior angles prom¬
inent and rounded; posterior angles prominent, acute and directed posteriorly, with
lateral basal impressions shallow; lateral margins slightly reflexed and narrowly
beaded with dark reddish brown; disc flat, sometimes slightly convex, barely rugose
down midline and at most a few setiferous discal punctures; anterior transverse
impressions deep; microsculpture consists of isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra
truncate, widest just behind middle; moderately costate; microsculpture consists of
small isodiametric meshes; glabrous except for regularly spaced hairs in 8th interval.
Female elytra similar except proportionally wider than those of male. Aedeagus
(fig. 1). Phallus strongly arched; ending in an apical knob; microsculpture lacking.
Endophallus bears a poorly pigmented virga, consisting of a “V” shaped tip, with a
median ventral fin. A pigmented intravirgal piece occurs at the base of this fin.

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 397 specimens were examined.
Alameda County: (Oakland Hills) CAS; Fresno County: (Sanger) CAS,
(LeFerre Creek) CAS, (Camp Greeley) CAS; Humbolt County: (Garberville)
CAS; Imperial County: (Carrizo) SDNHM, (Castiac) UIM; Los Angeles
County: (San Francisquito Canyon) LACM, (Pasadena) LACM, (Camp
Bonita, San Gabriel Mts.) LACM, (Big Dalton Dam) ATM, (Big Tujunga)
LACM, (Los Angeles River) LACM, (Rio Hondo) LACM, (Frenchman
Flats) LACM, (Lake Arrowhead) CAS, (Tujunga Pass) ATM; Madera
County: (Coursegold) UIM CAS; Mendocino County: (Ukiah) VVB;
Monterey County: (Stone Canyon) CAS; Orange County: (Costa Mesa)
ATM; Placer County: (Placer County) CAS; Riverside County: (Simond’s)
LACM, (Palm Canyon) LACM, (Riverside) CAS, (Elsinore Lake)
CAS, (Hemet) VVB, (Gilman Hot Springs) ATM; San Bernadino
County: (Cajon Wash) LACM, (Colton) CAS, (Cajon Pass) ATM; San
Diego County: (Mission Dam) SDNHM, (Mission Valley) SDNHM,
(Pine Valley) SDNHM, (Dehesa) SDNHM, (El Monte Oaks) SDNHM,
(San Diego) SDNHM, (Valley Center) SDNHM, (Warner’s Ranch)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

SDNHM, (Rincoln) SDNHM, (Banner) SDNHM, (Oceanside) CAS,
(Poway) CAS, (Descanso) CAS; San Luis Obispo County: (Arroyo
Grande) CAS; Santa Clam County: (Adobe Creek) CAS; Santa Cruz
Island: (Santa Cruz Island) CAS; Sonoma County: (Duncan Mills) CAS;
Tehama County: (hills west of Tehama County) CAS; Tulare County:
(Sequoia Park) VVB; Ventura County: (Santa Paula) CAS; Yolo County:
(Davis) ATM.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: Latin, costa = rib; pennis — wing;
referring to the costate elytra.

DISCUSSION: This species is unique among the Brachinus in our fauna
because of the concave mentum surrounded by setae. Also, this is the only
California species whose members possess glabrous elytra. The male is
further distinguishable by having the apical knob of the adeagus so well
developed. The species is widely distributed within the state, as indicated
by the collection records.

Brachinus gehhardis Erwin, NEW SPECIES

TYPE LOCALITY: Uvas Creek, 5 miles west of Morgan Hill, Santa
Clara County, California.

TYPE SPECIMENS: The holotype male and the allotype female have
been deposited in the entomological museum at the California Academy
of Sciences in San Francisco. Both were collected by the author at the
type locality, on 9 February 1964. Forty-six paratypes (of both sexes)
were collected by the author along Coyote Creek, 7 miles east of Gilroy,
Santa Clara County, California (below Gilroy Hot Springs). Ten of these
paratypes are deposited in each of the following: CAS, MCZ, AMNH,
and the author’s personal collection Two paratypes are in each of the
following: SJSC, UCD, and the University of Moscow. The remaining
paratypes have been returned to their owners.

DISTRIBUTION: This species is confined to the extreme west coast
of California except at the type locality and in Riverside County. It is one
of the three species which occur on Santa Cruz Island, 20 miles off the
coast of Santa Barbara County (fig. 11).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 6 to 8:5 mm.; width 4.5 to 4.6 mm. Coloration.
Elytra of both sexes blue with blue epipleura; head and pronotum ferrugineus;
mandibles reddish brown with piceous mesal edges; antennal segments 1-4, legs and
palpi pale ferrugineus; antennal segments 5-11 slightly darker than segment 4; mes-
episterna black; sides of abdominal sterna usually ferrugineus but rarely black. Head.
Labrum slightly emarginate; dorsal surface of mentum convex, with a seta only at
each anterior corner; bead around eyes entire; frons with shallow, finely rugose
frontal furrows; numerous setae arise behind eyes and on top of head; microsculpture
consists of small isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Widest before middle with sides
deeply sinuate; anterior angles not prominent; posterior angles acute, with lateral
basal impressions shallow; lateral margins broadly reflexed; marginal bead dark
ferrugineus; disc flat, somewhat rugose down midline and with several setiferous
punctures in basal half and a few at anterior corners; anterior transverse impression
reduced to a triangular depression; microsculpture consists of small isodiametric
meshes. Elytra. Male elytra truncate, widest at apical third, narrowing slightly to
squared humeri which are not prominent; deeply costate; microsculpture consists
of fine isodiametric meshes; pubescent band confined to 8th interval, but a few
scattered hairs occur at apex and in scutellar region. Female elytra similar but wider

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

at apical third than those of male. Aedecigus (fig. 2). Phallus fairly straight; ending
in a rounded point; microsculpture lacking. Endophallus bears a poorly pigmented
virga which is fused apically, but has two basal lobes.

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 70 paratypes were examined.
Alameda County: (Arroyo Mocho) TLE; Amador County: (Horse Creek)
TLE; Los Angeles County: (Pasadena) CAS, (Soledad Canyon) LACM,
(San Francisquito Canyon) LACM, (Tanbark Flat) ATM; Monterey
County: (Bryson) CAS; Orange County: (Lower San Juan Campground)
LACM; Riverside County: (San Jacinto Mts.) CAS; San Diego County:
(Valley Center) SDNHM; San Luis Obispo County: (Atascadero) CAS,
(San Luis Obispo) CAS; Santa Barbara County: (Cuyama River) CAS,
(West Santa Ynez River) ATM, (Oso Canyon) ATM; Santa Cruz Island:
(Santa Cruz Island) CAS; Santa Clara County: (Uvas Creek) TLE,
(Pacheco Pass) UIM, (Gilroy Hot Springs) TLE; Stanislaus County: (Del
Puerto Creek) TLE; Ventura County: (Foster Park) ATM.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: Greek, geb — born; Old French,
hardi = shovel-shaped; referring to the “spade” shaped dorsal outline of
these beetles.

DISCUSSION: This species is poorly represented in collections and
seems to be more rare than the other northern species. The pubescent
band of the elytra being confined to the 8th interval serves as an excellent
field identification character. The lack of a ridge at the dorsal apex on
the penis easily separates males from those of B. fidelis, which are other¬
wise quite similar to B. gebhardis.

Brachinus lateralis Dejean
Brachinus lateralis Dejean, 1831 : 424.

Brachynus leucoloma Chaudoir, 1868: 301. (NEW SYNONYMY)

TYPE LOCALITY: B. lateralis: “Moritz, Angustura, Guayama baja,
Misiones Del Coronis” is handwritten on the label of Mannerheim’s speci¬
men, which was given to him by Dejean; B. leucoloma: “de Rio Gila, en
California” is cited in Chaudoir’s description (refers to the Gila River in
the extreme southeast corner of California) .

TYPE SPECIMENS: One syntype of B. lateralis is in the Mannerheim
collection at the University of Helsinki. One cotype of B. leucoloma is in
the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.

DISTRIBUTION: This species is widely distributed across the southern
United States from Florida to California and into Mexico. Blatchley (1910)
records one specimen from Indiana, but the record is doubtful because he
indicates the elytra are blue-black instead of brown (fig. 12).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 7 to 9 mm.; width 4.3 to 4.5 mm. Coloration. Elytra
of both sexes brownish with pale testaceous epipleura; head and pronotum dark
ferrugineus; mandibles piceous at apex; antennal segments 1-4, legs, palpi, and frons
ferrugino-testaceous; antennal segments 5-11 dark ferrugineus; mesepisterna and
sides of abdominal sterna dark brown (similar in color to the elytra). Head. Labrum
slightly notched at apex; dorsal surface of mentum convex with a seta at each
anterior corner; bead occurs only around top half of eyes; frons with rugose longi¬
tudinal furrows which widen at base of clypeus; only a few setae arise behind eyes
and on top of head; microsculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes. Pronotum.

THE COLEOPTEPJSTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Slightly wider just before middle and with sides deeply sinuate; anterior angles not
very prominent (barely exceeding width of anterior margin); posterior angles
prominent, acute with lateral basal impressions almost absent; lateral margins slightly
reflexed, narrowly beaded with dark reddish brown bead; disc flat, slightly rugose
down midline and with a few setiferous punctures at base and at midapex; micro¬
sculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra truncate, widest
at apical third, narrowing anteriorly to prominent humeri; very slightly costate;
microsculpture consists of very fine isodiametric meshes; pubescent bands occur near
humeri only in 7th and 8th intervals, but broadened gradually and covering entire
elytra beyond apical sixth. Female elytra similar, but proportionately slightly wider
than those of male in apical half. Aedeagus (fig. 3). Phallus heavily sclerotized
ending in a blunt tip; a median dorsal ridge and two lateral ridges occur near apex
and the apical half is rugose between ridges; microsculpture lacking. Endophallus
bears a poorly pigmented virga consisting of two lateral plates.

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS; 94 specimens were examined.
Imperial County: (Yuma) CAS, (Salton Sea) VVB, (Mecca) Coachella
Valley Mosquito Abatement District Collection, (Calpatria) CAS, (El
Centro) CAS; Los Angeles County: (Pasadena) CAS, (Long Beach)
CAS, (Lake Hodges) SDNHM, (Cypress) LACM, (Los Angeles) CAS;
Orange County: (Laguna Canyon) ATM, (Anaheim) SDNHM; Riverside
County: (Elsinore) CAS, (Elsinore Lake) CAS UIM, (Blythe) UIM
LACM, (Corona) ATM; San Bernadino County: (Needles) CAS, (On¬
tario) CAS, (Saratoga Springs, Death Valley) ATM; San Diego County:
(Oceanside) CAS, (San Diego) SDNHM, (San Juan Capistrano) UIM,
(Sweetwater Valley) SDNHM.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: French, lateralis — side; referring
to the pale epipleura.

DISCUSSION: This species is very easy to recognize because it is the
only North American species with brown elytra. The aedeagus is also very
distinctive.

Brachinus pallidus Erwin, NEW SPECIES

TYPE LOCALITY : Mad River, 5 miles east of Mad River Post Office,
Trinity County, California.

TYPE SPECIMENS: The holotype male and allotype female have been
deposited in the entomological museum at the California Academy of
Sciences in San Francisco. Both were collected by the author at the type
locality, on August 16, 1964. Forty-eight paratypes (of both sexes) were
collected by the author at the type locality and from Coyote Creek, 7 miles
east of Gilroy, Santa Clara County, California (below Gilroy Hot Springs).
Ten of these paratypes are deposited in each of the following: CAS, MCZ,
AMNH, and the author’s collection. Two paratypes are in each of the
following: SJSC, UCD, UIM, and the University of Moscow. The remain¬
ing paratypes have been returned to their owners.

DISTRIBUTION: This species is mostly restricted to northern Cali¬
fornia, with only two populations known to occur south of Monterey Bay
(fig. 13).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 7 to 9 mm.; width 3 to 3:5 mm. Coloration. Elytra
of both sexes dark blue with blue epipleura; head and pronotum ferrugineus; mandi¬
bles reddish brown with piceous mesal edges and tip; antennal segments 1-2, legs,
and palpi ferrugino-testaceous; antennal segments 3-11 ferrugineus; mesepisterna

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

and sides of abommal sterna ferrugineus (occasionally caudal half of mesepisterna
is brown, in which case sides of abdominal sterna will also be brown). Head. Labrum
entire; dorsal surface of mentum slightly convex, with a setae at each anterior
corner; bead around eyes entire, thickened at dorsal edge; frons with shallow frontal
furrows which are finely rugose; numerous setae arise behind eyes and on top of
had, microsculpture consists of very fine isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Wider just
before middle and with sides deeply sinuate; anterior angles slightly prominent-
posterior angles acute and directed posteriorly, with lateral basal impressions
shallow; lateral margins slightly reflexed, with a narrow bead of slightly darker
color than pronotum; disc flat, quite rugose down midline and with a few setiferous
punctures on basal half and at anterior corners; microsculpture consists of fine
isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra with sides almost parallel, narrowing very
little to slightly prominent humeri; deeply costate; microsculpture consists of fine
isodiametric meshes; pubescent bands occur near humeri only in 7th and 8th
intervals, but broaden to cover entire elytra beyond apical fourth; a few hairs occur
in scute liar region. Female elytra similar, but proportionately wider than those of
m^„in,apica-l ^a^‘ Aedeagus (fig. 4). Phallus prominently compressed resembling
? . . s22Pe in cross section and ending in a feebly rounded point; microsculpture
lacking The endophallus bears a lightly pigmented bilobed virga which is connected
ventrally by a thin “bridge.”

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 392 paratypes were exam¬
ined. Alameda County: (Arroyo Mocho) TLE, (Livermore) CAS, (Sunol)
CAS, (Niles Canyon) SDNHM; Amador County: (5 miles west of Sutter
Creek on Horse Creek) TLE; Butte County: (Oroville) CAS; Calaveras
County: (Mokelumne Hill) CAS; Contra Costa County: (Marsh Creek)
TLE, Fresno County: (Camp Greely) CAS; Glenn County: (Elk Creek)
CAS; Humbolt County: (Garberville) CAS UIM, (Schively) ATM, (Fort
Seward) CAS UIM; Lake County: (Middletown) CAS UIM, (North Fork
Cache Creek, Hwy. 20) ATM; Madera County: (Coursegold) CAS UIM
Marin County: (Pt. Reyes) ATM CAS; Mariposa County: (Jolon) CAS,’
(3 miles S. E. of Jolon) CAS; Napa County: (Rutherford) TLE, (Monti-
cello) ATM; Placer County: (Auburn) ATM; San Joaquin County: (San
Joaquin County) SJSC; San Luis Obispo County: (Atascadero) CAS;
Santa Clara County: (Gilroy Hot Springs) TLE, (Uvas Creek) TLE’
(Isabel Creek) TLE, (Los Gatos) CAS, (Mt. Hamilton) CAS, (San
Jose) CAS, (Arroyo Bayo) JGE, (Santa Clara) CAS; Siskiyou County:
(south of the Shasta River) CAS; Shasta County: (Anderson) CAS,
(Redding) CAS VVB; Sonoma County: (Del Puerto Creek) TLE* Tehama
County: (Red Bluff) CAS; Trinity County: (Mad River) TLE- Yolo
County: (Putah Canyon) ATM, (Davis) ATM.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: Latin, pallidus — pale; referring to
the pale ferrugineus venter, limbs, head, and thorax.

DISCUSSION: Members of this species are easily recognized by the
compressed ventral surface of the aedeagus, and by the light color of the
abdomen and mesepisterna.

Brachinus fidelis LeConte
Brachinus fidelis LeConte, 1862: 524.

Brachinus lecontei Motschulsky, 1859: 139. (Primary homonym of B.
lecontei LeConte, 1844:49.)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

In 1859, Motschulsky described B. lecontei from California, but it was
a primary homonym of B. lecontei LeConte, 1844, from the southern
United States. According to LeConte (1862) B. lecontei LeC. is a synonym
of B. perplexus Dejean. Motschulsky’s name B. lecontei must also be re¬
jected, on the grounds that it was, when proposed, a primary homonym.
LeConte, in 1862, described B. fidelis, from California, as a species dis¬
tinct from B. lecontei Mots. During the course of this research the author
sent identical specimens of Brachinus from Del Puerto Creek, California,
to both A. G. Ponomarenko and P. J. Darlington with requests that
several characters be critically compared with those of the type specimens
at the University of Moscow Museum and the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. As a result of these comparisons, it was determined that the Del
Puerto Creek specimens are identical both with Motschulsky’s two type
specimens of B. lecontei (in Moscow) and with LeContes eleven type
specimens of B. fidelis (in the Museum of Comparative Zoology). Accord¬
ingly, B. fidelis LeC. is a synonym of B. lecontei Mots. Because B. lecontei
Motsch. is invalid, the first available valid name is B. fidelis LeConte 1862.

( B . lecontei Dejean [1837: 14] must be considered a nomen nudum.)

TYPE LOCALITY: B. fidelis: “Kern” is handwritten on the label of
LeConte’s first specimen. A gold disc represents the state of California
on all of LeConte’s types of this species. B. lecontei: “California” is cited
in Motschulsky’s description, but his cotypes are labelled B. latipennis
lecontei Motsch., California.

TYPE SPECIMENS: Two cotypes of B. lecontei Mots, are in the
Motschulsky collection at the University of Moscow. Eleven specimens
are in LeConte’s series of B. fidelis LeC. at the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. The first specimen in this latter series is designated as type number
5852. The last specimen in the series is labelled “Or.”

DISTRIBUTION: This species, as far as is known, is confined to Cali¬
fornia, Arizona, and Mexico, occurring sympatrically with B. costipennis.
It is one of the three species occurring on Santa Cruz Island, 20 miles off
the coast of Santa Barbara County in southern California (fig. 14).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 7 to 9 mm.; width 4.5 to 4.6 mm. Coloration. Elytra
of both sexes dark blue with blue epipleura; head and pronotum ferrugineus,
mandibles dark red-brown to piceous at tips and along mesal edges; antennal segments
3-5 black or banded black; segments 6-11 dusky to brown; mesepisterna and sides
of abdominal sterna black (venter may vary from dark ferrugineus to dark brown).
Head. Labrum entire; dorsal surface of the mentum convex at middle with a setae
at each anterior corner; bead around eyes entire joining with ridge^ over antennal
base; furrows on frons shallow, finely rugose usually in form of a V ; numerous
setae arise behind eyes and a few from top of head; microscultpure consists of tine
isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Widest just behind anterior angles well in front ot
middle; anterior angles prominent and rounded; posterior angles prominent and
acute; with lateral margins narrowly reflexed and narrowly beaded with a dark
reddish-brown color; disc convex to flat, slightly rugose at center and at most a
few setiferous punctures occurring in apical and basal transverse impressions, anterior
transverse impression reduced to almost a triangular fovea; microsculpture consists
of small isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra truncate, widest at apical third
narrowing toward rounded humeri which are not prominent; deeply costate, micro-
sculpture^ consists of fine isodiametric meshes; pubescent band confined anteriorly
to 7th and 8th intervals, but broadened gradually and covering entire elytra beyond
apical third. Female elytra similar, but proportionately wider than those of male
in apical half. Aedeagus (fig. 5). Phallus cylindrical, ending in a rounded point; a

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

1 1

median ridge occurs on dorsal surface at apex; microsculpture lacking. Endophallus
nears a poorly pigmented virga consisting of two lateral plates.

. ^ALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 894 specimens were exam¬
ined. Alameda County: (Niles Canyon) ATM, (San Leandro) UIM, (Oak¬
land Hills) CAS, (Livermore) CAS; Amador County: (5 miles west ol
Sutter Creek) TLE; Colusa County: (Hwy. 20 and 16) ATM, (Rumsey
Canyon) ATM; El Dorado County: (“El Dorado County”) CAS; Fresno
County: (La Ferre Creek) CAS; Imperial County: (Calpatria) CAS; Inyo
County: (Little Lake) CAS, (Owens Lake) CAS, (Westgard Pass Plateau)
CAS, (Olancha) CAS, (Deep Springs Lake) CAS, (Big Pine) CAS, (Inde¬
pendence) CAS, (Freeman) CAS, (Lone Pine) CAS, (Diaz Lake) CAS-
Glenn County: (Elk Creek) CAS; Los Angeles County: (Alhambra) CAs’
(Frenchman Flat) CAS, (Arroyo Seco Canyon) VVB, (San Dimas)
CAS, (Pasadena) CAS, (Los Angeles) CAS, (Big Dalton Dam) ATM
Madera County: (O’Neals) ATM, (Coarsegold) CAS; Mariposa County:
(Mariposa) CAS; Merced County: (Merced) CAS; Monterey County •
(Stone Canyon) CAS, (3 miles S. E. of Jolon) CAS, (Jolon) CAS; Napa
County: (Monticello) ATM; Orange County: (Laguna Beach) CAS
(Black Star Canyon) ATM; Placer County: (“Placer County”) CAS
Riverside County: (Colton CAS, (Hemet) VVB, (Riverside) CAS, (Palm
Canyon) CAS, (San Jacinto Mts.) CAS, (Palm Springs) CAS; San Benito
County. (Panoche Valley) CAS; San Luis Obispo County: (Cambria)
CAS, (San Luis Obispo) CAS, (Santa Margarita) CAS, (Atascadero)
CAS; San Diego County: (Mt. Palomar) CAS, (Carrizo) UIM, (Guatay)
UIM, (San Juan Capistrano) UIM, (Poway) CAS, (3 miles south of
Dehesa) TLE, (Jacumba) CAS, (Sweetwater River) RES, (Chicken
Creek) CAS, (Knaus) CAS, (9 miles east of Pine Valley) ATM, (Mission
Valley) ATM^, San Joaquin County: (Corral Hollow) TLE; San Bernadino
County: (Cajon Pass) ATM; Santa Barbara County: (Gaviota) CAS,
(Cuyama River) CAS, (Santa Ynez River, San Lucas) CAS, (Canada del
Venadeto) ATM, (Bluff Camp, San Rafael Mts.) ATM; Santa Cruz Island •
(Santa Cruz Island) CAS; Santa Cruz County: (Santa Cruz) CAS; Santa
Clara County: (Gilroy Hot Springs) TLE, (Pacheco Pass) UIM, (Uvas
Creek) TLE, (Alum Rock Park) CAS, (Arroyo Bayo) JGE; Stanislaus
County: (Del Puerto Creek) TLE, (Del Puerto Canyon) UIM; Tehama
County. ( hills west of Tehama County”) CAS; Tulare County: (Kaweah)
CAS; Ventura County: (Santa Paula) CAS ATM, (Wheeler Hot Springs)
CAS, (Ventura) CAS, (Fillmore) CAS, (Foster Park) ATM; Yolo
County: (Putah Canyon) ATM, (Davis) ATM, (Putah Creek) TLE.

DISCUSSION: This is the most common species of Brachinus in Cali-
torma. It is easily recognized by the darkened 3rd and 4th antennal seg¬
ments, together with the dark mesepisterna and abdominal sides

Brachinus favicollis Erwin, NEW SPECIES

TYPE LOCALITY: Jamul, San Diego County, California.

TYPE SPECIMENS: The holotype male and allotype female have
been deposited in the entomological museum at the California Academy
of Sciences in San Francisco. Both were collected by F. E. Blaisdell at

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

I. B.COSTIPENNIS

2.B. GEBHARDIS

3 B. LATERALIS

7. B. TSCHERNIKHI

8. B.IMPERIALENSIS

9. B VELUTINUS

Figures 1-9, Brachinus spp. Aedeagus from dorsal and lateral view.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

the type locality, on March 20, 1899. Seventy-six paratypes collected on
various dates and at various localities are indicated in the CALIFORNIA
LOCALITY RECORDS and they have been returned to the museums
also indicated there.

DISTRIBUTION: This species is restricted to southern California and
possibly Mexico. It occurs sympatrically with B. lateralis in the latter’s
western-most range (fig. 15).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 9.5 to 10.5 mm.; width 4.5 to 4.8 mm. Coloration.
Elytra of both sexes blue with a violaceous cast and epipleura blue; head and
pronotum ferrugineus to brown; mandibles red-brown with piceous mesal edges;
antennal segment 1 and legs ferrugineus; antennal segments 2-11 and palpi ferrugineus-
brown; mesepisterna black; sides of abdominal sterna ferrugineus to brown. Head.
Labrum emarginate, with yellow lateral edges; dorsal surface of the mentum slightly
convex with a seta at each anterior corner; bead around eyes entire but finer at
antennal base; frons with deep frontal furrows which are rugose and punctate;
numerous setae arise behind eyes and on top of head; microsculpture consists of very
fine isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Widest at apical third and with sides moderately
sinuate; anterior angles not prominent; posterior angles acute with lateral basal
impressions shallow; lateral margins somewhat reflexed with a narrow bead of
slightly darker color than pronotum; disc flat with many deep punctures forming a
very rugose surface and with many setiferous punctures scattered over entire surface;
microsculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra truncate!
widest at apical third, narrowing slightly to humeri which are not prominent; deeply
costate, microsculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes; pubescent bands occur
in each interval from humerus to apex. Female elytra similar, but proportionately
wider and flatter than those of male in apical third. Aedeagus (fig. 6). Phallus cylin¬
drical and ending in a blunt point; with apical sixth twisted very slightly; micro¬
sculpture lacking. Endophallus bears a lightly pigmented bilobed virga which is fused
apically.

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 76 paratypes were examined.
Los Angeles County: (Pasadena) CAS, (San Francisquito Canyon) LACM,
(Los Angeles) LACM, (Azusa) LACM, (Tujunga Creek) LACM; Orange
County: (Black Star Canyon) ATM; Riverside County: (Hemet) VVB,
(Palm Canyon) LACM, (Palm Springs) ATM; San Bernadino County:
(Mojave River) CAS; San Diego County: (Jamul) CAS, (Pamo Valley)
LACM, (Mission Valley) SDNHM.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: Latin, favus — honeycomb; collis —
neck; referring to the strongly punctured thorax of members of this species.

DISCUSSION: This species is one of four whose members have pubes¬
cence covering the entire elytra. The deeply punctate pronotum is a good
field recognition character.

Brachinus tschernikhi Mannerheim

Brachinus tschernikhi Mannerheim, 1843: 184.

Brachinus puncticollis LeConte, 1858: 28, (NOMEN NUDUM).

In LeConte’s 1862 revision this name was omitted.

TYPE LOCALITY: “California.”

TYPE SPECIMENS: The types of this species are presumed lost.
The author has contacted the museum at the University of Helsinki in
attempting to locate the types. Mr. Meinander, the Curator, states that these
types are not in the Mannerheim collection. Material collected by Tschernik

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Figures 10-13, Brachinus spp. California distribution maps.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

in C alifornia was sent by Fischer von Waldheim to Mannerheim ( 1 843 ■
180). If this material were reclaimed by von Waldheim it would be either
in his collection at the University of Moscow or in Leningrad but A G
Ponomarenko in Moscow states that the types of B. tschernikhi are not in
the Fischer von Waldheim collection. Dr. O. L. Kryzhanovskii states that
the types are not in the Leningrad Museum, either. The University of
Moscow does have three specimens, in the Motschulsky collection labelled
' B. tschernikhi, California.” It is possible that Motschulsky could have
seen the Mannerheim types and subsequently identified his own specimens
under that name. It is also conceivable that these specimens actually were
Mannerheim s type specimens, but there is no concrete evidence indicating
that to be the case. The following description is based on these three
specimens, because of the assumption that they were at least compared
with the “types” by Motschulsky, even if they are not Mannerheim’s
actual type specimens.

DISTRIBUTION: This species has a very limited range in central
California, from Lake County to Merced County, but it also inhabits parts
of Oregon (fig. 16). F

Fl!inS nf hlh°^'v ^ u, L 8fu 7.,to 9 5 mm.; width 4.2 to 4.4 mm. Coloration.
>t a of both sexes blue with blue epipleura; head and pronotum ferrugineus

(sometimes varying from a yellowish shade to ferrugineus); mandibles piceous

veJvndarkSeSntS H1-"2, T’ anfd fr°nS ferru8meus’ segments 3-11 black; moSthparts
C1PPT uChmg C° °r °,f OUter seSments °f antennae; meseipsterna and venter
Eeaf- Labrum entire; dorsal surface of mentum slightly convex with a seta
at each anterior corner; bead around eyes entire; eyes very prominent; frons with

tnondofabpnadeeP and ,rutgose frontal furrows; a few setae arise behind eyes and on
p of head, microsculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Widest
<.t middle with deeply sinuate sides behind; anterior angles very prominent- posterior
angles very prominent, acute, with lateral basal impressions deep; lateral margins
reflexed with a definite bead; disc flat, slightly rugose down midline; sefiferous
punctures sparsely covering dorsal surface; microsculpture consists of small isodia-
TCSh®S’ EXtm' Maule e,lytra truncate, widest at apical third narrowing very
li“ct P Kinen humen; barely costate; microsculpture consists of small isodiametric
. es, pubescence sparse but covering elytra, occurring in all intervals Female

AedealT fii ^ S!jghtly than thole of male in apicidhalfi

l-.pi-fnf Th' g' I TPn u °ng Wlth a ndge at the dorsal apex; microsculpture
t eking The endophallus bears a poorly pigmented virga consisting of two lateral
basal plates with a small median fin on the ventral side, and fused a? the apex

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 47 specimens were examined
Lake County: (Clear Lake) CAS, (Cache Creek) ATM, (Lower Lake)'
CAS, Merced County: (Los Banos) CAS; Sacramento County (Sacra-

T™0),^IIV! ^™; Yol° County; (Davis) UIM CAS ATM, (Cause Way)
ATM, (Clarksburg) ATM. J

DLS<7.ySS!ON: Memt»ers of this species are the darkest in color of all
the California Brachtnus. The entire venter is black, unlike any other
species The black antennal segments are also unique (except in B fidelis
which has the 3rd and 4th segments dark). The aedeagus closely resembled

at of B fidelis, which also indicates a close phylogenetic relationship
between these species. ^ 1

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Figures 14-17, Brachinus spp. California distribution maps.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Brachinus imperialensis Erwin, NEW SPECIES
TYPE LOCALITY: Potholes, Imperial County, California.

TYPE SPECIMENS. The holotype male and allotype female have
been deposited in the entomological museum at the California Academy
of Sciences in San Francisco. Both were collected by E. P. Van Duzee at
the type locality, on April 9, 1923. Eighteen paratypes collected on various
dates and at various localities are indicated in the CALIFORNIA LOCAL¬
ITY RECORDS and they have been returned to the museums also
indicated there.

DISTRIBUTION: This species is restricted to desert habitats along the
Colorado River and outlets of the Salton Sea in Imperial County (fig. 17).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 9 to 10.5 mm.; width 4 to 4.1 mm. Coloration.
Elytra ot both sexes blue with a violeceous cast and with epipleura blue* head and
pronotum ferrugineus; mandibles piceous at tips and on mesal edges’- antennal
segment 1 ferrugmo-testaceous; antennal segments 2-11, legs, palpi, ’and frons
terrugmeus; mesepisterna and venter ferrugineus; sides of abdominal sterna black.
Head. Lab rum slightly emarginate; dorsal surface of the mentum convex with a
seta arising at each anterior corner; bead around eyes very weak; frons with deep
frontal furrows which are somewhat rugose; numerous setae arise behind eyes and
a lew from top of the head; microsculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes.

tonotum. Widest just before middle and with sides moderately sinuate; anterior
angles prominent, finely acute, with lateral basal impressions moderately deep- lateral
margins narrow with a dark lateral bead; disc slightly convex, barely rugose down
sparsely pubescent at base and at anterior corners; microsculpture consists
ol finely isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra truncate, sides almost parallel but
narrowing slightly toward humeri which are not at all prominent; barely costate;
microsculpture consists of small isodiametric meshes; pubescence sparsely covering
elytra, occurring in all intervals. Female elytra similar, but proportionately slightly
wider than those of male in apical third. Aedeagus (fig. 8). Phallus asymmetrical,
ending in a rounded point, with apical third twisted considerably; microsculpture
lacking. Endophallus bears a poorly pigmented virga consisting of two lateral basal
lobes, which are fused apically.

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 18 paratypes were examined.
Imperial County: (Potholes) CAS, (Yuma) CAS, (Palo Verde) UIM,
(Holtville) CAS, (El Centro) CAS, (Brawley) CAS, (Calipatria) CAS,
(Calexico) ATM; Riverside County: (Blythe) CAS; San Bernadino
County: (Needles) CAS.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: Imperial County — the place the types
were collected; Latin, ensis — denoting place, locality or country.

DISCUSSION: Members of this species are very similar to their more
western counterpart, B. favicollis, but they lack the strong punctations
and the pubescence. Also, the elytra are scarcely costate in B . imperialensis.
The alkali river bank habitat of this species is quite different from the
run-off stream environment of B. favicollis.

Brachinus velutinus Erwin, NEW SPECIES

TYPE LOCALITY: Davis, Yolo County, California.

TYPE SPECIMENS: The holotype male and allotype female have
been deposited in the entomological museum at the University of California,
Davis, California. Both were collected at the type locality by A. T. McClay,
on September 1, 1949. Fifteen paratypes collected on various dates and

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

at various localities are indicated in the CALIFORNIA LOCALITY
RECORDS and were returned to the museums also indicated there.

DISTRIBUTION: This species has been collected from only four
locations in Central California (fig. 17).

DESCRIPTION: Size. Length 7 to 8.2 mm.; width 3.2 to 3.4 mm. Coloration.
Elytra of both sexes blue with a violaceous cast and with epipleura blue; head and
pronotum ferrugineus; mandibles piceous at tips and along mesal edges, antennal
segment 1 ferrugino-testaceous; antennal segments 2-11, legs, palpi, mesepisterna
ferrugineus; sides of abdominal sterna brown to piceous. Head. Labrum entire;
dorsal surface of mentum flat with a seta at each anterior corner and a few along
caudal edge; bead on dorsal part of eyes only; frons with very shallow frontal
furrows' only a few setae arise behind eyes and on top of head; microsculpture
consists of very fine isodiametric meshes. Pronotum. Widest just behind apical margin
with sides moderately sinuate behind; anterior angles slightly prominent; posterior
angles prominent, acute, with lateral margins slightly reflexed without a definite
bead; lateral basal impressions shallow; disc flat, and barely rugose down midline,
with dense pubescence on entire dorsal surface; microsculpture consists of small
isodiametric meshes. Elytra. Male elytra truncate, widest at apical third narrowing
strongly to very narrow humeri which are not at all prominent; not costate; micro¬
sculpture consists of very small isodiametric meshes, pubescence densely covering
elytra. Female elytra similar, but proportionately slightly wider than those of male
at apical third. Aedeagus (fig. 9). Phallus asymmetrical, ending in a twisted blunt knob;
microsculpture lacking. Endophallus bears a poorly pigmented virga consisting of two
lateral plates which are fused apically.

CALIFORNIA LOCALITY RECORDS: 15 paratypes were examined.
Contra Costa County : (Brentwood) CAS; Stanislaus County: (Newman)
ATM; Tulare County: (Visalia) ATM; Yolo County: (Davis) CAS ATM.

DERIVATION OF THE NAME: Latin, velutinus = velvet; referring
to the velvety-down appearance of the elytral pubescence.

DISCUSSION: This species is the most peculiar of all the California
species. Its members, with their narrow shoulders and densely pubescent
prothorax and elytra, do not appear to be closely related to any other
species from this area. The twisted aedeagus would seem to place it, how¬
ever, near B. favicollis and B. imperialensis.

Literature Cited

BALL1 96 (X In R. H. Arnett, The Beetles of the United States. The Catholic Univer¬
sity of America Press. Washington, D. C. Fasc. 1:55-181, illus.

Bell, R. T. . A/f.

1960. A Revision of the genus Chlaenius Bonelli in North America. Misc.

Pub. Ent. Soc. Amer. 1:97-166, 142 figs.

Blatchley, W. S.

1910. The Coleoptera of Indiana. 1386 pp., illus.

Chaudoir, M. de , .

1868. Observations synonymiques sur les carabiques de 1 Amenque du Nord
Revue et Magasin Zoologie (2)20:283-301.

Dejean, P. F. M. A.

1831. Species general des Coleopteres

de la collection de M. le Comte Dejean.

1837.

Catalogue des Coleopteres de la collection de M. le Comte Dejean.
Troisieme edition, revue, corrigee at augmentee. Paris. 503 pp.

LeConte,

1844.

Descriptions of new species of North American Coleoptera. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. 2:48-53.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

858‘ wata.Iogue of Coleoptera of the regions adjacent to the boundary between
Mexico and United States. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (2)4:9-42, 1 pi

1862. Notes on the species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States Proc
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 14:523-525.

Lindroth, C. H.

1963. The ground-beetles (Carabidae, excl. Cicindelinae) of Canada and Alaska
Part 3. Opusc. Ent. Suppl. 24:201-408, figs. 102-207.

Mannerheim, C. G. von

1843. Beitrag zur Kiiferfauna der Aleutischen Inseln, der Insel Sitka und Neu-
Cahformens. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou. 16(2) : 175-3 14.

Motschulsky, V.

1859. Coleopteres nouveaux de la Californie. Bull. Soc Nat Moscou
32(2) : 122-185, 357-410, 2 pis.

Snodgrass, R. E.

1935. Principles of insect morphology. New York. 667 pp., illus.

Weber, F.

1801. Observationes entomologicae, etc. Impensis Bibliopolii Academici Novi
Kiliae. 1 16 pp.

LITERATURE NOTICE

A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ANTHICUS S
STR. (COLEOPTERA: ANTHICIDAE). By Floyd G. Werner. Misc. Publ. Ent.’
Soc. Amer. 4(5) : 193-242, 101 figs. 1964. — This revision contains 48 species; 21
have been taken south of the U.S.A. border, 16 overlap between the USA and
Mexico or farther south, and 11 are not known from north of Mexico. A key to
species, descriptions, distributions, illustrations of the whole beetle and genitalia,
and distribution maps of a few species are included. Also included is a key to all the
genera of Anthicidae known from North America northward of Panama, the West
Indies, and probably all that are to be found in northern South America.

MONOGRAPHISCHE BEARBEITUNG DER GATTUNG AGATHIDIUM
PANZER (COLEOPTERA). By Joseph Hlisnikovsky. Acta Ent. Mus. Nat. Prague,
Suppl. 5:1-255, 405 figs. 1964. — Descriptions and keys to 7 subgenera and 177 species
are included in this comprehensive world revision of this leiodid genus. Outline
drawings are given for the antennae and for the lateral and dorsal views of the body
and male genitalia.

COLEOPTERORUM CATALOGUS SUPPLEMENTA. PARS 35 FASC 3
CHRYSOMELIDAE: HISPINAE. CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA. By E. Uhmann’
Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. Pp. 399-490. 1964.— Fascicles 1 and 2 of' the Hispinae
appeared in 1957 and 1958.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

APHENOLIA MONOGAMA (CROTCH), A NEW

COMBINATION
(NITIDULIDAE: COLEOPTERA)

By Lorin R. Gillogly 1 2

The species Epuraea monogama Crotch was described in 1874 as the
largest known Epuraea. The genus Aphenolia Reitter was established in
1884 for a single very large species from Japan which was separated from
Epuraea by its size and on the basis of its simple hind tarsi. In Epuraea
the first three tarsal segments of each leg are bilobed but the hind tarsi
of Epuraea monogama Crotch are simple. I am therefore transferring mono¬
gama to Aphenolia (NEW COMBINATION).

During a recent exchange of specimens with Dr. Sadanari Hisamatsu I
received two examples of Aphenolia pseudosoronia Reitter and was startled
at their close resemblance to Aphenolia monogama (Crotch). Indeed,
it required some study to satisfy myself that they were distinct. In Aphenolia
pseudosoronia Reitter the second segment of the antenna is about one-hal
the length of the third, while in A. monogama (Crotch) it is only slightly
shorter than the third. Also, in both species the middle tibiae of the males
are dilated on the inner margin near the tip. In A. pseudosoronia Reitter
the dilation is about one-third as long as the tibia, while it is about one-fifth
as long as the tibia in A. monogama (Crotch) (Hisamatsu 1962).

Hisamatsu reports A. pseudosoronia Reitter from Cryptoporus ( Poly -
porus) volvatus (Peck) Hubbard in Japan. Gillogly (1954) discussed
A. monogama (Crotch) from the same fungus in California.

The rare Epuraea liebecki Parsons from Arizona is of similar size but
nothing has been published as to its host nor the character of its hind tarsi.
Judging from its size, it may yet be found to belong to the genus Aphenolia.

Literature Cited

Gillogly, L. R., and G. M. , , . ~ „ Rllll o

1954 Notes on the biology of Epuraea monogama (Crotch). Coleop. bull 8

(3&4) : 63 -67.

Hisamatsu, S. , ^ 0 „ ,. T \

1962. On some beetles of the pouch fungus. Ageha 10:8-9, 5 figs, (in Japanese).

1 port Entomologist, California Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Plant
Quarantine, San Pedro, California.

2 This is published under my name at the insistence of Dr. Hisamatsu who furnished
specimens and who sent me a translation of his paper.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

THE NEW COMBINATION LUCIDOTA ARMATA AND A

NOTE ON LUCIDOTA EUCERA
(COLEOPTERA: LAMPYRIDAE)

By Frank A. McDermott1

Lucidota armata (Gorham), NEW COMBINATION

Photinus armatus Gorham, 1884. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop
3(2) : 265, pi. 12, fig. 2.

It is somewhat difficult to understand why Gorham called this species
Photinus in spite of his explanation; however, his use of Photinus included
also Macrolampis, Ellychnia, and some species now listed as Lucidota.
As some features of Lucidota armata are not developed by Gorham, a
redescription of the species is given below. The species was described from
Panama. I have received 7 males and 4 females from Peru.

One of the seven males was selected for this description, collected at Avispas,
Peru, September 10, 1962, by Luis E. Pena.

Dimensions, 6.0 mm. long by 1.8 mm. broad; subparallel. Superficially resembles
Pyropyga.

Pronotum, 0.95 x 1.6 mm.; semi-elliptic; broad black panduriform vitta from
base to above eyes, with a narrow median channel. Base a smooth curve, leaving the
angles acute and produced. Borders transparent except tinged brownish forward of
the black vitta. Disk pink between vitta and lateral borders; latter coarsely punctate,
disk very finely so; sparse, short pale villosity. Scutellum relatively large, black, finely
punctulate, sparsely hairy. Mesonotal plates black.

Elytra, 4.4 x 0.9 mm.; translucent dark brown, appearing black over body; very
narrow explanate margins slightly paler than disk. Very rugose, with fairly dense
villosity especially pronounced on sides and suture; latter not pale.

Frons dark brown, slightly concave. Maxillary palpi very short and blunt; brown.
Labial palpi very small, terminal article securiform, pale yellowish. Mandibles small.
Antennae broad, compressed, black, except last article white; slightly serrate; 3.45
mm. long.

Prosternum pink, meso- and metasterna practically black. Ventral abdominal
segments 2 to 7 reddish brown; 8th long, medially convex, with sharp median point,
apically black. 9th (genital) segment large, like convex portion of 8th (fig. 1).

Abdominal tergites and pygidium black, latter convex, posterior edge rounded.

Posterior coxae and femora whitish.

Aedeagus composed of a slightly curved, medially channeled median lobe and two
unsymmetrical lateral lobes, one of which (the left) is divided into a narrow spirally
twisted portion with a very acute apex which may form a hook in some specimens,
and a shorter portion bearing a strong recurved hook. Right lateral lobe bears a long
yellow projection with a small protuberance on the side; this structure projects at a
right angle to the body on the right side in dorsal view in three specimens.

Gorham gives no explanation of his aedeagal drawings, in which a
is apparently a lateral view with the lateral lobes removed, and b is a
ventral view of the median lobe. Both of these agree with the present
specimens from Peru. Sketch c represents the complicated arrangement
of the lateral lobes and differs from my specimens in that the spiral twist

1 Wilmington. Delaware.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

and acute point of one of the portions of the left lobe is not well indicated,
nor is the recurved hook on the other portion; the third (right hand)
member in his sketch c is the right lateral lobe with the projection shown
at an angle different from its appearance in my specimens. The entire
arrangement is very complicated for a lampyrid.

One female collected at Avispas, Peru, October 1, 1962, by Luis E. Pena was
selected for comparison with the male.

Dimension, 6.5 mm. long by 2.05 mm. broad; subparallel. Generally similar to
male; antennae nearly as long. Last ventral segment broadly subtriangular, notched
apically; larval luminous organs pronounced, possibly functional (fig. 2).

Variations: the pronotal vitta may be reduced to scattered spots, leaving the disk
mainly salmon-pink. In some specimens two or three distal antennal articles are
white. Total length varied up to 7.5 mm.

In view of the remarkable terminalia this species should perhaps be
made the type of a new genus, as suggested by Gorham.

Figures 1-2, Lucidota armata. 1 — Outline of posterior ventral segments of male;
note projecting point at left side of segment 8. 2 — Outline of posterior ventral
segments of female.

Figures 3-4, Lucidota eucera. 3 — Outline of posterior ventral segments of male;
note single elliptical luminous organ on segment 6. 4 — Aedeagus; left to right, lateral,
ventral, and dorsal views.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Lucidota eticera E. Olivier

Lucidota eucera E. Olivier, 1907. In Wytsman’s Gen. Ins. 53:20.

Three males of this species were received from Peru; the species was
described from French Guiana. It has an unusual development of the
genital segment (fig. 3) and a relatively large aedeagus (fig. 4).

BOOK REVIEW

^ GROUND BEETLES (CARABIDAE, EXCL. CICINDELINAE) OF

CANADA AND ALASKA, PART 3. By Carl H. Lindroth. Opuscula Entomologica
Suppl. 24:201-408, figs. 102-207, 1963. (Price, kr. 35:-; $6.85.)

This volume continues the monograph of the Canadian and Alaskan Carabidae
started in 1961 (see Coleopt. Bull. 16:106). The first part, the introduction, will
be published after the text has been completed.

The importance of part 3 is apparent to any student of Coleoptera when it is
pointed out that the work is concerned with the genus Bembidion. The 161 species
treated include 16 new species, bringing the total for the genus in North America to
about 411 species. Most of the species occur north of Washington, D. C., to about
the tree line. Thus a substantial portion of the range of the genus is covered in
this work. The care in which it is written and the detail of the study make it the

standard work at the present time and it will replace all previous work for years
to come.

It might well be added that any Coleopterist or entomology library that does not
buy this series as issued will regret it when it is no longer available at the publisher’s
price. — Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

LITERATURE NOTICE

CATALOGUE OF THE CANTHONINI (COL. SCARAB.) INHABITING THE
WESTERN HEMISPHERE. By M. A. Vulcano and F. S. Pereira C.M.F. Ent. Arb.
Mus. Frey 15(2) :570-685. 1964. — This is a synonymical list with literature citations
to every mention of each genus and species. Geographical distributions by countries,
a bibliography of articles not mentioned by BJackwelder, and an index are also given

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

BOOK REVIEW

CURCULIONIDAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. A KEY TO THE
GENERA. By David G. Kissinger, v, 143 pp., 59 figs. Taxonomic Publications, South
Lancaster, Massachusetts. 1964. (Price, $7.50.)

The purpose of this work is to provide keys to the nearly 400 curculionid genera
occurring in North America north of Mexico. The author has admirably fulfilled this
purpose.

In this work 42 subfamilies are treated. Keys are provided for the subfamilies,
and each subfamily is provided with keys to the genera. No attempt has been made
at identifications on the species level. For each subfamily and genus treated there is
a general account of the group. The account of each genus includes the author, date,
synonyms, principal references to keys to species, the habitat and habits, and the
distribution (by states and provinces).

Structural features that are used in identifying genera have been used in the con¬
struction of the keys. A section on the taxonomically important adult structures is
given but the treatment is not and was not intended to be a complete study of the
adult curculionid morphology.

The keys represent an improvement over those of Bradley, A Manual of the Genera
of Beetles of America, North of Mexico, Ithaca, N. Y. 1930, and Arnett, The Beetles
of the United States (A Manual for Identification), Catholic Univ. of America Press,
Washington, D. C. 1960. There are a few keys with which the user is apt to have
trouble. Difficult groups are still difficult. For example, in the key to the genera of
Subfamily No. 1, which contains 44 couplets, all 17 genera from couplet 29 to the
end are hard to separate.

The work is not without errors. Most of these should have been corrected in
galley proof. An erratum sheet will have to be published but a few of the more
obvious are pointed out below. The spelling of the specific name of the cotton boll
weevil on p. 55 is grandis, not grandus; p. 5, Magdalis, not Magdalus; p. 74, Peri-
gastes should be Perigaster; p. 130, fig. 30 and p. 37, Cyrtepistomus instead of
Cyrtepistomis. There is a faulty reference on page 67-68; under the generic name
Cryptorhynchus the author says to consult Sleeper (1955a) for a key to separate
the species. That work contains the description of seven new species of weevils in
miscellaneous genera but there are no keys to the Cryptorhynchus.

Students wishing to pick a group of curculionids for study will find this work most
helpful as the author has indicated in many instances which genera are in need of
revision and where keys to the species are desired.

The book represents a much needed and valuable contribution to our entomological
literature; it will be indispensable to anyone interested in the Curculionidae of
America north of Mexico. — Rose Ella Warner, Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U. S. Depart¬
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

LITERATURE NOTICE

DIRECTORY OF ZOOLOGICAL (AND ENTOMOLOGICAL) SPECIMEN
COLLECTIONS OF TROPICAL INSTITUTIONS. By United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), Paris. 31 pp. 1962. (Price: $1.00 U.S.,
3,50 N.F.) — This is another in the series Humid Tropics Research. More than 40
collections are listed, with short statements on each as to content or specializations,
identification, and exchange.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A NEW FOSSIL BRUCHID GENUS
AND ITS RELATIONSHIPS TO MODERN GENERA
(COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE: PACHYMERINAE)

By John M. Kingsolver1

The study of most fossil beetles is difficult because of the fragmentary
nature of many of the representative specimens. Only amber and calcareous
nodules preserve specimens so that they may be observed from all angles.
In most fossil beetles, the specimen is usually an impression of a crushed,
often disarranged, individual or fragments of an individual which must be
observed as is, without recourse to a more convenient or more advantageous
view, to observe details of structure. Morphological characters necessary
to place the specimen in a genus or even in a family are often indistinct
or missing; thus, its placement becomes a matter of the experience and
background of the worker in his observations of habitus of a wide range
of families and genera of Coleoptera. The classification of fossil beetles
can probably never become as exact and definitive as that of extant
beetles; consequently, fossil genera and species should be judged by differ¬
ent standards than recent taxa. A species based on an elytron or on another
part of the body usually lacks essential characteristics for generic placement
or association with other species. The profusion of species names resulting
from past descriptions of this type should be regarded merely as an index

to specimens rather than as a like number of species entities in the
biological sense.

Raiely does a worker have the good fortune to observe a series of fossils
from the same bed, with common characteristics in sufficient detail to
permit the construction of a fairly detailed description of a taxon Yet
such an opportunity presented itself recently during the examination of a
number of fossil impressions of Bruchidae from the H. F. Wickham
collection in the U. S. National Museum. Imprints of 15 specimens, pre-
served in various positions, were observed to have certain common features
which linked the entire series. A discussion of these characteristics follows
the description. Because differentiating characteristics of species of modern
Bruchidae often rest in the male genitalia and because insufficient detail
is present in these fossil impressions to distinguish “species,” I feel that
the best course to take with the present specimens is to assume that the

described species listed below, and the series examined,
which contained both identified and unidentified specimens, are representa¬
tive of an apparently extinct new genus, which is described herein for
comparison with modern Bruchidae.

The following descriptions are written as though the actual insects were
being observed although details of the surfaces in the fossils are negative
impressions of the original specimens.

Washington1 Divisi°n’ Agr Res- Serv ’ U* S- Department of Agriculture,

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Oligobruchus Kingsolver, NEW FOSSIL GENUS

Colors are not preserved in Florissant beetles and there are no indica¬
tions of pattern either in the integument or in the vestiture of these

specimens.

Head: Eyes apparently deeply emarginate, facets not evident; vertex finely punctate,
frons more coarsely punctate; vertical interocular carina distinct. Details ot mout -
parts not visible. Antennal segments serrate (preserved in part in only one specimen).

Prothorax: Disc coarsely, very densely foveolate (impressions in fossils coarsely
and densely granulate in appearance); vestiture not apparent; no distinct asperities
evident on disc, which appears to be somewhat saddlelike and not expanded laterally;
posterior margin of disc not markedly lobed, apparently evenly arcuate, fine sub-
marginal groove present on disc in two specimens; lateral carina excellently preserved
Ttwo ?pe8cTmensand not prominent nor elevated. Venter finely and densely punctate,
prosternum moderately long before coxae, intercoxal process very narrow; coxae
moderately elongated; trochantinal fossae well preserved in two specimens, post-
coxal region obliterated. No specimens had anterior legs preserved.

Mesothorax: Scutellum well-marked in only one specimen, quadrate, slightly
longer than wide, perceptibly emarginate at apex. Elytra separately rounded at apices,
surface without evident asperities; striae 10, well-defined, regularly placed with
elongate, nearly confluent punctures, interspaces not punctate, tenth stria reaching to
apical third; no evidence of basal amalgamation of striae nor of basal carinate
tubercles or basal strial teeth. Mesopleuron with epimeron and episternum of nearly
equal size, pleural suture dividing them diagonally. Mesosternal area trapezoidal with
intercoxal process flat, mesocoxae well separated; post-coxal ridge evenly arcuate
parallel to posterior margin of coxal cavity; trochantinal fossa distinct in one speci¬
men; surfaces of pleural and sternal areas finely and densely punctate. No specimens
with’ mesothoracic legs preserved.

Metathorax: Flight wings not exposed in any of the specimens. Pleural and sterna
areas not especially modified. Parasutural sulci present on each side of pleurosternal
suture which separates metepisternum and metasternal region, the sulcus °n epis¬
ternum curving dorsad parallel to anterior margin of sclente and sulcus on sternal
sclerite curving mesad to meet posterior margin of post-coxal ridge of mesothoracic
coxal cavides8Median sulcus of sternal area not evident in any of the specimens.
Metathoracic coxae about twice as long as wide. Metathoracic tro^°tl1n5^ Pr®
served in several specimens. Metathoracic femur strongly swollen, about 1.5 times as
long as wide, outer ventral margin finely serrate but no other dentation evident.
Tibia strongly arcuate parallel to ventral profile of femur, bicarinate on outer face,
apex acuminate; details of terminal tibial spurs (if any) and of tarsal segments

obliterated. .

Abdomen: Short, rather stocky, with 5 visible abdominal stermtes, last stermte
shallowly emarginate (evidently males) in two specimens; pygidium finely, densely
punctate, broadly triangular in outline (apparently only the pygidium is sclerotized
with the two preceding terga membranous, which distinguishes it from Kytorhinus
Fischer); intercoxal process acutely triangular.

Length of body excluding head: 3.5 to 4.5 mm.

The size suggests a beetle of about the dimensions and form of Algarobius
prosopis (LeConte) although the preserved details of structure are quite
different from that genus and species.

Type-species here designated: Bruchus florissantensis Wickham, 1912:
30-31.

The following additional fossil species are tentatively placed in Oligo¬
bruchus pending examination of type specimens: Bruchus scudderi Wick¬
ham, 1912:31, Bruchus haywardi Wickham, 1912:31-32, Bruchus wdsom
Wickham, 1913:9-20, Bruchus submersus Wickham, 1914:481, Bruchus

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Figures 1-5, Oligobruchus, new fossil genus. 1 — O. fiorisscintensis (Wickham).
haywardi (Wickham). 3 — O. scudderi (Wickham). 4 and 5 — O. fiorisscintensis.
All specimens determined by Wickham. (Photographs by Jack Scott, Smithsonian
Institution.)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

primoticus Wickham, 1914:480-481. Their placement here is based on
descriptions and illustrations in the literature, and on specimens in the
U. S. National Museum identified by Wickham as follows: Bruchus floris-
santensis — 3, Bruchus near florissantensis — 1, Bruchus haywardi—2 ,
Bruchus scudderi — 4. Five additional specimens which I regard as Oligo-
bruchus sp. completed the study series.

Wickham’s illustration of primoticus (pi. 14, fig. 1) shows five denticles
on the lower margin of the hind femur. 1 have not seen the specimen, but
it is possible that their presence indicates dentation of the mesal carina
of Oligobruchus, which was missing in every specimen I examined. In only
two specimens was a finely serrate lateral carina evident. Wickham also
illustrated a serrate antenna for primoticus similar to that in the only
specimen I examined with an antenna retained. It is significant that this
antenna is also similar to the antennae in Pachymerus Thunberg.

Discussion of Relationships

The generic description is based on a series of 15 specimens selected
because they were preserved in various positions yet share at least one of
five significant morphological characters. Eight of the specimens have all
5 characters and 1 1 have at least 4. These specimens serve to associate
the entire series, some of which were not preserved in a favorable position
to exhibit more than one or two of the characters.

Common to all of the specimens is a densely foveolate prothoracic
disc (fig. 1), which to my knowledge is not developed to this extreme
in any of the modern Bruchidae, but is approached to some degree in
certain species of Pachymerus.

Next in frequency of occurrence is a strongly arcuate metatibia with
a bicarinate lateral face (fig. 4). This character is found in 13 of the 15
specimens. This specialization of the tibia is present in both of the sub¬
families Pachymerinae and Bruchinae, in the latter in species groups near
Caryedes Hummel. However, the deeply foveolate prothorax and the
parasutural sulcus (explained below) are never found in the latter
subfamily.

Concurrent with the arcuate metatibia in modern Bruchids is a strongly
inflated metafemur (figs. 1 & 4). Eleven of the 15 fossil specimens possess
a partial or complete impression of this type of femur.

In most of the Pachymerinae and Amblycerinae in the Bruchidae and
in many of the primitive Chrysomelidae and Cerambycidae, the pleuro-
sternal suture of the metathorax is paralleled on either side by a narrow
but distinct sulcus which I am calling the parasutural sulcus. The sulcus
on the metasternal sclerite joins the post-coxal ridge of the mesocoxal
cavities and the sulcus of the episternum curves antero-dorsad to parallel
the anterior margin of this sclerite, then bends dorsad still further and ends
near the dorsal margin of the episternum. Nine of the 15 fossils show very
clearly the impression of this sulcus (figs. 4 & 5).

It is unfortunate that more details of the head, antennae, and legs are
not better preserved in these fossils. In these body area, in extant Bruchidae,
are found several critical characteristics which, if known in the fossils,

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

might help in determining more precisely the relationships of the fossil
genus. Oligobruchus undoubtedly belongs in the subfamily Pachymerinae,
but 1 know of no described genus or of any species which possesses the
peculiar combination of characteristics manifest in this series of fossil
Bruchidae. In the key to the genera of Bruchidae of the United States
(Bridwell, 1946:53), Oligobruchus would key to Caryobruchus from which
it may be distinguished by characters given below. Perhaps the nearest
extant relatives are Caryopemon giganteus Pic, Caryedon languidus (Gyll.)
and various species in the genus Pachymerus. All of these taxa have in
common with Oligobruchus the swollen hind femur, carinate frons, strongly
arcuate hind tibia bicarinate on the outer face, parasutural sulci (at least
in the species listed above and in Pachymerus) , submarginal groove on the
prothoracic disc, subequal mesepisternum and mesepimeron and the
unmodified striae of the elytra.

Oligobruchus can be distinguished from Caryopemon Jekel by the fol¬
lowing: In Oligobruchus, the posterior margin of the prothoracic disc is
evenly arcuate and the disc is densely foveolate, the scutellum is subquad¬
rate, the pygidium is broadly triangular, and the intercoxal process of the
abdomen is acutely triangular, while in Caryopemon, the posterior margin
of the prothoracic disc is deeply and broadly lobed mesally and sparsely
punctate, the scutellum is triangular, the pygidium is vertically narrowed
and the intercoxal area of the abdomen is broadly rounded. A character
shared by these two genera and peculiar to them in this subfamily is the
saddlelike prothoracic disc with its weak lateral margin.

Both Pachymerus and Caryedon Schoenherr are distinguished from
Oligobruchus by their expanded prothoracic margins, sparsely punctate
prothoracic disc, and shallowly emarginate eyes, all apparently being
primitive Pachymerine characters.

The other two Pachymerine genera, Caryoborus Schoenherr and Caryo¬
bruchus Bridwell, lack the carinae on the metatibia found in Caryedon ,
Caryopemon, Pachymerus and Oligobruchus but share the absence of
carinae and many other characters with Amblycerus Thunberg, another
very primitive genus in the subfamily Amblycerinae. This condition may
indicate that a smooth external face is a primitive character in the Bruchidae
cind that a carinate face is derived. The carinate condition is very common
in this family.

In none of the extant Pachymerine genera is the prothoracic disc as
densely and deeply foveolate as in Oligobruchus. The foveae in the latter
genus are very deep and rounded and so closely approximate that the
interspaces are carinate.

Characteristics possessed by Oligobruchus which I deduce to be primitive
are the submarginal groove of the prothoracic disc, parasutural sulci of
the metathoracic sclerites, swollen metafemur and correspondingly arcuate
metatibia, subequal mesepimeron and mesepisternum, and the unmodified
striae of the elytra. (Specialized modifications of the striae in Bruchidae
include basal coalescence, basal asperities and denticles, or loss of one
or more striae or parts of striae.) Specialized characters are the strongly
convex saddlelike pronotal disc, narrow prosternal process, carinate meta-

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

tibia, and deeply emarginate eyes. The strongly foveolate prothorax is
probably also specialized.

Comparison of Oligobruchus with other genera suggests that it was
representative of a phyletic line, probably now extinct, arising near the
origin of the line or lines leading to the modem genera Caryedon and
Pachymerus. Although it possesses many primitive characters already
deduced from the study of the extant genera in Bruchidae and other
families, there has developed in its evolution a combination of specialized
characters sufficiently different from those found in the other groups to
warrant its erection as a new fossil genus.

Food Habits

A comparison of the food plants of the extant Pachymerinae with the
plant genera listed from Florissant by MacGinitie (1953) indicates little
difficulty of correlation. Species of the modern genera Caryoborus and
Caryobruchus breed exclusively in palm seeds, species presently placed in
Pachymerus attack seeds of palms or legumes, and species of Caryedon
and Caryopemon live exclusively in legumes, the plant family which is
host to most of the species of Bruchidae in the world. MacGinitie found
no representatives of the Palmaceae in his study but did list nine genera
of Leguminosae, five of which are modern. It is quite possible that the
host plant of Oligobruchus was a legume.

Comparisons of Climate

The climate in Florissant times is said by MacGinitie (1953) to have
been “sub-humid and warm temperate, not unlike the present climate of
Monterrey, Mexico.” This statement concurred generally with the conclu¬
sions of James (1939) concerning the Florissant Diptera.

The modern representatives of the Pachymerinae are distributed almost
entirely in subtropical regions; thus, there seems to be no discordance in
the climatic distribution of the Florissant Oligobruchus and that of the
modern representatives of the Pachymerinae.

Literature Cited

Bridwell, J. C. .

1946. The genera of beetles of the family Bruchidae in America north ot
Mexico. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(2): 52-57.

James, M. T. .... .

1939. A preliminary review of certain families of Diptera from the Florissant
Miocene beds. J. Paleontol. 13(1): 42-48.

MacGinitie, H. D. , ^ . r ,

1953 Fossil plants of the Florissant beds, Colorado. Carnegie Inst. Wash.,

Publ. 599, 198 pp.

Wickham, H. F.

1912. A report on some recent collections of fossil Coleoptera from the Miocene
shales of Florissant. Bui. Nat. Hist., State Univ. Iowa 4(3): 1-38, 8 pis.

1913. Fossil Coleoptera from the Wilson Ranch near Florissant, Colorado.
Bui. Nat. Hist., State Univ. Iowa 4(4) : 1-29, 7 pis.

1914 New Miocene Coleoptera from Florissant. Bui. Mus. Comp. Zool.
58(11): 423-494, 16 pis.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A HYDROPHILID NEW TO NORTH AMERICA
(COLEOPTERA: HYDROPHILIDAE)

Helophorus ( Gephelophorus ) fennicus Paykull

Elophorus fennicus Paykull, 1798, Fauna Suecica 1:243 [type: Finland].

H clop horns ( Gephelophorus ) fennicus Gyllenhal: d’Orchymont, 1926, Ann. Soc.
Linn. Lyon 72:115-116 [subgeneric characters].

H elophorus fennicus Paykull: Lindroth et al., 1960, Ent. Siillskapet, Lund, 1:64-67
[European distribution].

Gephelophorus sibiricus (Motschulsky) : Sharp, 1915, Ent. Mo. Mag. 51:198-200
[subgeneric characters, distribution].

Additional references and synonymy in Knisch, 1924, Junk Coleop. Cat. pars 79*
76-77.

This species is repiesented in the Canadian National Collection by seven specimens
taken during July, 1961, by Dr. R. Madge at Unalakleet and Cape Thompson, which
are situated on the Alaskan coast at 63°54' N. and 68°05' N. Neither the species
nor its subgenus has been reported from North America; the Alaskan specimens
match specimens from Lapland that were kindly loaned by Dr. Carl Lindroth.

In Gephelophorus Sharp the terminal segment of each maxillary palpus is fusiform
and not strongly asymmetric. Each elytron bears a supplementary stria on the basal
part of the second interval. The cariniform external margin of each elytron is ac¬
tually the median line of the eleventh interval, the external portion of this interval
being deflected obliquely and inwardly to form a shiny pseudepipleura. This pseudepi-
pleura does not attain the sutural angle and is separated by a carina from the true
epipleura, which is opaque and which evanesces at the first abdominal segment. H.
fennicus is said to occur from eastern Siberia to Lapland and south in the moun¬
tains to southern Norway. It measures from 5.0 to 6.0 mm. It has each sutural interval
moderately elevated and has intervals 3, 5, and 7 strongly convex and moderately
elevated above intervals 2, 4, and 6, which are flat. — W. J. Brown, Entomology Re¬
search Institute, Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.

NOTICE

The Robert E. Snodgrass library of reprints on insect anatomy and morphology
is now housed in the U. S. National Museum, Department of Entomology, and is
being perpetuated as a memorial to Dr. Snodgress. Contributors to the field of insect
morphology are invited to send copies of their papers to the Snodgrass Reprint Collec¬
tion, Department of Entomology, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

BEETLE TALK

The following proposals concerning the scientific names of beetles were placed
before the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature:

Laemophloeus immundus Reitter, 1874 (Insecta, Coleoptera): Proposed suppres¬
sion under the plenary powers. L. P. Lefkovitch, 1964, Bull. Zool. Nomenclature
21(5) : 375.

Cotinis Burmeister, 1842 (Insecta, Coleoptera): Proposed conservation under the
plenary powers. M. A. Goodrich, 1964, Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 21(6):429.

Cryptorhynchus Illiger, 1807 (Insecta, Coleoptera): Proposed interpretation under
the plenary powers. D. G. Kissinger, 1964, Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 21(6):440.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

HYPERODES ANTHRACINUS (DIETZ) DAMAGING GOLF
GREENS (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

Specimens of the genus Hyperodes were forwarded to me by L. L. Pechuman of
Cornell University who had received them from the Skytop Golf Club, Skytop,
Monroe Co., Pennsylvania. I identified the species as H. anthracinus (Dietz). Infor¬
mation sent with the specimens stated that they were collected in Sept. 1962 and were
doing considerable damage to golf greens in Pennsylvania. In 1959 I had received
and identified H. anthracinus specimens from the Piping Rock Country Club, Long
Island, New York. These also were reported doing damage to golf greens. H.
anthracinus is a Florida species, and, in addition to the above, only two specimens
in the National Collection had been collected outside of that State. One was col¬
lected at a light trap on Horn Island, Mississippi, June 14, 1944, by E. A. Richmond,
the other is merely labelled Virginia. Other than the original description in 1899
and the listing of the species in Richmond (The Flora and Fauna of Horn Island,
Mississippi, Gulf Research Reports, Vol. 1, No. 2, p. 87, 1962) there is no literature
available on the species. — Rose Ella Warner, Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U. S.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

5 imp ,jKv?^s

BEETLE TALK

On Canthon laevis: If the observer carefully seizes the male and quickly removes
it to the collecting vial without jarring the ball, some seconds will elapse before the
“widowed survivor” realizes his absence, she then ceases propelling the ball in the
direction previously taken; mounts it, peers under it, and on all sides of it; gives
it another fitful push or two, and then re-examines it closely with eye and antenna,
then in the majority of cases deserts it entirely, on several occasions moving off a few
feet only, pushing her head beneath a clod of earth or other loose material, remains
perfectly still as if lost in hopeless grief for many minutes. — Sanborn, 1875, Field
and Forest, p. 55.

Dr. Schwarz exhibited two specimens of Mylabris cichorii L. and said this is a
beneficial species, being used for medicinal purposes. This species is often eaten when
the Chinese want to commit suicide. — Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 13:261, 1923.

NOTICE

CORRECTION: In the Bulletin 1964, 18(4) : 105-1 1 1, the name Neltumius
gibbithorax Schaeffer was consistently misspelled gibbothorax throughout the paper.
I sincerely regret the error. — John M. Kingsolver.

-BACK ISSUES

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol. 3, 1949, 6 issues

(Nos. 7 & 2 o.p.) $5.00

$1.00

Vol. 4, 1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 5, 1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 6, 1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 7, 1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 8, 1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 9, 1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 10, 1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 11, 1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol. 12, 1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol. 13, 1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 14, 1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 15, 1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 16, 1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 17, 1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid )

. ATTENTION READERS! .

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D. C. 20017

Send today for your copy of—

“PYGMIES AND PYGMOIDS:

TWIDES OF TROPICAL AFRICA”

Martin Gusinde, S.V.D.

JANUARY 1955 ISSUE OF
ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY

• This interesting and educational article is
based on the author’s original observations,
and includes a complete bibliography on the
“PYGMIES.”

Price: $1.00 Postpaid
Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E., Washington, D. C. 20017

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

<r*o

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P* O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

VOLUME 19 JUNE (No. 2 WERHTY OF III W>'.' 1965

$t'r' - c ^_^>SEP 2 7 1965

ALLECULIDAE: Charisius, by Campbell . 43

COLLECTIONS: Brazil, by Triplehorn . 57

DISTRIBUTION: Ottawa District, by Hicks . 37

HYDROPHILIDAE: New Crenitis, by Miller . 33

SCARABAEIDAE: Larvae, by Jerath & Unny . 59

Literature Notice . 42

Notice . 42

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON/ D.C. 20017

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases , descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
will be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be corre-
tions are particularly desired, and in all lated with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 19 June (No. 2) 1965

THREE NEW SPECIES OF CRENITIS FROM
THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST
(COLEOPTERA: HYDROPHILIDAE)

By David C. Miller1- 2

Three new species of the genus Crenitis are described here in order to
make the names available for use in the section on Hydrophilidae in the
forthcoming Part V of Dr. M. H. Hatch’s Beetles of the Pacific Northwest.

Thanks are due to the following individuals for the loan of material of
these new species for study. The abbreviations in parentheses are those
used after the locality listings to indicate the site of deposition of the
material. This is generally equivalent to the original source from which
it was borrowed. The author’s collection is referred to as (DM). Mr. Hugh
B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences (CAS); Mr. W. J. Brown,
Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC); Mr. H. S. Dybas, Chicago
Natural History Museum (CNHM) ; Mr. Ken M. Fender, McMinnville,
Oregon (KF); Mr. Jack Lattin, Oregon State University, Corvallis (OSU);
Mr. S. G. Jewett, Portland, Oregon (SGJ); Dr. M. H. Hatch, University
of Washington (UW).

Mr. Leech has been most kind in reading a preliminary version of the
manuscript and sending additional material for study, including the only
known females of C. palpalis n. sp. Dr. Hatch aided in many ways with
the portions of the work completed while I was at the University of Wash¬
ington. The drawings are by Mrs. Helen Houk of the University of Wash¬
ington (fig. 1, 2) and Mr. David Simon of the City College of New York
(fig. 3).

The Genus Crenitis

The genus Crenitis Bedel may be defined as Hydrobiinae which are
under 4 mm. long, with the maxillary palpi subequal to the antennae in
length, no deep elytral striae except for the sutural ones, and the mesoster-
num with neither a longitudinal carina nor a conical tooth. In morata
(Horn), digestus (LeC.), rufiventris (Horn) and seriellus (Fall), not
included in the genus by all authors, the mesosternum has a low transverse
ridge in front of a small transverse indentation, but in most species it is
entirely plain.

1 Department of Biology, City College of New York, N. Y. 10031.

2 The majority of this work was included in a dissertation submitted to the Uni¬
versity of Washington in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

The three tiny species described here are obviously closely related, and
additional small species from California which are as yet undescribed
probably also belong to this group. In all three species the sexes may be
separated by the shape of the tarsal claws, which in the female curve
gradually from base to tip, while in the male they are angled sharply just
after the base and then straight to the tip. Thanks are due to Mr. Hugh
Leech for pointing out this distinction to me.

If the color pattern of the pronotum is somewhat loosely interpreted,
all three new species will run to couplet 3 in Leech’s key to the California
Crenitis (Leech and Chandler 1956:344) as they have the pronotum dark
brown or reddish brown with pale lateral margins. The following key

separates the new species and those found in Leech’s couplet 3.

•

3. Metafemora nearly glabrous; antennae 9-segmented; pronotum at most very faintly
alutaceous between the punctures; mentum about 1.2 times as wide as long;
maxillary palpi with the pseudobasal segment much enlarged; California to Oregon

_ DISSIMILIS (Horn)

Metafemora pubescent in basal 2/3 or more; mentum about 1.5 times as wide as

long; maxillary palpi with the pseudobasal segment at most slightly enlarged - 5

5. Pronotum alutaceous between the punctures, especially at the sides; antennae 8-seg-

mented; length 2. 2-3. 3 mm.; Arizona, California to British Columbia - ALTICOLA (Fall)

Pronotum smooth between the punctures; antennae 9-segmented; length under 2.6 mm. 6

6. Elytra with the pale lateral margin blending into a diffusely paler area at the apex;

metatibiae, at broadest point, at least Va as broad as long; maxillary palpi with
apical segment glabrous, about twice length of adjacent segment; aedeagus with

parameres bluntly rounded at tips - SNOQUALMIE n. sp.

Elytra with pale lateral margin sharply defined (or occasionally absent), elytral apex

not diffusely paler - 7

7. Apical segment of maxillary palpi glabrous, about twice length of adjacent segment;

metatibiae, at broadest point, about Va as broad as long; aedeagus with parameres

bulging laterally and drawn out at tips along inner margins - MALKINI n. sp.

Apical segment of maxillary palpi of males strongly pubescent except along anterior
margin, that of females bearing only a few scattered hairs, but that of both sexes
about three times length of adjacent segment; metatibiae, at broadest point, about
Va as broad as long; aedeagus with parameres bluntly rounded at tips — PALPALIS n. sp.

Figures 1-3, Crenitis spp. 1. C. pcilpaiis, terminal segments of maxillary palpus.
2. C. snoqualmie, aedeagus, dorsal view. 3. C. malkini, aedeagus, dorsal view (speci¬
men from British Columbia).

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Crenitis snoqualmie Miller, NEW SPECIES

(Fig. 2)

Crenitis dissimilis snoqualmie Hatch and Kincaid 1958:11. NOMEN
NUDUM.

MALE: Length 1.9-2. 5 mm.; form elongate oval, nearly parallel sided; head black;
pronotum dark brown, with side margins narrowly pale, more broadly so posteriorly;
elytra and scutellum dark brown, with narrow lateral margins of elytra pale, blend¬
ing into diffusely pale area at apex; punctation of head, pronotum, and elytra all
thick and fairly strong, subserially arranged on elytra and impressed as very light
striae near elytral apex and sides; venter very dark brown; mesosternum unmodified
(i.e. with no transverse ridge or indentation); legs dark brown, with femoral apices,
tibiae, and tarsi paler; metatibiae at broadest point at least 1/6 as broad as long;
femora pubescent except at about apical quarter; maxillary palpi pale, except apicai
segment very dark, all segments glabrous; antennae dark, 9-segmented; mentum
rectangular, about half again as wide as long; abdomen dull, finely and densely
pubescent; aedeagus with parameres broad, short, and blunt (nearly truncate) at tips.

FEMALE: Externally identical to the male except for the difference in tarsal
claws noted above.

HOLOTYPE: Male, Green River Gorge, King Co., Washington, July
20, 1939, G. Minsk (UW). ALLOTYPE: Female, same data as holotype
but Aug. 6, 1937, M. H. Hatch (UW). PARATYPES: BRITISH CO¬
LUMBIA: 1, Copper Mountain (CNC). WASHINGTON: Clallam Co.:
19, Olympic Hot Springs (Olympic National Park) (UW). Clark Co.: 7,
Skye (UW). Cowlitz Co.: 10, Morgan State Park (Toutle River) (7 SGJ,
2 UW, 1 DM). King Co.: 22, Green River Gorge (UW); 1, North Bend
(CAS); 2, Snoqualmie (UW); 2, Snoqualmie Falls (UW); 7, Snoqualmie
River (Maloney’s Grove) (UW); 1, Tokul (UW). Lewis Co.: 3, Vance
(UW). Mason Co.: 6, Shelton (UW); 2, South Fork Skokomish River
(UW). Pacific Co.: 3, Naselle River (UW); 2, North Nemah River (UW);
2, Ocean Park (UW). Pierce Co.: 1, Chop River (UW); 4, Fairfax (Car¬
bon River ) (UW). Olympic Peninsula {County?): 1, Finch Creek (UW).
OREGON: Coos Co.: 3, Cape Arago (KMF). Curry Co.: 2, Pistol River
(Myers Creek) (CAS). Douglas Co.: 1, Elkton (SGJ). Lane Co.: 3, Austa
(1 SGJ, 1 UW, 1 DM); 11, McKenzie River (UW); 10, tributary Turner
Creek (6 SGJ, 2 UW, 2 DM). Lincoln Co.: 9, Butler City (7 SGJ, 1 UW,

1 DM). Marion Co.: 13, Detroit (Elk Creek Road) (9 SGJ, 2 UW, 2
DM); 22, Breitenbush (18 SGJ, 2 UW, 2 DM). Yamhill Co.: 1, Dayton
(UW); 12, McMinnville (1 Peavine Ridge) (UW).

The single specimen from Copper Mountain, British Columbia, is perhaps
mislabeled, and should not be accepted in the distribution range of the
species until additional material from that area is found. Within the Pacific
Northwest the species occurs only west of the Cascade Mountains, from
Washington through Oregon, but the southern limit of distribution is not
known.

Crenitis malkini Miller, NEW SPECIES

(Fig. 3)

MALE: Identical to C. snoqualmie Miller, n. sp., except for the following: elytra
usually with a very narrow pale margin laterally, but not diffusely paler at the apex;
aedeagus with the parameres bulging laterally and drawn out at the tips along their
inner margins.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

FEMALE: Externally identical to the male except for the difference in tarsal
claws noted above.

HOLOTYPE: Male, Port Orford, Curry Co., Oregon, July 7, 1951,
Borys Malkin (UW). ALLOTYPE: Female, same data as holotype (UW).
PARATYPES: IDAHO : Blane Co.: 3$ 3,1?, Galena (2 UW, 1 CNHM,

1 DM). Custer Co.: 12, Twin Creek Forest Camp (Challis National
Forest) (UW). BRITISH COLUMBIA: 3$ 2, 4 2 2, Elk River
(Hosmer) (5 CAS, 2 DM). OREGON: Coos Co.: 1 2, Bridge (OSU).
Curry Co.: 1 2 , 1 2 , Port Orford ( 2 UW, 2 CNHM).

I take great pleasure in naming this species in honor of Mr. Borys
Malkin, who collected most of the known specimens and who has added
greatly to our knowledge of the northwestern Hydrophilidae by his exten¬
sive collections in Idaho and Oregon. The lack of records of this species in
Washington probably is simply due to lack of collecting, but it is possible
that there are two species represented in this material. The aedeagus of
the males from the British Columbia locality is slightly broader and more
rounded than that of the males from Oregon and Idaho. The illustration
(fig. 3) shows the aedeagus of a male from British Columbia.

Crenitis palpalis Miller, NEW SPECIES

(Fig. 1)

MALE: Length 1.9-2. 3 mm.; identical to C. si loqualmie Miller, n. sp., in all respects
including the aedeagus, except for the following: dorsal color dark reddish brown
with base of head darker than pronotum and elytra, pronotum and elytra both with
sharply defined narrow pale margins, but elytra not diffusely paler at apex; terminal
segment of maxillary palpus much enlarged (more than three times length of previous
segment) and strongly pubescent except along anterior margin; metatibiae, at broad- ,
est point, about Vs as broad as long.

FEMALE: Externally identical to the male except for the following: tarsal claws
differing as noted above; maxillary palpi with terminal segment dark reddish brown,
slightly less than three times as long as preceding segment, and nearly glabrous,
bearing only a few scattered hairs.

HOLOTYPE: Male, Shasta Retreat, Siskiyou Co., California. Elev.
2416'. July. F. E. Blaisdell (CAS). ALLOTYPE: Female, same data as
holotype (CAS). PARATYPES: CALIFORNIA: Siskiyou Co.: 2 2 2 ,

1 2, Shasta Retreat (1 CAS, 2 DM). OREGON: Curry Co.: 1 2, nr.
mouth Rogue River (SGJ).

Literature Cited

Hatch, M. H., and T. Kincaid

1958. A list of the Coleoptera from the vicinity of Willipa Bay, Washington.
Calliostoma Co., Seattle. 21 pp.

Leech, H. B., and H. P. Chandler

1956. Aquatic Coleoptera, pp. 293-371. In Usinger (Ed.), Aquatic Insects of
California with Keys to North American Genera and California Species.
U. of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, ix & 508 pp.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

THE NORTHERN LIMITS OF SEVERAL SPECIES OF
COLEOPTERA WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THEIR
OCCURRENCE IN THE OTTAWA DISTRICT, ONTARIO

By Stanton D. Hicks1

Many insects and plants that occur in southern Ontario are not found
in the Ottawa District, an area embraced by a circle of thirty-mile radius
centered at the Parliament Buildings in Ottawa (fig. 1). Munroe (1956,
p. 400) specifically states, “More than thirty species of trees occur in the
Niagara Peninsula that do not occur at Ottawa, and a similar contrast
extends throughout the fauna and flora.” The Ottawa District as depicted
in the accompanying map is in the hemlock-white pine-northern hardwoods
region, equivalent to the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence region plus the Acadian
region of Halliday, all of which is a tremendous tract extending from
southeastern Manitoba to the Atlantic coast. During the years 1948 to
1961, while assisting in the maintenance of the Canadian National Collec¬
tion and collecting insects in the Ottawa area, I noted that several species
ot beetles, which I had collected in southern Ontario, were relatively
uncommon here. Records of such species form the subject of the present
paper. A number of interesting species found near Constance Bay have
been excluded because the unusual faunal characteristics of this area have
not been adequately studied. The localities referred to are underlined in
the map.

Cicindela punctulata Olivier (Cicindelidae). This is one of the most
widely distributed tiger beetles in the United States. It can be easily col¬
lected in southern Ontario, and according to Wallis (1961, p. 61) it
ranges northeast through London, Guelph, Toronto, Kettleby, and Leskard
to eastern Ontario. It has been taken in small numbers at Marmora and
recently was collected for the first time in the Ottawa District near Bells
Corners and in Ottawa at Britannia Heights. The species appears to be
restricted to these two District areas on open, sandy soil. The northernmost

record is by Hubbard and Schwarz (1878, p. 627) in the Lake Superior
region.

In 1964 the author collected fourteen specimens of C. punctulata at
Beechgrove, near Quyon, Quebec. This appears to be the first authentic
record for Quebec; previously, Beaulieu (1900, p. 140) and Beaulne
(1914, p. 123) listed the species without locality records.

The seemingly disjunct distribution of this beetle in Canada as recorded
by Wallis starts again in southern Manitoba at Aweme, Hartney, and
Treesbank, continues to Estevan in Saskatchewan, and Medicine Hat,
Burdette, Lethbridge, and Happy Valley in Alberta.

Zonitis bilineata Say (Meloidae). In the United States, this meloid
ranges in the East from South Carolina and Kansas northward to Con¬
necticut and Minnesota. It seems to be a rarity in Canada, although perhaps
it has been overlooked, since the specimens in the National ^Collection

1 Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Canada Department of Agri¬
culture, Ottawa, Ontario.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

show that it has been found only from July 7 to July 18. At Windsor,
Ontario, a few specimens were collected on the flower heads of thistle,
Cirsium sp., and one specimen has been taken at Marmora. In the Ottawa
District only three specimens are known, from Britannia Bay in Ottawa
and Bells Corners.

Agrilus celti Knull and A. lecontei Saunders (Buprestidae) . These small
buprestids have a broad range in the United States wherever their hack-
berry host, Celtis occidentalis L., occurs. In the Canadian National Collec¬
tion there is a series of each species from the numerous hackberry trees in
the Point Pelee area of southern Ontario. The only other Ontario record
was a series of each species collected by the author in a large hackberry
grove at Carleton Place in the Ottawa District, some four hundred miles
to the northeast (Hicks, 1960).

It is very possible that the hackberry tree is native to Canada only at
Point Pelee and other Carolinian zone sites along the shore of Lake Erie.
However, it has been recorded sparingly at scattered localities from London
in the southwest to the Ottawa Valley area, and Montreal, the northern¬
most station. Every one of these localities is on or near water routes
formerly used by Indians who had the habit of eating the hackberry nuts
as they travelled. How these two species of beetles came to exist on the
hackberry at Carleton Place with no records from the south for hundreds
of miles is not known.

Phyllophaga futilis (LeConte) (Scarabaeidae) . This species was orig¬
inally described (Agassiz, 1850, p. 226) from the Lake Superior region,
the most northern recorded locality. It has been recorded in all parts of
the eastern United States and at many points in the southern parts of
Ontario (Brown, 1929 and Luginbill, 1953). In the Ottawa District, P.
futilis is unquestionably a common species but it was not recorded here
prior to 1959. Since then, many specimens have been collected in or near
the city of Ottawa and south of it at numerous locations both in and
outside the District. This scarab has not been recorded due west or east
of Ottawa in Ontario and it is not known across the Ottawa River to the
north or anywhere in the province of Quebec.

Macrodactylus subspinosus (Fabricius) (Scarabaeidae). The rose chafer
is known to range from Colorado, Indiana, Virginia, and the Atlantic States
into southern Ontario. It has been an economic pest for many years from
Windsor to the Niagara River. Farther north and east, it has been collected
at Oakville, Toronto, Belleville, Brockville, and occasionally near the limit
of the Ottawa District on the south side at Elgin and Chesterville, and on
the east side at Plantagenet. Recent observations show that the species is
well established in the District. In 1963, hundreds of adults were observed
on the flowers of Spiraea sp. at Mer Bleue, a large, cold, bog area. At Kempt-
ville, larvae were common in soil. Adults have also been collected at
Britannia Heights in Ottawa, Vernon, and Bourget.

The most northerly record is that of a single specimen collected by
Beaulieu (1903, p. 38) at Yamachiche on the north shore of the St.
Lawrence River in Quebec. The rose chafer has been reported from several
localities in southern Quebec but apparently not in abundance.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Pelidnota punctata (Linnaeus) (Scarabaeidae) . This beetle is widespread
in the eastern half of the United States as indicated by specimens in the
C anadian National Collection from Texas, Oklahoma, Missouri, Tennessee,
Kentucky, and Massachusetts. In Ontario, according to the records of the
Canadian Insect Pest Review, this species was reported as early as 1871;
since then it has been recorded from near Lake St. Clair east to London’
the Niagara Peninsula, Toronto, Port Hope, Courtice, Kingston, Marmora,
and Newboro. It was first recorded in the Ottawa District in 1946 at West-
boro, now part of the city of Ottawa; more recently it has been found
infrequently at several other sites in the city and at Winchester, Osgoode,
and Richmond. The most recent records are at Kerr Lake near Lanark’
and L'Original, just outside the District. This insect is a pest of cultivated
grapes in southern Ontario. In the Ottawa region where cultivated grapes
are scarce it probably feeds on Virginia creeper and wild grape.

The first records (Robert, 1946) for Quebec were at Rigaud in 1945
and Montreal in 1946. The only others (Robert, 1962) were at Saint-Jean
and Terrebonne in 1961, the latter being the most northern anywhere.

Euphoria inda (Linnaeus) (Scarabaeidae). The bumble flower beetle is
widely distributed in the United States from Florida and Texas northward.
It is common in southern Ontario and ranges northeast through the areas
around Toronto, Belleville, Muskoka, and Arnprior to Ottawa. Only three
separate records during the last twenty years have been taken in or near
Ottawa, indicating that the species is rare in the District. Beaulieu (1903,
pp. 110-111) noted that this beetle was common at Montreal, Quebec, and
it has been recorded from nearby localities south of Montreal. It has also
been recorded at Norway Bay, Quebec, just outside the District. In the
Canadian West, the species has been reported from Elgin, Brandon, Winni¬
peg, and Cartwright in Manitoba, and Aden, Schuler, and Medicine Hat
in Alberta.

Desmocerus palliatus (Forster) (Cerambycidae) . The cloaked knotty-
horn ranges from Louisiana and North Carolina in the United States up
into southern Ontario. It occurs commonly in the Niagara Peninsula; north¬
east of here it has been recorded from Toronto, Peterborough, Marmora,
Lyn, and into the Ottawa District. Here it is not common but has been
reported at Manotick, Britannia Bay in Ottawa, and Ottawa. Gosse (1840,
p. 225) stated that this beetle was not uncommon at Compton, Quebec,
and other records from Montreal (Chagnon, 1905, p. 28), Sweetsburg,
Knowlton, and St. Chrystostome show that it is known from southern
Quebec. There are two, isolated records given in the Canadian Insect Pest
Review, one at Sillery, just south of Quebec City on the north shore of the
St. Lawrence, and the other at St. Johns, Newfoundland.

A noplitis philemon (Newman) (Chrysomelidae). North American speci¬
mens of this leaf-mining chrysomelid were identified by Gilbert Arrow of
the British Museum in 1945 (H. R. Dodge in lift.). The species is not well
known and there is little in the literature to resolve a geographical picture
of its distribution.

In the Niagara Peninsula of southern Ontario, this leaf-miner attracted
my attention when I found a population at De Cew Falls (five miles south

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

of St. Catharines) infesting leaves of wood nettle, Laportea canadensis
(L.) Wedd. Several years’ observations showed that most of the adults
in this population were blackish but there were a few noticeable pale
forms. Color variation also occurred among the larvae and pupae. Dodge
(1942, in lift.) had also seen color differences and noted especially the
very marked difference in the proportion of the two colors between popu¬
lations observed at Clintonville, Wisconsin, and Carlisle, Pennsylvania;
according to him it was the opinion of H. S. Barber of the National Museum,
Washington, D. C., that the pale form was an allelic and that no name
should be assigned to it.

Figure 1, Map of the Ottawa District.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

In the Ottawa District, this beetle was recently discovered in a small
woods in Britannia Heights in Ottawa and across the Ottawa River at
Fairy Lake near Hull, Quebec. It was of interest to find that the series
of adults collected in each place were all blackish. Although the host of
this species has a more or less continuous distribution from De Cew Falls
to the Ottawa District, the writer knows of no specimens collected between
these two widely separated localities. These records are slightly more
northern than those at Clintonville, Wisconsin.

Another Anoplitis sp. that is poorly known in the United States (H. R.
Dodge in lift.) and Canada mined the leaves of climbing bittersweet,
Celastrus scandens L., in southern Ontario where populations were observed
for several years at Windsor, De Cew Falls, and Niagara-on-the-Lake. The
host is common to the northeast into the Ottawa District but the distribu¬
tion of the insect appears to be limited. The author was never able to
find adults of this species in the District but four dead pupae, one in each
of four mined leaves, were found at Britannia Bay in Ottawa.

Rhodobaenus tredecimpunctatus (Ill.). This species and its varieties,
known as the cocklebur billbugs, occur throughout the United States where
they feed mostly on species of Compositae. In Ontario, the species has only
been found in Ottawa District localities; a few specimens were collected
from the purplish flower heads of a Joe-Pye-Weed, Eupatorium sp., at
Britannia Bay in Ottawa and a few near Uplands Airport, Ottawa.’ In
Quebec, one specimen was taken at Berthierville, the northern recorded
locality for the species.

Literature Cited

Agassiz, L.

1850. Lake Superior: its physical character, vegetation and animals, compared
with those of other and similar regions. Gould, Kendall, and Lincoln
Boston. 428 pp.

Beaulieu, G.

1900. Les Cicindeles de la Province de Quebec. Nat. Canad. 27:136-140.

1903. Les Scarabeides de la Province de Quebec. Nat. Canad. 30:38-42.
Beaulne, J.

1914. Les Coleopteres du Canada. Nat. Canad. 40: 122-123.

Brown, W. J.

1929. Ann. Rpt. Ent. Soc. Ont. 59:119.

Chagnon, G.

1905. Longicornes de la Province de Quebec. Nat. Canad. 32:25-29.

Gosse, P. H.

1840. The Canadian Naturalist. John Van Voorst, London. 372 pp.

Hicks, S. D.

1960. Entomological interest in a rare grove of hackberry at Carleton Place,
Ontario. Canad. Field Nat. 74: 174-175.

Hubbard, H. G., and E. A. Schwarz.

1878. List of Coleoptera found in the Lake Superior Region. Proc. Amer Phil
Soc. 17:627-666.

Luginbill, P., Sr., and H. R. Painter.

1953. May Beetles of the United States and Canada. U. S. Dept. Agri. Tech
Bull. 1060, 102 pp.

Munroe, E. G.

1956. Canada as an environment for insect life. Canad. Ent. 88:372-476,

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Robert

1946. Recente decouverte du Pelidnota punctata dans la Province de Quebec.
Rapp. Soc. Quebec Prot. PI. 30:189-191.

1962. Acclimatation de certains insectes au climat du Quebec. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Quebec 7:93-95.

Wallis, J. B.

1961. The Cicindelidae of Canada. Univ. Toronto Press, Toronto. 74 pp.

LITERATURE NOTICE

A REVIEW OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF CLEROIDEA (COLEOPTERAL
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW GENERA OF PELTIDAE AND OF
SEVERAL NEW LARVAL TYPES. By R. A. Crowson. Trans. Ent Soc. London
116612): 275-327, 80 figs., 1 pi. 1964. — Crowson’s 1955 (Natural Classification of the
Families of Coleoptera) treatment of the Cleroidea is considerably revised and
explained. After discussing relationships of and within the superfamily, a key to
families (7) of adults and larvae is given. Then, he presents the following keys:
Phloiophilidae, only one genus, no keys; Peltidae, to subfamilies (3) of adults, to
subfamilies (2) and genera (5) of larvae, to genera (4) of adult Decamerinae; Tro-
gossitidae, to subfamilies (2) of adults and larvae, to genera (3) of adult New
Zealand Lophocaterinae, to genera (5) of larval Trogossitinae; Chaetosomatidae,
to genera (2) of adults; Cleridae, to subfamilies (8) of adults, to genera (6) of adults
and to genera (5) of larvae of New Zealand; Phycosecidae, to species (4) of only
included genus; Melyridae, to subfamilies (6) of adults and larvae, to genera (8)
or species (12) of larvae. Many discussions, descriptions, or illustrations of larvae,
adults, fossils, morphology, and habits explain the systematics.

DIE CRIOCERINEN AFRIKAS (COL. CHRYSOMELIDAE). By E. Heinze
and W. Pinsdorf. Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey 1 3 ( 1 ) : 1 56-270, figs. 1-18 (1962); 14(1).
252-372, figs. 19-28 (1963); 15(2) :334-569, figs. 29-45 ( 1964).— Keys, descriptions,
and some illustrations to 3 tribes, 14 genera, and 307 species are included. The
genus Lema contains 209 of the species.

A MODIFIED MALAISE INSECT TRAP. By G. D. Butler, Jr. Pan-Pacific Ent.
41(1) :51-53, illus. 1965. — The modified trap can be inexpensively made, easily
transported, quickly set up, and conveniently emptied.

NOTICE

Robert R. Dreisbach of Midland, Michigan, died June 24, 1964. He was a specialist
in Hymenoptera but was interested in and collected all orders of insects. His latest
efforts were toward a list of the insects of Michigan.

E. O. Essig of the University of California at Berkeley died November 23, 1964.
He was a teacher of entomologists and a specialist on aphids. His three books, A
History of Entomology, Insects and Mites of Western North America, and College
Entomology, are known to all.

James A. G. Rehn died January 25, 1965. He was an outstanding authority on the
Orthopetera. However, he was known to all coleopterists as the curator of insects at
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A REVISION OF THE GENUS CHARISIUS
(COLEOPTERA: ALLECULIDAE)

By J. M. Campbell1

Introduction

The genus Charisius was first described by Champion (1888) in the
Biologia Centrali- Americana. He erected the genus to receive four species
which he considered distinct from the genus Allecula Fabricius. In 1893,
C hampion added an additional species to the genus in the supplement to
the family Alleculidae in the “Biologia,” and, in 1901, Linell added a new
species from Florida. Since that date, there have been no additional
publications pertaining to the genus.

Charisius is a very interesting genus of alleculids because of the high
elevations at which all of its species are naturally found. Other related
genera, except the monotypic genus Nurses Champion, are found primarily
below 4,000 feet. A few species of Isomira Mulsant and Lobopoda Sober
may be found at moderately high elevations, but only rarely above 4,000
feet.

1 have divided Charisius into three groups, the Fasciatus Group, the
Salvini Group, and the Zunilensis Group. The three species of the Fasciatus
Group have been collected at elevations ranging from 5,000 to 10,000 feet,
with most recorded localities between 7,000 and 9,000 feet; the two species
of the Zunilensis Group are found at elevations ranging from 4,000 to
5,000 feet, except for a possible introduction in Florida; and the Salvini
Group is found at somewhat intermediate elevations ranging from 4,000 to
7,000 feet.

The revision of the genus was made possible by the generous loan of
material from the British Museum (Natural History) which included syn-
types of all the species described by Champion. I would like to acknowledge
the assistance of Miss C. M. F. von Hayek of the British Museum through¬
out the course of this study and to James Marshall for observing the holo-
type of Charisius floridanus. In addition, I would like to express my ap¬
preciation to Hugh B. Leech and the California Academy of Sciences for
the loan of material and to Richard B. Selander for the donation of ma¬
terial from his personal collection. I would also like to express my appre¬
ciation to the Society of the Sigma Xi and the Sigma Xi RESA Research
Fund which supported the field work of this investigation. For allowing
me to accompany him in Mexico during the summer of 1962, 1 would
particularly like to thank Edward L. Mockford.

The primary objectives of this work are: ( 1 ) to give an adequate key
for the separation of the species; (2) to designate lectotypes of Champion’s
species; (3) to suggest a phylogeny for the species of the genus; (4) to
describe the new species at hand; and (5) to give a brief discussion of the
geographic range of the species of the genus.

1 Research Entomologist, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Bionomics

Unfortunately, very little is known of the bionomics of this group. The
larvae are unknown. Adults may be found by beating trees bearing an
abundant covering of lichens upon which they probably feed. I collected
five specimens from a small tree near a tree stump and one specimen was
collected on a stump. It is probable that the larvae live in dead wood as
do the larvae of most United States genera of Alleculidae.

Methods and Terms

Records are given for all specimens studied. These records list the
exact localities of the specimens, the elevation of the locality, the date of
collection if known, the collection from which the specimen was borrowed,
and finally the number of specimens in each series. The following abbre¬
viations were used to designate the collections: (BMNH) British Museum,
(CAS) California Academy of Sciences, and (JMC) my personal collection.

Pronotal index expresses the ratio of the length of the pronotum along
the midline to the width at the basal angles. This ratio is multiplied by
100 for convenience in handling. Total length of the specimen is measured
in situ to the nearest Vi mm. Total length is the distance between the
anterior margin of the labrum and the apices of the elytra. All measure¬
ments were made with the aid of an ocular micrometer.

The genus Charisius has only five visible sterna. These are numbered
one through five although morphologically they are the third through the
seventh. The morphological eighth and ninth sterna of the male are in-
vaginated and bilobed. In referring to these structures, they are called the
lobes of the eighth and/or ninth sterna. The terms basal piece and apical
piece are used in describing the male genitalia. The term basal piece was
proposed by Sharp and Muir (1912) and has since been referred to as
gonocoxite (Michener, 1944) and as phallobase (Snodgrass, 1935). I
have used the term apical piece for convenience. It is synonymous with
the terms lateral lobes (Sharp and Muir), gonostyli (Michener), and
parameres (Snodgrass). The male genitalia, eighth, and ninth sterna are
collectively called the male terminalia. The small, modified, triangular setae
found on the male terminalia are referred to as dentiform setae.

Systematics
Charisius Champion

Charisius Champion, 1888, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop. 4(1) :421.

Body elongate; glabrous; color ranging from reddish-brown to black; surface
smooth, strongly shining. Length 6 to 1 3 mm.

Vertex moderately densely punctate; a small, impunctate area placed between
posterior margin of eyes. Apical segment of labial palpi elongate-triangular, apex
slightly longer than outer side; apical segment of maxillary palpi broadly triangular,
apex about equal in length to outer side; mandibles with apex shallowly emarginate.
Antennae long, filiform; apex of fifth segment reaching to base of pronotum when
pulled posteriad over dorsal surface of body; third segment approximately three

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

times as long as second, slightly shorter than fourth; following segments approximate¬
ly equal in length to third. Eyes moderately small in size, usually separated by dis¬
tance approximately equal to diameter of an eye.

Pronotum with base distinctly narrower than base of elytra; sides variable, ranging
from strongly narrowed from base to apex to widest near middle and rounded;
sides and base distinctly margined. Basal foveae small, moderately deeply impressed,
connected across base of pronotum by a deep, transverse prebasal groove. Prosternum
elongate and transverse anteriad of procoxae, prosternal elongation abruptly declivous
postenad of procoxae; mesosternum abruptly declivous just anteriad of mesocoxae-
metasternum very elongate. Venter of thorax moderately densely, deeply punctate;
glabrous. Legs moderately sparsely setate; setae short, becoming denser approaching
apex of legs. Third and fourth tarsal segments of anterior and intermediate tarsi
and penultimate segment of posterior tarsi broadly lobed in both male and female,
basal two segments of anterior tarsi of male lobed ventrally (except in C. salvini).

Elytra elongate, sides parallel for basal half and then evenly rounded to apex;
elytial striae moderately shallowly impressed near base, becoming more deeply im-
pitssed appioaching apex; strial punctures small, densely placed along striae; strial
interstices convex, impunctate, or finely and obsoletely punctate. Elytral epipleurae
ending just anteriad of apex of elytra; evenly arched from base to apex. Ab¬
dominal steina impunctate or finely, sparsely punctate. Fifth sternum evenly convex
rarely excavate in male.

Eighth sternum of male with two large, well developed, elongate lobes; lobes
moderately broad, straight, or curved mediad approaching apex (angulate in C.
sajvini); apex bearing very small, densely placed denitiform setae which extend
along inner margin to base of lobes. Ninth sternum bilobed; lobes small, reaching
only to base of eighth sternal lobes; glabrous. Male gentalia narrowed from base to
apex, apical piece strongly narrowed, apex very narrowly rounded, bearing densely
placed dentiform setae on sides.

Type-Species. I here designate Charisius fasciatus Champion as the
type-species of the genus.

Discussion. Charisius is a member of the tribe Alleculini of the sub-
family Alleculinae. This tribe is distinguished from other tribes of the
subfamily in having lobed tarsi and a narrowly triangular intercoxal process
of the abdomen. Charisius seems to be most closely related to the genus
A llecula and the wingless monotypic genus N arses. All have the same shape
and general appearance, similarly shaped maxillary and labial palpi, very
broadly lobed anterior and intermediate tarsi, and narrowly elongate eighth
sternal lobes.

The genus Charisius is distinct from other Mexican and Central Amer¬
ican genera of alleculids by the possession of a deep, prebasal, transverse
groove connecting the basal foveae of the pronotum. In addition, the
shining, glabrous surface of the body; elongate shape; sparsely to mod¬
erately densely punctate pronotum; well developed wings; and in some
species, the presence of distinct yellow bands across the elytra will easily
separate Charisius from related genera.

Key to Groups and Species of Charisius

Elytra with two or three light yellow transverse bands
Elytra without yellow markings -

Fasciatus Group

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Elytra with a greatly expanded yellow band in basal half (fig. 18); band interrupted
only by elytral suture; sides of pronotum (fig. 11) distinctly narrowed from base

to apex - - MEXICANUS

Elytra with anterior band reduced to oval spot or absent (figs. 15-17), not reaching
elytral suture; sides of pronotum (fig. 9-10) parallel, sinuate, or converging slightly

in basal half -

Anterior yellow spot (fig. 17) extending from sides to middle of each elytron; sides

of pronotum (fig. 10) parallel for basal half - PICTURATUS

Anterior yellow spot either absent (fig. 16) or represented by a large, oval spot

placed in middle of each elytron (fig. 15) - FASCIATUS

Pronotum coarsely, evenly punctate; anterior tibiae of male slightly expanded
ventral ly; fifth sternum of male distinctly excavate in middle; apex of elytra

_ Salvini Group SALVINI

Pronotum finely punctate; male anterior tibiae and fifth sternum unmodified; elytra

without darkened elytral apices - Zunilensis Group 5

Pronotum evenly punctate; elytral interstices impunctate; length greater than 8 mm.

_ _ _ _ _ ZUNILENSIS

Pronotum more densely punctate in middle than on sides; elytral interstices very

finely punctate; length less than IVz mm. - INTERSTITIALIS

Phytogeny. The suggested phylogenetic relationships of the species of
Charisius are outlined in figure 1. Based on the Central and South Amer¬
ican species of the genus Alleculci and other related genera of alleculids,
the ancestral species of Charisius probably had the following characteristics:
pronotum with distinct, transverse prebasal groove; surface glabrous dor-
sally; anterior tibiae of the male widened on the ventral margin; lobes of
the eighth sternum of the male either straight or simply curved mediad
approaching the apex; fifth sternum evenly convex in both male and female;
basal four segments of the anterior tarsi lobed ventrally in the male; color
dark brown, without elytral patterns; pronotum only slightly wider than
long and coarsely punctate.

Three main lines may be recognized as having evolved from this hypo¬
thetical ancestral species. The line giving rise to the Zunilensis Group re¬
mains essentially primitive except in having the anterior tibiae of the male
unmodified. The line leading to the Salvini and Fasciatus groups is spe¬
cialized in having sparser punctation of the pronotum, a smaller pronotal
index, and at least the beginning of the development of color as shown
by the black elytral apices of C. salvini. The line leading to the Salvini
Group is specialized in having the fifth sternum of the male excavate, the
lobes of the male eighth sternum strongly angulate on the sides, and the
lobes of the basal two segments of the male anterior tarsi lost. The line
leading to the Fasciatus Group is specialized in having the pronotum
sparsely punctate, the pronotal index very small, the elytra with distinct
transverse bands, and the body larger in size. Within the Fasciatus Group,
two lines developed, one leading to C. mexicanus and the other leading
to C. fasciatus and C. picturatus. In the line leading to C. mexicanus the
sides of the pronotum became strongly narrowed, the elytral banding be¬
came greatly expanded, and the lobes of the eighth sternum of the male
straight.

FASCIATUS GROUP

The Fasciatus Group contains three species, all of which are large
(ranging in length from 10 to 13 mm.), elongate beetles with either two or

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

three yellow bands placed transversely across the elytra. The width of the
pronotum is distinctly greater than the length and the surface is very finely
and sparsely punctate. The elytral striae bear very fine and very closely
placed punctures; the strial interstices are flat at the base (except in
C. picturatus) and convex approaching the apex; and the interstices are im-
punctate. The anterior tibiae of the male are expanded on the inner side
near the middle and the anterior tarsi of the male have the four basal
segments broadly lobed ventrally.

Charisius fasciatus Champion
(Figs. 3,9, 15, 16)

Charisius fasciatus Champion, 1888, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop.

4(1): 42 1 , pi. 19, figs. 12, 12a, 13.

Dark reddish-brown or black; three light yellow transverse bands placed across
elytra, anterior band often missing; margin of all yellow areas slightly dentate,
completely surrounded by a narrow dark brown to black margin (figs. 15-16).
Length 10i/2 to 12i/2 mm.

Vertex moderately densely, finely, and shallowly punctate. Pronotum sparsely but
evenly punctate; punctures small and very shallowly impressed; sides parallel or
slightly converging and sinuate in basal two-thirds then broadly, evenly rounded to
apex (fig. 9); pronotal index of five specimens 77 to 80, mean 77.8. Prosternum and
proepisterna smooth, impunctate; metasternum impunctate in middle, punctures be¬
coming moderately densely and deeply impressed approaching sides. Anterior tibiae
of male slightly, convexly expanded on middle of ventral surface. Elytral striae un¬
impressed near base, becoming moderately deeply impressed approaching apex, strial
punctures very small, shallowly and very densely impressed along striae; interstices
flat or very slightly convex near base, becoming distinctly convex nearing apex;
impunctate.

Lobes of eighth sternum of male (fig. 3) narrowly and evenly curved medially
from near base to apex; apex and inner sides bearing small, densely placed dentiform
setae; outer side bearing dentiform setae only on apical half and a few large setae
placed on outer margin. Apex of lobes of ninth sternum obliquely transverse.

Type. As lectotype, I have selected a male from Guatemala collected by
Champion and labeled Quiche Mts., 7-9000 feet. The specimen is in the
British Museum (Natural History).

Geographic Distribution. This species is known only from the high¬
lands of central Guatemala. It has been collected at elevations ranging
from 4-5000 feet to 8500-10,500 feet (elevations given as recorded by
Champion) .

Records. GUATEMALA; Calderas, 7000 feet (BMNH-Biologia Col¬
lection) 1; Cerro Zunil, 4-5000 feet (BMNH-Biologia Collection) 2;
Quiche Mountains, 7-9000 feet (BMNH-Biologia Collection) 1; Totoni-
capam, 8,500-10,500 feet ( BMNH-Biologia Collection) 2.

Discussion. Charisius fasciatus may be divided into two distinct forms
based on coloration. In one form, represented by two specimens from
Totonicapam (8,500 to 10,500 feet) and one specimen from the Quiche
Mountains (7,000 to 9,000 feet) the body is reddish-brown and the elytra
have three distinct yellow transverse bands, each surrounded by a narrow,
dark brown to black ring (fig. 15).

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

In the second form, the body is normally black, the elytra either reddish-
brown or black; the anterior yellow band is entirely absent; and the elytral
apices are black (fig. 16). In one specimen the apical band is partially
reduced to form three small spots. This form is represented by three
specimens, two from Cerro Zunil and one from Calderas.

Because of the absence of any clearly defined morphological variation
between the two forms either externally or in the male terminalia, I have
followed the example of Champion in considering the two forms as mem¬
bers of a single species, but the question of the true status of these two
forms can only be satisfactorily demonstrated by additional collections.

By comparing the localities with Champion’s (1907) itinerary, I found
that the specimen from Calderas was collected during either June or July
and those from Quiche Mountains and Totonicapam were collected during
August.

Charisius picturatus Champion
(Figs. 10, 17)

Charisius picturatus Champion, 1893, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop.

4(1) :565, pi. 23, fig. 21.

Reddish-brown; with three light yellow bands placed across each elytron, all
bands narrowly, irregularly surrounded by dark brown coloration (fig. 17). Length 11
mm.

Head densely and moderately deeply punctate. Pronotum moderately finely, sparse¬
ly, and evenly punctate; punctures moderately shallowly impressed; sides parallel for
basal two-thirds and then evenly rounded to apex (fig. 10); sides and base distinctly
and deeply margined; mean pronotal index of two specimens 80.0, ranging from
78 to 82. Elytra with striae moderately deeply and evenly impressed from base to
apex; strial punctures deeply impressed, circular in shape; strial interstices moderately
convex, impunctate. Prosternum moderately densely and unevenly punctate; proepi-
sterna sparsely punctate, punctures large and deeply impressed; metasternum mod¬
erately sparsely punctate in middle, punctures becoming very large, densely, and
deeply impressed approaching sides. Anterior tibiae of male with ventral margin
evenly and concavely expanded from base for basal half and then abruptly narrowed
to normal diameter; apical portion of ventral margin densely pubescent.

Type. As lectotype, I have selected a male labeled Omilteme, Guerrero,
Mexico, 8000 feet, July. The specimen was collected by H. H. Smith and
is in the British Museum (Natural History).

Geographic Distribution. This species is known only from the type
locality.

Records. MEXICO: Guerrero: Omilteme (Omiltemi), 8000 feet, July
( BMNH-Biologia Collection) 1.

Discussion. This species is very similar in appearance to C. fasciatus,
particularly to the form having three yellow bands across the elytra. It
differs primarily in having the margins of the yellow regions very irregular,
the anterior spot placed on the outer sides of the elytra, and the apical
spot small and somewhat crescent-shaped. Morphologically it differs pri¬
marily in having the punctation of the head, pronotum, and the underside
of the thorax much denser; more deeply impressed elytral striae; and more
convex elytral interstices.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Charts ius mexicanus Campbell, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 4, 8, 11, 18)

Light orange-brown; elytra very conspicuously colored with three large yellow
transverse bands (fig. 18). Length 11 to 13 mm.

Head densely and moderately deeply punctate. Pronotum deeply and evenly
punctate; sides moderately straight, narrowed conspicuously from base to apex (fig.
11 ). ver y strongly defiexed; mean pronotal index of 13 specimens 70.4, ranging from
67 to 74 (Sx — .5); midline slightly depressed longitudinally.

Anterioi tibiae of male distinctly, triangularly widened on inner side near middle.
Prosternum shallowly, unevenly punctate; proepisterna sparsely punctate, punctures
large and deeply placed; metasternum sparsely, shallowly punctate in middle, punc¬
tures becoming moderately densely and deeply impressed approaching sides. Elytra
with striae very shallowly impressed near base, becoming somewhat deeper approach¬
ing apex; strial punctures circular, moderately densely placed; interstices of elytral
striae flat in basal half, becoming moderately convex nearing apex; bearing median
row of very small and shallow punctures. Abdominal sterna finely, sparsely, and
evenly punctate; fifth sternum bearing long, conspicuous setae along sides and near
apex; apex bearing densely placed short setae, distinctly concave in middle in male,
convex in female; fourth sternum with scattered setae along apical margin.

Lobes of eighth sternum of male (fig. 4) straight, broad; apex evenly rounded;
apex and inner side of lobes densely covered with very small dentiform setae, a
few long, straight setae placed along outer side. Lobes of ninth sternum narrow,
slightly curved mediad approaching apex; apex narrowly rounded. Apex of male
genitalia as in Figure 8.

Type. Holotype, male, from 5.2 miles west of Acultzingo (Veracruz)
Puebla, Mexico; July 6, 1962; J. M. Campbell. It is in the British Museum
(Natural History).

Geographic Distribution. This species is known from elevations above
6000 feet in the Mexican states of Mexico, Morelos and Puebla.

Records. MEXICO: Country label only (BMNH) 2. Mexico: Ame-
cameca, 9600 feet, June (CAS) 2. Morelos: Tres Marias, 9000 feet
(BMNH) 2. Puebla: 5.2 miles west Acultzingo (Veracruz), 8000 feet,
July ( JMC) 5; 6 miles northeast Teziutlan, 6000 feet, August (JMC) 2.

Discussion. 1 collected specimens of this species near Acultzingo by
beating a large tree heavily covered with lichens. This locality is almost
directly on the continental divide of Mexico and receives moderately heavy
rainfall and very dense fog cover during the rainy season. The larvae of
this species possibly live in dead stumps as the adults were collected from
a tree adjacent to a dead stump, although other nearby trees of the same
species did not yield any specimens.

Charisius mexicanus is similar to C. fasciatus and C. picturatus, but
it may readily be identified by the greatly expanded and very irregularly
dentate markings of the elytra and the very conspicuously narrowed sides
of the pronotum.

The adults of this species have been collected from June to August.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

ZUNILENSIS GROUP

The Zunilensis Group contains two species, both of which are smaller
than the species of the Fasciatus Group (from 6V2 to 10 mm.). They are
characterized by the absence of any yellow markings on the elytra; the
large pronotal index; the pronotum distinctly narrower than the base of
the elytra; the surface of the pronotum coarsely punctate; the anterior
tibiae of the male not expanded; and the broad and straight lobes of the
eighth sternum.

Charisius zunilensis Champion

(Figs. 6, 12)

Charisius zunilensis Champion, 1888, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop.

4(1) :422, pi. 19, fig. 14.

Dark brown. Length 8V2 to 9Vi mm.

Head very densely punctate; punctures moderate in size and depth. Pronotum
quadrate with sides slightly narrowed nearing base (fig. 12); mean pronotal index of
four specimens 92.5, ranging from 90 to 95; surface densely punctate, punctures
moderately small and shallowly impressed.

Male with ventral surface of anterior tibiae unmodified; four basal segments of
anterior tarsi distinctly lobed ventrally. Prosternum very sparsely and shallowly
punctate; proepisterna moderately punctate, punctures small and very shallowly im¬
pressed; metasternum finely and sparsely punctate in middle, punctures becoming
moderately densely and deeply impressed near sides. Elytra with striae moderately
deeply impressed near base, becoming deeply impressed near apex; strial punctures
small, circular, deeply impressed; strial interstices moderately convex, impunctate.
Abdominal sterna very finely and sparsely punctate, apical margin of fifth sternum
distinctly concave; sides of apical margin bearing a few short setae.

Lobes of eighth sternum of male (fig. 6) moderately broad, straight; apex of lobes
evenly rounded, rather densely covered with small, densely placed dentiform setae;
inner margin of lobes bearing moderately densely placed small spines. Lobes of
ninth sternum short, both outer and inner sides rounded, apex of lobes broadly
rounded.

Type. As lectotype, I have selected a male collected by Champion and
labeled Cerro Zunil, 4,000-5,000 feet, Guatemala. The specimen is in the
British Museum (Natural History).

Geographic Distribution. Known only from the type locality.

Records. GUATEMALA: Cerro Zunil, 4,000 to 5,000 feet (BMNH-
Biologia Collection) 4.

Discussion. Three of the six known species of Charisius are from Cerro
Zunil. These are C. zunilensis, C. fasciatus, and C. salvini. Each of these
species were collected by Champion at an altitude of 4,000 to 5,000 feet.
They belong to separate species group and may be readily separated by the
key characters.

Charisius inter stitialis Champion

(Figs. 7, 13)

Charisius inter stitialis Champion, 1888, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop.
4(1) :422.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Charisius floridanus Linell, 1901, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 4:184. (NEW
SYNONYMY.)

Elongate; brown, pronotum and head often dark brown. Length 6V2 to IV2 mm.

Head very densely, finely punctate. Pronotum with sides parallel for basal two-
thirds and then angulate to apex (fig. 13); mean pronotal index of six specimens
89.0, ranging from 86 to 94; surface densely punctate; punctures moderate in size
and moderately impressed, becoming more sparsely distributed nearing sides. Punc-
tation of underside of thorax and shape of anterior tibiae and tarsi of male similar
to those of C. zunilensis. Elytral striae shallowly, evenly impressed; interstices dis¬
tinctly convex, bearing a median row of very small, shallow punctures. Remainder
as in C. zunilensis.

Lobes of eighth sternum (fig. 7) very similar to those of C. zunilensis; inner side
of lobes rounded. Lobes of ninth sternum very short, outer side slightly convex;
apex of lobes obliquely truncate.

Type. As lectotype, I have designated a male collected by Hoege from
Jalapa, Mexico. This specimen is in the British Museum (Natural History).
The holotype of C. floridanus is type number 4174 of the USNM. The
specimen is labeled Cocoanut Grove, Florida.

Geographic Distribution. Known only from the type locality and one
specimen collected near Miami, Florida.

Records. MEXICO: Veracruz: Jalapa (4681 ft.) (BMNH-Biologia
Collection) 9. UNITED STATES: Florida: Cocoanut Grove, Linell
(1899).

Discussion. This species is very similar to Charisius zunilensis. Since
the known ranges of these two species are widely separated and as there
are no intermediate specimens, I have chosen to follow Champion’s ex¬
ample and consider the two populations as separate species.

Charisius interstitialis may be separated from C. zunilensis by the much
smaller size of the body; smaller punctures of the head and pronotum (the
punctures are more densely placed in the middle half of the pronotum);
and the somewhat more narrowly rounded apices of the male ninth sternal
lobes.

The specimen described by Linell from Florida as C. floridanus is almost
certainly an accidental import. The Cocoanut Grove locality is in the
vicinity of a tropical garden.

James Marshall (personal communication, 1964) compared the holo¬
type of C. floridanus with a specimen of C. interstitialis. He stated that
the only apparent difference in the two is that the pronotal groove of
C. floridanus is somewhat more pronounced. The pronotal index of the
holotype is 92.

SALVINI GROUP

The Salvini Group contains only one species, C. salvini. The male has
the anterior tibiae expanded ventrally, the basal two segments of the
anterior tarsi densely pubescent ventrally, the apical margin of the fifth
abdominal sternum deeply excavate, and the eighth sternal lobes angulate
on the sides. The elytral apices of both males and females are black.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

In many respects, the Salvini Group is somewhat intermediate between
the Fasciatus Group and the Zunilensis Group. It has the apices of the
elytra black and the anterior tibiae of the male expanded near the middle
which may suggest an affinity for the Fasciatus Group. The punctation of
the head and thorax as well as the elytral structure is quite similar to that
of the Zunilensis Group. It is also somewhat intermediate between these
two groups in elevation.

Charisius salvini Champion
(Figs. 5, 14)

Charisius salvini Champion, 1888, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop. 4(1):

423, pi. 19, fig. 15.

Dorsal surface reddish-brown, venter dark reddish-brown to black, elytral apices
usually black. Length 8 Vi to 10 mm.

Head densely, deeply punctate. Pronotum (fig. 14) with sides parallel or some¬
what sinuate in basal two-thirds; surface deeply, densely punctate; punctures large
and circular in outline; mean pronotal index of twelve specimens 86.6, ranging
from 81 to 90 (sx = .7); surface evenly convex, occasionally slightly depressed
along midline.

Anterior tibiae of male very slightly, ovally expanded on inner side near middle;
anterior tarsi of male with basal segment densely pubescent ventrally, not lobed;
second segment densely pubescent with small narrow lobe. Prosternum moderately
densely, unevenly, and rugosely punctate; proepisterna densely, evenly punctate;
metasternum moderately punctate, becoming deeply and densely punctate approach¬
ing sides. Elytral striae moderately impressed near base, becoming deeply impressed
nearing apex; strial punctures large, circular, closely placed along striae; strial in¬
terstices moderately convex near base, becoming deeply impressed nearing apex;
impunctate. Abdominal sterna finely, sparsely punctate. Fifth sternum of male con¬
spicuously excavate in middle, each side of excavation very densely punctate; punc¬
tures bearing moderately long setae.

Male eighth sternum (fig. 5) with lobes angulate near middle of outer side; inner
sides evenly and narrowly rounded; apex of lobes blunt, obliquely transverse, bearing
small, moderately densely placed dentiform setae. Lobes of ninth sternum moderately
broad; outer sides rounded to apex, apex very narrowly rounded.

Type. As lectotype I have selected the male figured by Champion in the
“Biologia.” The specimen was collected by Champion at Calderas, Gua¬
temala. It is in the British Museum (Natural History).

Geographic Distribution. Known only from the mountainous regions of
southeastern and southcentral Guatemala. Collected between the altitudes
of 4,000 and 7,000 feet.

Records. GUATEMALA: Country label only (BMNH-Biologia Col¬
lection) 7; Calderas (7000 ft.) (BMNH-Biologia Collection) 1; Capetillo
(BMNH-Biologia Collection) 1; Cerro Zunil (4000 ft.) (BMNH-Biologia
Collection) 1; Chinautla (4000 ft.) (BMNH-Biologia Collection) 1;
Duenas (4700 ft.) (BMNH-Biologia Collection) 1.

Champion, G. C.

Literature Cited

1888. Family Cistelidae. In Godman, F. E., and O. Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Ins. Coleop. 4(1): 385-465, pis. 17-21.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

1892-1893. Heteromera. In Godman, F. E., and O. Salvin, Biol. Centr -Amer
Ins., Coleop. 4(1) :477-572, pi. 23.

1907. Itinerary of Mr. G. C. Champion’s travels in Central America, 1879-
1883. Ent. News 18:33-44.

Linell, M. L.

1901. Descriptions of some new species of North American heteromerous
Coleoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 4:180-186.

Michener, C. D.

1944. A comparative study of the appendages of the eighth and ninth abdominal
segments of insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 37:336-351.

Sharp, D., and F. Muir

1912. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. Trans.
Ent. Soc. London 60:477-642, ill us.

Snodgrass, R. E.

1935. Principles of insect morphology. New York. 667 pp., illus.

■fasciatus

picturatus

mexicanus

salvini

interstitialis

zunilensis

Figure 1. Proposed phylogeny of the genus Charisius.

Figure 2. Charisius mexicanus, new species. (Drawing by Mrs. Thomas Prickett.)

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

3 4

Figures 3-7. Ventral view of male eighth and ninth sterna of species of Charisius.
3 — jasciatus. 4 — mexicanus. 5 — salvini. 6 — zunilensis. 7 — interstitialis.

Volume 19

THE COLEOPTERI5TS' BULLETIN

Figure 8. Ventral view of apical two-thirds of male genitalia of Charisius mex-
icanus. Figures 9-14. Pronotal outline of species of Charisius. 9 — fasciatus. 10 —
picturatus. 1 1 — mexicanus. 12 — zunilensis. 13 — intei stitialis. 14 — salvini. Figures
15-18. Elytral markings of species of Charisius. 15 and 16 — fasciatus. 17 — picturatus.
18 — mexicanus.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

NOTES ON TWO IMPORTANT COLLECTIONS OF

COLEOPTERA IN BRAZIL

By C. A. Triplehorn1

When 1 learned that I had been chosen to spend two years in Brazil as
Entomologist on The Ohio State University Contract Team (United States
Agency for International Development), 1 immediately began to assemble
as much information as possible on Brazilian insect collections which I
might be able to visit. The best source of information was furnished by
Doris H. Blake (1964, Some insect collections in South America, Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 66:55-59; and in litt.). Recently I have had the opportu¬
nity to visit two important collections in Sao Paulo which no serious student
of Neotropical insects can afford to neglect.

Mrs. Blake devotes a paragraph to a glowing account of the collections
of the Departamento de Zoologia da Secretaria da Agricultura. Neverthe¬
less, I was totally unprepared for the veritable beehive of activity this
institution has become. The Director, Dr. P. E. Vanzolini, is well known
to United States workers, having obtained his Ph.D. degree at Harvard
under Dr. A. S. Romer. Despite the fact that he is primarily a herpetologist,
his interests are broad and he is extremely well informed in all phases of
Biology. I spent the greater part of a day on a tour of the collections and
facilities with Dr. Vanzolini as my guide. As a curator myself, I could only
stand in awe at what is being accomplished here.

By purchase, gifts, expeditions and a system of collaborators, the collec¬
tions are growing at a fantastic rate. Despite the rapidity with which
specimens are arriving, a remarkably small backlog of unprocessed material
is allowed to accumulate. This is especially impressive in the section of
insects where a few enthusiastic collectors can keep a small army of tech¬
nicians busy mounting, labelling and sorting. The staff is engaged in a
number of fascinating ecological and faunistic studies which, of course,
are further swelling the collections.

The Coleoptera collection, with which I am most familiar, is well main¬
tained, neatly arranged and systematically up-to-date. As in all museums
ot any size, there is a sizable backlog of undetermined material in many
groups but this is all sorted to families and easily accessible to workers.
They do not use the unit tray system but are pinning directly into the
bottoms of the drawers, allowing, it would seem, plenty of room for expan¬
sion. However, at the rate the collection is growing and the enthusiasm of
the current staff, it will be only a short time before expansion becomes a
major concern.

Among the insects, current emphasis is placed on the Diptera and
Coleoptera. There are three Coleoptera specialists on the staff at present,
as previously noted by Blake (1964, p. 56). Hans Reichardt is, at this

1 Presently at Escola Superior de Agricultura “Luiz de Queiroz,” Caixa Postal 9,
Piracicaba, Sao Paulo, Brazil; permanently at Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio,
U.S.A.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

writing, doing graduate work at Harvard University, specializing on Cara-
bidae under Dr. P. J. Darlington. He also works on Bostrichidae.

U. R. Martins, who works on Cerambycidae, Languriinae and Barini,
is planning to enter the Graduate School of the University of California
and Padre F. S. Pereira continues his fine work on Scarabaeidae and
Passalidae. In addition, Frederico Lane, who has retired, remains on the
active list. He is on his fourth year at the British Museum on a National
Science Foundation and Brazilian grant to study Cerambycidae and serves
as a valuable contact between the two institutions.

Another valuable function performed by the Departamento de Zoologia
is the training of zoologists, especially entomologists. Undergraduate stu¬
dents obtain practical experience in museum techniques and problems in
taxonomic research and when they have progressed far enough are encour¬
aged and aided in taking graduate work abroad. With such a program for
developing well-trained investigators, the future of taxonomic research in
Brazil is bright indeed. At present there are two students working on
Coleoptera.

The Departamento de Zoologia can supply headquarters, research facili¬
ties and help in traveling while in Brazil to any qualified zoologist who so
applies. Needless to say, this is a valuable service to keep in mind for
anyone contemplating research in Brazil. Dr. Vanzolini has assured me
his wholehearted cooperation in sending material to qualified specialists
willing to undertake determinations for his institution. It seems to me that
this would be an excellent opportunity for coleopterists interested in the
Neotropical fauna to obtain a wealth of material for study. At the same
time, each group worked up will greatly assist Dr. Vanzolini and his
colleagues in their ambitious program. The Departamento de Zoologia staff
is young, well trained and dedicated. Their methods are modern in every
sense of the word and they are adequately supported financially. This
institution appears destined to become the outstanding research center for
systematic zoology in South America. Taxonomists interested in borrowing
material for study should write to Dr. Vanzolini, Departamento de Zoologia
da Secretaria da Agricultura, Avenida Nazare, 481 Caixa Postal 7172,
Sao Paulo, Brazil.

A large collection of Coleoptera missed by Mrs. Blake is contained in
the Institute Biologico, Sao Paulo. This is an older collection but is well
curated with specimens neatly mounted and labelled. Much of it has been
determined by specialists and there are some types deposited here (i.e.
Bondar’s Curculionidae) . I have compiled a list of all of their Tenebrionidae
and have made rather detailed notes on the remainder of the Coleoptera
at the family level. The Coleoptera collection occupies 246 drawers of a
modified U. S. National Museum type, housed in 10 large wooden cabinets.
Included among these are 42 drawers of Chrysomelidae, 41 Curculionidae,
39 Scarabaeidae, 33 Cerambycidae and 10 Carabidae. Correspondence in
regard to this collection may be directed to: Dr. Oswaldo Giannotti, Insti¬
tuto Biologico, Av. Cons. Rodrigues Alves, 1252, Caixa Postal 7119,
Sao Paulo. While not actively working with the collection, Dr. Giannotti
speaks and reads English well and is very sympathetic toward taxonomic
research.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

LARVAE OF SIX GENERA OF CETONIINAE FROM
EASTERN NIGERIA (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)

By M. L. Jerath and K. L. Unny1’ 2

1 he scarabaeid subfamily Cetoniinae is of world-wide distribution and
includes many brightly colored and highly variegated beetles from the
tropics. In West Africa the group is represented by about 275 species be¬
longing to about 65 genera.

Larvae of several North American species have been described briefly
by various writers. The most important work is that of Hayes (1928 and
1929), Bpving and Craighead (1931) and Ritcher (1945). Larvae of
British Cetoniinae, Cetonia aurata L. and Potasia cuprea F., were char¬
acterized by Van Emden (1941).

The only paper on African lamellicorn larvae is from South Africa by
Oberholzer (1959), where larvae of three genera were described: Pachnoda
impressa Goldf., Hypselogenia geotrupina Billb., and Diplognatha gagates
Fabric. The larvae are unknown from West Africa.

The food of cetoniid larvae according to Ritcher (1958) is organic
matter in the soil, decaying wood or trash and other debris accumulated
in the hollows of trees or elsewhere.

In Nigeria larvae of Heterorrhina smaragdina were found in decaying
portion of a Kola nitida tree whereas those of five other species were col¬
lected from raphia or oil palm or coconut palm trees at Umudike. The
larvae were reared to the adult stage in the laboratory at the Agricultural
Research Station in jam jars on decaying raphia stem. The food was
changed once a week. Mortality was about five percent.

Cetoniid larvae usually crawl on their backs and become white and slug¬
gish as they approach pupation. The larva then builds a small cell of decay¬
ing material and encloses itself. It remains in that condition for 2-3 days be¬
fore it pupates. Duration of the pupal stage for the various species at room
temperature is as follows: Pachnoda marginella, 10-14 days; Clastocnemis
quadrimaculatus, 18-22 days; Platygenia barbata, 20-24 days; Gram -
mopyga cincticollis, 12-14 days; Gnathocera trivittata, 13-15 days; Heteror¬
rhina smaragdina, 23-26 days.

In this paper larvae of six species, Clastocnemis quadrimaculatus,
Platygenia barbata, Gnathocera trivittata, Grammopyga cincticollis, Hete¬
rorrhina smaragdina, and Pachnoda marginella are described for the first
time and keys presented for their separation. Larval descriptions of the first
live genera have not appeared heretofore. The Nigerian larvae agree with
those of British (Van Emden, 1941) and North American (Ritcher, 1945)
larvae in essential characters.

1 Agricultural Research Station, Umudike-Umuahia, Nigeria.

- Thanks are due to Dr. Paul O. Ritcher, Head Entomology Department, Oregon
State University, U.S.A. and Mr. O. L. Cartwright of U.S.N.M. for going through
the paper and making valuable suggestions.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

The material studied for this paper is in the collection of the Entomology
Department, Agriculture Research Station, Umudike-Umuahia.

Cetoniid larvae may be characterized as follows: Labrum symmetrical; antenna
four segmented, first segment longest and the third segment shortest. Ocelli present.
Clypeus divided into a small pre- and a large post-clypeus. Mandibles, each with a
ventral, oval stridulatory structure consisting of transverse ridges. Maxillary stridula-
tory teeth with anteriorly directed sharp points; lacinia of each maxilla with a
single distal uncus or with two unequal distal unci fused at their bases. Epipharynx
with a single nesium; plegmata and prolegmata absent; haptomerum of epipharynx
with a conspicuous, transverse curved row of closely placed stout setae. Abdominal
segments 1-6, each with three dorsal annulets; segments 7 and 8, each with two
dorsal annulets; each annulet with variable rows of setae. Palidia present or absent.
Anal slit transverse, often slightly curved.

Key to the Third-stage Larvae of Known Species of Nigerian

Cetoniinae

1. Labrum entire; lacinia of maxilla with one terminal uncus; clithra absent (fig. 4);

claw falcate (fig. 9); raster without longitudinal palidia (fig. 12) - 2

Labrum trilobed; lacinia of maxilla with two terminal unci fused at their bases
(fig. 5); clithra present (fig. 3); claw sub-conical or cylindrical and rounded
apical ly (fig. 8); raster with two longitudinal palidia (fig. 13) - 3

2. Distal segment of antenna with four sensory spots; dorso-epicranial setae one long

and one short on each side (fig. 1); ninth and tenth abdominal segments not

fused dorsal ly (fig. 10) - CLASTOCNEMIS QUADRIMACULATUS

Distal segment of antenna with 13-17 sensory spots; dorso-epicranial setae 2 long
and a row of 7-8 short on each side; ninth and tenth abdominal segments fused
dorsal ly - PLATYGENIA BARBATA

3. Claw cylindrical and rounded apically with more than 8 setae - 4

Claw sub-conical with six setae - GNATHOCERA TR1VITTATA

4. Scissorial area of left mandible with S1+2, S3 and S4 and of right mandible with

S1+2 and S3+4; laeotorma of epipharynx divided and shaped like an inverted V;

each palidium of raster with 9-11 pali - GRAMMOPYGA CINCITICOLLIS

Scissorial area of left mandible with S1( S2, S3 and S4 (fig. 6) and of right mandible
with S1+2; S3 and S4 (fig. 7); laeotorma of epipharynx sub-triangular; each
palidium of raster with 12 or more pali - 5

5. Distal segment of antenna with 10-11 sensory spots; each palidium of raster with

12-13 pali - HETERORRHINA SMARAGDINA

Distal segment of antenna with five sensory spots; each palidium of raster with

15-17 pali (fig. 13) - PACHNODA MARGIN ELLA

Clastocnemis quadrimaculatus Afzel
(Figs. 1, 4, 10 and 12)

MATERIAL STUDIED: Six third-stage larvae and a cast skin of a
third-stage larva reared to the adult stage. These larvae, together with
several others, were collected from coconut palms at Akwete on January
11, 1962 by M. L. Jerath. The reared adults were determined by Mr. R. D.
Pope of British Museum, London.

Three third-stage larvae associated with one adult were collected from
coconut palm at Umudike on July 24, 1962 by M. L. Jerath.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 2.64-3.04
mm. Surface of cranium reticulate and yellowish-brown in color. Frons, on each side,
with a single long posterior frontal seta and a single long seta in anterior angle;
other frontal setae absent. Dorso-epicranial setae one long and two or three micro-
sensillae. Last antennal segment with four sensory spots. Clithra absent. Scissorial

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

area of the left mandible with S,, S2, S3, and S, and of the right mandible with Si+2, S3
and S4. Lacinia of maxilla with a single terminal uncus; maxillary stridulatory area
with a row of 4-5 anteriorly pointed teeth and a distal conical process.

Prothoracic spiracle 0.32-0.36 mm. long and 0.20-0.24 mm. wide. Spiracles of
abdominal segments 1-7 similar in size, those of abdominal segment eight slightly
smaller.

Segments nine and ten separate dorsally and each segment with two to three rows
of setae. Raster without palidia. Teges consisting of numerous, caudally directed
rather short flattened setae, laterally interspersed with several very long cylindrical
setae. Lower anal lip with scattered short flattened setae similar to those of the teges
Claws falcate, sharp pointed, and each with two short setae.

Platygenia barb at a Afzel
(Fig. 9)

MATERIAL STUDIED: Three third-stage larvae were collected from
oil palms at Agriculture Research Station, Umudike by M. L. Jerath. The
reared adults were identified by Mr. R. D. Pope of British Museum,
London.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larvae 7.19-
7.65 mm. Surface of cranium reticulate and reddish-orange in color with small brown
spots. Frons bearing on each side, 2 long and 6-7 short posterior frontal setae, 1 to
2 long and 3-4 short exterior frontal setae, 1 to 2 short anterior frontal setae and a
single long anterior frontal seta. Dorsoepicranial setae 9-10 on each side, two long
and the rest very short and in a row. Last antennal segment with 13-17 sensory spots.
Labrum entire. Clithra absent. Scissorial area of left mandible with Si+2 and S3+4*
and of right mandible with Si+2 and S3+4. Lacinia of maxilla with a single terminal
uncus. Maxillary stridulatory area with a row of 4-6 anteriorly pointed teeth and
a distal conical process.

Prothoracic spiracle 0.96-1.08 mm. long and 0.76-0.84 mm. wide; spiracles of
abdominal segments 1-7 similar in size and those of segment eight slightly smaller.

Dorsa of segments nine and ten fused, but covered with numerous setae. Raster
without palidia. Tegillar setae scattered on the venter of tenth abdominal segment
and the lower anal lip. Claws falcate, sharp pointed, and each with two short "setae.

Gnathocera trivittata Swed.

MATERIAL STUDIED: Three third-stage larvae reared from the eggs
laid during January 1962 in the laboratory by confining beetles to soil rich
in organic matter. (No. U62-5.)

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of the head capsule of third-stage larva 2.40-
2.52 mm. Surface of cranium smooth and light-yellow in color. Frons with a
shallow median longitudinal depression forked anteriorly and extends forward from
the epicranial stem. Frons on each side, with a single long posterior frontal seta
and a single long seta in anterior angle. Dorso-epicranial setae one long and nine
short on each side. Last antennal segment with 7-8 sensory spots. Clithra present.
Scissorial area of left mandible with Si+2, S3 and S4 and of right mandible with Si+2
and S3+4. Lacinia of maxilla with two terminal unci fused at their bases, dorsal uncus
much the larger. Maxillary stridulatory area with a row of six to eight stridulatory
teeth pointing anteriorly and a small distal conical process.

Prothoracic spiracle .38-.32 mm. long and 0.28-0.22 mm. wide. Spiracle of ab¬
dominal segments 1-7 similar. Those of abdominal segment 8 slightly smaller.

Dorsa of abdominal segments nine and ten fused and covered with numerous short

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

and long setae. Raster with a pair of palidia and a pair of tegilla. Each palidium
is a row of 11-13 stout blunt pali. The palidia being almost parallel. Septula narrow,
about four times longer than broad. Tegilla composed of short to long straight sharp
pointed setae united anterior to palidia; lower anal lip with tegilla setae. Claw sub-
conical, bearing 6 stout setae.

Grammopyga cincticollis Hope

MATERIAL STUDIED: Several third-stage larvae were collected from
decaying raphia palm trees at Umudike on January 4, 1963 by M. L.
Jerath. The associated adults were determined by Mr. R. D. Pope of
British Museum, London.

Three third-stage larvae and cast skins of two larvae were reared to the
adult stage. Larvae were collected from decaying oil palm trees at Umudike
on June 21, 1963 by B. O. Bassey.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third stage larva 2.90-2.96
mm. Surface of cranium smooth and yellowish-brown in color. Frons with a shallow
median longitudinal depression forked anteriorly and extending from the epicranial
stem. Frons on each side, with a single long posterior frontal seta and a single long
seta in anterior angle. Dorso-epicranial seta one on each side with 1-2 microsensillae.
Last antennal segment with four sensory spots. Clithra present. Scissorial area of left
mandible with S1+2, S3 and S4 and of right mandible with S1+2 and S3+4. Lacinia of
maxilla with two terminal unci fused at their bases, dorsal uncus larger. Maxillary
stridulatory area with a row of 7-8 stridulatory teeth pointing anteriorly and a
distal conical process.

Prothoracic spiracle .36-. 44 mm. long and .32-. 28 mm. wide. Spiracles of ab¬
dominal segments 1 to 8 similar in size.

Dorsa of abdominal segments nine and ten fused but covered with numerous
short setae. Raster with a pair of palidia and a pair of tegilla. Each palidium con¬
sists of a single close-set row of 9-11 rather stout blunt pali. The two palidia join
anteriorly and are parallel posteriorly or slightly diverging. Tegilla composed of short
to long straight sharp pointed setae united anterior to palidia. Lower anal lip with
tegillar setaerciaw cylindrical, rounded apically and bearing 8-9 short setae.

Heterorrhina sniaragdina Voet

MATERIAL STUDIED: Three third-stage larvae and a cast skin of one
third-stage larva were reared to the adult stage, collected from decaying
part of " Kola nitida tree at Agriculture Research Station, Umudike by
M. L. Jerath on March 29, 1961.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 3.60-3.68
mm. Surface of cranium smooth and yellowish-brown in color. Frons on each side,
with one long posterior frontal seta and a long seta in anterior angle, other frontal
setae absent. Dorsoepicranial setae, one long and 2-3 short on each side. Last
antennal segment with 9-11 sensory spots. Clithra present. Scissorial area of left
mandible with Si, S2, S3 and S4 and of right mandible with S1+2, S3 and S4. Lacinia
of maxilla with two terminal unci, fused at their bases, dorsal uncus larger. Maxillary
stridulatory area with five maxillary teeth pointing anteriorly and a distal conical
process.

Prothoracic spiracle .48-.52 mm. long and .32-.36 mm. wide. Spiracles of abdominal
segments 1-7 similar in size but those of abdominal segment 8 slightly smaller.

Dorsa of abdominal segments nine and ten fused, but covered with numerous
short and long setae. Raster with a pair of palidia and a pair of tegilla. Each palidium
consists of a single row of 12-13 stout and blunt pali, the two palidia join anteriorly

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

and are parallel posteriorly. Septula about three times longer than broad. Tegilla
composed of short to long straight sharp pointed setae united anterior to palidia;
lower anal lip with tegillar setae. Claw cylindrical, rounded apically, bearing 14-15
short setae.

Pachnoda marginella F.
(Figs. 2, 3, 5-8, 11 and 13)

MA I TRIAL STUDIED: Ten third-stage larvae and the cast skins of five
third-stage larvae were reared to the adult stage. These larvae, together with
several others, were collected from decaying raphia palms at Umudike, on
July 6, 1962. The reared adults were determined by Mr. R. D. Pope of
British Museum, London.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of the third-stage larva 4.43-4.74 mm. Surface
of cranium smooth, faintly reticulate and orange brown in color. Frons with a
shallow median, longitudinal depression which is forked anteriorly and extends for¬
ward from the epicranial stem. Frons on each side, with a single long posterior
frontal seta and a single long seta in the anterior angle; other frontal setae absent.
Dorso-epicranial setae one long and 8 to 9 short on each side. Last antennal seg¬
ment with five sensory spots. Clithra present. Scissorial area of left mandible with
Si, S„, S:1 and S* and of right mandible with S1+2, S3 and Si. Lacinia of maxilla with
two terminal unci fused at their bases, dorsal uncus much the larger. Maxillary
stridulatory teeth pointing anteriorly and a small distal conical process.

Prothoracic spiracle 0.80-0.84 mm. in length and 0.56-0.64 mm. in width. Ab¬
dominal spiracles similar in size.

Dorsa of abdominal segments nine and ten fused and covered with numerous
short and long setae. Raster with a pair of longitudinal palidia; each palidium set
with 15-17 short, stout pali, septula elongate to sub-elliptical; tegilla composed of
numerous short and long straight sharp pointed setae united anteriorly to the
palidia. Lower anal lip with numerous short setae. Claw cylindrical, rounded apically,
each with 14-15 setae borne on the sides and near the end of the claw.

The larvae of P. marginella can be separated from the larva of P. im-
pressa (Oberholzer, 1959) as follows:

Raster with 15-17 pali in each palidium; claw with 14-15 setae - MARGINELLA

Raster with 17-20 pali in each palidium; claw with 6-8 setae - IMPRESSA

Literature Cited

B0ving, A. G. and F. C. Craighead

1931. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the order
Coleoptera. Ent. Amer. 11:1-351, illus.

Hayes, W. P.

1928. The epipharynx of lamellicorn larvae (Coleoptera) with a key to com¬
mon genera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 21(2) :282-306, illus.

1929. Morphology, taxonomy and biology of larval Scarabaeidae. Illinois Biol.
Monog. 12(2)1-119, illus.

Oberholzer, J. J.

1959. A morphological study of some South African lamellicorn larvae. South
African Jour. Agric. Sci. 2(1) :4 1-77.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

RlTCHER, P. O.

1945. North American Cetoniinae with descriptions of larvae and keys to
genera and species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Kentucky Agric. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 476:1-39.

1958. Biology of Scarabaeidae. Ann. Rev. Ent. 3:311-334.

Van Emden, F. I.

Larvae of British beetles. II. A key to the British Lamellicornia larvae.
Ent. Mo. Mag. 77:117-127, 181-192, illus.

Figures 1-13, Larvae of Cetoniinae.

Clastocnemis quadrimaculatus. 1— Head capsule. 4 — Epipharynx. 10 — Lateral view
of 8th to 10th abdominal segments. 12 — Raster.

Pachnoda marginella. 2— Last antennal segment. 3— Epipharynx. 5— Maxilla,
ventral view. 6 — Left mandible, dorsal view. 7 — Right mandible, dorsal view. 8 —
Claw, ii — Lateral view of 8th to 10th abdominal segment. 13 — Raster.

Platygenia barbata. 9 — Claw.

Symbols. AA — Seta of anterior angle of frons. ACP — Acanthoparia. AFS — An¬
terior frontal seta. ASL — Anal slit. C — Clithrum. CL — Claw. CR — Crepis. DES ■
Dorso epicranial setae. DX — Dexiotorma. ES — Epicranial stem. FS — Frontal suture.
GU — Uncus of galea. LAL — Lower anal lip. LT — Laeotorma. LU — Uncus of lacinia.

O Ocellus. PC — Preclypeus. PE — Pedium. PFS — Posterior frontal seta. PLA —

Palidium. PSC — Postclypeus. S — Scissorial teeth. SE — Septula. SC — Sense cone.
SN — Scissorial notch. T — Teges.

-BACK ISSUES—

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol. 3, 1949, 6 issues

(Nos. 1 & 2 o.p.) $5.00

$1.00

Vol. 4, 1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 5, 1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 6, 1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 7, 1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 8, 1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 9, 1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 10, 1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol. 11, 1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol. 12, 1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol. 13, 1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 14, 1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 15, 1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 16, 1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol. 17, 1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D. C. 20017

Send today for your copy of —

“PYGMIES AND PYGMOIDS:
TWIDES OF TROPICAL AFRICA”

Martin Gusinde, S.V.D.

JANUARY 1955 ISSUE OF
ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY

• This interesting and educational article is
based on the author’s original observations,
and includes a complete bibliography on the
“PYGMIES.”

Price: $1.00 Postpaid
Anthropological Quarterly
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E., Washington, D. C. 20017

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

<r*o

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

THE

/*■--•

COLEOPTERISTS

BULLETIN

*! U

VOLUME 19 SEPTEMBER / (No. 3) 1965

j.a - — — OCT 2 5 1865

Library

CARABIDAE: New Sphodrine, Z>y Barr . 55

SCARAB AEIDAE: Aphodius larvae, by Jerath & Unny 91

STAPHYLINIDAE: Orus II, fry Herman . 73

Beetle Talk .

Literature Notice . 72 95

Notice . 22

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20017 ^

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists* Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington, D. C. 20017 and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a
year beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Cole-
opterists’ Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be
addressed to the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

■

Volume 19 September (No. 3) 1965

A NEW CAVERNICOLOUS SPHODRINE FROM VERA¬
CRUZ, MEXICO

j (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)1

By Thomas C. Barr, Jr.2> 3

The sphodrines are a group of carabid genera which are usually given
tribal status in the subfamily Anchomeninae (e.g., Britton 1959) or sub-
tribal status within the Agonini (=Anchomenini) of more restrictive
classifications (e.g., Lindroth 1956). The best generic treatment of the
group is that of Jeannel (1937). A distinction is sometimes made between
Calathus and associated genera ( Calathus group of Jeannel, op. cit .) and
the “true"' sphodrines ( Sphodrus and Laemosthenes groups of Jeannel).
Sphodrines are distinguished from other Agonini by the squarely truncate
base of the intercoxal process of the prosternum and (usually) by the
elongate, slender (“styloid”) right paramere of the aedeagus. In Calathus
and other genera of the Calathus group, the hind angles of the pronotum
are decidedly rounded and the claws are strongly pectinate. Lindroth
(1956) made several minor changes in classification of sphodrines, espe¬
cially of the Calathus group, separating the subtribe Sphodri (=Sphodrina)
from the Agoni (=Agonina) on the basis of the styloid right paramere.
In Agonina the right paramere is conchoidal, similar to the left one but
smaller. However, the right paramere is conchoidal in Prosphodrus Britton
(1959) and in the genus described below, both of which should be placed
among the true sphodrines because of other characters.

The “true” sphodrines range in size about 10-20 mm. and are pre¬
dominantly black, ferrugineous, or rufotestaceous (a few species are dark
violet). They are lucifugous and nocturnal, occurring in cellars, mammal
burrows, caves, and other dark, cool microenvironments. Some species are

1 This study was supported in part by a grant from the National Science Founda¬
tion (G-B 201 1 ).

- Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky, Lexington.

* Acknowledgments: I am indebted to T. W. Raines and W. D. Bell for collecting
the species described in this paper and to J. R. Reddell for forwarding it to me for
study. Doctor P. J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University, lent me an excellent synoptic collection of European sphodrines from the
Museum, and also provided photo-copies of reference material not otherwise readily
available. Mrs. Brenda M. May, Plant Diseases Division, DSIR, Auckland, New
Zealand, kindly sent me a specimen of Prosphodrus waltoni. Consequently I have
been able to compare the new genus with Antisphodrus Schauf., Ceutho sphodrus
Jeann., Cryptotrichus Schauf., Laemosthenes Bon., Pristonychus Dej., Prosphodrus
Britt., Sphodropsis Seidl., Sphodrus Clairv., and Taphoxenus Motsch.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

apterous and a few are microphthalmous, although the eyes seem to be
always faceted and are probably more or less functional. Cavernicole
species occur in the genera Sphodropsis, Antisphodrus, Ceuthosphodrus,
and Prosphodrus.

The known distribution of the “true” sphodrines was, until recently,
strictly Palaearctic, from Mongolia to Spain, North Africa, and the Canary
Islands. The discovery of Prosphodrus by Brenda May in caves of New
Zealand (Britton 1959) extended the range of the group into the southern
hemisphere. The recently described cavernicole species of Jujiroa and the
monobasic Jaana from Japan were shown by Ueno (1955) to be Agonina
rather than Sphodrina. The sphodroid Rhadine spp. of southern United
States and northern Mexico (Barr 1960; Bolivar and Hendrichs 1964)
are clearly Agonina.

In July, 1964, Mr. James R. Reddell sent me a series of carabids from
caves in northeastern Mexico. In this material were 3 specimens of a
wholly new and undescribed true sphodrine from a deep pit in the karst
region south of Orizaba, in the state of Veracruz. This remarkable species,
the type of a new and distinctive genus, is described below.

Mexisphodrus Barr, NEW GENUS

Sphodrina of large size, slender, depigmented, apterous, microphthalmous. Antenna
with pubescence beginning on distal two-thirds of segment IV. Pronotum subquadrate,
the margins sinuate and the hind angles prominent and sharp. Prosternum with
intercoxal process compressed into a vertical, abruptly truncate ridge. Elytra elon¬
gate, depressed, broadly margined, with 3 or 4 minute discal punctures on each
elytron. Mesosternum without distinct antecoxal tooth. Metatrochanters with apex
bluntly rounded. Metepisterna not unusually elongate. Tarsi completely glabrous
above, with a distinct lateral carina on each side and heavily pubescent beneath; 4th
tarsomere deeply bilobate; claws simple, neither serrate nor toothed. Protarsi of male
slightly enlarged, with two rows of small, adhesive brush hairs beneath. Profemur
without a crest or tooth beneath. Metatibia without a distinct setose brush, but
densely covered with short spines in apical half. Penis with basal bulb not appre¬
ciably swollen nor deflexed; apical orifice slightly to right of center; left paramere
conchoidal, larger than right; right paramere conchoidal, about as long as left and
one-third as wide. Type-species: M. veraecrucis Barr, sp. nov.

Mexisphodrus veraecrucis Barr, NEW SPECIES

(Fig. 1)

Length 16.8-18.1 mm. Body form elongate and slender; dark ferrugineous to
rufotestaceous; head and pronotum polished, shining, elytra alutaceous. Microsculp¬
ture of head, pronotum, and venter a shallowly incised, transverse meshwork; elytral
microsculpture a closely spaced isodiametric meshwork. Head 1.6 times longer than
wide (length/width); labrum rectangular, 0.56 times as long as wide; clypeus with
a seta on each side; 2 pairs of supraorbital setae; frontal grooves broad and shallow;
with an irregular, narrow groove from base of antenna to anterior supraorbital seta,
then curving down in back of eye; eye small (about 0.60 x 0.45 mm.), flat, oblong,
unpigmented, but faceted (about 300-400 facets present); mandibles, galeae, and
laciniae long and slender; maxillary palps glabrous, lengths of segments II, III, and
TV in ratio 13:11:10, segment IV fusiform with diameter 0.25 its length and with
apex evenly rounded; labial palps with segments III and IV subequal (each about
as long as segment III of maxillary palp), glabrous, III bearing 2 long setae on
anterior face, IV fusiform with diameter 0.19 length and with apex evenly rounded;
glossa triangular, with 3 or 4 setae on anterior margin; paraglossae a little longer
than glossa, hyaline, in form of oblique, tapered, truncate rods; mentum deeply

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Figure 1, Mexisphodrus veraecrucis sp. nov., holotype $ , Sotano del Profesor,
Veracruz, Mexico.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

emarginate, with short, bifid (grooved) tooth, 2 setae, and 2 small, forameniform
punctures in shallow fossae; submentum with 4 setae. Pronotum subquadrate; length
and maximum width subequal; apical width, maximum width, and basal width in
ratio 12:17:14; margin broadly reflexed, disc feebly convex; anterior angles salient
and rounded; posterior angles large, sharp, and rectangular; margin slightly curved
in apical two-thirds, then shallowly sinuate to hind angles; with pair of marginal
setae at apical one-third and pair in hind angles; antebasal foveae broad and deep.
Intercoxal process of prosternum abruptly truncate. Elytra elongate-elliptic (length/
widths 1:80); humeri prominent but rounded, the marginal bead terminating at
base of 3rd stria; margin not sinuate but simply oblique near apex; apices separately
produced and slightly dehiscent, acuminate; disc subconvex, bilaterally deplanate
near the base; longitudinal striae finely impressed and regular, intervals flat; scutellar
stria short, and small scutellar puncture present; disc with 3 setiferous punctures,
all small and inconspicuous, 2 on 2nd stria and an anterior one on 3rd stria; one
puncture at apex of 6th stria and 2 small punctures near apex; 20-21 punctures on
9th interval bearing rather short macrosetae of variable length, longer setae on 5,
14/15, and 20. Metathoracic wings absent, without even a vestige remaining. Meta¬
trochanters with apex rounded, not acuminate. Mesosternum with a low, oblique
ridge anterolateral to each mesocoxa. Metepisterna rather short. Antennae long and
slender, 0.6 total body length; pubescence beginning on segment IV; segment II 0.6
length of scape, segment III 1.3 length of scape, segment IV slightly shorter than III.
Tarsi glabrous and smooth above and heavily pubescent beneath, with a single carina
on each side; claws long and slender but not serrate and with no trace of basal
tooth; segment IV deeply bilobate with long tufts of setae beneath each lobe; male
protarsi slightly enlarged, with small adhesive hairs beneath, arranged in 2 rows.
Legs long and slender; femora without crests, crenulations, or teeth of any sort, but
with a few scattered macrosetae which are not arranged in well-defined rows; meta¬
tibia without subapical brush of fine setae on inner face, but with a dense subapical
armature of small spines, especially thick on internal face. Aedeagus (figs. 2-3)

Figures 2-3, Aedeagus of Mexisphodrus veraecrucis, holotype; length 3.3 mm.
2 — Left lateral view. 3 — Ventral view.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

small (0.18 total body length in holotype) and slender; basal bulb only slightly
larger than diameter of middle portion of penis; apex attenuate, the apical orifice
displaced very slightly to the right of center; left paramere large and conchoid;
right paramere subequal in length but only one-third as wide, conchoid with
narrowed apex, not at all styloid and elongate as usual for the subtribe.

Holotype $ and 2 $ $ paratypes, Sotano del Profesor, near Tequila,
Veracruz, Mexico, 2 June 1964 (Terry W. Raines and William D. Bell,
111). Holotype deposited in Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University, Cambridge, Massachusetts; one paratype in the collection of
Dr. C. Bolivar y Pieltain, Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biologicas, I. P. N.,
Mexico, D. F., Mexico; remaining paratype in author’s collection. Measure¬
ments of holotype (a late teneral): total length 18.1 mm.; head length
3.2 mm., width 2.0 mm.; pronotum length 3.4 mm., width 3.4 mm., apical
width 2.4 mm., basal width 2.8 mm.; elytra length 10.0 mm., width 5.5
mm.; antenna length 10.6 mm.; eye length 0.60 mm., width 0.45 mm.;
metatibia length 5.7 mm.; metatarsus length 4.5 mm., lengths of segments
1-V with ratio 15:8:6:4; 15; aedeagus length 3.3 mm.

The type locality is described as follows by Mr. Terry Raines (in litt.,
Nov., 1964): “Sotano del Profesor is located some 30 feet from the
Orizaba — Tequila road about 1 mile from Tequila. The entrance is 15 feet
in diameter with the pit keeping this same dimension to its bottom, 354
feet below. No water runs into the cave and there are no streams in the
area. The floor of the pit is composed of reddish-brown surface soil that
has been washed in and many small rocks. Over this a layer of leaves,
small sticks, and branches has recently fallen in. The walls and floor are
moist but throughout the sotano there is no water, running or otherwise
. . . the beetles I found on the floor.” The pit is locally infamous for the
death of a schoolteacher who fell into it in the spring of 1964. Although
Mr. Raines, Mr. Reddell, and their associates have collected carabids in
several other caves in the vicinity of Tequila, no other specimens of
Mexisphodrus have yet been taken.

Mexisphodrus will key out near Sphodropsis in the generic key given by
Jeannel (1937), because the tarsi are glabrous above, the metatrochanters
are bluntly rounded, there are no mesosternal teeth, the first metatarso-
meres are pubescent beneath, and there is no metatibial brush. It is readily
distinguishable from Sphodropsis, however, because the tarsi are simply
carinate on the sides instead of being wrinkled uniformly above, the 4th
tarsomeres are deeply bilobate, the metatibiae are densely spinose and
setose in the apical two-thirds, and the right paramere of the aedeagus is
not styloid.

In his short but very useful paper of 1937, Jeannel arranged the true
sphodrines in a Sphodrus group and a Laemosthenes group, distinguished
by the tarsi being glabrous or hairy above, respectively. Apparently he
did not consider these natural groups, because in the brief zoogeographic
sketch at the end of the paper (Jeannel 1937:100), he established two
phyletic lines on the basis of whether or not their constituent genera
possess a subapical brush of setae on the metatibiae. This is a rather
variable character, even within a genus. An examination of the literature
and of the specimens of Sphodrina available to me suggests no wholly

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

objective means to assess the phylogenetic weight of the various characters
which, in different combinations, can be used to demarcate genera. Conse¬
quently I have adopted the following approach. This procedure does not
give unequivocal answers if it is used to construct a phylogeny of the
whole group, but it does prove revealing in the less ambitious task of learn¬
ing something about the relative position of Prosphodrus and Mexisphodrus.

Table 1 lists 10 more or less diagnostic (for sphodrines) characters
and their opposites. It is neither particularly difficult nor arbitrary to
determine which are primitive and which are derivative. When in doubt
I have guessed by the following rule of thumb: if a given character occurs
in the majority of the Agonina, the most generalized of the subtribes of
Agonini, I have placed it in the “Primitive” column. Table 2 lists genera
of “true” sphodrines (following the scheme of Jeannel). For each primitive
character I have assigned a — sign, and for each derivative character a -f-
sign. The total number of -f- signs per genus is thus a crude measure of the
degree of departure from a primitive condition.

Table 2 indicates that Sphodrus, Eremosphodrus, Cryptotrichus, and
Pristonychus are the most highly differentiated genera. The two most
primitive genera are the two geographically remote relicts — Prosphodrus
in New Zealand and Mexisphodrus in Mexico — both of which have no
-f- marks.

Both Prosphodrus and Mexisphodrus are cavernicoles. The former is
comparatively robust, superficially rather like Sphodrus, but with far fewer
macrosetae on the legs. P. waltoni is known only from deep parts of caves
and is quite rare, a total of only 7 specimens having been taken during the
past 7 years (B. M. May, in litt.). Mexisphodrus, on the other hand, has
undergone the sort of structural reduction and adaptation seen in European
cavernicoles — (a) the eyes are small, pale, and flat; (b) depigmentation
has occurred; (c) the legs and antennae are unusually long and slender;
and (d) the tibiae and tarsi are heavily setose/spinulose. Apterism is an
additional characteristic of cavernicoles, but also occurs among certain
epigean sphodrines. Mexisphodrus further differs from all the sphodrines
I have seen in having all the tarsi longitudinally carinate on the sides, as in
some Agonina and Synuchina. Some Taphoxenus spp. have a carina on
the first segment of the meso- and metatarsi. An additional peculiarity of
Mexisphodrus is that the 4th tarsomere is deeply bilobate and heavily
setose beneath, as in many arboreal agonines (e.g. Colpodes spp.).

Prosphodrus and Mexisphodrus share the distinction of possessing an
agonine right paramere (i.e., conchoidal and smaller than the left), rather
than the styloid sphodrine type. However, their truncate prosternal process
and their general habitus leave no doubt of their affinities. The conchoidal
right paramere is almost certainly archaic (for sphodrines), and suggests
that these 2 genera are relicts of an ancient wave of dispersal. The evolution
of the styloid right paramere must have occurred later in other sphodrines,
prior to dispersal of various groups westward across Europe.

It seems probable that the true sphodrines originated and dispersed
from central Asia (Jeannel, 1937). Prosphodrus seems closer to Sphodrus

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Table 1

SOME DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS OF GENERA OF TRUE SPHODRINES

Primitive

1. Both parameres conchoidal

2. No metatibial brush

3. Tarsi glabrous

4. Tarsi smooth

5. Claws simple

6. Metatrochanters simple

7. Mesosternum unarmed

8. Profemora simple

9. Elytra with discal punctures

10. Antennal pubescence beginning on
segment IV

Derivative

1. Right paramere styloid

2. Subapical brush of setae on inner
face of metatibia

3. Tarsi pubescent

4. Tarsi strigose

5. Claws serrate or dentate

6. Metatrochanters apically acuminate

7. Mesosternum with antecoxal tooth

8. Profemora with setose crests

9. No discal punctures on elytra

10. Antennal pubescence beginning on
segment III

Table 2

PRIMITIVE ( - ) AND DERIVATIVE ( + ) CHARACTERS OF SOME GENERA OF

TRUE SPHODRINES

(Numbered columns follow same sequence as in Table 1)

Total + +

Sphodrus

—

Eremosphodrus*

—

Taphoxenus

—

( + )

—

3 or 4

Sphodropsis

—

Cryptotrichus

—

Antisphodrus

—

Laemosthenes

—

H-

—

Licinopsis*

—

(+)

—

3 or 4

Pristonychus

—

( + )

—

5 or 6

C euthosphodrus

—

(+>

—

4 or 5

Calathidius *

—

Prosphodrus

Mexisphodrus

* These genera not seen; data from literature.

( + ) indicates character present in one or more subgenera but not prevalent
throughout entire genus.

than to any other of the known genera. Although Sphodrus itself has too
many derivative characters to be a direct ancestor, it is perhaps worth
noting that its species are winged and range widely across Europe to
northern India. Despite its troglobic habits, Prosphodrus has a morphology
which suggests it is not limited to caves. Perhaps a cave is only a convenient
place to collect it. Mexisphodnts is morphologically most closely similar
to Taphoxemis s.str., a subgenus whose species have a reduced metatibial
brush, smooth tarsi, flattened elytra, and the sides of the pronotum expla-
nate. The presence of Taphoxenus in eastern Asia is compatible with an
hypothesis that sphodrines crossed a Bering land bridge into North America
some time during the Tertiary and that Mexisphodrus is a relict of this early
invasion.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Literature Cited

Barr, T. C., Jr.

1960. The cavernicolous beetles of the subgenus Rhadine, genus Agonum
(Coleoptera: Carabidae). Amer. Midi. Nat. 64(l):45-65.

Bolivar y Pieltain, C., and J. Hendrichs.

1964. Agoninos cavernicolas nuevos del genero Rhadine de Nuevo Leon,
Coahuila, y San Luis Potosi (Mexico) (Col., Carab.). Ciencia [Mexico]
23(1) : 5- 1 6, 1 pi.

Britton, E. B.

1959. Carabidae (Coleoptera) from New Zealand caves. Proc. Ent. Soc.
London (B) 28:103-106.

Jeannel, R.

1937. Notes sur les carabiques (deuxieme note): 4. Revision des genres des
Sphodrides. Rev. Frangaise Ent. 4(2) :73-100.

Lindroth, C. H.

1956. A revision of the genus Synuchus Gyllenhal (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in
the widest sense, with notes on Pristosia Motschulsky ( Eucalathus Bates)
and Calathus Bonelli. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 108(2) :485-585.

Ueno, S.

1955. New cave-dwelling anchomenids of Japan. Opusc. Ent. 20(l):56-64.

7 p

LITERATURE NOTICE

TENEBRIONIDAE BEETLES OF THE NEVADA TEST SITE. By V. M.
Tanner and W. A. Packham. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser. 6(1): 1-44,
21 figs. 1965. — 46 species in 31 genera are keyed and described. Some are illustrated.
Perhaps the most helpful part of this study is the listing of plant communities in
which each species is found. Seasonal activity of each species is discussed and shown
graphically.

NOTICE

A new entomological magazine has arrived. Quaestiones Entomologicae is a
quarterly record of entomological investigations published by the Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada. Quaest. Ent. (the World
List abbreviation) is intended to provide prompt, low-cost publication for accounts
of entomological research of greater than average length. Volume 1, Number 1,
January 1965, 40 pp., is printed by an offset process and contains a 35-page article
on mosquito behaviour, an editorial, and a book review. Subscription rates are the
same for institutions, libraries, and individuals, $4.00 per volume of 4 issues, single
issues $1.00. An abstract edition is available, printed on one side of paper and on
one or both sides (according to length) of 3x5 inch index cards (at $1.00 per volume)
or on 5x8 inch standard single row punched cards ($1.50 per volume). Subscriptions
and enquiries should be sent to the address given above. The Bulletin wishes
Quaestiones Entomologicae a long, happy, and fruitful life.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

REVISION OF ORUS. II. SUBGENERA ORUS, PYCNORUS

AND NIVORUS

(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)

By Lee H. Herman, Jr.1

The Paederinae genus Orus Casey, 1884, was erected to include . .
the minute forms . . Scopaeus exiguus Erichson, Orus picipes Casey and
Orus punctatus Casey. The species Orus picipes Casey and Orus exiguus
(Erichson) were removed to a new genus, Leptorus Casey, 1886, now a
junior synonym of Scopaeus Erichson. Five additional species, Orus guate-
malenus Sharp, 1886, Orus parallelus Casey, 1886, and three by Fall in
1901, Orus fraternus, Orus montanus and Orus femoratus, increased the
number of species to six. To this point, but for Orus parallelus, the species
were described from at least one male. In 1905 Casey described six species,
each from a female: O. boreellus, O. longicollis, O. pugetanus, O. robustu-
lus, O. pinalinus and O. deceptor; six additional species were described
from males: O. sonamae, O. pallidus, O. filius, O. distinctus, O. shastanus
and O. cervicula. From a single female specimen, O. provensis Casey was
described and O. cervicula was moved (Casey, 1910) to Pseudorus Casey,
a new genus which is now a junior synonym of Scopaeus Erichson.

Described as new genera in 1905 were Leucorus Casey, treated by
Herman (1965), and Pycnorus Casey. Pycnorus was erected to include
Scopaeus dentiger LeConte, 1880, Scopaeus armiger Fall, 1902, and
Pycnorus iowanus, a new species described from one female. Bernhauer
and Schubert (1912) considered Orus, Pycnorus, and Leucorus as sub¬
genera of Scopaeus which resulted in Scheerpeltz’s renaming the preoccu¬
pied Scopaeus (Orus) longicollis (Casey) to Scopaeus caseyianus. Leng
( 1920) listed Orus, Leucorus and Pycnorus as separate genera; Blackwelder
separated as genera Scopaeus and Orus including Leucorus and Pycnorus
as subgenera of Orus. Blackwelder’s (1939a) interpretation is followed
here, using as a basis of separation of Orus and Scopaeus the thicker neck
of Orus.

Two additional species, Orus volans and Orus cameroni, were described
and included in the subgenus Leucorus by Blackwelder (1943); later these
species were set aside in a separate subgenus Nivorus and Orus guatema-
lenus was placed in the subgenus Leucorus by Herman (1965).

The measurements used here were described previously by Herman
(1965).

Acknowledgements. I thank the following for loan of specimens and/or
use of holotypes: Mr. O. L. Cartwright and Dr. P. J. Spangler, U. S.
National Museum; Dr. C. H. Seevers and Dr. R. W. Wenzel, Chicago
Natural History Museum; Dr. H. J. Grant, Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia; Miss C. M. R. von Hayek, British Museum (Natural His¬
tory); Dr. M. W. Sanderson, Illinois State Natural History Survey; Mr. I.
Moore, San Diego Natural History Museum; Dr. H. F. Howden and Mr.

1 Department of Biology, Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C. 20017.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

W. J. Brown, Canada Department of Agriculture; Dr. J. A. Powell, Uni¬
versity of California; Mr. H. B. Leech, California Academy of Science;
Dr. G. W. Byers, University of Kansas; Dr. L. L. Pechumen, Cornell
University; Dr. P. J. Darlington, Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Genus Orus Casey

Orus Casey, 1884:136; 1885:315; 1886:221, 226-228; Fall, 1901:223-
224; Casey 1905:191, 196-203; 1910:190; Bernhauer and Schubert
1912:245-251; Gibson and Treherne 1916:56; Treherne 1916:141-
143; Leng 1920: 104; Scheerpeltz 1933:1265; Blackwelder 1936:52,
62, 91; 1939a:98, 105, 120; 1939b:24; 1943:230, 277-279;
1944:119; Clark 1949:21; Blackwelder 1952:278, 420; Hatch
1957:150, 159, 160, 343; Arnett 1961:244, 269; Herman 1965:112-
121.

TYPE-SPECIES: Orus punctatus Casey, 1884. Fixed by Blackwelder
(1939a) by subsequent designation.

Four subgenera, Orus, Pycnorus, Leucorus, and Nivorus are distin¬
guished.

DESCRIPTION. Piceous, castaneous or testaceous, moderately pubescent. Head:
quadrilateral to rectangular in dorsal aspect, sides broadly arcuate, truncate posteri¬
orly, dorsum and venter punctate; gula with feeble to strong microrecticulate ground
sculpturing; labrum edentate, bidentate or quadridentate, long setae on anterior
portion, with median emargination; mandibular dentition variable; eye feebly to
strongly tapered posteriorly; postorbital setigerous fovea or furrow present. Thorax:
neck usually Va or more as wide as head2; prothorax longer than wide; profemur
robust, with meso-ventrally directed ctenidia on one side; protibia with scopae;
protarsus expanded; mesosternal fovea present or absent; elytra indistinctly punctate,
epipleuron margined; metafemur modified or not; metatibia with ctenidia on inner
side of apex. Abdomen: punctulate; sterna of female unmodified; last two visible
sterna of male variously modified. Aedeagus: median lobe bulbous; parameres con¬
nate, attenuate; dorso-basal median foramen, ostium apical or subapical, dorsal or
ventral; circoforamen present; postforamen present or absent.

DISTRIBUTION: UNITED STATES, CANADA, MEXICO, WEST
INDIES, GUATEMALA, SURINAM.

Key to the Described Species of Orus and Pycnorus (Males)

1. Gular tubercle prominent on males, prominent to feeble on females; gula impressed,

with strong microreticulate ground sculpturing present in both sexes - (PYCNORUS) 2

Gular tubercle absent in both sexes; gula not impressed (i.e. at same level as adjacent
postgenae), microreticulate ground sculpturing absent or very feebly present in
both sexes - (ORUS s. str.) 3

2. Metatibia with row of spines on one side; metafemur usually with eleven denticles

on the distal end; east of the Rocky Mountains - DENTIGER

Metatibia without row of spines; metafemur usually with seven denticles on distal

end; Rocky Mountains - PARALLELUS

3. Last visible abdominal sternum shallowly incised (figs. 3, 8) - 4

Last visible abdominal sternum deeply incised (fig. 2) - 5

4. Fifth visible abdominal sternum emarginate (fig. 8); neck Vs width of head - M0NTANUS

Fifth visible sternum sinuo-truncate (fig. 3); neck Va or more the width of the

head - SHASTANUS

5. Fifth visible abdominal sternum with strongly sinuate margin (fig. 7) - SINUATUS

Fifth visible abdominal sternum with margin lobed or emarginate - 6

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

6. Fifth visible abdominal sternum with margin shallowly emarginate (fig. 11) - FRATERNUS

Fifth visible abdominal sternum with margin lobed - 7

7. Fifth visible abdominal sternum with a tubercle - 9

Fifth visible abdominal sternum without a tubercle - 8

8. Parameres short, not extending beyond apex of median lobe, broad, with lateral

margins straight in dorsal aspect (figs. 22, 23) - HEMILOBATUS

Parameres long, extending beyond end of median lobe, slender, lateral margins sinuate
in dorsal aspect (figs. 16, 29) - PUNCTATUS

9. Abdominal tubercle well-developed, margined laterally by a carina (fig. 9); metafemur

carinate - FEMORATUS

Abdominal tubercle feeble, not margined laterally by a carina; metafemur not carinate

- DISTINCTUS

Subgenus Orus Casey

TYPE-SPECIES: Orus punctatus Casey, 1884. Fixed by Blackwelder
(1939a) by subsequent designation.

DESCRIPTION. Orus: testaceous, castaneous or piceous. Head: quadrilateral in dor¬
sal aspect; dorsum finely punctate; venter with sparse more distinct punctation, ground
sculpture feeble, shining; gula with very feeble microreticulate ground sculpturing,
not impressed; gular tubercle completely absent; gular sutures represented by increased
pigmentation; labrum quadridentate; right mandible quadridentate, left mandible
tridentate; setigerous postorbital fovea present, continuous with feeble to prominent
supraorbital furrow. Thorax: anterior prothoracic angles evident; pronotal punctation
distinct and umbilicate, median area impunctate; mesopleuron and mesosternum
with reticulate ground sculpture; mesosternal fovea present; metafemur modified or
not. Abdomen: last two visible sterna of male modified. Aedeagus : ostium beneath
parameres; postforamen absent, median lobe membranous ventrally, ventral sclerite
absent.

DISTRIBUTION. CANADA: British Columbia; UNITED STATES:
Washington, Oregon, California, Arizona, Nevada, Idaho, Montana,
Wyoming, Colorado.

DISCUSSION . Not discussed below are Orus robustulus Casey, 1905
(Lake Tahoe, California); Orus pinalinus Casey, 1905 (Pinal Mountains,
Arizona); Orus deceptor Casey, 1905 (Humboldt Co., California); each
was described from a single female specimen. Each may be distinguished
from the others by size or facies but enough individual variation and
overlap exist for these characters to make them unreliable. Association
with a male has likewise been impossible. The only association possible,
and that on distribution, is of O. pinalinus and O. punctatus both with repre¬
sentatives from Arizona.

Orus ( Orus ) punctatus Casey

Figs. 2, 4-6, 16, 29, 33

Orus punctatus Casey, 1884:138; 1885:315, pi. 1, fig. 7-7c; Fall 1901:223;
Casey 1905:200; Gibson 1916:205; Gibson and Treherne 1916:56;
Treherne 1916:141-143; Leng 1920:104; Blackwelder 1936:52, 62,
91; 1939a: 105, 120; 1939b:24; 1943:277; 1952:278; Clark 1949:21,
Hatch 1957:159-160.

-The neck of Orus montanus is 1/5 the width of the head.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Scopaeus (Orus) punctatus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:251.
Orus filius Casey, 1905:200; Leng 1920:104; Blackwelder 1939a: 105;

1939b:24. (NEW SYNONYMY).

Scopaeus (Orus) filius Casey, Bernhauer and Schubert 1912: 247.

Orus pallidus Casey, 1905:199; Leng 1920:104; Blackwelder 1939a: 105;

1939b:24 (NEW SYNONYMY).

Scopaeus (Orus) pallidus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:250.
Orus sonomae Casey, 1905:198; Leng 1920:104; Blackwelder 1939a: 105;

1939b:24. (NEW SYNONYMY).

Scopaeus (Orus) sonomae (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:251.

HOLOTYPE of Orus punctatus Casey: California; U. S. National Mu¬
seum; male. At the Museum of Comparative Zoology is a specimen of Orus
punctatus labeled as “Type.” In the Casey Collection of the U. S. National
Museum are two specimens labeled as “?Type” and “Neotype.” Each of
the specimens fits the description of Orus punctatus but the original descrip¬
tion is of one specimen from California. The neotypic designation is invalid
and no evidence has been found that the holotype was deposited at
M.C.Z.; I therefore accept the specimen in the Casey Collection labeled
as “?Type” as the holotype.

HOLOTYPE of Orus filius Casey: Mokelumne Hill, California; U. S.
National Museum; male.

HOLOTYPE of Orus pallidus Casey: California; U. S. National Mu¬
seum; male. Paratypes: 5 males, 2 females.

HOLOTYPE of Orus sonomae Casey: California; U. S. National Mu¬
seum; male.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Orus); piceous; appendages castane-
ous; male. Head: dorsum uniformly punctate; .49 mm. long, .43 mm. wide. Thorax:
pronotum .48 mm. long, .42 mm. wide; elytra .63 mm. long, .54 mm. wide. Abdomen:
fifth visible sternum with a lobed margin; lobe broad with the posterior margin arcuate;
slightly impressed medially; last visible sternum deeply and broadly incised, mesal
margins of apices parallel, convergent basally (fig. 2). Aedeagus: parameres in lateral
aspect strongly acuminate, in dorsal aspect broad, lateral margins sinuate, attenuate
distally; circoforamen well-developed (figs. 16, 29).

VARIATION . Body coloration may be castaneous, testaceous or piceous.
Ground sculpturing of the head and pronotum may be feebly to strongly
microreticulate or absent; the gula may be slightly impressed, but without
a tubercle. Greatest variation is of the lobe of the penultimate sternum,
examples of which are shown in figs. 2, 4-6; all degrees of intergradation
of this character exist and from any one locality, in collections of the same
date, several different lobed conditions may be found.

Size variation is as follows: head .50 mm. -.56 mm. long, .44 mm.-. 47
mm. wide; pronotum. 50 mm.-. 56 mm. long; .40 mm.-. 45 mm. wide; elytra
.58 mm. -.70 mm. long, .54 mm. -.66 mm. wide. The length of the parameters
may vary slightly.

DISTRIBUTION (fig. 33). BRITISH COLUMBIA: Terrace (Nov.
24, 1923); CALIFORNIA: Calveras Co.: Mokelumne Hill (July 18,
1910); San Diego Co.: San Diego (June 5, 1950), Lakeside; Alameda
Co.: Dimond (May 15, 1910), Oakland (Sept. 27, 1908, June 7, 1908);
Santa Cruz Co.: Mount Hermon (July 28, 1922), Watsonville (July 3,
1936); Sonoma Co.: Duncan Mills (July 21, 1908); Sacramento Co.:

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Folsom; Los Angeles Co.: Mount Wilson; Fresno Co.: Fresno; Riverside
Co.: Palm Springs (May 30, 1905); Mendocino Co.: Rancheria Creek
5.5 miles SE Boonville (June 15, 1950), Ukiah (Sept. 30, 1906); Marin
Co.: Taylorville (Dec. 28, 1919); Santa Clara Co.: Los Gatos (June 4,
7, 1910); Humboldt Co.: Willow Creek (June 14, 15, 1916); Lake Co •
Lakeport (June 4, 1922), McNeill’s pond, 3 miles N. Lakeport (Aug. 3,
1955); Sugar Pine; Shasta Springs (July 6, 1904); San Mateo Co.; Contra
Costa Co.; Orange Co.: Foster. MONTANA: Hill Co.: Bearpaw Moun¬
tain (Nov. 3, 4, 1917); Flat Head Co.: Kalispell (June 13, 1920). ARI¬
ZONA: Coconino Co.: Williams (June 9, 13), Flagstaff. OREGON: Mult¬
nomah Co.: Portland (July 12, 1898). WASHINGTON: Thurston Co *
Tenino; Spokane Falls; Yakima Co.: Yakima. COLORADO: Summit Co •
Breckenridge (July 15-18, 1896, at 9600-10,000 feet elevation). NEVA¬
DA: Ormsby Co.: Lake Tahoe.

BIOLOGY. This species has been reported as a predator of Hylemya
brassicae (Bouche), the cabbage maggot; experiments showed 50-100%
of the eggs and young maggots were eaten when offered. In captivity Orus
punctatus lived for 3-87 days. (Gibson 1916, Gibson and Treherne 1916
Treherne 1916.)

Wherever there is a rivulet or a pond this species may be gathered
in multitudes amongst the rubbish along the bank” (Casey, 1886) at
various times during May through December.

DISCUSSION. The variation of the sternal character (figs. 2, 4, 5, 6)
makes it impossible to separate the specimens and the aedeagus is virtually
identical in all the specimens examined. The holotypes of O. filius, O.
pallidus and O. sonomae are represented within the range of variation and
are considered to be variants of Orus punctatus.

Orus (Orus) shastanus Casey
Figs 3, 17, 30, 33

Orus shastanus Casey, 1905:201; Leng 1920: 104; Blackwelder 1939a-105-
1939b:24. ' ’

Scopaeus (Orus) shastanus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:251.
Orus pugetanus Casey, 1905 : 198; Leng 1920: 104; Blackwelder 1939a- 105*
1939b:24. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Scopaeus (Orus) pugetanus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:250.

HOLOTYPE of Orus shastanus Casey: Siskiyou County, California;
U. S. National Museum; male. Paratypes: 1 male, 2 females.

HOLOTYPE of Orus Pugetanus Casey: Spokane, Washington; U. S.
National Museum; female.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Orus); castaneous, appendages
pa tr, male. Hecid. dorsum with sparse and feeble punctation, dense microreticulate
ground sculpturing; .50 mm. long, .44 mm. wide. Thorax: pronotum with sparse
punctation. moderately distinct, with dense microreticulate ground sculpturing; pro-
notum .47 mm. long, .40 mm. wide; elytra .60 mm. long, .54 mm. wide. Abdomen :
ntth visible sternum with margin sinuo-truncate, margin becoming acute at middle,
sternum with broad, shallow, median impression; last visible sternum broadly and
shallowly incised, anterior margin and apices of incision broadly rounded (fig. 3).
Aedeagus; parameres in dorsal aspect attenuate, in lateral aspect base broad and
becoming attenuate distally (figs. 17, 30).

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

VARIATION . Size: head .50 mm.-. 54 mm. long, .44 mm.-. 47 mm. wide;
pronotum .47 mm. -.54 mm. long, .40 mm.-. 45 mm. wide; elytra .68 mm.-
.72 mm. long, .56 mm. -.67 mm. wide.

DISTRIBUTION (fig. 33). CALIFORNIA: Siskiyou Co.: Shasta Re¬
treat (July, at 2416 feet elevation); Shasta Co.: Crag Castle (July 26,
1896). NEVADA: Ormsby Co.: Lake Tahoe.

Orus ( Orus) sinuatus Herman, NEW SPECIES

Figs. 7, 19, 26, 33

HOLOTYPE: Duncan Mills, Sonoma County, California; F. E. Blais-
dell collector; July 21, 1908; male; to be deposited in the California
Academy of Science. Paratypes: 6 males, 4 deposited with the holotype, 2
in the Chicago Natural History Museum.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Orus); male; piceous. Head: dorsum
with sparse, feeble punctation, ground sculpturing absent; .50 mm. long, .44 mm.
wide. Thorax: pronotum with moderate, distinct punctation, ground sculpturing
absent; pronotum .48 mm. long, .39 mm. wide; elytra .61 mm. long, .54 mm. wide.
Abdomen: fifth visible sternum with posterior margin sinuate and with slight, median,
oval depression; last visible sternum with broad, deep incision; mesal margins of
incision convergent, not parallel at any portion (fig. 7). Aedeagus: apical third of
parameres reduced to a carina, carina not triangular dorso-ventrally (figs. 19,26).

VARIATION . Size: head .49 mm. -.54 mm. long, .42 mm. -.48 mm.
wide; pronotum .47 mm. -.54 mm. long, .36 mm. -.46 mm. wide; elytra .61
mm. -68 mm. long, .54 mm. -.62 mm. wide.

DISTRIBUTION (fig. 33) . CALIFORNIA: Sonoma Co.: Duncan Mills
(July 21, 1908). WASHINGTON: King Co.: Baring (July).

Orus ( Orus ) montanus Fall
Figs. 8, 20, 27, 33

Orus montanus Fall, 1901:223; Casey 1905:198; Leng 1920: 104; Black-
welder 1939a: 105, 1939b:24.

Scopaeus (Orus) montanus (Fall), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:249.

HOLOTYPE : San Bernardino Mountains, California; Museum of Com¬
parative Zoology; male. Paratype: 1 female.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Orus); piceous; male. Head: .57
mm. long; .57 mm. wide; neck 1/5 as wide as head. Thorax: pronotum .61 mm. long,
.48 mm. wide; elytra .66 mm. long, .67 mm. wide. Abdomen: margin of fifth visible
sternum with broad, shallowly v-shaped emargination; margin of last visible sternum
shallowly incised (fig. 8). Aedeagus: parameres reduced to carina, carina dorso-
ventrally triangular (figs. 20, 27).

One specimen examined. Distribution in fig. 33.

Orus (Orus) femoratus Fall
Figs. 9, 18, 21, 33

Orus femoratus Fall, 1901:224; Casey 1905:202; Leng 1920:104.
Scopaeus (Orus) femoratus (Fall), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:247.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

HOLOTYPE: Marin County, California; Museum of Comparative
Zoology; male.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; ( Or us); piceous; male. Head: dorsum
with anterior median region impunctate, shining; .50 mm. long, .46 mm. wide; gula
slightly depressed. Thorax: pronotum with distinct punctation, median area impunc¬
tate, shining, without ground sculpturing; pronotum .50 mm. long, .42 mm. wide;
elytra .63 mm. long, .54 mm. wide; metafemur robust with a carina on dorsal'
posterior edge. Abdomen: fifth visible sternum with lobed posterior margin, with a
large median tubercle, deep depression before tubercle; tubercle with strong, arcuate
carina laterad; last visible sternum deeply incised; incision with anterior margin
broadly rounded, broader medially than apically; apices turned mesally (fig. 9).
Aedeagus: parameres narrower basally than medially in dorsal aspect, not extending
beyond posterior margin of median lobe; circoforamen large, well-developed (figs.
18, 21).

One specimen examined. Distribution in fig. 33.

Orus (Orus) hemilobatus Herman, NEW SPECIES

Figs. 10, 22, 23, 33

HOLOTYPE: Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras County, California; F. E.
Blaisdell collector; male; to be deposited in the California Academy of
Science. Paratypes: 15 males; 13 to be deposited with the holotype; 2 to be
deposited at the U. S. National Museum.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Orus); piceous; male. Head: dorsum
with dense, distinct punctation; ground sculpturing obscure; .50 mm. long, .45 mm.
wide. Thorax: pronotum with distinct punctation; microreticulate ground sculpturing;
pronotum .50 mm. long, .42 mm. wide; elytra .67 mm. long, .60 mrn. wide. Abdomen:
fifth visible sternum with margin feebly lobed and slightly sinuate, with a feeble
median depression; last visible sternum with incision similar to that of Orus punctatus
(fig. 10). Aedeagus: parameres short, not extending to posterior margin of median
lobe, broad, side margins straight in dorsal aspect, apex directed dorsally; circoforamen
u-shaped (figs. 22, 23).

VARIATION. Head .47 mm.-. 54 mm. long, .40 mm.-. 46 mm. wide;
pronotum .47 mm.-.50 mm. long, .37 mm.-.45 mm. wide; elytra .60 mm.-
.67 mm. long, .54 mm. -.67 mm. wide.

DIS TRIBUTION (fig. 33). CALIFORNIA: Calaveras Co.: Mokelumne
Hill (July 25, 27; Oct.); Sacramento Co.: Folsom; Butte Co.: Oroville
(June 24, 1927); Amador Co.: Sutter Creek (Aug. 4, 1904); Siskiyou
Co.: Sissons (June) ; Fresno Co.: Fresno.

Orus ( Orus) fr at emus Fall
Figs. 11, 24, 32, 33

Orus fraternus Fall , 1901:223; Casey 1905:201; Leng 1920:104- Black-
welder 1939a: 105; 1939b:24.

Scopaeus (Orus) fraternus (Fall), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:247.

HOLOTYPE: Pomona, California; Museum of Comparative Zoology;
male. Paratypes: 1 male, 5 females.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOl YPE. Orus; (Orus); piceous; male. Head: dorsum
with uniform punctation. with dense microreticulate ground sculpturing; .48 mm.
long, .49 mm. wide. Thorax: pronotum with distinct, umbilicate punctation, with
microreticulate ground sculpturing; pronotum .48 mm. long, .40 mm. wide- elytra

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Figures 1-13, Orus spp., apical abdominal sterna of males. 1 — den tiger. 2, 4, 5, 6 —
punctatus, variation of the lobe of the penultimate abdominal sternum. 3 — shastanus.
7 — sinuatus. 8 — montanus. 9 — femoratus. 10 — hemilobatus. 11 — fraternus. 12 —
aistinctus. 13 — surinamensis.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

.56 mm long, .52 mm. wide. Abdomen: fifth visible sternum with margin broadly
and shallowly emargmate; sternum with median, longitudinal, shallow depression
margined laterally by low broadly rounded ridges; last visible sternum incised as on
Or us p nnc tat us (fig. 11). Aedeagus: parameres broader medially than basally in
dorsal aspect, attenuate distally, median lateral margins reflexed; circoformen large
well-developed (figs. 24, 32). & ’

Distribution in fig. 33.

Orus (Orus) distinctus Casey
Figs. 12, 33

Orus distinctus Casey, 1905:201, Leng 1920: 104; Blackwelder 1939a-105-
1939b:24.

Scopaeus (Orus) distinctus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:247.

HOLOTYPE: Santa Cruz Mountains, California; U. S. National Mu¬
seum; male. Paratypes: 2 males, 3 females.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Orus); piceous; appendages casta-
neous; male Head: dorsum with posterior portion uniformly and distinctly punctate
punctation becoming weak anteriorly, with very feeble microreticulate ground sculp¬
turing; .5_ mm. long, .46 mm. wide. Thorax: pronotum with feeble mircoreticulate
ground sculpturing; pronotum .50 mm. long, .41 mm. wide; elytra .64 mm long 64
mm. wide. Abdomen: fifth visible sternum with feebly lobed margin, with slight
16b<29)e ^ middle near apex 12 )• Aedeagus: similar to O. punctatus (see figs.

VARIATION. Head .50 mm.-. 54 mm. wide, .44 mm.-. 47 mm. wide;
pronotum .49 mm. -.54 mm. long, .40 mm. -.43 mm. wide; elytra .62 mm.-
.68 mm. long, .58 mm. -.67 mm. wide.

DISTRIBUTION (fig. 33). CALIFORNIA: San Mateo Co.; Santa Cruz
Co.: Santa Cruz Mountains; Humboldt Co.: Willow Creek (June 15

1916); Marin Co.: Fairfax (June 13, 1905). BRITISH COLUMBIA-
Gale.

DISCUSSION . Though the lobing of the penultimate sternum of O.
punc tatus and the aedeagi of both species are virtually identical, the speci¬
mens are separable by the presence or absence of the small median tubercle.
This tubercle was seen on 6 specimens.

Subgenus Pycnorus Casey

PycnorusC asey, 1905:191, 192, 194; Blatchley 1910:433, 434. Bernhauer
and Schubert 1912:245-248; Leng 1920: 104; Blackwelder 1939a-98
105, 121; 1 939b: 24; 1943:277; 1944:119; 1952:333, 420; Hatch
1957:159-160; Arnett 1961:245, 269; Herman 1965:112, 113.

ryPE-SPECIES: Orus (Pycnorus) dentiger (LeConte), 1880. Fixed bv
Blackwelder (1939a, p. 121) by subsequent designation.

DESC RIP1 ION. Orus; testaceous, castaneous or piceous. Head: rectangular in
dorsal aspect; dorsum finely, uniformly punctate; venter with ground scupture
obscured by dense, prominent punctation; gula with very strong, reticulate ground
sculpturing; labrum quadndentate; right mandible tridentate, left mandible quadri-
dentate in male; right mandible quadndentate, left tridentate in females; basal tooth
on both mandibles of male largest and separated from next denticle by about twice
the distance separating the other denticles; gula depressed, with prominent tubercle

THE COLEOPTERiSTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Figures 14-32, Orus spp., aedeagi; in the following, the first figure is the lateral
view, the second figure is the dorsal view. 14, 28 — dentiger. 15 — parallelus. 16,29 —
punctcitus. 17, 30 — shcistcinus. 19, 26 — sinuatus. 20, 27 — montanus. 21, 18 — femora-
tus. 22, 23 — hemilobatus. 24, 32 — fraternus. 25, 31 — surinamensis.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

on anterior portion in males, distinct to feeble in females; gular sutures well-
developed; venter flat, not as convex as in Orus s. str.; eye slightly tapered posteriorly
postorbital fovea with setigerous tubercle continuous with prominent supraorbital
furrow. Thorax: an tenor prothoracic angles not evident or slightly so; pronotal punc-
tation distinct and umbilicate, median area impunctate; mesopleuron and mesosternum
with reticulate ground sculpturing; mesosternal fovea present; metafemur of male
serrate on inner, posterior surface, concave on inner face, tuft of long, appressed
setae arising near trochanter. Abdomen: first four visible sterna of male each with a
depression forming a trough on the abdomen, the depression surrounded by and/or
containing setae; posterior margin of fifth visible sternum broadly and shallowlv
emaiginate, posterior margin of last visible sternum broadly and shallowly incised
edeagus: ostium beneath the parameres; postforamen absent; median lobe membra¬
nous ventrally, oval sclente absent.

ii^TPn mice' LANAPA: Quebec’ Manitoba, British Columbia.
UNITED STATES: Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Michigan

California, Idaho, Washington, Iowa, Illinois, Georgia(?). ’

DISCUSSION. In studying Pycnorus and Orus it was found that the
females were not adequately defined subgenerically.

All ol the females of Orus (Pycnorus) dentiger examined have a feeble
to prominent gular tubercle, microreticulate gular ground sculpturing, a
depressed gula and well-defined gular sutures; the same is true for^the
males of both species of Pycnorus in addition to the invariably prominent
gular tubercle. All 140 males of Orus , described or undescribed, have a
shining gula (i.e. at best with very feebly microreticulate ground sculpture),
are without evidence of a gular tubercle, have feeble gular sutures, which
are better noted by increased pigmentation in the vicinity, and have the
gu a not depressed. The females from the Rocky Mountains, presumably
representing those of Orus ( Pycnorus ) parcdlelus and Orus s. str., can be
separated by the characters of the gula noted above for the males. The
tern ales with the tuberculate, microreticulate depressed gular with well
denned gular sutures I place in the subgenus Pycnorus. The holotypes of
O parcillelus O. boreellus, O. caseyianus, and O. provensis, all females
exhibit the gular modifications as described for Pycnorus; the western forms
ot Pycnorus are all considered variations of O. parcdlelus

Orus (Pycnorus) dentiger (LeConte)

Figs. 1, 14, 28, 33

Scopaeus dentiger LeConte, 1880:179; Blatchley 1910:434.

Pycnorus dentiger (LeConte), Casey 1905:195, 196; Leng 1920-104

Scopaeus (Pycnorus) dentiger (LeConte), Bernhauer and Schubert
1 9 1 ^ 2 4* 7 •

Orus (Pycnorus) dentiger (LeConte), Blackwelder 1939a- 105 121*

1939b:24; 1952:333. * ’

Pycnorus iowanus Casey, 1905:196; Leng 1920*104 (NEW SYN
ONYMY) * v

Scopaeus (Pycnorus) iowanus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:248.
Orus (Pycnorus) iowanus (Casey), Blackwelder 1939a: 105; 1939b~24.

HOLOTYPE of Scopaeus dentiger LeConte: Massachusetts; Museum of
Comparative Zoology; male.

HOLOTYPE of Pycnorus iowanus Casey: Iowa; U. S. National Museum-
female. ’

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Figure 33, Distribution of Orus spp.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

DESCRIPTION. Or us; (Pycnorus); piceous; male. Head: .61 mm. long, .54 mm.
wide. Thorax: pronotum .67 mm. long, .53 mm. wide; elytra .59 mm. long, .64 mm!
wide, metatibia deticulate mesally; metafemur with eleven denticles on distal portion
Aedeagus: apical portion of parameres slightly longer than in O. parallelus (fig. 14)!

VARIATION. Head .58 mm.-. 67 mm. long, .47 mm.-.57 mm. wide;
pronotum .60 mm.-.72 mm. long, .47 mm.-. 60 mm. wide; elytra .57 mm.-
.67 mm. long, .57 mm. -.67 mm. wide.

DISTRIBUTION (fig. 33). MASSACHUSETTS: Middlesex Co.:
Natick (May 30, 1930); Framingham (Mar. 25, 1944, Nov. 8, 1941 ) *
Cambridge; Tewksbury. NEW YORK: Warren Co.: Pike. NEW JERSEY:
Union Co.: Roselle Park (Mar. 22, 1925) ; Elizabeth. MICHIGAN: Wayne
Co.: Detroit; Chippewa Co.: White Fish Point. ILLINOIS; IOWA; GEOR¬
GIA!?)3. INDIANA: Kosciusko Co. (June 24, in Blatchley 1910:434)
QUEBEC: Duparquet (Apr. 26, 1940, Sept. 15, 1935, May 10, 1936)’
MANITOBA: Stony Mountain (Apr. 21, 1916); Winnepeg.

BIOLOGY . This species has been collected from sphagnum moss at the
edge of a Tamarack Marsh (Blatchley 1910:434), under stones, soil
samples and on lake shores during March, April, May, June and November.

DISCUSSION. Casey’s Pycnorus iowanus, described from one female
specimen, is distinguished by the presence of a prominent gular tubercle.
On examination of 4 1 females of O. dentiger, it was found that the holotype
of O. iowanus is merely one end of the range of individual variation of the
gular tubercle. Specimens from the eastern United States and eastern
Canada generally have a feebly developed tubercle with more specimens
from the West having a prominent tubercle.

Orus (Pycnorus) parallelus Casey
Figs. 15, 33

Orus parallelus Casey, 1886:227; Fall 1901:223; Casey 1905:197- Lens
1920:104; Blackwelder 1939a: 105; 1939b:24.

Scopaeus (Orus) parallelus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:250.
Scopaeus armiger Fall, 1901:225. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Pycnorus armiger (Fall), Casey 1905:195, 196; Leng 1920:104.

Scopaeus (Pycnorus) armiger Fall, Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:246.

Orus (Pycnorus) armiger (Fall), Blackwelder 1939a; Hatch 1957:160
Orus boreellus Casey, 1905:197; Leng 1920:104; Blackwelder 1939a* 105-
1939b:24. (NEW SYNONYMY)

Scopaeus (Orus) boreellus (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:246
Orus longicollis Casey, 1905: 197; Leng 1920: 104; Blackwelder 1939a-105
(NEW SYNONYMY)

Scopaeus (Orus) longicollis (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:249
Scopaeus (Orus) caseyianus Scheerpeltz, 1933:1265 (nom. nov. for longi¬
collis (Casey), 1905, nom. preoccup. nec. Fauvel, 1874).

Orus caseyianus (Scheerpeltz), Blackwelder 1939b:24.

3 One specimen from the Horn Collection bears the label “Ga.” I have seen no
other specimens from as far south.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Orus provensis Casey, 1910: 190; Leng 1920: 104; Blackwelder 1939a: 105;

1939b:24 (NEW SYNONYMY).

Scopaeus (Orus) provensis (Casey), Bernhauer and Schubert 1912:250.

HOLOTYPE of Orus parallelus Casey: California; U. S. National Mu¬
seum4; female.

HOLOTYPE of Scopaeus armiger Fall: Pomona, California; Museum
of Comparative Zoology; female.

HOLOTYPE of Scopaeus (Orus) caseyianus Scheerpeltz: Lake Tahoe,
California; U. S. National Museum; female.

HOLOTYPE of Orus boreellus Casey; Coeur d’Alene, Idaho; U. S.
National Museum; female.

HOLOTYPE of Orus provensis Casey: Provo, Utah; U. S. National
Museum; female.

DESCRIPTION. Orus ; (Pycnorus); piceous; male. Head: .60 mm. long, .54 mm.
wide. Thorax: pronotum .67 mm. long, .52 mm. wide; elytra .70 mm. long, .70 mm.
wide; metatibia not denticulate on mesal surface; metafemur with seven denticles on
distal portion. Aedeagus: apical portion of parameres slightly shorter than that of
O. dentiger (fig. 15).

VARIATION . Size: head .54 mm.-. 60 mm. long, .47 mm. -.54 mm.
wide; pronotum .56 mm. -.67 mm. long; .44 mm. -.53 mm. wide; elytra .67
mm. -.74 mm. long, .60 mm.-. 74 mm. wide.

DISTRIBUTION (fig. 33). CALIFORNIA: Los Angeles Co.: Redondo
(March), Pomona, Pasadena (Aug., Nov. 6, 1909); San Diego Co.: San
Diego; Lake Co.: Nice (June 8, 1940); Calaveras Co.: Murphys (May 23,
1936, at 2500 feet elevation); Madera Co.: Bass Lake (Aug. 2, 1934);
Tulare Co.: Woodlake (June 23, 1936); Sonoma Co.: Guerneville (June
26, 1908) ; Napa Co.: St. Helena. IDAHO: Bonner Co.: Priest River (June
21); Kootenai Co.: Coeur d’Alene. UTAH: Utah Co.: Provo.

Subgenus Nivorus Herman

Since the recent publication (Herman, 1965) on the subgenus Nivorus
additional specimens have been received. They represent a new species.
A description of that new species and a new key are presented below.

Key to the Described Species of Nivorus

1. Postorbital furrow contiguous with eye - 2

Postorbital furrow separated from eye - V0LANS

2. Second and third visible abdominal sterna with a transverse impression containing a

ctenidium - CAMERONI

Second and third visible abdominal sterna without a transverse impression containing

a ctenidium - SURINAMENSIS

4 In the original publication mention is made of three additional specimens from
Napa and Sonoma Counties that are used for the description; only the holotype is
in the Casey Collection.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Or us (Nivorus) surinamensis Herman, NEW SPECIES

Figs. 13, 25, 31, 33

HOLOTYPE: Moengo, Cottica River, Surinam; collected by Boven on
May 27, 1927; male; to be deposited with 2 paratypes, a male and female,
at the Cornell University Museum.

DESCRIPTION OF THE HOLOTYPE. Orus; (Nivorus); testaceous; male. Head:
rectangular in dorsal aspect; dorsum finely, indistinctly punctate, minutely sculptured-
eye slightly tapered posteriorly; postorbital furrow distinct and contiguous with
posterior margin of eye; .37 mm. long, .33 mm. wide. Thorax: pronotum finely punc¬
tate, .37 mm. long, .30 mm. wide; mesopleuron and mesosternum with microreticulate
giound sculpturing; elytra .40 mm. long, .40 mm. wide. Abdomen: second and third
visible sterna without a transverse impression containing a ctenidium; penultimate
sternum emarginate, with a slight, median depression; depression with numerous
short, stout setae; last visible sternum deeply and narrowly incised (fig. 13). Aedeagus:
parameres obtusely attenuate in lateral aspect, broad in dorsal aspect; postforamen
well-developed (figs. 25, 31).

DISCUSSION . Further differences between O. surinamensis and O.

cameroni may be noted by reference to the description and illustrations
Herman, 1965.

Catalogue of Orus

Orus Casey, 1884:136
Orus s. str.

punctatus Casey, 1884:138

B. C. Cal. Mont. Ariz.
Or. Wash. Nev.

filius Casey, 1905:200
pallidus Casey, 1905 : 109

sonornae Casey, 1905 : 198
shastanus Casey, 1905:201

Cal. Nev.

pugetanus Casey, 1905:198
sinuatus Herman, 1965:000
montanus Fall, 1901:223
femoratus Fall, 1901:223
hemilobatus Herman, 1965:000
fraternus Fall, 1901:223
distinctus Casey, 1905:201
robustulus Casey, 1905:1995
pinalinus Casey, 1905: 1995
deceptor Casey, 1905:200'’

Cal. Wash.

B. C. Cal.

Cal.

Ariz.

Cal.

Pyncorus Casey, 1 905 : 1 9 1

dentiger (LeConte), 1880:179

Mass. N. Y. Mich. N. J. Ill.
Ia. Ind. Ga.(?) Que. Man.

iowanus (Casey), 1905:196

0 Unidentified

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

parallelus Casey, 1886:227 Cal. Ida. Ut.

armiger (Fall), 1901:225
boreellus Casey, 1905 : 197
provensis Casey, 1910:190
casey ianus Scheerpeltz, 1933: 1265

Leucorus Casey, 1905:191

rubens (Casey), 1905:194 Ill. Kan. Ia. Tex.6 Ariz. N. Mex.6

ferrugineus (Casey), 1905:193 Colo. Ut. S.Cal. N.Mex. Ariz.

luridus (Casey), 1905:193
ochrinus (Casey), 1905:193

guatemalenus Sharp, 1886 Guat.

Nivorus Herman, 1965 : 1 19

cameroni Blackwelder, 1943:278 W.I.

volans Blackwelder, 1943:277 W.I.

surinamensis Herman, 1965:000 Surinam

Addenda

I recently received 20 specimens of Orus (Leucorus) rubens (Casey)
collected from caves in Texas and New Mexico by James Reddell, Bill
Russell and David McKenzie. Collections were made from the following
localities: TEXAS: Travis Co.: Ireland’s Cave, 15 mi. SW Austin (B.
Russell, Apr. 10, 1964); Tooth Cave, 15 mi. NW Austin (J. Reddell, D.
McKenzie, Mar. 15, 1964); Kretschmarr Fluted Sink, 15 mi. NW Austin
(J. Reddell, B. Russell, Sept. 15, 1963); Beckett’s Cave, 1 mi. S. Oak
Hill (B. Russell, Dec. 5, 1964). San Saba Co.: Gorman Cave, 6 mi. SE
Bend, Colorado River (J. Reddell, D. McKenzie, Mar. 15, 1963, in organic
debris several hundred feet from the entrance). Real Co.: Skeleton Cave,
15 mi. NW Leaky (J. Reddell, D. McKenzie, Aug. 18, 1963). Hays Co.:
Morton’s Cave 5 mi. N. San Marcos (B. Russell, D. McKenzie, Sept. 9,
1963). NEW MEXICO: Eddy Co.: Milliped Cave, 20 mi. N. Carlsbad
(J. Reddell, B. Russell, Dec. 31, 1964, in organic debris).

Included on the distribution maps (fig. 33) are records for the species
of (Leucorus) and (Nivorus).

On a recent trip to California additional specimens and biological data
were gathered including range extension for Orus (Leucorus) ferrugineus
(Casey) and Orus (Orus) sinuatus Herman, locality data for an undescribed
species of Orus and previously unknown habitat data for Orus (Pycnorus)
parallelus Casey. Most significant is that Orus punctatus and Orus sinuatus
may be collected along the same stream in apparently the same habitat
(shore debris) and that Orus (Pycnorus) parallelus has been collected from
fungus whereas Orus (Pycnorus) dentiger has been taken only in soil
samples.

Orus (Pycnorus) parallelus Casey. CALIFORNIA: Butte Co.: Chico
(March 12, 1960; from bracket and gill fungus, D. H. Kistner).

6 See addenda.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Orus ( Pycnorus ) dentiger (LeC.). INDIANA: La Porte Co.: Smith
Station (May 23, 1953, May 5, 1956, D. H. Kistner) .

Orus (Orus) punctatus Casey. WASHINGTON: Spokane Co.: Deep
Creek Canyon (Aug. 12, 1956, in debris at edge of stream, R. A. Ward).

The following collections were made by the author.

Orus (Orus) sinuatus Herman. CALIFORNIA: Tuolumne Co.: 8 miles
S.W. Dardanelle (in debris along shore of small stream intersecting Cal.
rt. 108, July 13, 1965); Mariposa Co.: 0.5 miles N. Fish Camp at Big
Creek (in debris along shore, elevation 4982 feet, July 14, 1965); Madera
Co.: near Bass Lake on Pine Creek (debris along shore, elevation 3425
feet, July 16, 1965).

Orus (Leucorus) jerrugineus (Casey). CALIFORNIA: Siskiyou Co.:
5 miles E. McCloud (in flight between 6:50 and 7:30 P.M. PDT, June 29
1965).

Orus (Orus) punctatus Casey. CALIFORNIA: Siskiyou Co.: 5 miles
E. McCloud (in flight between 7:15 and 8:30 P.M. PDT, June 28, 1965);
Mariposa Co.: 0.5 miles N. Fish Camp at Big Creek (in debris along shore,
elevation 4982, July 14, 1965); Madera Co.: near Bass Lake on Pine
Creek (under moss on rocks, elevation 3425, July 16, 1965); Tulare Co.:
5 miles S. Pine Flats at White River Camp on White River (under pine
needle debris on shore, July 19, 1965, elevation 4146 feet).

Orus (Orus) n. sp. CALIFORNIA: Siskiyou Co.: McCloud (in debris
along shore of stream, June 29, 1965).

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H.

1961. The beetles of the United States. Part II. Fascicle 15. Staphylinidae. The
Catholic University of America Press, Washington, D. C. 1112 pp., illus.
Bernhauer, M. and K. Schubert

1912. Staphylinidae III. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars. 40. Berlin. Pp. 191-288.
Blackwelder, R. E.

1936. Morphology of the coleopterous family Staphylinidae. Smiths. Misc. Coll.
94(13): 1-102, illus.

1939a. A generic revision of the staphylinid beetles of the tribe Paederini. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus. 87:93-125.

1939b. Fourth supplement 1933 to 1938 (inclusive) to the Leng Catalogue of
Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. Mount Vernon, N. Y. 146 pp

1943. Monograph of the West Indian beetles of the family Staphylinidae. Bull.
U. S. Nat. Mus. 182:1-658, illus.

1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the
West Indies and South America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1 85 ( 1 ): 1-188.

1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an essay on
genotypy. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 200:1-483.

Blatchley, W. S.

1910. The Coleoptera or beetles of Indiana. Bull. Indiana Dept. Geol. Nat.
Res. 1 : 1-1386, illus.

Casey, T. L.

1884. Contributions to the descriptive and systematic coleopterology of North
America 2:61-198.

1885. New genera and species of Californian Coleoptera. Bull. Calif. Acad
Sci. 1:283-336.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

1886. Descriptive notes of North American Coleoptera. I. Bull. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 2(6): 157-264, illus.

1905. A revision of the American Paederini. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis
15:17-248.

1910. Synonymic and descriptive notes and the Paederini and Pinophilini.
Mem. Coleop. 1:184-201.

Clark, M. E.

1949. An annotated list of the Coleoptera taken at or near Terrace, British
Columbia. II. Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia 45:21-24.

Fall, H. C.

1901. List of the Coleoptera of Southern California, with notes on habits and
distribution and descriptions of new species. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci.
8:1-282.

Gibson, A.

1916. The entomological record, 1915. 46th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario
1915:194-230.

Gibson, A. and R. C. Treherne

1916. The cabbage root weevil and its control in Canada. Canadian Dept. Agr.
Ent. Bull. 12:1-58. (Not seen)

Hatch, M. H.

1957. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. II. Staphyliniformia. University of
Washington Press, Seattle. 384 pp., illus.

Herman, Jr., L. H.

1965. A revision or Orus Casey. I. Subgenus Leucorus Casey and a new sub¬
genus. Coleoptera: Staphylinidae. Coleop. Bull. 1964 [1965] 18(4) : 1 12-121,
illus.

LeConte, J. L.

1880. Short studies of North American Coleoptera. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
8:163-218.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. Mount
Vernon, N. Y. 470 pp.

SCHEERPELTZ, O.

1933. Staphylinidae VII. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars. 129. Berlin. Pp.
989-1500.

Sharp, D. S.

1886. Staphylinidae. Biol. Centr.-Amer. Ins. Coleop. 1883-1887, 1 (2) : 145-747,
pis. 5-19.

Treherne, R. C.

1916. The cabbage maggot in British Columbia. 46th Ann. Rept. Ent. Soc.
Ontario 1915:140-145.

BEETLE TALK

The L. J. Bottimer collection of approximately 150,000 beetles was acquired in
March 1965 by the Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa. Specimens of New World
Bruchidae, about 40,000, are the outstanding feature.

ON CICINDELA TUBERCULATA: The Maori name is kui, the larvae being the
personification of the mythical Kui who lived in the ground and was the original
possessor of the land. — David Miller, 1955, Native Insects, Nature in New Zealand.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

LARVAE OF SIX SPECIES OF GENUS APHODIUS FROM

EASTERN NIGERIA
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)

By M. L. Jerath and K. L. Unny1* 2

The coprophagus beetles of the genus Aphodius, which has world-wide
distribution, are represented in West Africa by many species. The larvae
are completely unknown from West Africa.

In this paper larvae of six species of the genus Aphodius are described
and keys presented for their identification. The larvae of five species were
collected in small dung cells usually about 3-6 inches deep in the soil under
dung. Larvae of one Aphodius species, however, were collected from a
cabbage bed in Obudu Plateau (at an altitude of 6,000 ft.) where the
larvae were feeding on the cabbage roots.

Aphodius larvae from Nigeria agree in essential characters with those of
British Aphodius characterized by Van Emden (1941) and American and
Australian species described by Jerath (1960). The Nigerian species, how¬
ever, differ from those of America and Australia in having only one row
of setae on the tenth abdominal segment. The terminology used in this
work is the same as in the writer’s earlier work on Aphodiinae (Jerath

l Q r\( I \

Aphodius Illiger

LARVAL DESCRIPTION: Frons, on each side, with two short posterior frontal
setae and a microsensilla, a short anterior frontal seta and a microsensilla, a lone
exterior frontal seta and a microsensilla, and a long seta at the anterior angle. First
antennal segment apparently subdivided. Clypeus marked into pre- and post-clvpeus
and with three setae on either side. Scissorial area of left mandible with Srb, S3 and S4
and of right mandible with Srf2 and S.-rK, Each mandible dorsally with two or three
se ae and ventra ly with three or four setae. Galea dorsally with more than four
setae. Abdominal segments 1-8, each with three dorsal annulets; dorsa of segments
nine and ten not divided. Lower anal lobe emarginate.

Key to Known Larvae of Aphodius of Nigeria

Raster without palidia - 2

Raster with palidia; maxillary stridulatory area with 15-18 teeth; galea ventrally

with 7 short and one long seta; raster with 23-25 tegillar setae - DETRUNCATUS

Third antennal segment with a flattened sensory area at apex _ 3

Third antennal segment with a conical sensory structure at apex - 4

Epipharynx with tormae unequal; maxillary stridulatory teeth absent on palpifer;
galea ventrally with a row of 7 short setae; raster with 18-19 tegillar setae _ -

c . . 'T" APHODIUS SP.

Epipharynx with tormae more or less equal in size and shape; maxillary stridulatory

teeth present on palpifer; galea ventrally with a row of 9-11 short setae- raster
with 21-27 tegillar setae - ' _ NOVUS

1 Agriculture Research Station, Umudike-Umuahia, Nigeria.

r;rt“ aJeT?cex!° Dr PauI °.- Kdcher of Oregon State University and Mr. O. L.
Uartwright of U.S.N.M. for reading this paper and making valuable criticisms.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

4. Stridulatory area with nine or more conical teeth; galea ventrally with a row of

27 or more setae - 5

Stridulatory area with 5-6 stridulatory teeth; galea ventrally with a row of 10-12

short setae; raster with 34-43 tegillar setae - VENALIS

5. Palpifer without teeth, galea ventrally with a row of 34-36 short setae; raster with

42-48 tegillar setae - SENEGALENSIS

Palpifer with two teeth, galea ventrally with a row of 27-29 short setae, raster with
58-62 tegillar setae - MACULICOLLIS

Aphodius (Blackburneus) detruncatus Schmidt

(Fig. 8)

MATERIAL STUDIED: Three third-instar larvae collected in soil at
Obudu on May 28, 1962, by M. L. Jerath. Reared adults determined by
Mr. R. D. Pope of Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 1.24-1.42
mm. Cranium yellowish-brown, surface smooth except for three depressions, on
each side on the frons; 3-4 dorso-epicranial setae on each side. Second and third
antennal segments subequal, first longer than second or third. Third antennal segment
apically with a conical sensory process.

Epipharynx with protophoba bistichous on left and monostichous on right; proto¬
phoba with 19-20 microsensillae. Tormae similar in size and shape and both tormae
produced cephalad and caudad. Crepide subcircular. Epitorma asymmetrical and
short.

Maxillary stridulatory area with an irregular row of 9-11 conical teeth. Galea,
ventrally with a long seta and a longitudinal row of seven setae, dorsally with four
setae. Lacinia, dorsally with a row of five long setae near the mesal edge and one
short seta posteriorly.

Dorsal annulets of abdominal segments 1-5 with setation as follows: each prescu¬
tum with six short setae, each scutum with 4-5 small and 3-4 long setae on each side,
each scutellum with eight short setae. Each abdominal spiracle-bearing area with
1-2 setae dorsally.

Raster with two short, longitudinal palidia, surrounded on the sides by scattered
23-25 tegillar setae. Each palidium with 4-5 caudomesally directed spine-like setae.

Aphodius sp.

(Figs. 1, 3, 4, 7, 9)

MATERIAL STUDIED: Ten third-instar larvae, being a part of several
larvae collected in cabbage bed at Obudu on May 28, 1962, by M. L.
Jerath. This is a new species and the adults will be described separately.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 1.04-1.24
mm. Cranium light-yellow, surface smooth except two depressions, on each side on
frons. Second and third antennal segments subequal but each shorter than the first.
Third antennal segment with a round sensory area apically.

Epipharynx with protophoba bistichous on left and monostichous on right; proto¬
phoba with 16-18 microsensillae. Tormae not similar in size and shape, dexiotorma
produced cephalad and caudad; laeotorma only produced cephalad. Crepide small;
epitorma asymmetrical, flattened apically and slightly bent towards laeophoba.

Maxillary stridulatory area with two irregular rows of 5-9 conical teeth; palpifer
with teeth. Galea, ventrally with a long seta and a longitudinal row of 7 short setae,
dorsally with 3-4 setae. Lacinia, dorsally with a row of five long setae near the
mesal edge and one short seta posteriorly.

Abdominal segments 1-5, each with three dorsal annulets; each prescutum with
6-8 short setae; each scutum with 5-6 short setae and 1-2 long setae, on each side;
and each scutellum with 10-12 short setae. Each abdominal spiracle-bearing area
with 2-3 setae.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Raster with teges of 18-19 short setae arranged in four rows of 5-6
rows and 3-4 setae in the outer rows.

setae in inner

Ligures 1-9, Larvae of Aphodius spp.

Aphodius sp. 1— Head capsule. 3— Last antennal segment. 4— Left mandible
dorsal view. 7— Raster. 9 — Lateral view of 8th to 10th abdominal segments.

A. senegalensis. 2 — Last antennal segment. 5 — Maxilla, ventral view.

A. maculicolis. 6 — Epipharynx.

A. detruncatus. 8 — Raster.

Symbols: A — Antenna. AA- — Seta of anterior frontal angle. AC — Acia. ACP

Acanthoparia. ACR — Acroparia. AF — Anterior frontal seta. BR — Brustia. CAR

Cardo. CL — Clithrum. CLP — Clypeus. DES — Dorsoepicranial setae. DX — Dexio-
orma. EPS— Exterior frontal seta. FS— Frontal suture. G— Galea. H— Hyptomerum.

wrLirr!; LA — Lacinia- LAL — Lower anal lip. LT — Laeotorma. M — Molar area
MP— Maxillary palpus. MPH— Mesophoba. PA— Palidium. PFS— Posterior frontal
^a- xf4LA~Pladl.L1Jm; s— 1 Scissorml teeth. SE— Sensory organ. SP— Sensory pegs.
M — Maxillary stndulatory area. T — Teges.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Aphodius ( Black burneus ) novus Schmidt

MATERIAL STUDIED: Five third-instar larvae, associated with adults,
collected under dung at Obudu on May 28, 1962, by M. L. Jerath. The
associated adults determined by Mr. R. D. Pope of Commonwealth Insti¬
tute of Entomology, London.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 1.08-1.20
mm. Cranium light-yellow, surface smooth except for three depressions on either
side. Second and third antennal segments subequal, first longer than second or third.
Third antennal segment apically with a sensory spot.

Epipharynx with protophoba bistichous on left and monostichous on right, proto¬
phoba with 22-24 microsensillae. Tormae similar in size and shape and both produced
cephalad and caudad. Crepide sub-triangular. Epitorma asymmetrical, slender and
slightly flattened apically.

Maxillary stridulatory area with a row of 6-7 conical teeth, palpifer with 2-3
conical teeth. Galea, ventrally with a long seta and a longitudinal row of 9-11 short
setae, dorsally with four setae. Lacinia, dorsally with a row of five long setae near
the mesal edge and one short seta posteriorly.

Dorsal annulets of abdominal segments 1-5 with setation as follows: each
prescutum with 6-8 short setae, each scutum with 4-5 short and 2 long setae on
each side, each scutellum with 8-10 short setae. Each abdominal spiracle-bearing
area with 1-2 setae dorsally.

Raster with teges of 21-27 short setae arranged irregularly in rows of 4-6 setae.

Aphodius (Nialus) venalis Schmidt

MATERIAL STUDIED: Fifteen third-instar larvae, associated with
several larvae, reared to adult stage. Larvae collected under dung at Ajali
Cashew Plantation on May 15, 1963, by M. L. Jerath.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 1.06-1.14
mm. Cranium light-yellow, surface smooth except for three depressions on each
side on frons; 1-2 dorso-epicranial setae on each side. First and second antennal
segments subequal, third slightly shorter than first or second. Third antennal segment
apically with sensory conical process.

Epipharynx with protophoba bistichous on left and monostichous on right. Proto¬
phoba with 15-17 microsensillae. Tormae more or less similar in size and shape,
and both produced cephalad and caudad. Crepide subtriangular. Epitorma asym¬
metrically flattened and bent towards the laeophoba.

Maxillary stridulatory area with a row of 5-6 conical teeth, palpifer with one
tooth. Galea ventrally with a long setae and a longitudinal row of 10-12 short
setae, dorsally with five setae. Lacinia dorsally with a row of five long setae near
the mesal edge and one short seta posteriorly.

Dorsal annulets of abdominal segments 1-5 with setation as follows: each
prescutum with 6 short setae, each scutum with 4-5 short setae and 2-3 long setae
on each side, each scutellum with 10 short setae. Setae are very minute and insignifi¬
cant. Each abdominal spiracle-bearing area with one seta dorsally and 1-2 setae
ventrally.

Raster with teges of 34-43 short setae scattered irregularly on the venter of 10th
abdominal segment.

Aphodius ( Colohopterus) senegalensis Klug

(Figs. 2, 5)

MATERIAL STUDIED: Three third-instar larvae collected with adults
at School of Agriculture, Umudike, under cow dung, during April 1961,

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

by M. L. Jerath. Associated adults determined by Mr. R. D. Pope of
Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 2.42-2.83
mm. Cranium light-yellow, surface smooth except two depressions on each side on
the frons, with 3-4 dorso-epicranial setae and three microsensillae on each side
Second and third antennal segments subequal but each shorter than first. Third
antennal segment apically bears a conical sensory process.

Epipharynx with protophoba bistichous and with 21-23 microsensillae. Tormae
similar in shape, both pioduced cephalad and caudad. Crepide semicircular. Epitorma
asymmetrical, short and membranous apically.

Maxillary stridulatory area with 15-18 conical teeth arranged in a row; palpifer
without teeth. Galea, ventrally with a long seta and a longitudinal row of 34-36
closely placed setae, dorsally with 4-5 long and 1-2 short setae. Lacinia, dorsally
with a row of 5-6 long setae near the mesal edge and one short seta posteriorly.

Abdominal segments 1-5, each with three dorsal annulets; each prescutum with
H-L3 short setae, each scutum with 14-16 short setae and 2-3 long setae on each
side, each scutellum with 14-15 setae. Each abdominal spiracle-bearing area with
1-2 short setae dorsally.

Raster with teges of 42-48 short setae arranged in two groups, one on either side.

Aphodius ( Colobopterus ) maculicollis Reiche

(Fig. 6)

MATERIAL STUDIED: Three third-instar larvae and cast skins of
two third-instar larvae reared to the adult stage. Larvae collected under
cow manure at School of Agriculture, Umudike, by M. L. Jerath, during
Jtily, 1962. Reared adults determined by Mr. R. D. Pope of Commonwealth
Institute of Entomology, London.

DESCRIPTION: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 1.77-1.94
rnm Cranium light-yellow, surface smooth except for two depressions on each side
on trons. Second and third antennal segments subequal, first segment longer than
second or third. Third antennal segment with a conical sensory process.

Epipharynx with protophoba bistichous and with 14-15 microsensillae. Tormae
similar in size and shape both produced cephalad and caudad. Crepide semicircular
epitorma with a flattened base but conical apically.

Maxillary stridulatory area with a row of 11-13 conical teeth and two near the
rase ot palpifer. Galea, ventrally with a long seta and a longitudinal row of 27-29
closely pressed short setae, dorsally with five long and one short setae. Lacinia

dorsally with a row of five long and one short setae near the mesal edge and one

short seta posteriorly.

, •50JS?naiInulets of abdominal segments 1-5 with setation as follows: each prescutum
with 8-10 short setae, each scutum with 10-11 short setae and 4-5 long setae on each

u/th oan,d each scute,lJum w,th 10"13 setae. Each abdominal spiracle-bearing area

with 2-3 setae ventrally and 2 setae dorsally.

'>o*HSter« W'th tugeS 58-62 short setae arranged more or less in two groups of
setae; each group of more or less irregular rows.

Literature Cited

Jerath, M. L.

1960 Notes on larvae of nine genera of Aphodiinae in the United States
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Proc. U. S. National Museum 111 (3425 )•
43-94.

Emden, F. I. Van

1941. Larvae of British beetles II. A key to the British Lamellicornia larvae.
Ent. Mo. Mag. 77:117-127, 181-192, illus.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

LITERATURE NOTICE

A REVISION OF THE GENUS ZARHIPIS LECONTE (COLEOPTERA:PHEN-
GODIDAE). By D. D. Linsdale. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 22(2) :225-260, 3 figs. 1964. —
The number of species is reduced from eight to three. All occur in western North
America. The revision is based on males.

SEXUAL BEHAVIOR IN BLISTER BEETLES ( COLEOPTERA rMELOIDAE).

I. THE GENUS PYROTA. By R. B. Selander. Canadian Ent. 96(8) : 1037-1082, 31
figs. 1964. — Courtship patterns and methods of coupling are rarely studied in the
Coleoptera. Here they are described and used in the classification of both higher and
lower taxa.

A COMPARATIVE ACCOUNT OF THE FEEDING METHODS OF THE
BEETLES NEBRIA BREVICOLLIS (F.) (CARABIDAE) AND PHILONTHUS
DECORUS (GRAV.) (STAPHYLINIDAE) . By M. E. G. Evans. Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edinburgh 66(5 ): 9 1-109, 18 figs. 1964. THE FEEDING METHOD OF CICIN-
DELA HYBRIDA L. (COLEOPTERAiCICINDELIDAE). By M. E. G. Evans,
Proc. Ent. Soc. London 40(4-6) :61-66, 6 figs. 1965. — These are detailed accounts
of chewing, swallowing, filtering, regurgitation, and internal and external digestion;
only the parts anterior to the mid-gut are discussed. The works are ‘musts’ for
students of predaceous beetles. They are morphology at its finest.

THE TYPE MATERIAL OF I. C. FABRICIUS. By Ella Zimsen. Munksgaard,
Copenhagen. 656 pp., 1 pi. 1964. — Includes 4112 beetle species names with litera¬
ture citations, number of specimens, their museum locations, and occasionally other
notations. A good introduction on the life of Fabricius, the Fabrician collection, and
other collections are most helpful.

KLUCZE DO OZNACZANIA OWAKOW POLSKI, XIX— COLEOPTERA, 98a—
CURCULIONIDAE: APIONINAE. By S. Smreczynski. Polski Zwiazek Entomo-
logiczny, Nr. 45 serii kluczy, pp. 1-80, 157 figs. 1965. — This is the latest in the series
of keys to the insects of Poland. It contains a key to the subfamilies of the Curcu-
lionidae, a description of the subfamily Apioninae, keys to the subgenera and species
of Apion, and short notes on the habits and distribution of each species. Previously
published parts in this Polish series treated the beetle families Catopidae, Silphidae,
Bostrichidae, Lyctidae, Lymexylonidae, Byrrhidae, Nosodendridae, Dermestidae,
Coccinellidae, Pyrochroidae, Scolytidae, and Platypodidae.

A REVISION OF THE GENUS TRICORYNUS OF NORTH AMERICA
(COLEOPTERA: ANOBIIDAE). By R. E. White. Misc. Publ. Ent. Soc. Amer. \
4(7) :283-368, 153 figs. 1965. — This genus, formerly known as Catorama, now con¬
tains in North America 82 species, with 25 of them being new. Almost all species are
placed in 1 5 species groups. Keys, descriptions, illustrations, and biological notes make
up this long needed revision.

ILLUSTRATED INSECT LARVAE OF JAPAN. Edited by T. Esaki, T. Kawada,

N. Yuasa, N. Ishii, and T. Motoki. Hokuryukan Co. Ltd., Tokyo. 774 pp., 1307 figs.,

4 pis. 1959. — This manual is seldom cited in literature even though it has been in
existence for six years. It consists of good illustrations of whole larvae and often
parts of larvae with a description of each in Japanese. The section on Coleoptera,
pages 392-545, is authored by A. Fukuda, K. Kurosa, and N. Hayashi. Larvae of
298 species of beetles are treated, some for the first time.

—BACK ISSUES-

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per Single

Volume Issue

Vol. 3, 1949, 6 issues (Nos. i & 2 o.p.) $5.00 $1.00

Vol. 4, 1950, 6 issues 5.00 1.00

Vol. 5, 1951, 6 issues 5.00 1.00

Vol. 6, 1952, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

Vol. 7, 1953, 6 issues 5.00 1.00

Vol. 8, 1954, 6 issues 5.00 1.00

Vol. 9, 1955, 6 issues 5.00 1.00

Vol. 10, 1956, 6 issues 5.00 1.00

Vol. 11, 1957, 2 issues 5.00 3.00

Vol. 12, 1958, 1 issue 5.00 5.00

Vol. 13, 1959, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

Vol. 14, 1960, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

Vol. 15, 1961, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

Vol. 16, 1962, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

Vol. 17, 1963, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

Vol. 18, 1964, 4 issues 5.00 1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D. C. 20017

Send today for your copy of—

“PYGMIES AND PYGMOIDS:
TWIDES OF TROPICAL AFRICA*

Martin Gusinde, S.V.D.

JANUARY 1955 ISSUE OF
ANTHROPOLOGICAL QUARTERLY

• This interesting and educational article is
based on the author’s original observations,
and includes a complete bibliography on the
“PYGMIES.”

Price: $1.00 Postpaid
Anthropological Quarterly
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E., Washington, D. C. 20017

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. .Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

( Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $4.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

THE

*7^

COLEOPTERIS

BULLETIN

VOLUME 12 DECEMBER / (No. <4) 1965

PAM 27 196b v — ^ jmw i! j o

ANOBIIDAE: Notes, by White . • .! -3 km [i Y H3

BRUCHIDAE: On Abutiloneus, 6y Kingsolver . 125

CARABIDAE: On Pterostichus, by Ball . 104

CARABIDAE: On Amara, by Zimmerman . 123

EROTYLIDAE: On ecology, by Graves . 117

STAPHYLINIDAE: On Staphylininae, by Moore . 97

Beetle Talk . 124

Literature Notice . 103, 116, 122, 128

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20017

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

Subscriptions: The subscription price for
each annual volume of four numbers is
S5.00 payable in advance. All sub¬
scriptions begin with the first issue of
the year and those subscribing later in
the year will receive the back issues of
the'-volume.

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

EDITORIAL BOARD

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin
will be considered. Articles with illustra¬
tions are particularly desired, and in all

cases, descriptions of new species must be
illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
genera MUST contain keys or be corre¬
lated with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 19 December (No. 4) 1965

THE GENERA OF THE STAPHYLININAE OF AMERICA

NORTH OF MEXICO
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)

By Ian Moore1

The subfamily Staphylininae is treated in this paper in the restricted
sense recently suggested by Moore, 1964. It includes only those genera
grouped in the old tribe Staphylinini.

In the following key certain characters are employed in the Nearctic
literature for the first time. Sharp (1885: 395) stated concerning Philon-
thus, “The European species are numerous and have recently been studied
by C. J. Thomson and C. L. Rey, as well as by Fauvel, and a result of their
studies has been that no European species in which the longer lateral seta of
the prothorax is distant from the margin remains in the genus. This char¬
acter is certainly of great importance, for the seta, remaining as a fixed point
at the outer side of the thorax, serves as a mark to indicate whether the
lateral raised margin is deflexed to the underside of the thorax or not.” Cam¬
eron (1932:55) and others have utilized this character. This is an entirely
satisfactory character for the separation of Cafius from Philonthus and its
allies, those characters used by Horn (1884) and subsequent American
authors being illusory.

The separation of Gabrius and Gabronthus from Philonthus follows
recent European usage, but the key characters used differ from those of
some other students.

Key to the Genera of the Nearctic Staphylininae

1. Superior lateral line of pronotum not deflexed in front, the large lateral setigerous
puncture on it or separated from it at most by little more than the width of

the puncture (fig. l) - 2

Superior lateral line of pronotum deflexed in front so that the large setigerous

puncture is distant from it by at least three times the width of the puncture (fig. 2) 4

Last segment of labial palpi not or very little narrower than penultimate, subfusiform
or aciculate (fig. 3); anterior tarsi usually with pale spatulate setae beneath

- - PHILONTHUS Curtis

Last segment of labial palpi narrower than penultimate, cylindrical (fig. 4); tempora

longer than eyes, subparallel; pronotum elongate - 1 _ 3

Anterior tarsi dilated, with dense pale spatulate setae beneath; pronotum with a series

of four discal punctures on each side - GABRONTHUS Tottenham

Anterior tarsi slender, without pale spatulate setae beneath; pronotum with a series

of five discal punctures on each side - GABRIUS Curtis

1 Associate in Entomology, San Diego Natural History Museum.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

6.
7.

10.

Prosternum strongly, longitudinally carinate - 9

Prosternum not carinate - 5

Basal impressions of anterior tergites much more coarsely punctured than rest of

tergite - NEOBISNIUS Ganglbauer

Basal impressions of tergites not more coarsely punctured than rest of tergite - 6

First segment of posterior tarsi shorter than last - ERICHSONIUS Fauvel

First segment of posterior tarsi as long as last - 7

Anterior tarsi dilated, second segment wider than long, with dense, pale, spatulate

setae beneath - 8

Anterior tarsi slender, second segment longer than wide, without pale, spatulate setae

beneath; posterior femora of male usually spinose beneath - BELONUCHUS Nordman

Last segment of maxillary palpi not more than three times as long as wide

(fig. 7) - CAFIUS Curtis

Last segment of maxillary palpi more than four times as long as wide (fig. 8) -

- HESPERUS Fauvel

Mesosternum longitudinally carinate - ONTHOLESTES Ganglbauer

Mesosternum not carinate - 10

Last segment of labial palpi subfusiform (fig. 5); head and pronotum densely,

umbilicately punctured - STAPHYLINUS Linne

Last segment of labial palpi securiform (fig. 6); head and pronotum not densely,
umbilicately punctured - OCYPUS Leach

Figures 1-2, Pronota, lateral view; a, large lateral setigerous puncture. 1 — Philon-
llius politus politus (Linne). 2 — Belonuchus punctiventris Casey.

Figures 3-6, Apices of labial palpi. 3 — Philonthus politus (Linne). 4 — Gabrius
nigritulus (Gravenhorst). 5 — Staphylinus virdanus Horn. 6 — Ocypus olens (Muller).

Figures 7-8, Apices of maxillary palpi. 7 — Cafius seminitens Horn. 8 — Hesperus
baltimorensis (Gravenhorst).

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Notes

Philonthus. Members of Philonthus, Gabrius and Gabronthus have the
superior lateral line of the prothorax not deflected in front, so that the large
anterior lateral puncture is on or very near the superior lateral line. In
other members of this subfamily, the puncture is removed from the superior
lateral line by at least three times its diameter. The first segment of the
posterior tarsi is as long as or longer than the last segment. Members of
this genus range from small to moderately large. They are usually somber
in color, although a few are marked with blue, red or yellow.

After removing those species listed here under Gabrius and Gabronthus,
this is still a very large genus in America north of Mexico. The Leng cata¬
logue and its supplements list most of these. Hatch (1947) has added a
number of species from the Pacific Northwest. Species of this genus are
abundantly distributed throughout the world.

Fall (1916:13) described an insect from the sea-beach at Seattle, Wash¬
ington, under the name Cafius johnsoni. Koch (1936:72) reduced this to
a subspecies of the Japanese Cafius nudus Sharp. I have examined series
of specimens from both Japan and Washington and find that this species
is a true Philonthus. The superior lateral line is not deflexed in front, so
that the large anterior lateral puncture is removed from it by less than
the width of the puncture; the disc of the pronotum is polished and impunc-
tate except for a series of four punctures on each side. Koch’s differentiation
of the two subspecies was based on a single specimen from Washington
and some Japanese material. He separated johnsoni from nudus by the fact
that the former was supposed to have the abdomen more sparsely punctured.

I am unable to make this distinction in my material. This species should
be listed as Philonthus nudus Sharp (NEW COMBINATION) synonvm
johnsoni Fall (NEW SYNONYM).

New keys to the species of America north of Mexico are needed, as
Horns keys (1884) are not easy to use and new species have been
described.

Gabronthus. The last segment of the labial palpi is narrower than the
penultimate and subcylindrical. The head is quadrate-elongate with small
eyes. The pronotum is nearly parallel-sided, with a discal series of four
punctures on each side. The anterior tarsi are dilated, with a dense mat
of pale setae beneath. The species are small, dark and very similar in
appearance.

Twenty-three species are at present placed in this genus, sixteen from
Africa and seven from Asia. Two species are reported as being nearly
cosmopolitan. Members of the genus are rare in American collections.

Tottenham (1955:178) erected this genus for a small group of species
formerly placed in Philonthus. The type species is maritimus (Motschul-
sky). The only record from America north of Mexico is “thermarum
Aube" by Horn (1884:198). Tottenham (1955:178) stated, “There has
been much confusion amongst species of this group; many different species
have been confused under the names thermarum Aube and maritimus
Motschulsky. . . .” In his revision, Tottenham indicated that it is necessary

100

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

to study the male genitalia in order to make identifications. This has not
been done with Nearctic material, consequently Horn’s record is in doubt.

Gabrius. The penultimate segment of the labial palpi is swollen so that
the last segment, which is subcylindrical, is narrower. The head is elongate
— oval with long tempora. The pronotum is elongate, parallel-sided, with
five discal punctures on each side. The anterior tarsi are slender and
spinous beneath, without pale spatulate setae. The species are moderately
small and of somber color.

The type species, G. nigritulus (Gravenhorst), is nearly cosmopolitan.
Including nigritulus , twenty-six species are known from America north of
Mexico.

This group has usually been treated as a subgenus of Philonthus. In
recent years, some students have given it generic rank (see Smetana,
1958:134, and Tottenham, 1959:178). Because of the large number of
species involved, separation of the two genera is desirable.

The following species have been listed in the Nearctic literature under
the name Philonthus; all these, except nigritulus, are now NEW COMBI¬
NATIONS: Gabrius approximatus (Hatch), bernardensis (Fall), biden-
tatus (Horn), cephalicus (Casey), clunalis (Horn), cushmani (Hatch),
decipiens (Horn), downei (Hatch), femineus (Hatch), fenderi (Hatch),
horni (Bernhauer & Schubert), linearis (Casey), lopezi (Hatch), malkini
(Hatch), microphthalmus (Horn), nanellus (Casey), nigritulus (Graven¬
horst), oceanus (Hatch), ottawaensis (Hatch), ovaliceps (Fall), picipen-
nis (Maklin), punctatellus (Horn), seattlensis (Hatch), shulli (Hatch),
virilis (Horn), and wawawai (Hatch).

Neobisnius. The bases of the anterior abdominal tergites are deeply
impressed and strongly sculptured with large deep punctures separated
by intermediate ridges. The second antennomere is not wider than the
third. As in Erichsonius, the first segment of the posterior tarsi is shorter
than the last. The species are medium sized, active insects found near
water. Some are dark, but others have colored sections of bright ferrugineus
or yellow.

Sixteen species are known from America north of Mexico, nearly twice
as many from America south of the United States, and a few from other
parts of the world.

Most of the Nearctic species, as well as those of Erichsonius, are treated
in Horn’s key (1884:223) under the name Actobius.

Erichsonius. Members of this genus are unique among members of the
subfamily in that the apex of the second antennal segment is dilated. It is
about one-third wider than the third segment. This character is not striking,
but appears to be constant. The first segment of the posterior tarsi is
shorter than the last. The species resemble members of Neobisnius but
differ in the fine uniform puncturation of the basal abdominal tergites.
They are moderately small insects of somber color and rather uniform
appearance.

Nine species are known from America north of Mexico, and three
or four times that number from other parts of the world. No species are
known from Australia or the Neotropics.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

101

The only key which treats all of the American species is that of Horn

( ^84: u23)' H°m included both Erichsonius and Neobisnius in one genus
under the name Actobius. New keys to the species of these two genera
would be useful.

Belonuchus. The presence of a single or double row of spines on the
femora of the male (particularly the posterior femora) has generally been
used to distinguish members of this genus from other staphilininids. How¬
ever in some species the spines are absent. The species are mostly medium

sized to large. The body is usually marked in well-defined sections of black
and terrugineus.

Several species are known from the southwestern United States and
one from the Atlantic coast. Many species have been described from the
American tropics and from other tropical regions.

The genus needs revision.

Cafius. The deflexed superior lateral line of the prothorax easily sepa¬
rates members of this genus from those of Philonthus. The form of the
maxillary palpi differs little from that of certain large species of Philonthus
The species are medium sized.

Species of Cafius are found throughout the world. They are confined to
the seashores and the margins of rivers near the sea. Two species are known
from the Atlantic coast of the United States and eight from the Pacific. On
t e Pacific coast, these insects are found in masses of decaying seaweed
sometimes in large numbers. 6

Cafius nudus Sharp is removed in this paper to Philonthus. (See notes
under that genus.)

Hespei us. This genus is quite distinct from Philonthus, not only in the
strongly deflexed superior lateral line of the prothorax, but in the very
elongate palpi. The species, moderately large for members of this family
are sometimes brightly colored. ’

There are four Nearctic species.

The Nearctic species were revised by Moore, 1958.

Ontholestes. Members of this genus are distinctive in having the anterior
angles of the pronotum produced well ahead of the central anterior margin
1 he species are large and colorful.

Two species are found in the eastern United States and Canada. A few
other species are known from the Palaearctic and Asiatic regions. The
Nearctic species, very active predators, are found near dung.

Staphylinus. The punctures of the head and pronotum are large, umbili-
cate and crowded, with the interspaces generally very narrow so that the
surface has a rough appearance. The abdomen is often very densely pubes¬
cent. Most species are somberly colored in black and shades of brown but
a few are brilliantly marked.

Specimens are found under cover in a variety of situations and may

sometimes be taken in flight. These large insects are distributed throughout
the world.

This name is used here in the same sense that it was used in the Leng
catalogue. Blackwelder (1952:357) demonstrated that under a strict appli-

102

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

cation of the rules, because of previously unrecognized type designation,
this genus should be called Platydracus. However, in 1959 the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, in Opinion #546, set aside all
previous type designations and designated erythropterus Linne the type.
This action conserved the name in the sense that it had been used for
more than 200 years. Thus the correct name is Staphylinus with Platydracus
as a subgenus.

Ocypus. The last segment of the labial palpi is said to be securiform.
This character is not pronounced in some species, but the last segment is
shorter and blunter than that of Staphylinus. The punctures of the head
and pronotum are small, simple and relatively sparse, with the interspaces
generally much wider than the punctures, and shining. These are all large,
dark insects.

A large number of species has been described from Europe and a few
from other parts of the world. No member of this genus is known to be
indigenous to the Western Hemisphere. The following have been introduced
into the Nearctic region: O. aeneocephalus (DeGeer), ater (Gravenhorst),
globulijer Fourcroy and olens (Muller) .

The only key to the Nearctic species, that of Hatch (1957:173), includes
three of these species as well as the members of Staphylinus of the Pacific
Northwest.

Literature Cited

Blackwelder, R. E.

1939. Fourth supplement 1933 to 1938 (inclusive) to the Leng catalogue of
Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico, 146 pp. Mount Vernon, N. Y.
1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an essay on
genotypy. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 200:i-iv, 1-483.

Blackwelder, R. E., and R. M. Blackwelder

1948. Fifth supplement 1939 to 1947 (inclusive) to the Leng catalogue of
Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico, 87 pp. Mount Vernon, N. Y.

Cameron, M.

1932. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera,
Staphylinidae, 3 : i-xiii, 1-443, 7 figs., 3 pis. London.

Fall, H. C.

1916. Three new Coleoptera from Washington state. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.
11:13-14.

FIatch, M.

1957. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part II. Staphyliniformia, 384 pp.,
37 pi. Univ. Wash. Press, Seattle.

Horn, G. H.

1884. Synopsis of the Philonthi of Boreal America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
11:177-244.

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature

1959. Opinion 546. Designation under the Plenary Powers of the type species
in harmony with accustomed usage for the genus “Staphylinus” Linnaeus,
1758 (Class Insecta, Order Coleoptera) and validation under the same
powers of the emendation of the specific name of the species so desig¬
nated.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

103

Koch, C.

1936. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der entomologischen Expeditionen Seiner
Durchlaucht der Fursten Alessandro C. della Torre e Tasso naeh
Aegypten und auf die Halbinsel Sinai. XIII. Staphylinidae. Pubbl. Mnseo
Ent. Pietro Rossi 1 : 115-232, figs. 1-12.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. 470 pp Mount
Vernon, N. Y.

Leng, C. W., and A. J. Mutchler

1 927. Supplement 1919-1924 (inclusive) to catalogue of the Coleoptera of
America, north of Mexico, 78 pp. Mount Vernon, N. Y.

1933. Second and third supplements 1925 to 1932 (inclusive) to catalogue of
the ^Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico, 112 pp. Mount Vernon,

Moore, I.

1958. The North American species of Hesperus Fauvel with descriptions of
two new species (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Trans. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist. 12:311-318.

1964. A new key to the subfamilies of the Nearctic Staphylinidae with notes
on their classification. Coleop. Bull. 18:83-91, 13 figs.

Sharp, D.

1885. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, 1:393-536, pis. 1-13.

Smetana, A.

1958. Fauna Csr, svazek 12, drabcikoviti-Staphylinidae, I, Staphylininae (Rad:
brouci-Coleoptera) , 436 pp., Prague.

Tottenham, C. E.

1955. Studies in the genus Philonthus Stephens (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae).
Part IV. The species of the thermarium-% roup ( Gabronthus gen. n )
Trans. Ent. Soc. London 100:178-195, figs. 31-48.

LITERATURE NOTICE

A REVISION OF THE NODINI AND A KEY TO THE GENERA OF
EUMOLPIDAE OF AFRICA (COLEOPTERA: EUMOLPIDAE). By B J Selman
Bull. Brit. Mus. (N. H.) Ent. 16(3 ): 143-174, 27 figs. 1965.— Tribes and genera of
Nodim are described. 64 genera of these chrysomeloids are keyed.

INSECTS OF MICRONESIA, COLEOPTERA: COCCI NELLI DAE. By E A
Chapm. Vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 189-254, 49 figs. 1965.— COLEOPTERA : ANTHI-
CIDAE. By F. G. Werner. Vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 255-269, 5 figs. — 48 species of
coccinelhds and only 9 species of anthicids occur in Micronesia. Up to this date 17
families of beetles have been reported on in this series.

104

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

TWO NEW SUBGENERA OF PTEROSTICHUS BONELLI
FROM WESTERN UNITED STATES, WITH NOTES ON
CHARACTERISTICS AND RELATIONSHIPS OF THE
SUBGENERA PARAFERONIA CASEY AND
FERONINA CASEY (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

By George E. Ball1
Introduction

The North American fauna of the tribe Pterostichini is varied and
taxonomically complex. Consequently, the relationships of the various
elements are hardly understood. As knowledge of this tribe increases,
many of the genus-group taxa presently recognized will be modified in
composition, and many will be differently ranked. In particular, the
organization of the largest genus of the tribe, Pterostichus Bonelli, will
be altered.

In the course of a revision of the North American species of the sub¬
genus Cryobius Chaudoir, I had occasion to examine groups which con¬
tained species similar to those included in Cryobius. Among these were
the subgenera Paraferonia Casey and Feronina Casey. This paper deals
with the composition of these groups and their relationships, judged on
the basis of external morphology of the adults, and, in particular, on the
basis of the structure of the male genitalia.

This study is a contribution to the task of defining the North American
subgenera of Pterostichus.

For purposes of discussion, I will refer to these groups collectively as
the “ Feronina complex,” and add to this the species Pterostichus shulli
Hatch.

Acknowledgements

The material on which this study is based was loaned to me by Philip
J. Darlington, Jr. (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massa¬
chusetts), Hugh B. Leech (California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
California), and Donald R. Whitehead (University of Alberta).

The manuscript was read and criticized by Brian Hocking, Richard
Freitag, Donald R. Whitehead, and Carl H. Lindroth.

The final copy of the manuscript was typed by Miss Joan C. Shore,
Secretary of the Department of Entomology, University of Alberta. I
am grateful to those whose names are listed above for their assistance.

Classification and Descriptions

The “Feronina complex.” The species included share the following
characteristics: generic characteristics of Pterostichus ; size small (total
length less than 11.5 mm); articles 1 and 2 of middle and hind tarsus

1 Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

105

with a longitudinal ridge on outer side, article 5 with ventral surface
glabrous; plica of elytron normally developed; scutellar stria present,
interval 3 with two or three setigerous punctures; metepisternum with
anterior margin as long as lateral margin, hind wings reduced to short
stubs. The male genitalia are varied, but the internal sac does not possess
large, band-like sclerites. All of the species inhabit forested, montane
regions, and are found in damp situations. They do not occur in the
alpine zone, nor are they northern: for example, none are known from
Canada or Alaska. They are rarely encountered by collectors.

The species of Cryobius are distinguished from the members of this
complex by the setae on the ventro-lateral margins of the claw-bearing
articles of the tarsi, and by the band-like sclerite or sclerites of the
internal sac of the male genitalia. The species are arctic-alpine in distri¬
bution.

Historical aspects. LeConte (1873:306) placed the species lubricus
LeConte, 1852, in a group by itself (division 3A), within the genus
Pterostichus, thereby showing implicitly that this species was without
close relatives.

Schaeffer (1910: 393-394) described the species palmi from North
Carolina, declaring it to be very similar to lubricus, but because of a
difference in number of elytral punctures, he implicitly erected a new
group for palmi.

Casey erected the genus Feronina for palmi (1918: 365), and the
genus Paraferonia for lubricus (1918:376), recognizing formally the
distinctiveness of these species.

Van Dyke (1926) described the species Pterostichus ( Cryobius )
pacificus, and P. (C.) lanei. Subsequently (1943:23), he changed the
name of pacificus to humidulus, and placed this species and land in the
subgenus Feronina.

Csiki (1930: 675 and 677) changed the status of Feronina and Para¬
feronia to that of a section of the subgenus Pterostichus.

Hatch (1949: 81) described the species Platysma ( Cryobius ) shulli.
In his treatment of Pterostichus (1953:114), Hatch returned humidulus
Van Dyke to Cryobius, but retained land in Feronina. This arrangement
was made on the basis of form of the posterior lateral impressions of the
pronotum: single and narrow in Feronina, double in Cryobius. However,
both conditions occur in Cryobius, so this difference is hardly diagnostic.

In summary, the arrangement of these species in 1953 was:

Subgenus Pterostichus Bonelli, 1809
Section Paraferonia Casey, 1918
lubricus LeConte, 1852

Subgenus Feronina Casey, 1918
palmi Schaffer, 1910
lanei Van Dyke, 1926

Subgenus Cryobius Chaudoir, 1838
humidulus Van Dyke, 1943
shulli Hatch, 1 949

106

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Ball (1960:124) following Van Dyke, included lanei and humidulus
in Feronina, and changed the rank of Parajeronia to subgenus, but
neglected to consider shulli. Now, these classifications are in part supported
by genitalic and other characteristics, but in the main the genitalic
characteristics suggest a different arrangement.

The eastern species, lubricus and palmi, although more similar to one
another than to any other member of the complex, seem to be too different
to be included in the same subgenus. The western species, lanei and
humidulus, are also similar to one another in structure of the male
genitalia, but they are radically different from palmi (type species of
Feronina), and from the species of Cryobius. They cannot be included
in any subgenus known to me, so a new one will be proposed.

The species shulli Hatch, superficially similar to the above western
species and to the species of Cryobius, cannot be placed with either group
on the basis of genitalic characteristics, so I will propose a new subgenus
for this species. These groups, Parajeronia, and Feronina are characterized
below.

Subgenus Parajeronia Casey

This subgenus includes the species P. lubricus LeConte, 1852.

External characteristics. A member of the “Feronia complex.” Eyes rather small
(length of temple/length of eye: 0.31-0.43). Mandibles modified: left mandible with
a dorsal protuberance, scrobe extending to ventral surface anteriorly; right mandible
with a transversely directed groove in dorsal surface. Pronotum with posterior lateral
impressions on each side single, more or less linear, and deep; posterior-lateral
setigerous punctures on lateral bead; prosternum between front coxae with apex
finely margined. Dorsal surface of elytra strongly iridescent; striae shallow, 5 faint,
6 and 7 almost effaced, except at apex; interval 3 with three setigerous punctures.
Abdominal sternum 6 of male with a prominent projection medio-ventrally.

Male genitalia. Median lobe cylindrical, basal portion forming an acute angle with
shaft (fig. 1A), apical portion in ventral aspect abruptly narrowed before apex (fig.
IB), apex a narrow lobe. Left paramere very broad, apex rounded (fig. 1C). Right
paramere about one-half the length of median lobe, with apical portion sharply
recurved, apex broadly rounded (fig. ID). Internal sac emerging on left side of
median lobe, extended dorsally when everted; two medial sclerites (figs. IE and F),
gonopore terminal.

Material examined. Three males, five females of Pterostichus lubricus
from the following localities: NORTH CAROLINA. Balsam Gap, Balsam
Mts.; Highlands; Linville; and Tryon (Museum of Comparative Zoology);
Devil’s Courthouse, Balsam Mts., Haywood Co. (G. E. Ball Coll.).
TENNESSEE. Monroe Co.; Unaka Mts. (Museum of Comparative
Zoology). “SOUTHERN STATES.” A single male from the LeConte
Collection, labelled as follows: orange disc; lubricus 2.

Subgenus Feronina Casey

This subgenus includes a single species, Pterostichus palmi Schaeffer,
1910.

Externa! characteristics. A member of the “Feronina complex.” Eyes markedly
reduced (length of temple/length of eye: 0.60-0.74). Mandibles average for Pterosti¬
chus, without special grooves or protuberances, scrobe of left mandible completely

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

107

separated from ventral surface by a distinct ridge. Pronotum with posterior-lateral
impressions on each side single, narrow, linear; posterior lateral setigerous punctures
on lateral bead; tip of prosternum between front coxae margined or not. Elytra
iridescent, striae of moderate depth, all equally impressed; interval 3 with two setiger¬
ous punctures. Male with sternum 6 of abdomen without a median ventral protub¬
erance.

Male genitalia. Median lobe cylindrical, with basal portion meeting shaft at an
obtuse angle (fig. 2A); apical portion in ventral aspect tapering gradually, apex
broadly rounded (fig. 2B). Left paramere broad, apex subtruncate (fig. 2C). Right
paramere slender, elongate, with parallel sides, over one half the length of median
lobe (fig. 2D). Internal sac extended dorsally when everted, with two sclerites
near gonopore (fig. 2E); gonopore terminal.

Material examined. One male, three females of Pterostichus palmi
from the following localities: VIRGINIA. Stone Creek, Lee Co.; and
Pennington Gap (Museum of Comparative Zoology). NORTH CARO¬
LINA. Mt. Mitchell (Museum of Comparative Zoology); Fork Ridge
BRP 445 (D. R. Whitehead Coll.).

Subgenus Psendoferonina Ball, NEW SUBGENUS

This subgenus includes humidulus Van Dyke; and lanei Van Dyke,
here designated as TYPE-SPECIES. The derivation of the name is
obvious.

Externa! characteristics. Member of the “Feronina complex.” Eyes of about
average size (length of temple/length of eye: 0.20-0.30). Mandibles average for
Pterostichus, without special grooves or protuberances; scrobe of left mandible com¬
pletely separated from ventral surface by a ridge. Pronotum with posterior-lateral
impressions on each side basin-like, single, and impunctate (lanei), or double and
punctate (humidulus); posterior lateral setigerous punctures not on lateral bead;
tip of prosternum between front coxae not margined. Elytra feebly iridescent, striae
of moderate depth (lanei) or shallow (humidulus), all of about equal depth for a
given specimen; interval 3 with two setigerous punctures. Sternum 6 of male without
a median ventral protuberance.

Male genitalia. Median lobe compressed, basal portion forming an obtuse angle
with shaft (figs. 3 A and 4A); shaft with apical portion separated from basal portion by
a lightly sclerotized or membranous diagonal strip (figs. 3B and 4B); apex broad
(lanei) or narrow (humidulus). Left paramere broad, apex rounded, more (humidulus,
fig. 4C) or less (lanei, fig. 3C). Right paramere short, about one-third of the length
of median lobe (figs. 3D and 4D — note, both damaged in dissection). Internal sac
(studied in detail for lanei only) protruding ventrally when everted, with a single
sclerite near gonopore; gonopore basal, with a large membranous lobe apically (fig.
3A); internal sac ventro-apically with a large microtrichial field.

Notes. The characteristics of the internal sac and median lobe of this
subgenus are most peculiar. Usually, in carabids, the gonopore is terminal
in position, not basal, and in the everted position, the internal sac is
directed dorsad rather than ventrad. The shaft of the median lobe in
carabids is usually completely sclerotized on the ventral surface.

In lanei, the membranous strip seems to serve as a hinge, the apical
part of the shaft moving on the basal portion. I am not prepared to
speculate on the functional aspects of these interesting modifications,
but will point out that a rudimentary joint in the form of a deep notch
toward the apex and on the right side of the median lobe is present in
Pterostichus (Pherypes) tarsalis LeConte. Perhaps, then, Pherypes and
Psendoferonina are more closely related than we have suspected previously.

108

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

109

Figure 1, Male genitalia of Pterostichus lubricus LeConte, Tryon, North Carolina
(MCZ). A — Median lobe, left lateral aspect. B — Median lobe, apical portion, ventral
aspect C— Left paramere, ventral aspect. D— Right paramere, ventral aspect. E—
Internal sac, everted, left lateral aspect. F — Internal sac, everted, ventral aspect.

Figure 2, Male genitalia of Pterostichus palmi Schaeffer, Fork Ridge, North
Carolina (Whitehead). A — Median lobe, left lateral aspect. B — Median lobe, apical
portion, ventral aspect. C — Left paramere, ventral aspect. D — Right paramere, ventral
aspect. E — Internal sac, right lateral aspect.

Figure 3, Male genitalia of Pterostichus lanei Van Dyke. A — Median lobe left
lateral aspect, with internal sac everted. B — Median lobe, right lateral aspect ’ C—

Left paramere, ventral aspect. D— Right paramere, ventral aspect. E— Internal sac
everted, ventral aspect.

Figure 4, Male genitalia of Pterostichus humidulus Van Dyke. A— Median lobe
left lateral aspect. B— Median lobe, apical portion, ventral aspect. C — Left paramere,
ventral aspect. D — Right paramere, apical portion, ventral aspect.

Figure 5. Male genitalia of Pterostichus shulli Hatch. A— Median lobe left lateral
aspect. B— Median lobe, apical portion, ventral aspect. C— Left paramere ventral
aspect. D— Right paramere, ventral aspect. E— Internal sac, everted, left lateral
aspect. F — Internal sac everted, right lateral aspect.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Material examined. Pterostichus lanei Van Dyke, male, holotype,
Wawawai, Washington. Pterostichus humidulus Van Dyke, one male,
Cannon Beach, Oregon. Both specimens are in the collection of the
California Academy of Sciences.

Subgenus Melvilleus Ball, NEW SUBGENUS

This group contains the single species, Pterostichus shulli Hatch, 1949,
which is here designated as TYPE-SPECIES.

The name of the subgenus is derived from the given name of the
describer of shulli, Melville H. Hatch.

External characteristics. Member of the “Feronina complex.” Eyes of average size
(length of temple/length of eye: 0.25). Mandibles average for Pterostichus, without
special grooves or protuberances, scrobe of left mandible completely separated from
ventral surface by a ridge. Pronotum with posterior lateral impressions on each
side double; posterior lateral setigerous punctures not on lateral bead; apex of
prosternum between front coxae not margined. Elytra iridescent, striae shallow, all
about equally impressed, interval 3 with two setigerous punctures; sternum 6 of
abdomen of male without a protuberance.

Male genitalia. Median lobe more or less cylindrical, not compressed, basal portion
short, forming with shaft an obtuse angle (fig. 5A); apex in ventral aspect broadly
rounded, asymmetrical (fig. 5B). Left paramere with apex broadly rounded (fig. 5C).
Right paramere short, apical margin subtruncate, less than half the length of the
median lobe (fig. 5D). Internal sac extended dorsally in everted position, with
a large lobe toward apical margin, and a finger-like projection and two small
sclerites near gonopore (figs. 5E and F).

The species shulli is most similar to the species of Pseudoferonina,
but the males are readily separated on the basis of the genitalic character¬
istics described above. The diagnostic external characteristics are: shulli,
palpi and antennae rufous, posterior lateral impressions of pronotum
punctate, posterior lateral angles of pronotum obtuse, sides curving out
almost directly from base, total length less than 10 mm.; humidulus,
palpi and antennae rufous, posterior-lateral impressions of pronotum
punctate, hind angles of pronotum acute, sides sinuate in front of hind
angles, total length less than 10 mm.; lanei, palpi and antennae black,
posterior-lateral impressions of pronotum impunctate, total length greater
than 10.5 mm.

Material examined. One male of Pterostichus shulli from Harvard,
Idaho (California Academy of Sciences).

Key to Nine North American Subgenera of Pterostichus Bonelli

(Modified from Ball, 1960:78)

15 (14). Left mandible swollen toward apex; right mandible with a transverse groove in

dorsal surface; apex of prosternum between front coxae margined; elytra

with dorsal surface iridescent - PARAFER0NIA

Left mandible not swollen toward apex; right mandible without a transverse

groove in dorsal surface - 16

16 (15). Pronotum almost rectangular (slightly wider at base than at apex), sides not

sinuate posteriorly - ABACIDUS

Pronotum subcordate, at least narrowed posteriorly, base and apex subequal in
width -

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

111

17 (16).

18 (17).
18A (17).
18B (18A).

18C (18B).

18D ( 1 8 B ).

18E (18D).
18F (18D).

Fifth article of hind tarsus with a row of setae on each ventro-lateral margin-- 18
Fifth article of hind tarsus without setae on each ventro-lateral margin - 18A

Total length less than 10.0 mm. - CRYOBIUS (Part)

Total length greater than 10.5 mm. - EUFERONIA (Part)

Range — western North America, west of Montana - 18B

Range — North America, east of Montana - 18D

Palpi and antennae black, posterior-lateral impressions of pronotum impunctate,

total length 10.5 mm., or more - PSEUDOFERONINA (Part)

Palpi and antennae rufous, pronotum with posterior-lateral impressions punctate,
total length less than 10.0 mm. - 1 lor

Pronotum with hind angles obtuse, sides curving out almost directly from base

- MELVILLEUS

Pronotum with hind angles acute, sides subparallel in front of hind angles -

- _____ - - PSEUDOFERONINA (Part)

Pronotum with sides coarsely margined, posterior-lateral impressions on each side

broad - - - 18£

Pronotum with sides finely margined, posterior-lateral impressions on each side

linear - 18p

Elytron with two or three setigerous punctures on disc - EUFERONIA (Part)

Elytron with four setigerous punctures on disc - REFONIA

Eyes small, temples prominent - FERONINA

Eyes normal, temples small - MONOFERONIA (Part)

Relationships

The eastern subgenera, Paraferonia and Feronina, are more closely
related to one another than they are to the western groups. Further,
the presence of a long right paramere allies them with other eastern
subgenera, and suggests that they are derived from an eastern ancestor.

As mentioned previously, the subgenus Pseudoferonina shows some
affinity with the western Pherypes. Melvilleus, on the other hand, does
not appear to be closely related to any other subgenus of Pterostichus.

If the facts are correctly interpreted, the similarities shared by the
eastern and western species of the “Feronina complex” are the result of
parallelism, or convergence, or of the retention of characteristics from
a remote common ancestry — characteristics that are at most indicative
of patristic rather than cladistic affinity (Cain and Harrison, 1960).

Finally, I want to consider in a general way the relationships of the
flightless, montane subgenera of Pterostichus of temperate eastern and
western North America. There are no such subgenera occurring in both
areas. (Lindroth has indicated in a personal communication that the
species P . adoxus Say, 1825, assigned to the subgenus Hypherpes, is not
related to the western members of this group.) This suggests that there
has been no recent interchange. The east is very rich in distinct, endemic
subgenera, while the west has a less diverse fauna. Probably the history
of these groups is intimately tied to that of the Arcto-Tertiary flora.
However, more data on relationships of the subgenera of Pterostichus
are required before it will be profitable to pursue this question futrher.

Summary

1. Two new subgenera of Pterostichus are proposed for species from
western United States, and are characterized: Pseudoferonia, type-species
Pterostichus lanei Van Dyke; and Melvilleus, type-species Pterostichus
shull i Hatch.

112

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

2. The species of the monotypic subgenera Paraferonia Casey and
Feronina Casey are characterized.

3. The male genitalia of the species of the subgenera mentioned above
are illustrated.

4. The relationships of these subgenera are discussed, and it is con¬
cluded that the similarities among these groups are not the result of
direct common ancestry.

5. The relationships of the montane, flightless Pterostichus faunas of
eastern and western North America are discussed briefly. No subgenera
are shared, so it is concluded that the relationships are at least pre-
Pleistocene.

Literature Cited

Ball, G. E.

1960 Carabidae, Fascicle 4. In ARNETT, R. H., The beetles of the United
States (A manual for identification). The Catholic University of Amer¬
ica Press, Washington, D. C. Pp. 55-210. 58 figs.

Cain, A. J., and G. A. Harrison

1960. Phyletic weighting. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 135:1-31.

Casey, T. L.

1918. Studies among some of the American Amarinae and Pterostichinae. Mem.
Coleop. 8:224-393.

Csiki E.

1930. Harpalinae IV, pars 112, pp. 529-737. In JUNK, W., and S. SCHENK-
LING, Coleopterorum Catalogus. Berlin and ’s-Gravenhage.

Hatch, M. H.

1949. Studies on the Coleoptera of the Pacific Northwest III. Carabidae:
Harpalinae. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 44:80-88.

1953 The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part I: Introduction and Adephaga.
vii 340 pp., 37 plates, 2 text-figs. University of Washington Press,

Seattle.

LeConte, J. L.

1852. Synopsis of the species of Pterostichus and allied genera. Jour. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia (2)2:225-256.

1873. The Pterostichi of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1873:302-320.

Schaeffer, C.

1910. Additions to the Carabidae of North America with notes on species al¬
ready known. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci. Sci. Bull. 1 ( 1 7 ) : 39 1-405.

Van Dyke, E. C.

1926. New species of Carabidae from western North America. Pan-Pacific Ent.
2:113-126.

1943 New species and subspecies of North American Carabidae. Pan-Pacific
Ent. 19(1): 17-30.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

113

TAXONOMIC AND DISTRIBUTION NOTES
ON ANOBIIDAE (COLEOPTERA)

By Richard E. White1

The nomenclatural changes and extensions of known ranges offered
below result from my recent work on the Anobiidae.

Hemicoelus LeConte
Hemicoelus LeConte, 1861 :204.

Cacotemnus LeConte, 1861:204. (NEW SYNONYMY.)

The genus Hadrobregmus Thomson was synonymized with Coelostethus
LeConte by Knutson (1963:178). The North American species formerly
placed in Hadrobregmus were assigned by Knutson to Hemicoelus, Caco¬
temnus (both previously ranked as synonyms of Hadrobregmus) , and
Desmatogaster (described as new). The differences given by the above
author for the separation of Hemicoelus and Cacotemnus do not stand
up. The primary character (gibbosity of the pronotal disk) I find un¬
reliable. In reference to this character, the species Cacotemnus defect us
(Fall) clearly fits Hemicoelus, as can be seen from examining Knutson’s
description of the species. Some specimens of C. defectus exhibit the
pronotal gibbosity to an even greater extent than does Hemicoelus pusillus
(Fall). In addition, there exists no sharp dividing line between those
species with the pronotum gibbous and those in which the pronotum
is supposedly not gibbous. The additional wing and genital characters
given are not of sufficient strength to serve as a base for generic separation.
These internal characters are in marked contrast to the generally strong
external characters serving to distinguish other anobiid genera.

The generic names Hemicoelus and Cacotemnus first appeared in print
on the same page of LeConte’s “Classification of the Coleoptera.” The
morphological distinction presented by LeConte (whether the antennae
are 10- or 1 1-segmented) is unreliable as has been indicated by Knutson.
The name Hemicoelus appears earlier on the page and should now be
accepted as the correct name for the genus.

Lioolius Gorham

Lioolius Gorham, 1883:203 (type, L. punctatus Gorham, by present
designation) .

Nevermannus Fisher, 1927:116; 1927:49 (type, N. dorcatomoides Fisher
by monotypy) . (NEW SYNONYMY.)

A comparison of the types representing these two generic names
shows them to be congeneric but specifically distinct. L. dorcatomoides

1 Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D.C.

114

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

differs from punctatus in having the dorsal surface very dark reddish
black (steely blue in punctatus ) and in lacking elytral striae (two present
at apical half on each side in punctatus) .

Dorcatoma falli White, NEW SPECIES
Dorcatoma dresdensis Fall, 1905:262, ( nec Herbst).

The European D. dresdensis Herbst (1792:104) does not occur in
North America. The species designated under this name by Fall is actually
unnamed. I hereby propose the name falli for this species in honor of
one of our greatest coleopterists. Fall’s description and key to species
of the genus occur on the above page, and a figure can be found in
White (1962:49).

D. dresdensis Herbst (vide Dominick) differs from falli in that the
metasternum is deeply foveate anteriorly, not longitudinally sulcate as in
falli. Also, the 8th and 9th antennal segments of the male of dresdensis
Herbst are distinctly triangular, not branched as in falli. D. dresdensis
Herbst resembles D. pallicornis LeConte in the metasternal characters,
but the male of the latter bears branched 8th and 9th antennal segments
similar to those of falli.

The holotype of falli (male) was collected at Plummers Island, Mary¬
land, on April 26, 1910, by H. S. Barber. It is deposited in the U. S.
National Museum and bears type number 68109. The allotype and
three paratypes (all females) bear the same data and are also in the
U. S. National Museum.

Actenobius pleuralis (Casey)

Euceratocerus pleuralis Casey, 1898:65; Actenobius pleuralis , Fall,

1905:156.

Euceratocerus macer Casey, 1898:65; Actenobius macer, Fall, 1905:156.

(NEW SYNONYMY.)

Euceratocerus saginatus Casey, 1898:65; Actenobius saginatus, Fall,

1905:157. (NEW SYNONYMY.)

Examination of the respective type series in the Casey collection has
shown that the above names apply to a single species as suspected by
Fall (1905:156). The characters selected by Casey for distinguishing
his categories, that is, depth of the pleural sulcus, proportion of elytral
length to width, and proportion of eye width to distance separating
eyes, are of little or no taxonomic value. The series of 16 individuals
before me exhibit a nearly continuous range from one extreme to the
other regarding these characters. Casey’s types represent extremes of
these ranges with one exception. The type and single individual of A.
saginatus bears elytra distinctly shorter than those of any other individual.
However, the noticeably undulating elytral surfaces and poorly fitting
median sutures indicate a malformed individual.

All three of Casey’s species were described on the same page; the
name E. pleuralis appears first so I select it as the name for this species

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

115

due to its precedence of position. The specimen in Casey’s series bear¬
ing the data “Sta Cruz Mts Cal,” USNM type label 48851, and Casey’s
determination label is hereby designated as the lectotype of this species.

Tricorynus lepesmei White, NEW NAME
Catorama estriatus Lepesme 1947:228, ( nec Horn.)

C. estriatus Lepesme is preoccupied by Hemiptychus estriatus Horn
(1895:390). Tricorynus, Catorama, and Hemiptychus are synonymic
(White, 1965:300). I propose the name lepesmei as a substitute for the
preoccupied name Catorama estriatus Lepesme in honor of the original
describer of the species.

Distribution Data

Identification of anobiids from various collections have provided
locality records representing marked or notable expansion of known
ranges. These are as follows:

Euceratocerus gibbifrons White. This species was collected at Florence,
South Carolina, on May 12, 1959, by V. M. Kirk. This is a new State
record.

Desmatogaster subconnatus (Fall). I have seen a single individual
taken at Greenville, Maine, on July 22, 1943, by Rita Conley. This is a
new record for the United States.

Ozognathus floridanus LeConte. Three individuals taken at Kentucky
Lake State Park, Kentucky, on May 28, 1957, by Robert E. Woodruff
have been examined. This is a new State record and is a marked ex¬
pansion of the known range.

Euvrilletta brevis White. This was taken at Poinsett State Park, South
Carolina on June 3, 1962, by V. M. Kirk. In addition, I have seen a
series of 41 individuals taken at Brookings, Fort Thompson, Elk Point,
Hills City, Vermillion, Hecla, and Spearffsh, South Dakota during June,
July, and August in the years of 1942 to 1946. H. C. Severin collected
most of these, some were taken by N. P. Larson, and one by D. T.
Murdock. Both of these are new State records; the species was previously
known only from Ohio.

Eutylistus incomptus (LeConte). I collected this species in Franklin
Co., Ohio, on July 4, 1962, and it was taken in Tuscarawas Co., Ohio, in
June and July of 1962, by Bob Giles. These constitute a new State
record.

Caenocara lateralis LeConte. Two males which I collected in Ohio
are new State records and the most northerly records to date. One is
from Scioto Co., May 11, 1963, and the other from Hocking Co., May
24, 1963. They agree well with males from Florida except that the
antennae are slightly shorter, with the seventh segment less produced.

116

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Literature Cited

Casey, T. L.

1898. Studies on the Ptinidae, Cioidae, and Sphindidae of America. Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc. 6(2) : 6 1 -93 .

Fall, H. C.

1905. Revision of the Ptinidae of Boreal America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
31:97-296.

Fisher, W. S.

1927. A new genus and species from a termite nest in Costa Rica (Family
Anobiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29(3):49-50.

1927. A change of name in Anobiidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
29(5) : 116.

Gorham, H. S.

1883. Ptinidae. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Ins., Coleop. 3 (2) : 194-209.

Herbst, J. F. W.

1792. Natursystem aller bekannten . . . Insecten . . . (Kafer). Berlin. 4:1-197.
Horn, G. H.

1895. The Coleoptera of Baja California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 4:302-449.
Knutson, L. V.

1963. Revision of the genus Hadrobregmus of North America (Coleoptera:
Anobiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 65(3 ): 177-195.

LeConte, J. L.

1861. Classification of the Coleoptera of North America. Part 1. Smith. Misc.
Coll. 3:1-286.

Lepesme, P.

1947. Bostrychoidea. In E. Fleutiaux, C. Legros, P. Lepesme, and R. Paulian,
Faune Emp. Fran$ais, VII Coleop. Antilles 1:194-233.

White, R. E.

1962. The Anobiidae of Ohio (Coleoptera). Bull. Ohio. Biol. Surv., New Ser
1(4) : 1-58.

1965. A revision of the genus Tricorynus of North America (Coleoptera:
Anobiidae). Misc. Publ. Ent. Soc. Amer. 4(7) :285-368.

LITERATURE NOTICE

GENERA INSECTORUM. COLEOPTERA. FAM. COPTONOTIDAE. By K. E.
Schedl. Fasc. 215e, 13 pp., 1 pi. 1962. — The three included genera are keyed, de¬
scribed, and illustrated. Citations to the four species are given; all are from Latin
America.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

117

OBSERVATIONS ON THE ECOLOGY, BEHAVIOR AND
LIFE CYCLE OF THE FUNGUS-FEEDING BEETLE,
CYPHEROTYLUS CALIFORNICUS, WITH A
DESCRIPTION OF THE PUPA (COLEOPTERA:

EROTYLIDAE).

By Robert C. Graves1

Little is known concerning the habits of Cypherotylus californicus
(Lacordaire, 1842), the only species of Erotylinae known from America
north of Mexico. The larva is described and illustrated (as C. boisduvali
Chev.) in Peterson (1951), who also notes: “Larvae associated with
fungi on fallen logs from Arizona.” Smyth (1934), as quoted by Boyle
(1956), comments as follows: “I at one time collected a very large
number of them in one day, grouped around fungi on the undersides
of decayed logs in a damp, shady spot among pine and alder trees in
Oak Creek Canyon, south of Flagstaff, Arizona in August, 1904.”
Boyle (1956) observed this species in southern Arizona, “its range
apparently correlating well with that of . . . Pinus ponderosa ” He
further states that “the gut content of a dissected specimen consisted of
bits of fungus-riddled, apparently coniferous wood.”

On August 7, 1964, I discovered several hundred larvae and pupae
of Cypherotylus californicus at Black Canyon Campground (U. S. Forest
Service camp adjoining Hyde State Park), Santa Fe National Forest,
Santa Fe County, New Mexico. The elevation is 8,500 feet. The host
fungus was Polyporus adustus Willd. ex Fries.

Both larvae and pupae were suspended from the underside of a fallen
aspen log about 25 feet long. The larvae and pupae were grouped into
clumps of 4, 35, 46, 60, etc. individuals each. One such clump is
shown by fig. 1. This log was held roughly 1 foot above the forest
floor by its branches.

Larvae and pupae which hang freely in the air may be a modification
associated with high rainfall of the habitat. During my stay at Black
Canyon it rained daily and the weather was damp and cold at that altitLide.
On Aug. 6 there was a severe hailstorm. Under such conditions pupae
sheltered by the underside of a log and roofed by shelf fungi would be
reasonably well protected. Excess water drains from pendulous pupae
and they dry more rapidly as air circulates on all sides. This may be of
advantage in reducing growth of molds.

No adults were found at the site, but one was captured crawling on a
pile of firewood in another part of the campground. This individual had
striking blue elytra which faded to grey after death. All reared specimens
were grey. Perhaps unnatural conditions in my rearing cartons prevented
the normal development of the blue color. Boyle (1956) mentions a
“purplish” color of living specimens.

1 Department of Biology, Flint Community College, Flint, Michigan 48503.

118

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Figure 1, Section of aspen log showing (A) roof-like layer of Polyporus adustus,
(B) larvae ready to pupate, and (C) newly-emerged pupae. Several similar clumps
of C. calif ornicus larvae and pupae were located on both sides of the log. Pupae are
suspended by the cast larval exuvium.

Figure 2, Adult Cypherotylus californicus feeding (in typical upside-down position)
beneath a fruiting-body of Polyporus versicolor.

Figure 3, Adult Cypherotylus californicus feeding on fresh, growing edge of
Polyporus versicolor. The beetles almost always assumed a position beneath the spore-
fruit.

Figures 4 and 5, Dorsum and venter of the pupa of Cypherotylus californicus
(Lacordaire). (A) mid-dorsal white line; (B) yellow humeral spot.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

119

Methods and Materials

Larvae and pupae were freed carefully from the log to which they were
lirmly attached apparently by some sort of anal secretion. Fifty larvae
and pupae were collected for rearing and placed in paper ice-cream
cartons with tight-fitting lids. A few small holes were punched in these
for ventilation and pieces of fungus from the original log were enclosed
and moistened daily to prevent desiccation. All larvae were nearly ready
to pupate, and all had pupated by the following day (August 8). There
were no fatalities during pupation.

Specimens of larvae and pupae were also collected and preserved in
95% ethanol. These served for the description of the pupa (see below).

Adults all emerged on August 15 (none had emerged by evening of
August 14). Although four individuals had malformed elytra, there
was 100% emergence, even in the abnormal situation of the bottom of
an ice-cream carton. None had any difficulty in freeing themselves from
the pupal exuvium. (At the time of emergence I was located at Moab,
Utah.)

The newly emerged adults soon devoured the original fungus and this
was replaced by other fungi collected at intervals along the route.

Five adults had died by the time of my return to Flint, Michigan, on
September 10. The remaining beetles were then housed in a large
terrarium and provided with decaying logs covered with fresh Polyporus
versicolor L. ex Fries. Feeding continued (see below) but the individuals
gradually died; the last survived until November 27, 1964.

Behavior of Adults

The adults were observed regularly from August 15 to September 10
in the ice-cream cartons, and from September 10 to November 27, 1964
in the terrarium. It was not possible to observe normal activity in the
cartons without disturbing the beetles but the terrarium was most satis¬
factory.

Non-feeding behavior. Tenerals were quiescent for about two days
following emergence, but, as the cuticle hardened, they became more
active, walking about in a methodical, mechanical fashion if disturbed.
If not disturbed, resting, feeding activity (see below), and slow move¬
ments were the only behavior. C. californicus is not an active species
but individuals can crawl rather rapidly when irritated. The long
ungainly-appearing legs are beautifully adapted for carrying the animals
over the rough bark of logs and fungus fruiting-bodies which form their
habitat. When walking, the body is held well away from the substrate;
when resting upright or in a crevice, the legs are drawn up and the
body is appressed closely to the substrate.

These beetles spend a great portion of their time on the dark, under¬
sides of logs. There, whether feeding or resting, they hang in a character¬
istic upside-down position (fig. 2). In this common posture they
frequently hang by only three or four legs. Again the long legs serve the
purpose well, allowing air to circulate freely around the body. As

120

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

is the case with larvae and pupae, this may be an adaptation to the
rainy climate, allowing water to drain and permitting more rapid drying.

No mating activity was observed. None of the individuals were seen
to fly. Rarely, during the day, one would crawl to the top of the log,
elevate the elytra and stretch the metathoracic wings as if to take off. The
wings appear perfectly capable of flight which undoubtedly occurs under
the correct conditions.

On numerous occasions in the terrarium, smaller arthropods such as
ants, spiders, isopods, etc. crawled over Cypherotylus individuals without
eliciting any noticeable response. Once a small spider ran up a leg
and onto the elytra; it was wiped off by leg action. The body is frequently
scraped clean by the long legs and the legs are rubbed together during
cleaning activity.

Most activity consisted of feeding (see below) and resting motionless
for long periods. General activity lessened progressively with age.

Feeding activity. In no case was there cannibalism, nor were there
any attacks on one another and no appendages were lost. Even in the
crowded ice-cream cartons, individuals lived in complete peace, crawling
over each other with no sign of aggressive behavior. Dead or moribund
beetles were not molested.

Feeding was limited to soft polypores (Basidiomycetes: Polyporaceae)
similar to those found in such abundance on the original log. Soft agarics
were presented but refused after inspection with the antennae. The beetles
fed first on the tender young “nubbins” (“stage I” of Graves, 1960),
next on the fresh, growing edges of the older conks (always feeding from
the underside of the shelf-fungus, fig. 3). Young sporocarps were com¬
pletely devoured down to the bark of the tree; in the case of older conks
the pore layers were completely destroyed but the tough, leathery caps
were not eaten.

Feeding was voracious and the colony consumed an enormous amount
of fungi. C. calijornicus may be of some value in the control of wood¬
damaging fungi as they rapidly destroy the sporocarps before spore
production occurs. I know of no other polypore feeder which is effective
in this manner (Graves, 1960). It is still difficult to believe that such
an inactive species should require so much food. Perhaps the fungi are
of little nutritional value or the beetles’ digestion is not efficient. Farge
amounts of feces were produced, identical in color to the conk and
quite fine and dry, resembling sawdust. Dry or hard fungi were not
eaten, nor was wood.

Fife Cycle

C. californicus, like other erotylids, is closely associated with fungi,
and must be termed a “mycetobiont” or “obligative mycetocole” (see
Graves, 1960). I did not observe oviposition, nor find early larval stages
although I took the log apart. When sifted over hardware cloth onto
a sheet, the fungi yielded Collembola, Cisidae and several beetle larvae,
but no Cypherotylus. It seems apparent that this species does not have
overlapping broods.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

121

The life cycle may be reconstructed from the available data. Eggs
are laid on or near the host fungi and the larvae feed on these fungi
throughout their development. The black, mature larvae leave the fungi,
attach to the underside of the log and pupate. The larval exuvium splits
dorsally but is not completely shed, remaining attached to the posterior
end of the pupa. The pupa is thus suspended freely from the log by
the old larval exuvium, and, therefore, hangs lower than the larvae.
In all cases, both larvae and pupae hang with the ventral side facing
the log, presenting the dark dorsal side to view.

The pupal stage of the Black Canyon specimens lasted one week but
the time undoubtedly varies with local conditions. The adults emerge,
move into the fungus, mate, oviposit and the life cycle is repeated. The
close timing of emergence indicates that all developed from eggs laid
at approximately the same time. This would ensure no difficulty in
finding mates. After mating, a number of females probably fly to oviposit
on suitable fungi in other parts of the forest.

Had it been possible to provide the original conditions, the captured
beetles probably would have oviposited in late August or September.
The young larvae probably hibernate in the fungus and develop rapidly
during the following spring and early summer, pupating in early August.
Adults emerge in mid-August. Although the captured adults fed readily,
none survived November, so it is likely that the adults do not hibernate.

Description of Pupa
(Figs. 4 and 5)

Total length 15 mm.; width 6 mm. With numerous stiff spines or styli (sometimes
branched) which bear a small seta at tip. Color: white (with dark brown styli) in
recently pupated specimens, becoming dark brown with age, except for sternites, a
distinct white line from clypeus onto mesonotum (fig. 4), and two elliptical yellow
humeral spots (fig. 4).

Head with two pairs of large styli between eyes, two pairs of large supraorbital
styli (somewhat variable), a number of scattered medium and small styli on vertex.
Small styli border lateral margins of eyes.

Pronotum bordered with numerous large styli which are often curved and some¬
times branched. Mesonotum with a few large styli on disc and others along elytral
buds. Metanotum with large and small styli scattered on disc. Thoracic and ab¬
dominal tergites with pairs of “central styli” on discs; these are usually (but not al¬
ways) larger than surrounding discal styli and are often bifid or trifid; they can be
identified by their position, forming two distinct dorsal rows.

Abdomen with first four visible tergites having prominent papillate spiracles and
very large laterally-projecting dendritic styli. Posterior segments with greatly reduced,
scarcely visible spiracles, without dendritic styli. Last segment with two urogomphi
(much shorter than those of larva, which are almost half body length).

Legs and antennae flattened against body. Legs with a few styli at femoro-tibial
joint. Venter glabrous.

While all the abdominal spiracles are prominent in the larva and
adult, only the first four appear to be functional in the pupa. Also the
large dendritic spines laterad to the spiracles are present on abdominal
segments 1-8 in the larva but only on segments 1-4 in the pupa. Are
these protective to the spiracles, perhaps keeping them separated from
foreign surfaces?

122

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

The last larval exuvium continues to cover the posterior half of the
abdomen, so it is doubtful that the posterior abdominal spiracles, even if
functional, would be of much use.

Acknowledgement

I wish to thank Dr. Josiah L. Lowe of the State University College of Forestry,
Syracuse, N. Y., for his determinations of the host fungi.

Literature Cited

Boyle, W. Wayne

1956. A revision of the Erotylidae of America north of Mexico (Coleoptera).
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 110 (2 ) : 6 1 - 172.

Graves, Robert C.

1960. Ecological observations on the insects and other inhabitants of woody
shelf fungi (Basidiomycetes: Polyporaceae) in the Chicago area. Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 53:61-78.

Smyth, E. Graywood

1934. The gregarious habit of beetles. Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. 7 : 102-1 19.

Peterson, Alvah

1951. Larvae of insects. Part II. Coleoptera, Diptera, Neuroptera, Siphonaptera,
Mecoptera, Trichoptera. Columbus, Ohio. 416 pp.

LITERATURE NOTICE

LOWER CALIFORNIA GUIDEBOOK. By Peter Gerhard and Howard E. Gulick.
Arthur H. Clark Co., Glendale, California. 3rd edition. 243 pp., 21 maps, illus. 1964.
— Baja California has always been of interest to entomologists, and that interest
seems to be increasing recently. Therefore, this book could be of value to many. It
is a descriptive traveler’s guide, composed mostly of short descriptions of places along
all roads, with consecutive mileage marked for each place. It is not a scientific
description of the peninsula — only 1 1 pages are devoted to descriptions of some
game animals and distinctive plants — but interested scientists will make good use of
it as a guide and gazetteer; more than 800 localities are listed. A good index and
very good maps round out the contents; taxonomists with difficult locality labels from
Baja will like that.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

123

ILLUSTRATIONS OF THREE HIMALAYAN AMARA
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

By Elwood C. Zimmerman1

Many years ago, I acquired part of the library of the late H. E.
Andrewes, former specialist on the Carabidae at the British Museum
(Natural History). Amongst the literature were a number of original
illustrations of Carabidae, including those used by Andrewes in his contri¬
butions to The Fauna Of British India. Most of the illustrations have
been published, but the material includes an envelope containing three
drawings of Amara from Tibet and Sikkim, and on which there is the
following note by Andrewes:

“They represent 3 species of Amara (all unique) described by me in
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1930, pp. 25 [and 28], & were prepared in order
to assist Mr. A. Baliani in preparing his paper on the Himalayan species
(Mem. Soc. Ent. Ital. XII. 1933 [1934], pp. 187-208). It was supposed
that he would prepare a key to the species, & publish these figures, but
he did neither. It is my intention at some future date to try and prepare
a key myself, & at the same time publish these drawings, but I may
never succeed in doing this. Feb. 15, 1934.”

It is unfortunate that Andrewes, who had such an expert knowledge
of the Oriental Carabidae, was unable to prepare his proposed illustrated
key to the Himalayan Amara, and I believe that the drawings under
discussion should be rescued from oblivion and made available to science.

Figures 1-3. Holotypes of Himalayan Carabidae. 1 — Amara alecto Andrewes;
length: 6.0 mm. 2 — Amara (Brady tus) mitis Andrewes; length: 7.5 mm. 3 — Amara
histrio Andrewes; length: 5.3 mm. Drawn by O. F. Tassart.

1 Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii.

124

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Herewith, therefore, the illustrations are reproduced. These drawings
were made in 1933 at the British Museum (Natural History) by the late
Miss O. F. Tassart. Each of them represents the holotype which is
stored in the Museum. The specimens were collected by Major R. W. G.
Hingston during the British Third Mount Everest Expedition in 1924.
The species are as follows:

1. Amara alecto Andrewes (fig. 1). Kampa Dzong, Tibet; holotype
male.

2. Amara ( Bradytus ) mitis Andrewes (fig. 2). Rongshar Valley, Tibet;
holotype male. It is stated in the original description that the length is
“8 mm.,” but the artist has stated that the length is 7.5 mm.

3. Amara histrio Andrewes (fig. 3). Deutang, Sikkim; holotype male.
The length given in the original description is “5.5 mm.,” but the artist’s
measurement is 5.3 mm.

These drawings, together with other Andrewes’ illustrations, are to
be deposited in the library of the Entomology Department of the British
Museum.

BEETLE TALK

Boundaries of political divisions, usually Territories, in the western United States
before 1865 were very different from the present boundaries of the States. This often
creates problems or misleads when one tries to interpret type localities of species
described or collected before 1865. For example, a specimen collected between 1854
and 1861 and having the locality label Nebraska might have come from the far
northwestern corner of the present state of Montana. Also, between 1850 and 1861
the locality Utah included all of the present States of Nevada and Utah and the
western half of the present State of Colorado. These facts can be important to
coleopterists because LeConte described many of his western species in those early
days; half of his articles were published before 1865. A special effort to correlate
early localities and boundaries with present boundaries on the basis of dates should be
made in critical cases. Several books on the territorial growth of the United States
are available. Very detailed accounts are given in “Boundaries, areas, geographic
centers and altitudes of the United States and the several states with a brief record
of important changes in their territory and government,” by Edward M. Douglass,
United States Geological Survey Bulletin 817, 265 pp., 12 pis., 26 figs., 1932.

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

125

ON THE GENUS ABUTILONEUS BRIDWELL
(COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE)

By John M. Kingsolver1

The genus Abutiloneus Bridwell was erected in 1946 for the new species
idoneus Bridwell described in the same paper. The generic description
was indicated only by collective key couplets and a very short description
of the species. No illustrations were included.

Bridwell was apparently uncertain whether idoneus was the same as a
species described from Mexico by Sharp (1885) as Bruchus flavicornis.
Recent comparison of a male and a female from the type series of
flavicornis with the holotype of idoneus confirmed that the two species
are identical, thus idoneus becomes a junior synonym of flavicornis.

The purpose of this paper is to give an extended description of the
type-species with illustrations of diagnostic characters. This should assist
future workers in the identification of the species and genus, and in its
placement in the classification of the Bruchidae.

Genus Abutiloneus Bridwell
A butiloneus Bridwell, 1946:55

Type-species: Abutiloneus idoneus Bridwell, 1946:55 (By monotypy.)

= Buchus flavicornis Sharp, 1885:480.

Since only the one known species is representative of the genus, a
description of the species will also serve as a description of the genus at
this time.

Abutiloneus flavicornis (Sharp), NEW COMBINATION

Bruchus flavicornis Sharp, 1885:480; Schaeffer, 1907:296.
Acanthoscelides flavicornis (Sharp): Blackwelder, 1946:759.

Abutiloneus idoneus Bridwell, 1946:55. (NEW SYNONYMY.)

Color. — Body black, densely clothed above with glossy, hairlike, ochreous scales,
below and on pygidium with similar silvery gray scales. Antennae, labrum, labial and
maxillary appendages, and all legs bright yellow.

Head (fig. 1). — Short and broad; interocular distance equal to width of eye; frons
densely, finely punctate, sparsely clothed with gray hairs; frontal carina obsolete but
marked by an impunctate line; vague transverse sulcus between upper limits of eyes;
frontoclypeal suture arcuate, depressed; clypeolabral suture nearly straight; labrum
subtriangular; eyes deeply cleft by setose vertical sulcus above bases of antennae;
postocular lobe represented by narrow fringe of setae; antennae similar in the two
sexes (fig. 5).

Prothorax (fig. 2). — Disk campanulate, sparsely punctate, each puncture bearing a
recumbent seta, surface densely punctulate between punctures; basal margin with
median lobe covering base of scutellum; prosternum triangular; front coxae con¬
tiguous apically; front legs not modified.

1 Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agricul¬
ture, Washington, D. C.

126

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

Meso- and metathorax. — Elytra (fig. 2) short and broad, arcuate laterally; striae
well marked, obscurely punctate, nearly evenly spaced throughout length; first and
second striae slightly bent laterad at bases; striae 2 to 5 each with small, black,
setiferous tubercle at base; scutellum rectangular, slightly longer than wide; mes-
epimeron reduced to small, triangular, dorsal sclerite by posterior margin of mesepi-
sternum; mesepimeron and mesepisternum finely punctulate; posterior legs (fig. 10,
a & b) with femora attenuate basally, expanded medially and constricted apically,
ventral margin devoid of carinae or serrulations, sometimes with minute denticle at
!4 distance from apex (fig. 10b); tibia bent basally, apex with 4 to 5 teeth externally,
ventral spur short, slender and acute, tarsi normal.

Abdomen. — First ventral segment not modified, nearly twice length of remaining
4 segments in male, 1 Vi times as long in female; fifth ventral segment in male nearly
divided by apex of pygidium, only shallowly emarginate in female; pygidium (figs.
3 & 4) convex in both sexes, strongly bent under in male.

Male genitalia (figs. 6, 7, 8, 9). — Parameres flattened, usually crossed apically,
apex with slender fleshy lobe arising from inner margin (fig. 9); ventral strut sinuate;
median lobe clavate in ventral view, deeply emarginate at apex, lateral apical
processes enclosing base of ogival ventral valve; aedeagal apodemes expanded into
hoodlike, thinly sclerotized basal lobe; internal sac armed with paired clusters of fine
spicules near apex of median lobe, a pair of dark spines at middle and a pair of
longer spines near base; median lobe in lateral view arcuate, slightly expanded near
apex; ventral valve falcate in lateral view.

Female genitalia without discernible diagnostic characteristics.

Length of body, 1.5 to 1.8 mm.; width, 1.0 to 1.2 mm.

Type specimens of idoneus in collection of the U.S.N.M. Type specimens of
fiavicornis in the British Museum.

Discussion

The key characteristics leading to the genus and the species description
of idoneus may be found in Bridwell’s paper (1946). The type locality
of idoneus is Brownsville, Texas, and additional paratype localities are
San Diego and Corpus Christi, Texas, and Guerrero, Coahuila, and
Reynosa, Tamaulipas, Mexico. The type locality of fiavicornis is Guana¬
juato, Guanajuato, Mexico. The specimens Schaeffer correctly listed as
fiavicornis from Brownsville and San Diego, Texas, are probably the same
as those designated by Bridwell as paratypes of idoneus from the same
localities.

Two of the final three key characters which Bridwell used to distinguish
Abutiloneus, “elytra with striae 5 and 6 abbreviate at apex, hind femora
entirely without carinae or denticles beneath,” are variable. The striae
in Abutiloneus are all abbreviated to some extent (fig. 2) and are variable
in their comparative lengths. Differences are noted in this character even
in the right and left elytra of several paratype specimens of idoneus.

While the hind femora of Abutiloneus are entirely without carinae,
several specimens examined (including the specimens of fiavicornis) , con¬
trary to the statement in the key, do possess a minute denticle (fig. 10b)
visible with 120X magnification, but others are devoid of any armature.

In the 7 paratype males of idoneus dissected, and in the specimen
of fiavicornis examined, no variation in the form or placement of genital
armature was detected. Apparently, in this species, as in most of the
Bruchidae, the male genitalia will provide the most reliable characters
for identification at the species level. Whether genitalia will be critical
in generic delimitation remains to be seen. In external appearance,

1965

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

127

Figures 1-10, Abutiloneus flavicornis (Sharp). 1 — Head, cephalic aspect. 2 —
Body, dorsal aspect. 3 — Pygidium, male, lateral aspect. 4 — Pygidium, female, lateral
aspect. 5 — Left antenna. 6 — Parameres, dorsal aspect. 7 — Median lobe, ventral
aspect. 8 — Median lobe and tegmen, lateral aspect. 9 — Right paramere, caudal aspect.
10 — Posterior leg; a, left leg, lateral aspect; b, right femur, inner face.

128

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 19

flavicornis resembles the members of a large complex of very small
acanthoscelidine Bruchidae which includes Acanthoscelides aequalis
(Sharp), A. schrankiae (Horn), A. griseolus (Fall), and many other
described and undescribed American species. The armature of the hind
femora in this group usually consists of one short acute spine and 2
denticles on the inner ventral margin. The condition found in flavicornis
probably represents a reduction of this combination. No other species I
have seen can be placed near flavicornis on the basis of genitalia or on
the femoral armature. For these reasons, I believe that Abutiloneus
should retain generic status until further studies can be made at the
generic level.

I wish to thank Dr. R. T. Thompson of the British Museum staff for
arranging the loan of specimens of flavicornis.

Literature Cited

Blackwelder, R. E.

1946. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the
West Indies and South America. U. S. National Museum Bull. 185(4):
757-763.

Bridwell, J. C.

1946. The genera of beetles of the family Bruchidae in America north of
Mexico. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(2) : 52-57.

Schaeffer, C.

1907. New Bruchidae, with notes on known species and list of species known
to occur at Brownsville, Texas, and in the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona.
Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., Science Bull. 1 ( 10) : 29 1-306.

Sharp, D.

1885. Bruchidae. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera. 5:437-504.

Literature Notice

NAVAHO INDIAN ETHNOENTOMOLOGY. By L. C. Wyman and F. L.
Bailey. Univ. New Mexico Publ. Anthropology No. 12, 158 pp., illus. 1964. — An
interesting account of the importance and use of insects in Navaho mythology,
medicine, and daily life. The Navaho system of insect classification and nomen¬
clature is presented and explained. Some names are very odd; among the beetles
are ear traveler for carabid, rain beetle for cerambycid, corn louse for coccinellid,
fire bug for lampyrid, big rock beaver for scarabaeid, fast running bug for cicindelid,
soil blower for curculionid, and urine squirter for tenebrionid.

—BACK ISSUES—

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol.

1949, 6 issues (Nos. l & 2 o.p.)

$5.00

$1.00

Vol.

1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

10,

1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

11,

1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol.

12,

1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol.

13,

1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

14,

1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

15,

1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

16,

1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

17,

1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

18,

1964, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

THE COLEOPTERISTS1 BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D. C. 20017

Japanese and Formosan

Coleoptera

Price list on request

J. Ohkura

P.O. Box No. 2 Shakujii,
Nerimaku, Tokyo, Japan.

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

(TfO

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. . Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

( Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $5.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

^ QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

VOLUME 20, 1966

Published by

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON, D. C. 20017

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology

Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum

Washington, D. C. 20500

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.

Baltimore, Md.

NOTICE TO

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

BIOLOGY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Volume 20, 1966

Ball, G. E., Bembidion ( Amerizus ) oblongulum Maimerheim in New Mexico
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) with notes on transcontinental dispersal in Pleisto¬
cene time . 39

Balsbaugh, E. U., Jr., Taxonomic notes on four species of Lexiphanes (Cole¬
optera: Chrysomelidae) from Middle America . 117

Bell, R. T., Trachypachus and the origin of the Hydradephaga (Coleoptera)...,.. 107

Bouseman, J. K., Gnathium minimum (Say) in Illinois (Coleoptera: Maloidae).... 59

Burke, H. R., Elytral interval polymorphism in Anthonomus grandis Boheman

and Anthonomus vestitus Boheman (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) . 104

Dogger, J. R., and C. A. Olson, Larval characteristics of some North Dakota

carabids (Coleoptera: Carabidae) . 91

Ford, E. J., Jr., and J. M. Kingsolver, Description and biological notes on the

larvae of Phradonoma tricolor (Coleoptera: Dermestidae) . 27

Howden, H. F., Entomological ramblings in Mexico . 19

Jerath, M. L., Larvae of two species of genus Heteronychus from Nigeria (Dy-

nastinae: Scarabaeidae: Coleoptera) . 113

Kissinger, D. G., Notes on Hypera maritima (Titus). (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) 90

- - Cyrtobagous Hustache, a genus of weevils new to the United

States fauna (Coleoptera: Curculionidae: Bagoini) . 125

Lawrence, J. F., and H. Reichardt, The systematic position of Plaumanniola

Costa Lima (Coleoptera: Scydmaenidae) . 39

Leech, H. B., Were they hydrophilids? (Coleoptera) . 128

Lloyd, J. E., Two cryptic new firefly species in the genus Photinus (Coleoptera:

Lampyridae) . 43

- Signals and mating behavior in several fireflies (Coleoptera:

Lampyridae) . 34

Moore, I., Notes on the Nearctic Anthophagini with a key to the genera (Cole¬
optera: Staphylinidae) . 47

Reichardt, H., Bostrichidae (Coleoptera) 7: A new Xylothrips from China . 81

Russell, L., A new species of Collops from Washington State (Coleoptera:

Melyridae) . 8

Spangler, P. J., A new species of Derovatellus from Guatemala and a description

of its larva (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae) . 11

- Changes in nomenclature and reassignment of Platydessus

perforatus (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae) . 57

— - - A description of the larva of Derallus rudis Sharp (Coleoptera:

Hydrophilidae) . 97

Spilman, T. J., A new species of Martinius from Cuba (Coleoptera: Limnichidae)..

123

Suter, W. R., Techniques for the collection of Microcoleoptera of the families

Pselaphidae, Ptiliidae, and Scydmaenidae . 33

W arner, R. E., A review of the Hylobius of North America, with a new species

injurious to slash pine (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) . 65

White, R. E., A new genus and new species of Anobiidae from Jamaica with a

larval description (Coleoptera) . 60

Whitehead, D. R., Two remarkable new South American species of Schizogenius

Putzeys (Coleoptera: Carabidae) . . . 1

Beetle Talk . 26, 59, 90

Book Review . 64

Literature Notice . 7, 10, 18, 32, 38,

42, 103, 106, 122

Notice . 32, 58, 64, 128

LIST OF NEW TAX A PROPOSED IN VOLUME 20, 1966

Collops climorphicus Russell, n. sp. (Melyridae) . 8

Derovcitellus ibarrai Spangler, n. sp. (Dytiscidae) . 11

Hylobius aliradicis Warner, n. sp. (Curculionidae) . 65

Martmius ripisaltator Spilman, n. sp. (Limnichidae) . 124

Mathrilaeum Moore, n. gen. (Staphylinidae) . 53

Parobius White, n. gen. (Anobiidae) . 60

Parobius globulus White, n. sp. (Anobiidae) . 61

Photinus macdermotti Lloyd, n. sp. (Lampyridae) . 43

Photinus tanytoxus Lloyd, n. sp. (Lampyridae) . 44

Schizogenius carinatus Whitehead, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 2

Schizogenius grossus Whitehead, n. sp. (Carabidae) . 3

Xylothrips cathaicus Reichardt, n. sp. (Bostrichidae) . 82

DATES OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 20, 1966

March (No. 1), pp. 1-32, April 26, 1966.

June (No. 2), pp. 33-64, June 30, 1966.

September (No. 3), pp. 65-96, October 21, 1966.

December (No. 4), pp. 97-128, December 22, 1966.

In the future, the Bulletin will be published by Department of Entomology, Purdue
University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., will be the Editor.

VOLUME 20 MARCH /(No. 1) 1966

MAY 131963 " - y

CARABIDAE: New Schizogenius, by Whitehead . 1

CARABIDAE: On Bembidion oblongulum, by Ball . 30

COLLECTING: In Mexico, by Howden . 19

DERMESTIDAE: Phradonoma tricolor larva,

by Ford and Kingsolver . 27

DYTISCIDAE: On Derovatellus, by Spangler . 11

MELYRIDAE: New Collops, by Russell. . . . 8

Bp "“-i hA;;'/ Qf Jij.

- - — — — _

■' L IS 66

fay** -p.

Beetle Talk . v; . . . ><%•••• 26

Literature Notice . . . .7, 10, 18, 32

Notice . 32

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20017

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington, D. C. 20017 and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a
year beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Cole-
opterists’ Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be
addressed to the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology

Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum

Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.

Baltimore, Md.

NOTICE TO

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 20 March (No. 1) 1966

TWO REMARKABLE NEW SOUTH AMERICAN
SPECIES OF SCHIZOGENIUS
PUTZEYS (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE).

By Donald R. Whitehead1

Neotropical members of the scaritine genus Schizogenius are very
poorly understood, and, indeed, it is impossible to recognize many of
the described species from their descriptions. Because of inadequate
material, to revise them now would be impractical; and isolated descriptions
of new taxa without a firm basis for classification certainly would be
undesirable. In a proposed revision of North American Schizogenius,
however, I plan to develop a classification of the genus. Consequently
I wish now to provide names for two very aberrant and highly distinctive
new species for future reference. These two unrelated South American
species are unique in their lack of discal setae on the elytra coupled
with possession of short but conspicuous paramedian pronotal sulci.

Measurements were made with an eyepiece micrometer mounted in
a stereoscopic microscope at 50 and 150 magnifications, as follows. TL —
total length, represented as the sum of the head length from base of
eye to antero-lateral angle of clypeus, plus pronotal length (LP) along
midline, plus length of left elytron (LE) along suture from base of sutural
tubercle to apex. (The LE measurement is the most convenient indi¬
cation of size.) WH — maximum width of head through eyes. WF —
minimum width of frons between eyes. PS — distance from apex of para¬
median pronotal sulcus to base of pronotum. WP — maximum width of
pronotum. WE — maximum width across both elytra. Ta — length of
hind tarsus, excluding claws. Ti — length of hind tibia. The length of
the aedoeagus (LA) is the straight line distince from the dorsal margin
of the basal orifice to the apex.

The habitus drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida.
An ocular grid was used in preparation of the other drawings.

Material used in this study was provided through the kindness of Dr.
Philip J. Darlington, Jr. (Museum of Comparative Zoology), Mr. Hugh
B. Leech (California Academy of Sciences) and Dr. Paul J. Spangler
(United States National Museum). I am also grateful to Dr. George
E. Ball of the University of Alberta for reading and criticising the manu¬
script.

1 Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Schizogenius carinatus Whitehead, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 1,3-7)

The carinate intervals and lack of discal setae on the elytra and the
well developed submarginal carinae of the pronotum are sufficient to
distinguish this species from all other known Schizogenius.

HOLOTYPE. “BRAZIL: Matto Grosso side of Rio Araguaia, Santa
Isabel” and “VIII-10 to 20-57, Borys Malkin.” To be deposited in the
California Academy of Sciences.

DESCRIPTION OF HOLOTYPE. Male (fig. 1). Body cylindrical. Color dark
piceus, without metallic luster; antennae, maxillae, labial palpi, legs, apical margin
of elytra and apical fourth of sternum six dark testaceus.

Integument. Smooth, shiny. Coarse isodiametric microsculpture limited to median
and paramedian fields of clypeus, median field and all paramedian sulci of frons,
genae, mentum, submentum and a pair of small paralateral patches on sternum two.
Finer microsculpture on the anterior part of gula, a small median patch on proster¬
num, front legs except posterior surfaces of femora, middle legs, hind legs except
coxae and anterior surfaces of femora, sternum one, most of sternum two including
median field, sternum three in part and sternum six.

Head. Labrum weakly biemarginate, fringed with six pairs of lateral setae. Clypeus
strongly tridentate apically; paramedian carinae straight, convergent on and attaining
median tooth; median field triangular, slightly wider at base than greatest width of
median field of frons. Clypeal suture deep and sharp behind median field of
clypeus. Frons with median field bisected by a low, partly broken, longitudinal carina,
not limited in front by a transverse carina; paramedian sulci subequal in width,
narrower than median field; frons with five pairs of straight longitudinal carinae, all
narrow at base, the first (paramedian) and fourth broader and more strongly elevated,
the fifth short but well developed. Eyes large (WF/WH, 0.60), globose, coarsely
faceted, the facets all subequal in size. Neck densely and coarsely punctate. Genae
strongly rugose. Gula at narrowest point approximately 0.23 width of mentum.
Submentum lacking numerous, scattered setae. Mentum deeply incised at middle and
with antero-lateral angles of epilobes acutely produced; median tooth small, slender,
sharp. Labial palpi with penultimate article bisetose. Antennae (fig. 3) with articles
four to ten moderately elongate; scape with a single subapical dorsal seta, ecarinate,
lacking a dorsal tubercle; pedicel with a single subapical ventral seta; articles three
to eleven pubescent.

Pronotum. Very convex, transverse (LP/WP, 0.87), greatest width near middle.
Sides broadly rounded into base, hind angles completely obsolete; sides with only
the two standard pairs of setae. Submarginal carinae strongly developed, parallel to
sides, extending from apex of pronotum to level of posterior setae. Basal carina
strongly elevated above and distant from margin, basal transverse impression sharply
discontinuous with marginal grooves. Paramedian sulci short (PS/LP, 0.46), shallow
apically, deep and broadly hooked basally where terminated abruptly by forward
extensions of basal carina; paralateral sulci absent. Anterior transverse impression
punctate.

Legs. Front tarsi strongly dilated and with dense ventral pubescence; middle tarsi
moderately dilated; hind tarsi slender, short (Ta/Ti, 0.68). Paronychia conspicuous,
about half as long as tarsal claws. Front tibiae (fig. 4) with four evident external
teeth, distal tooth nearly straight, penultimate tooth slender and elongate (seta
subapical); apical and subapical spurs straight and slender, subequal in length,
both shorter than penultimate tooth; front tibiae narrowed evenly to base, where
much narrower than at level of subapical spur; posterior ventral margin with three
setae proximad to subapical spur. Middle and hind tibiae with apical spurs very
slender, very little thicker than other setae.

Elytra. Discal setigerous punctures absent, except one near base of interval three.
Striae deep and sharply engraved throughout, finely punctate in basal 2/3. Intervals
three to eight conspicuously carinate, the second less so; intervals two to eight all
free at apex, interval one attaining margin of elytron. Lateral channel lacking con¬
spicuous subapical pits.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Hind wings. Macropterous, wings probably functional.

Abdomen. Sternum two with median field delimited by a pair of straight, diverging
paramedian carinae. Sterna three, four and five each with a single pair of paramedian
ambulatory setae. Sternum six with a pair of paramedian ambulatory setae and two
pairs ot equidistant marginal setae. Pygidium with apical margin entire.

Male genitalia. See figs. 5-7. Median lobe markedly asymmetric (fig. 5), apex
of the shaft forming a flange at approximately 45 degrees to left of center; in lateral
view (fig. 6) median lobe appears arcuate, apical third not abruptly bent downward.
Internal sac (fig. 7) with apical brush large and complex, with distinct but short
and slender basal collar spines, and with a well developed and possibly articulated,
weakly sclerotized dorsal cap sclerite (which in repose forms a cap over the brush).

Measurements. TL, 3.85 mm. LE, 2.38 mm. WH, 0.81 mm. WP, 1.12 mm. WE,
1.32 mm. LA, 0.73 mm.

V ARIA! ION. Unknown. Female will probably be found to lack paramedian
ambulatory setae of sternum six, front tarsi should be more slender and less densely
pubescent, and margin of pygidium may be either crenulate or entire.

DISTRIBUTION . S. carinatus is known only from the holotype, from
central Brazil.

REMARKS. Some characteristics of S. carinatus which are absent or
infrequent elsewhere in the genus are as follows. 1. The median longi¬
tudinal carina and coarse microsculpture of the median field of the
frons (found also in certain species of the riparius-darlingtoni complex).

2. The strongly raised submarginal carinae of the pronotum (these carinae
are also well developed in S. strigicollis Putzeys, less so in a few others).

3. The complete loss of hind angles of the pronotum. 4. The carinate
elytral intervals (said to pertain also to S. impressicollis Putzeys, a species
1 haven't seen), all of which terminate independently at the apex. 5. The
lack of discal setae on the elytra (this condition occurs also in some
members ol the optimus-clivinosides-dyschirioides complex, and in S.
gross us, n. sp.) .

I am unable to deduce any reasonable interpretation of relationships
from these data. I suspect that all of these characteristics are specializa¬
tions which have probably evolved, independently, more than once.
Clearly, however, S. carinatus belongs in a group by itself.

Schizogenius grosses Whitehead, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 2, 8-13)

The very large size and maculate elytra, the shallow striae and lack
of discal setae on the elytra, the presence of ten or more pairs of laterally
frmging setae on the labrum, and the reduced pubescence of antennal
articles three and four will all serve to separate this species from other
known Schizogenius.

HOLOTYPE. “Rio Madeira, Brazil. Mann & Baker” and “BROOK¬
LYN MUSEUM COLL 1929.” To be deposited in the United States
National Museum, USNM 68012.

DESCRIPTION OF HOLOTYPE. Male (fig. 2). Body very stout, subcylindrical.
Color dark castaneus, without metallic luster; legs paler; antennae, maxillae, labial
pa’pi and elytra (except for a large, dark castaneus medio-sutural maculation) dark
testaceus.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Integument. Smooth, slightly dulled by very weak, imperfectly isodiametric micro-
sculpture. Genae, elytra and abdomen with distinct isodiametric microsculpture, their
surfaces strongly dulled. Coarse microsculpture absent from paramedian frontal sulci,
and absent from small paralateral patches on sternum two.

Head. Labrum weakly biemarginate, fringed with ten pairs of lateral setae. Clypeus
with lateral apical teeth strong and blunt, median tooth subobsolete, margin thus
bisinuate; paramedian carinae nearly straight, convergent toward median tooth, ob¬
solete in apical half; median field triangular, width at base more than 1.5 greatest
width of median field of frons. Clypeal suture obsolete. Frons with median field
smooth, lacking median carina, closed in front by a transverse carina; paramedian
sulci decreasing in width outward from median field, the broadest only slightly nar¬
rower than median field; frons with four pairs of well-developed longitudinal
carinae between eyes, fourth (outer) broader and more strongly elevated, fifth nearly
obsolete, second and third bowed outwards at middle, all narrow and somewhat
abbreviated at base. Eyes small (WF/WH, 0.75), subglobose, facets all small and
equal in size. Neck finely and sparsely punctate at middle, obliquely rugose, and rugae
convergent basally. Genae finely rugose in front, smooth behind. Gula at narrowest
point approximately 0.09 width of mentum. Submentum lacking numerous, scattered
setae. Mentum shallowly incised at middle and with anterolateral angles of epilobes
acutely produced; median tooth short, blunt, broad. Labial palpi with penultimate
article bisetose. Antennae (fig. 8) with articles four to ten moniliform, slightly
transverse; scape with a single subapical dorsal seta, carinate dorsally beyond seta,
lacking a dorsal tubercle; pedicel short, with a single submedian ventral seta; articles
three and four plurisetose (not pubescent), most of setae short and fringing around
apex; articles five to eleven pubescent.

Pronotum. Very convex and transverse (LP/WP, 0.74), greatest width near middle.
Hind angles short but sharp, interrupting lateral grooves; side margins broad, sharply
emarginate at anterior seta, lobate in front; sides with only the two standard pairs
of setae. Submarginal carinae absent. Basal carina moderately elevated above margin,
basal transverse impression not continuous with posterior marginal grooves. Para¬
median sulci rather short (PS/LP, 0.62), shallow apically, deep and broadly hooked
basally where terminated abruptly by forward extensions of basal carina; paralateral
sulci absent. Anterior transverse impression shallow and impunctate, but somewhat
irregular due to slight rugosity of pronotal disc.

Legs. Front and middle tarsi slender, lacking dense ventral pubescence; hind tarsi
slender, very elongate (Ta/Ti, 1.10). Paronychia very short and inconspicuous,
subequal in length to basal width of tarsal claws. Front tibiae (fig. 9) with three
evident external teeth, distal tooth broadly curved, penultimate tooth short and stout
(seta subbasal); apical and subapical spurs straight and slender, both longer than
penultimate tooth, subapical spur much longer and subequal in length to distal tooth;
front tibiae narrowed evenly to base, where much narrower than at level of subapical
spur; posterior ventral margin with four setae proximad to subapical spur. Middle and
hind tibiae with apical spurs much thicker than and distinct from other setae.

Elytra. Discal setigerous punctures lacking, except one near base of interval three.
Striae shallowly engraved (especially toward apex), finely punctate in basal 2/3.
Intervals two to seven moderately convex, eighth narrow but carinate only toward
apex; intervals three and five broadly joined with interval seven at apex, interval one
attaining margin of elytron. Lateral channel lacking conspicuous subapical pits.

Hind wings. Sternum two with median field limited by a pair of straight, diverging
paramedian carinae. Sterna three, four and five each with a single pair of paramedian
ambulatory setae. Pygidium with apical margin entire.

Male genitalia. See figs. 10-13. Median lobe nearly symmetric (fig. 10); apical por¬
tion of shaft compressed and abruptly bent downward (fig. 12), with paired carinate
margins ventro-laterally (figs. 10-11). Internal sac (fig. 13) with apical brush marked¬
ly reduced, lacking collar spines or any other evidently enlarged sclerites or enlarged
spine-like structures, and also apparently lacking dorsal cap sclerite. (I am not per¬
fectly certain, however, that the internal sac was properly everted; because of very con¬
siderable reduction in visibly sclerotized structures, no satisfactory reference point
was found.)

Measurements. TL, 7.02 mm. LE, 4.32 mm. WH, 1.80 mm. WP, 2.48 mm. WE,
2.55 mm. LA, 1.32 mm.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

ALLO'l YPE. “Bolivia Prov. Sara Steinbach” (handwritten) and
“Museum of Comparative Zoology.” Te be deposited in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology.

DESCRIPTION OF ALLOTYPE. Female. Specimen lacks outer three articles of
left antenna and outer article of right antenna, shows wear or loss of tarsal claws,
and is somewhat darkened (due probably to immersion in some fluid). Secondary
sexual characters lacking in S. grossus, so allotype differs appreciably from the holo-
type only in mensural characters. Eyes slightly larger (WF/WH, 0.72), pronotum
slightly less transverse (LP/WP, 0.75), paramedian pronotal sulci proportionately
shorter (PS/LP, 0.60), and hind tarsi slightly shorter (Ta/Ti, 1.07).

Measurements. TL, 6.66 mm. LE, 4.18 mm. WH, 1.62 mm. WP, 2.26 mm. WE,
2.52 mm.

PARATYPES. BOLIVIA: Comatindi (one female); Tiguipa (one
female). BRAZIL: Rio Madeira (one male). All of these will be de¬
posited in the United States National Museum.

VARIATION. The chief observed variations are in size (LE, 3.90-4.90, mean
4.44 mm.) and, to a lesser degree, in proportions (WF/WH, 0.69-0.75, mean 0.72;
LP/WP, 0.73-0.75, mean 0.74; PS/LP, 0.60-0.68, mean 0.63; Ta/Ti, 1.07-1.12,
mean 1.09). Some other variations worthy of record are: male genitalia (see figs. 10-
11); size of sutural macula (extends to interval three in male paratype, to interval
four in other specimens); fringing setae of labrum (thirteen pairs in the Comatindi
specimen); and rugosity of pronotum (quite rugose in allotype and male paratype).
Certain secondary sexual characters which frequently are present in other species are
not found in S. grossus; thus, male front tarsi unmodified, female pygidium entire
and both sexes lack paramedian ambulatory setae on sternum six.

DISTRIBUTION . S. grossus is represented by the five specimens listed
as type material. All are from the Amazon Basin of Bolivia and Brazil.

REMARKS. Several characteristics of S. grossus are unknown in other
Schizogenius, as follows. 1. The narrow gula. 2. The sparsely setose
third and fourth antennal articles. 3. The shallow emargination of the
mentum. 4. The unusually large number of fringing setae of the labrum.

5. The additional (fourth) basal, postero-ventral seta of the front tibiae.

6. The shallow elytral striae. 7. The remarkably elongate tarsi. 8. The
reduced apical brush of the male genitalia.

Some affinity with the optimus-clivinoides-dyschirioides complex may
be suggested by a general similarity in most other respects, including
the absence of secondary sex characters. However, species of that group
lack well developed paramedian pronotal sulci, and they have a sharply
and deeply emarginate labrum. As in the case of S. carinatus, this species
is not closely allied with any others and belongs in a group of its own.

S. grossus is the largest known Schizogenius (hence its name). Of the
next largest species, the relatively slender S. quadripunctatus Putzeys
from Brazil, only the largest examples (maximum LE, 3.93 mm.) are
within the size range of grossus. One very large Guatemalan specimen
of the heavy-bodied S. optimus Bates (LE, 3.76 mm.) is nearly as large
as the smallest S. grossus, so perhaps they too overlap.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Key to Major Elements of Schizogenius

Lateral channel of elytra with one or more deep subapical pits -

- CRENULATUS-TENUIS-QUINQUESULCATUS COMPLEX

Lateral channel of elytra without deep subapical pits - 2

Pronotum lacking paramedian longitudinal sulci -

- OPTIMUS-CLIVINOIDES-DYSCHIRIOIDES COMPLEX

Pronotum with deep paramedian longitudinal sulci - 3

Articles three and four of antennae plurisetose - GROSSUS Whitehead

Articles three and four of antennae pubescent - 4

Elytral intervals lacking setigerous punctures - CARINATUS Whitehead

Elytral intervals three, five and usually seven each with a row of setigerous punctures
(only on interval three in quadripunctatus) - REMAINING SPECIES OF SCHIZOGENIUS

Figure 1, Schizogenius carinatus. Body, dorsal view.
Figure 2, Schizogenius grossus. Body, dorsal view.

Figures 3-7, Schizogenius carinatus. 3 — Antenna, basal articles. 4 — Front tibia,
posterior view. 5 — Aedoeagus, ventral view. 6 — Aedoeagus, lateral view, 7 — Internal
I sac (bs — basal collar spines; ds — dorsal cap sclerite).

Figures 8-13, Schizogenius grossus. 8 — Antenna, basal articles. 9 — Front tibia,
posterior view. 10 — Aedoeagus, ventral view (holotype). 1 1-Apex of same (paratype).
12 — Aedoeagus, lateral view. 13 — Internal sac.

(The line scales represent 0.10 mm.)

LITERATURE NOTICE

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF SIBLING SPECIES TRECHUS OBTUSUS
|TR. AND T. QUADRISTRIATUS SCHRK. (COLEOPTERA). By P. J. den Boer.
Iijdschr. Ent. 108(9) :2 19-239, i 1 1 us. 1965. — Morphological structures are analyzed
■tatistically in these two European species. It seems to be quite thorough.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

A NEW SPECIES OF COLLOPS FROM WASHINGTON STATE

(COLEOPTERA: MELYRIDAE)

By Loren Russell1

Collops dimorpbicus Russell, NEW SPECIES

MALE: Elongate-oblong, depressed for the genus, widest at apical third of
elytra. Head, pronotum and femora black; tibiae and tarsi rufous to black; labrum,
apical half of clypeus, maxillae and mandibles testaceous to rufous; tips of
mandibles darker, palpi black; antennae piceous with true second segment and
posterior surfaces of first and third segments testaceous. Elytra shining violaceous
to greenish black, with testaceous maculation at lateral and apical margins as
figured, this maculation in one specimen extending narrowly along suture to mid-
elytral level. Lower surface of body piceous, paler in membranous areas, shining.
Entire body surface alutaceous, most densely so on pronotum.

Head with front flattened, densely and confluently punctured. Antennae 11-seg-
mented, long, exceeding pronotum by four to five segments with head partly
deflexed, strongly serrate; first segment expanded apically; second segment much
reduced, obscured by first segment in direct dorsal view; third segment flattened,
irregularly triangular in outline, anterior margin arcuately expanded, not excavated
or deformed as in most Collops males.

Pronotum transverse, about 1.6 times as wide as long, widest behind middle,
transversely convex, all angles broadly rounded. Faint callosities evident near
hind angles in some specimens. Pubescence of head and pronotum similar, of
sparse, dark, erect setae intermixed with abundant, fine, light, forwardly decumbent
hairs.

Elytral apices divergent, subrectangular, surface somewhat scabrous, with sparse
erect setae intermixed with more abundant fine semierect hairs. Hind wings of
normal length. One or two abdominal tergites exposed by elytra, terminal segment
triangular, its apex truncate and sometimes minutely emarginate. Protarsi four-
segmented, other tarsi five-segmented; claws with membranous appendages.

FEMALE: Similar to male except in following characters. Body larger, abdomen
considerably expanded laterally; elytra narrower, narrowed slightly apically from
basal fourth, apices separately arcuately rounded, abbreviated to expose three or
four apical tergites and lateral portions of additional segments; lateral abdominal
vesicles very prominent. Wings vary from almost as long as elytra to nearly
absent. Antennae slightly serrate, shorter, second segment obvious in dorsal view;
third segment slightly enlarged, similar in shape to fourth segment. First three
antennal segments testaceous except anterior apical quadrant of first segment
and apical half of third segment. Eyes relatively much smaller and less convex,
front somewhat more transverse. All tarsi five-segmented.

LENGTH: male, 3. 0-3. 3 mm.; female, 3. 6-4. 5 mm.

Holotype male, allotype female and three male and twelve female
paratypes, all “Grand Coulee, Wash. / Dry Falls / V-8-1965 / on Eriogo-
num L. Russell.” The type series was picked from the flowers of these very
low plants, all within a thirty yard radius. None were present in sweepings
taken in the same area. The holotype and allotype are in the author’s
collection; paratypes are there and in the University of Washington col¬
lection.

1 Thomas Burke Memorial Museum and Department of Zoology, University of
Washington, Seattle, Washington.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Among North American Collops only the central Californian C. simplex
Marshall resembles the present species in the undistorted triangular third
antennal segment of the male and in the marked sexual dimorphism in
head shape and eye size. The simplex male type lacks elytra! maculation,
and its presumptive female possesses normal elytra. The abbreviated,
apically narrowed elytra of female dimorphicus seem unique in Collops.
Among North American species C. cribrosus LeC. and C. crusoe Fall
are flightless in both sexes, but these possess full length elytra with narrow
humeri, as well as the usual modifications of the male antennae. If
simplex and dimorphicus are accepted as species of Collops, that genus
should be defined by the reduced second antennal segment, rather than
by the usual statement, “antennae apparently 10-segmented, third segment
distorted in male.”

The following key separates dimorphicus and simplex from the species
included in Fall’s key to North American Collops (1912:251).

1. True third antennal segment of male very large, excavated dorsal ly and appendiculate;

pronotum usually smooth and shining; elytra of normal length - Groups A, B, C of Fall

Third antennal segment of male triangular, enlarged but not excavated or appenicu-

late; pronotum alutaceous - 2

Female elytra short, widest near humeri; elytra maculate and pronotum immaculate

in both sexes - DIMORPHICUS n. sp.

Elytra normally long, exposing only pygidium; elytra and pronotum maculate in
female allotype, male type immaculate - SIMPLEX Marshall

Figures 1, 2. Collops dimorphicus n. sp. 1 — male. 2 — female.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Literature Cited

Fall, H. C.

1912. A review of the North American species of Collops. Jour. New York
Ent. Soc. 20:249-274.

Marshall, M. Y.

1951. Studies in the Malachiidae III. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 27(4)77-132.
1954. Studies in the Malachiidae V. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 49:66-80.

1 VVP

LITERATURE NOTICE

NORTH DAKOTA WATER BEETLES. By R. D. Gordon and R. L. Post.
North Dakota Insects, Publ. No. 5, 53 pp., illus. 1965. — This is a manual with
keys, descriptions, and distributions for 135 species in 10 families.

NOTAS SOBRE ANOBIDOS (COLEOPTERA). By F. Espanol. Eos 41 (1):
45-58, 22 figs. 1965. — Concerning Ptilinus, its characteristics, relationships, place¬
ment, relatives, and reassignment of some of its species into old and new genera.

STAPH YLININI UND QUEDIINI VON CANADA UND ALASKA (COL.
STAPHYLINIDAE). By A. Smetana. Acta Universitatis lundensis, Sectio II,
Medica, Mathematica, Scientiae rerum naturalium, No. 13, 18 pp., 9 figs. 1965. —
A report on specimens collected by Lindroth, mostly locality records and general
notes on distributions, with a new subspecies. (This recently new magazine is a
continuation of Lunds Universitets Arsskrift, N. F. Avd. 2.)

A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF LOUISIANA CARABIDAE (INSECTA: COLE¬
OPTERA). By R. T. Allen. Proc. Louisiana Acad. Sci. 28:56-85, 29 figs. 1965. —
Contains keys to all species and parish records of capture. Some parts and whole
beetles are illustrated.

A KEY TO NORTH AMERICAN STATIRA (COLEOPTERA: LAGRIIDAE).
By C. T. Parsons. Psyche 72(3 ) :241-254, 12 figs. 1965. — Sixteen species are in¬
cluded with the key and locality records. A new species, from Florida, is described.

VERGLEICHEND-MORPHOLOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN DER AEDE-
AGI DER MITTELEUROPAISCHEN MELIGETHINI (COL., NITIDULIDAE) .
By F. Blazejewski. Polskie Pismo Ent. 35(2) :267-390, 83 figs. 1965. — Parameres and
penes of 62 species are described in detail. The evolution of various aedegal types
in the Meligethini are discussed.

REVISION OF DIAPERINI OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO WITH
NOTES ON EXTRALIMITAL SPECIES (COLEOPTERA: TENEBRIONIDAE).
By C. A. Triplehorn. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1 17(3515) :349-458, illus. 1965.— This
revision will be welcomed by anyone having trouble identifying members of the
tribe; the excellent keys, descriptions, and illustrations are the reason. Though
the work stresses species of the United States, it shows many of the relationships
of those species with the Latin American species. 34 species in 9 genera are in¬
cluded, with one species and genus being given incertis sedae status. Triplehorn
has done a good job.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

A NEW SPECIES OF DEROVATELLUS FROM GUATEMALA
AND A DESCRIPTION OF ITS LARVA
(COLEOPTERA: DYTISCIDAE)

By Paul J. Spangler1- 2

The genus Derovatellus in the Western Hemisphere presently includes
D. lentus (Wehncke), D. lentus floridanus Fall and D. bruchi Zimmerman.
These species are similar in shape and color. D. lentus was described
from Puerto Rico by Wehncke (1876) and has been reported from the
following localities: Santa Rita and Santa Cruz [Brazil] by Sharp (1882);
Dominican Republic, Haiti, Trinidad and Colombia by Young (1954).
The subspecies D. lentus floridanus is known only from Florida, and D.
bruchi is reported only from the type locality in Argentina.

During the summer of 1965 I collected a series of an interesting
Derovatellus from Guatemala. The specimens were very similar to those
of D. lentus that I collected in Puerto Rico but the elytral maculae seemed
more distinct. The Guatemalan specimens were also interesting even if
they were D. lentus and not a new species because they represented the
first record of the genus from Central America. When 1 compared the
Guatemalan specimens with those from Puerto Rico, I found that the
Guatemalan series did indeed represent a new species. The species is
described below and is dedicated to my friend Dr. Jorge Ibarra, Founder
and Director of the National Museum of Natural History of Guatemala.
Dr. Ibarra kindly helped me in many ways during my field activities in
Guatemala and made my collecting there much more fruitful.

This new species is very similar to D. lentus (figs. 7-12) but may
be distinguished from it by the alutaceous sculpture of head restricted
to the area behind the posterior margin of the eyes, by the moderately
coarse and sparse pronotal punctures, by the very fine, almost indistinguish¬
able elytral punctures and by differences in the male genitalia (figs. 4, 5, 6).

Derovatellus ibarri Spangler, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 1-6)

Length of holotype male, 4.0 mm., greatest width 1.8 mm. Color of head
testaceous; pronotum testaceous except small fuscous basal area; elytra black
except for three transversely arranged, testaceous, postmedian maculae and another
macula laterad along apical margin on each elytron; venter dark reddish brown
except last abdominal segment lighter brown; antennae, mouthparts and legs
testaceous. Head finely, sparsely punctate and faintly alutaceous between eyes and
pronotum; punctures very fine and sparse on clypeus; clypeus curved downward
and backward and arcuately emarginate; labrum finely sparsely punctate, deeply
emarginate medially and dense fringe of golden setae in emargination. Antenna
1 1-segmented; basal and ultimate segments largest, subequal; second segment slightly

1 Department of Entomology, United States National Museum, Smithsonian Insti¬
tution. Washington, D. C.

-This study was made possible in part by grant GB-1697 from the National
Science Foundation.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

shorter than first segment; third segment small, about two-thirds as long as second
segment; fourth segment smallest, about one-third as long as second segment;
additional segments subequal in length. Maxillary palpus four-segmented, basal two
segments subequal in length; ultimate segment largest, swollen and longer than basal
three combined. Labial palpus three-segmented, basal two segments small, sub¬
equal; ultimate segment swollen and four times longer than penultimate segment.

Pronotum moderately coarsely, moderately densely punctate; punctures on disk
separated by a distance almost equal to their width and each puncture bears a
long, fine golden hair; lateral punctures denser than those on disk; surface smooth
between punctures or at most vaguely alutaceous; lateral margin arcuate but not
forming continuous arc with elytra; finely, evenly margined laterally; base bisinuate;
anterolateral angles produced anteriorly; posterolateral angles obtuse. Prosternum
with process narrow between procoxae but expanded and three times wider behind
coxae; expanded posterior portion with distinct longitudinal ridge in posterior half;
process not attaining metasternum.

Elytra finely, sparsely punctate; punctures separated by a distance equal to twice
their width and each with a long, fine golden hair; surface between punctures
with vague, transverse strigae. Scutellum not visible.

Ventral surface of metathorax alutaceous; with coarse, shallow, sparse punctures; t
punctures separated by one or one and a half times their width; metasternal wings
very short and feebly curved posteriorly; metacoxal processes diverge anteriorly,
converge and then expand posteriorly, conjointly emarginate medially and sulcate
longitudinally.

Abdominal segments with surface alutaceous. First abdominal segment with
two indefinite rows of coarse punctures, one medial and one along hind margin;
second and third segments twice as long as first segment, with numerous coarse
punctures separated by a distance equal to one or one and a half times their width;
fourth and fifth segments each with coarse median puncture bearing a tuft of long
setae and each with a transverse row of coarse punctures along anterior and
posterior margins of segments and few punctures scattered between rows; last

abdominal segment with a few coarse punctures laterally and medially, a flattened
tonguelike medial process with short golden setae on hind margin at apex (difficult
to distinguish on dry specimens but indicated by marginal groove and golden setae).

Legs smooth. Proleg with coxa globular; trochanter about one-fifth as long as
femur and with small tuft of golden pubescence beneath at apex; femur swollen,
almost parallel sided in basal two-thirds, feebly notched below at apex and short
fringe of golden hairs in notch; tibia slender, inner margin almost straight, outer
margin arcuate, upper surface with a longitudinal series of coarse seta-bearing

punctures on distal half; tarsus five-segmented but appears tetramerous; first and
second tarsal segments expanded, notched apically, subequal in size and both with
dense pubescent pad beneath; third tarsal segment slightly longer than second,

about half as wide and with pubescent pad beneath; fourth tarsal segment very
small and hidden in notched apex of third segment; last tarsal segment about as
long as third, with two small arcuate claws apically. Middle leg with coxa globular;
trochanter about one-fifth as long as femur and densely pubescent beneath at apex;
femur narrower than profemur and almost parallel sided, ventral surface with

dense tuft of hairs along basal three-fifths; tibia similar to protibia but upper
surface with stride on distal three-fifths bearing dense row of short golden setae;
tarsal segments similar to those of protarsus. Hind leg with trochanter slightly
more than one-third as long as metafemur; femur almost parallel sided but tapered
distally; tibia slender, feebly arcuate, with several rows of coarse seta-bearing

Figures 1-6, Derovatellus ibarrai n. sp., holotype. 1 — Habitus view. 2 — Punc-
tation, elytral disk. 3 — Head, punctures and alutaceous sculpture. 4 — Right
paramere, male genitalia. 5 — Apex of median lobe, male genitalia, ventral view.
6 — Median lobe, male genitalia, lateral view.

Figures 7-12, Derovatellus lentus (Wehncke). 7 — Punctation elytral disk.
8 — Habitus view. 9 — Head, punctures and alutaceous sculpture. 10 — Right paramere,
male genitalia. 11 — Apex median lobe, male genitalia, ventral view. 12 — Median
lobe, male genitalia, lateral view.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

punctures on upper and lower margins, a fringe of golden natatory hairs on lower
surface and two spurs at apex, outer spur twice as long as inner spur; tarsal seg¬
ments slender, first segment longest, twice as long as second segment; second,
third and last segments subequal in length; fourth segment slightly shorter than
third segment; tarsal claws short, thick and blunt apically, inner claw almost twice
as long as outer claw; all five tarsal segments with fringe of golden natatory hairs.
Male genitalia as illustrated (figs. 4, 5, 6).

Female. Allotype similar to male except basal two segments of pro- and mesotarsus
not broadly expanded, trochanters of fore and middle legs and ventral surface of
mesofemur without dense tuft of golden setae.

Holotype. Guatemala, [Izabal] 1 Mi. N. Morales (Km. 239, Atlantic
Hwy.), VIII-16-18-1965, Paul J. Spangler. Type No. 68918, deposited in
the U. S. National Museum. Allotype. Same data as holotype. Paratypes.
12 $ S , 28 $ $ , same data as holotype. One pair deposited in the Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences and one pair in the collection of Dr. Frank
N. Young.

Variations. The type series varies in the size of the testaceous elytral
maculae. In some specimens, there are four instead of three transverse
postmedian maculae on each elytron, and the lateral macula along the
apical margin is larger and more distinctly delimited. In a few specimens,
the postmedian maculae are confluent and form a distinct transverse
band. The alutaceous sculpture on the base of the head is less distinct
on some specimens and especially on those that are teneral.

Key to the Species of Derovatellus

1. Size 5.0 mm.; sides of pronotum strongly rounded and widest at midlength then

distinctly constricted at base; Argentina - BRUCHI Zimmerman

Size less than 4.1 mm.; sides of pronotum moderately arcuate and widest at base,

not constricted at base - 2

2. Punctures of elytral disk fine (fig. 2); alutaceous sculpture of head restricted to

area behind eyes (fig. 3); apex of median lobe of male genitalia with two long

needlelike projections (fig. 5); Guatemala - IBARRAI n. sp.

Punctures of elytral disk coarse (fig. 7); alutaceous sculpture of head more
extensive, occurring posteriorly from midlength of eyes (fig. 9); apex of median
lobe of male genitalia with two short spinous projections (fig. 11) - 3

3. Size 3.5 mm. -4.0 mm.; Antilles and South America - LENTUS LENTUS (Wehncke)

Size 3.9 mm. -4.1 mm.; Florida - LENTUS FLORIDANUS Fall

Habitat. On Aug. 16, 1965, a single specimen of Derovatellus was
found after about a half hour of collecting among emergent vegetation
in the shallow water of a small pond (fig. 13) in a pasture. On Aug. 18,
1965, I returned to the same pond to look for more specimens of Derova¬
tellus and collected for 4 hours. During the first 3 hours, no Derovatellus
were found as I collected in the pond at the water’s edge and I began
searching for other habitat niches. Adjacent to the pond in dense grass
there were depressions containing water less than 3 inches deep. In
these depressions (fig. 14) and in nearby water-filled hoof prints, 1
was able to collect 41 specimens of Derovatellus within an hour.

A close lookout was kept for unusual larvae that might be Derovatellus
because the larva of this genus was unknown. Fortunately, a single,
distinctive larva closely resembling the larva of Macrovatellus was found
and is described below.

This larva was not reared to confirm its identity, but it is assumed
to be correctly identified through association, elimination of known larvae,

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Figure 13, Pond at type locality near Morales, Izabal, Guatemala.

Figure 14, Habitat niche beside pond at type locality

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

and similarity to the larva of Macrovatellus mexicanus Sharp described
by Spangler ( 1963) . The larvae of Derovatellus and Macrovatellus have the
elongate nasale and are as distinct from larvae of other dytiscid genera
as the adults. Derovatellus and Macrovatellus along with a third genus,
Vatellus, comprise the very distinctive tribe Vatellini. Probably when
the larva of Vatellus is discovered it also will have the elongate nasale.

Description of the Larva
(Figs. 15-21)

Length 7.5 mm., greatest width of pronotum .85 mm. Color of integument white;
dorsal sclerites of thorax and abdomen fusco-testaceous except small, gray, transverse
macula laterally on pronotum as illustrated (fig. 18). Head also fusco-testaceous
except for spatulate apex of nasale, a spot at base of nasale, along ecdysial cleavage
line and its arms and around ocelli cream colored; ventral surface of head and
mouthparts more nearly testaceous. Legs white except extreme base of coxae at
point of articulation black.

Head subquadrate, slightly narrower posteriorly, with distinctive trifurcate nasale
as long as length of head. Median branch of nasale narrow and parallel sided to
broadly spatulate apex; dorsal surface glabrous (fig. 19) except spatulate apex
with ten fine hairs along anterior margin; ventrolateral surface with two large spines
on each side on anterior half; ventrally with group of 20 to 23 small spines directly
behind spatulate apex; spatulate apex of nasale margined ventrally with setae as
illustrated (fig. 21). Lateral branches of nasale about two-thirds as long as
median branch. Each lateral branch of nasale with small Y-shaped fork at apex;
five ventrolateral spines. Ecdysial cleavage line united at base and forked at basal
third of head; frontal arms curve laterally and terminate between base of nasale
and antenna. Dorsal surface of head glabrous except for four or five short
stout setae laterally in a line below eye and five or six long hairs around ocular
area. Ventral surface of head glabrous except two posterior tentorial pits at about
midlength of head. Ocular area with six ocelli in two close vertical rows of
three ocelli each. Antenna (fig. 16) four-segmented; second and third segments
longest, subequal; ultimate segment smallest, slightly less than half as long as
penultimate segment and appendage at base about one-third as long as ultimate
segment; segments glabrous. Mandible long, slender, falciform, curved upward
and inward apically, grooved along inner surface and a small seta ventrolaterally
at base. Maxillary stipes rudimentary. Maxillary palpus (fig. 15) slender, elongate,
four-segmented; first and third segments subequal in length; second segment almost
twice as long as first segment; ultimate segment slightly more than half as long
as penultimate segment; first segment with one long hair anterolaterally, other
segments glabrous. Labium small, subrectangular, with one slender hair and two
long slender spines apically between palpi (fig. 17); ligula absent; labial palpus
very slender, two-segmented.

Pronotum subquadrate, wider basally, with five or six long hairs laterally and a
few small setae along hind margin. Mesonotum slightly wider than and half as
long as pronotum, with numerous setae along lateral and posterior margins of
sclerite and a few setae scattered on disk; a spiracular opening present in pleural
region below anterolateral angle of sclerite. Metanotum slightly wider than and
about as long as mesonotum; setation similar to mesonotum.

Legs elongate; five-segmented; coxa long; trochanter about one-third as long
as coxa; femur as long as tibia and tarsus combined; tarsus with two elongate,
slender claws, outer claw slightly shorter than inner claw. Coxa with two short
anterolateral setae. Trochanter with three small setae on ventral surface. Femur
with four short setae on anterior (upper) surface and two long setae on posterior

— ^

Figures 15-21, Derovatellus ibarrai n. sp., larva. 15 — Right maxillary palpus,
ventral view. 16 — Right antenna, dorsal view. 17 — Labium, ventral view.
18 — Habitus view. 19 — Nasale, dorsal view. 20 — Abdominal segments 6 and 7,
ventral view. 21 — Apex of median lobe of nasale, anteroventral view.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

edge. Tibia with four or five short setae on anterior surface and numerous setae
on posterior edge. Tarsus with few setae on anterior surface and numerous setae
on posterior edge.

Abdomen with eight distinct segments; segments 1 through 6 with dorsal
sclerites; segments 7 and 8 completely sclerotized, ringlike (fig. 20). Terga of
segments 1 through 7 with setae on lateral margins, across hind margins, and a few
scattered over surface. Segment 8 setose over surface, prolonged posteriorly
into a long, slender cercus beneath which arise two cerci of similar shape and color.
All cerci are broken but apparently were unsegmented and all have numerous coarse
setae throughout their length. Lateral margins of segments 1 through 7 each
with a spiracle. Mesopleura, metapleura and pleural folds of segments 1 through
6 each with one to five setae arising from integument.

Although this larva resembles the larva of Macrovatellus mexicanus,
it differs in the following ways: dorsal surface of median branch of nasale
glabrous; each lateral branch of nasale with five ventrolateral spines;
second and third antennal segments longest, subequal; ultimate antennal
segment slightly less than half as long as penultimate segment; antennal
segments glabrous; first and third segments of maxillary palpus subequal
in length, second segment almost twice as long as first segment, first
segment with one long hair anterolaterally, other segments glabrous.

The following couplet will distinguish the larvae of the two genera.

Second and third antennai segments longest and subequal; ultimate segment smallest,

slightly less than half as long as penultimate segment - DEROVATELLUS

First and third antennal segments longest, subequal; ultimate segment smallest, about

one-seventh as long as penultimate segment - MACROVATELLUS

Literature Cited

Sharp, D.

1882. Haliplidae, Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydrophilidae, Heteroceridae, Parni-
dae, Georissidae, Cyathoceridae. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta,
Coleoptera 1(2): 1-144.

Spangler, P. J.

1963. A Description of the Larva of Macrovatellus mexicanus Sharp (Cole¬
optera: Dytiscidae). Coleop. Bull. 17(4) :97-100.

Wehncke, E.

1876. Neue Dytisciden. Stettiner Ent. Zeitung 37:356-360.

Young, F. N.

1954. The Water Beetles of Florida. Univ. Florida Studies Biol. Sci. Ser.,
V (1): x + 238 pp.

LITERATURE NOTICE

KLUCZE DO OZNACZANIA OWAKOW POLSKI, XII— COLEOPTERA, 24c—
STAPHYLINIDAE: EUAESTHETINAE— PAEDERINAE. By A. Szujecki.
Polski Zwiazek Entomologiczny, Nr. 48 serii klucyz, pp. 1-74, 202 figs. 1965. —
Another in the series of keys to the insects of Poland. Besides keys and illustrations,
it has a synonymical checklist of genera and species of the subfamilies concerned.

THE GENERA OF THE CHILOCORINI (COLEOPTERA, COCCINELLIDAE).
By E. A. Chapin. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 133(4) : 227-271, 18 figs. 1965.— A key
to and characteristics of the 18 world genera are included in this important paper
in a much neglected family. It is hoped that this paper will help stimulate
interest in the taxonomy of the Coccinellidae.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

ENTOMOLOGICAL RAMBLINGS IN MEXICO

By Henry F. Howden1

Introduction

The purpose of this paper is to describe a few localities in Mexico, visited
between 1958 and 1964, which I found interesting entomologically, and
to give road information and some details on lodging for the areas
mentioned. In many areas changes can be rapid, often showing improve¬
ment on the main routes and deterioration in less traveled areas. In general,
the American Automobile Association catalog on Mexico and Central
America is reliable, and hence I have omitted lodging information in most
cases when it is included in the book. Camping is difficult in most areas
and there are no established campsites. In central and southern Mexico
camps should be guarded as there is a distinct tendency for unwatched
items to disappear. For anyone collecting off of the major tourist routes,
a smattering of Spanish is desirable and in some places essential.

Since a meaningful description of the biotic areas would be lengthy be¬
cause of the extremely varied topography, I recommend the discussion of
the biota in the book by Leopold (1959). Goldman’s (1951) description
of his collecting from 1892 to 1906 is also worth reading, if for nothing
else than to compare some of the habitats described with their condition
today.

If any general statement can be made concerning insect collecting in
Mexico, it is that the best collecting comes with the advent of the spring
rains. These begin as early as April on the eastern escarpment, in late
June in the central plateau and in the western mountain ranges, and in
mid-July on the west coast. The varied topography is advantageous; if
collecting is poor in one area, one can often move 30 or 40 miles and find
better conditions.

Monterrey to Linares

This is the old “main” route (Rt. 85) to Mexico City; there are a number
of good places to stay but really modern motels are scarce. Most are 10
or more years old and few, even in the lowlands, are air-conditioned. The
road is in fair condition, but is not “fast.”

Monterrey, Nuevo Leon (1800 ft.), is a good base (Map 1). It is one
of the larger cities in Mexico and has many modern stores. On the south
side of the city is the Insituto Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de
Monterrey, with an active group of entomologists and botanists headed
by Dr. D. Enkerlin. Just across the street from the Insituto is a modern
supermarket and 5 miles south on Rt. 85 is the Motel Siesta. This is an
excellent motel for families — kitchenettes, two swimming pools, and good,
safe drinking water. The motel grounds cover 6 acres and there is good

1 Entomology Research Institute, Research Branch, Canada Department of Agri¬
culture, Ottawa, Ontario.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

thorn-scrub all around, with excellent collecting. From the southwest edge
of Monterrey a paved toll road goes up the mountain to 5000 feet, ending
at Chipinque Mesa. This area has many species of oak and pine, elements
of the southeastern forest (for example, red bud), and the insect fauna is
rich and varied. It represents the northern limit for many of the mesic
forest insects (both genera and species). One can hire burros on the
mesa and reach approximately 8000 feet in several hours if one can stand
the ride! In the low country within a 20 mile radius of Monterrey, there
are many varied desert habitats. The Instituto has a desert experiment
station on Rt. 30 northeast of Monterrey, near the town of Apodaca, and
entomologists are welcome. Collecting in the desert area is best in April
and September, but it is good on the Chipinque Mesa and in El Diente
Canyon (behind the Siesta Motel) most of the summer.

Linares to Saltillo

The road south to Linares (Rt. 85) traverses mostly desert thorn-scrub
country. At Linares a new, very good paved road (Rt. 60) goes west

Map 1. Vicinity of Monterrey, Nuevo Leon.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

to Galeana (Map 1) and to the Central Highway (Rt. 57). The highway
passes just south of Galeana. If one takes the road to Galeana and then
west to Cerro Potosi, one of the highest mountains in Nuevo Leon
(12,500 ft.), it is possible to drive up the mountain to 10,300 feet on a
good gravel road (any car could make it — at least in 1963) where it
ends at a telephone microwave tower. At this altitude there is a beautiful
pine forest and areas of “alpine type” meadows. Here it is possible to camp
(no houses and only a few people tending cattle). The peak is isolated
and the fauna seemed almost insular and depauperate, but very interesting.
After returning to Rt. 60 from Galeana, if one goes westward and then
north on Rt. 57, the road traverses several interesting arid areas. Almost
24 miles south of Saltillo, Coahuila, a paved road goes in an easterly
direction to the town of San Antonio (Map 1). (The road is unmarked,
but was the only paved road in 1963 leaving the main highway between Rt.
60 and the mountain pass, 18 miles southeast of Saltillo). Follow the
San Antonio road for approximately 1 1 miles, then turn north on a good
dirt road which eventually reaches the village of Jame. The area around
Jame ranges in elevation from 7000 to 9000 feet and contains a great
variety of pine-oak habitats. Many of the beetles collected in the area were
closely related or identical with species occurring in southeastern Arizona.
Good camp spots are frequent, but food and water should be brought
in. The area is easily accessible from Saltillo (1 hour drive), and several
motels and a supermarket make Saltillo a good base.

Linares to Mexico City

If one goes south from Linares on Rt. 85 instead of turning off to
Galeana, one continues through lowland thorn forest which is occasionally
broken by wet valleys with larger trees (cypress along the rivers, etc.) . Near
Ciudad Mante, Tamaulipas (several motels here), is a large sugar cane
area, and tropical elements begin. One can turn on to Rt. 80 at Antiguo
Morelos (Map 2). After a drive westward of about 22 miles over two
low ranges, turn right onto a dirt road which goes north seven miles
to El Salto de Agua, San Luis Potosi. El Salto is a large, beautiful
waterfall, the spray from the fall supporting lush tropical vegetation (a
hydro-electric development may change this). One can camp near the
falls or use a small native motel there (food and water should be carried
in). The area represents the approximate northern limit for many tropical
forms, and collecting is good at almost any time of the year. From El
Salto it is an easy drive on Rts. 80 and 57 to San Luis Potosi (desert with
the season good in July and August) or on Rt. 85 to Tamazunchale. The
latter is in a valley at the base of the Sierra Madre Oriental and has a
distinctly tropical fauna and flora. The Hotel San Antonio is best, and
the owners are helpful in directing one to nearby ranches. Continuing
south on Rt. 85 one reaches Jacala (a scrub pine-oak area) after 3 or
more hours of tortuous mountain driving. Simpson’s Motel in Jacala was
a good base (1960) for collecting in the surrounding mountains. From
Jacala it is a full day’s drive to Mexico City, where one has a choice
of many types of lodging.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

East of Mexico City

East of Mexico City are many interesting areas. A good base with
much of archeological interest can be found at Tehuacan in a deep desert
valley. Teziutlan at the eastern edge of the mountains had one of the
few remnants of easily accessible cloud forest. The city of Veracruz on
the lowland coastal plain has large sandy areas south of the city. The first
two cities mentioned each have one small hotel while Veracruz has a num¬
ber of acceptable old hotels. Each is approximately one day’s drive from
Mexico City.

San Andres Tuxtla is an easy day’s drive south of the city of Veracruz
on Rt. 180. There is a ferry crossing at Alvarado that may cause some
delay. At Catemaco one can turn left on a dirt road by the school and
drive around the north side of Lake Catemaco. About 3.5 miles from
the town is the Hotel Playa Azul, which provides good accommodation

Map 2. Vicinity of El Salto de Agua, San Luis Potosi.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

including separate cabins if desired. The lake is surrounded by an old
volcanic rim and large tracts of tropical rain forest. The area represents
the northern limits of many Central American species, including howler
monkeys. Collecting is good most of the year and it would take a pro¬
tracted visit to do a good job of collecting in the area.

South and West of Mexico City

A day’s drive south of Mexico City will take you to Acapulco (ex¬
pensive!) or Oaxaca. If going to the Acapulco area, Chilpancingo makes
a good base with two fairly good (in 1961) hotels. From there one can
collect in the unusual Rio Balsas thorn forest, the high country near
Chilpancingo, or the coastal area at Acapulco. The fauna of the area is
varied and contains many endemics.

Toluca is two hours’ drive west of Mexico City on Rt. 15. The road
goes through some beautiful stands of pine and fir before leveling out
into the high grassland surrounding Toluca. The Hotel Rex (45 pesos
for two in 1958) in the center of the city offered good accommodations
and a fair restaurant, but cars had to be put in a garage four blocks away.
West of Toluca on Rt. 15 are the high pine forests of Michoacan. Lodging
can be found at Morelia, Patzcuaro, Uruapan and Zamora, but in some
cases the lodging is expensive. Continuing north on Rt. 15, Guadalajara and
Tepic have excellent places to stay, but the country surrounding both cities
has been badly cut over. However, some good pine areas can be reached
from Guadalajara (near Tequila), and some of the side roads near Tepic
are well worth exploring.

North of Mexico City — Rt. 57

Near Queretaro and northward to the United States border, the central
plateau is either grassland or desert thorn-scrub, with the topography
fragmented by numerous small mountain ranges. Both major routes
(45 and 57) traverse largely desert regions where collecting is best
in July and August. Rt. 57 is the major tourist route to Mexico City
and offers the more modern accommodations. Queretaro has at least
one modern motel on the new highway on the west side of the city. San
Luis Potosi, approximately 100 miles north of Queretaro on Rt. 57,
has several new (1959) motels near the main road junction. The sur¬
rounding country has a variety of desert vegetation and is seemingly near
the southern limit of mesquite on the central plateau.

Matehuala is the next town north of San Luis Potosi offering modern
accommodations. A large modern motel (1958) just north of town ap¬
peared to be an excellent base for desert collecting, as areas of grassland,
mesquite, acacia, yucca, and creosote bush were within a few miles.
Saltillo, which has already been mentioned (Map 1), is the next sizeable
city north of Matehuala.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

North of Mexico City — Rt. 45

The cities on the western side of the central plateau, Aguascalientes,
Zacatecas, Durango, Hidalgo de Parral, and Chihuahua, all have some
good accommodations, but motels are not numerous. Route 45 is not a
main tourist route, and even in a city of the size of Durango there are
only two places listed by the American Automobile Association. The
country near Aguascalientes and Zacatecas has been so intensively farmed
and grazed that general collecting is difficult. Durango makes a better
base (Campo Mexico Court), and collecting to the west of the city on
Rt. 40 is good. The roads between Durango and Chihuahua, either via
Torreon or via Hidalgo de Parral, traverse a number of desert habitats,
with the area near Rodeo, Durango, on Rt. 45 having a rich desert flora.
A variety of habitats can be reached from Chihuahua, the first city with
accommodations (Santa Rita Motel) south of El Paso and Ciudad Juarez.
Twenty-two miles north of Chihuahua on Rt. 45 a dirt road runs westward
20 miles to the Majalca national forest, composed mainly of oak and
pinyon pine. The road reaches an elevation of 7000 feet and a passenger
car can usually make it! Between Chihuahua and El Paso near Villa
Ahumada is an interesting and extensive sand dune area, reminding one
of White Sands, New Mexico. The fauna is scanty but interesting, some
Scarabaeidae at least being endemic to the area.

The West Coast, Tepic to Mazatlan

Just north of Tepic, Rt. 46 (the route signs are often lacking) runs
from Rt. 15 to the town of San Bias on the coast. Several hotels (of
dubious quality) are in or near the town. Nearby are thick groves of
palm, fig, and mangrove, and collecting can be excellent in July. On Rt. 15
north of San Bias much of the land is cut-over thorn-scrub. Near
Mazatlan (Map 3) some good areas of the Sinaloan thorn forest
still exist. On the north side of Mazatlan there are a number of
good (but relatively expensive) motels and hotels along a beautiful sand
beach (the Motel Sands at $8.00 for two people was good in 1964).
North of most of the motels there is a traffic circle and Rt. 15 turns sharply
inland. If one continues along the coast north of the traffic circle, first on a
paved, then on a dirt road for five miles, several low hills can be seen
to the right. A dirt road leads to a small quarry at the base of the first
hill. Several dirt roads radiate from the quarry through the thorn-scrub.
In mid-July, 1964, ten days after the first heavy rain, nearly 100 species
of Cerambycidae were collected near the base of the hill in a five day
period. Other groups showed nearly as much diversity, but by early
August the number of species active in the area was appreciably reduced.

Mazatlan to Durango

At Villa Union, 17 miles south of Mazatlan on Rt. 15, Rt. 40 extends
eastward to the city of Durango (a full day’s drive). For the first 30
miles the road winds through dense thorn forest. The road then starts

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

to climb and becomes extremely sinuous (hairpin curves!). Eight miles
west of El Palmito, near the state line of Sinaloa and Durango, there are
several “pull-offs” where one can camp (there are only three or four places
where this is possible in 60 or more miles of the road) at an elevation
of approximately 6000 feet. Mixed pine-oak forest extends from this
area to within 25 miles of the city of Durango. East of El Palmito the
road continues upward through some of the most spectacular scenery in
Mexico. After some 700 sharp curves the top of the escarpment is reached
at Buenos Aires (approximately 9000 ft.). Between Buenos Aires and
El Salto (altitude varying from 8000 to 9000 ft.) there are many possible
campsites. The best one is 10 miles west of El Salto, just east of Las
Adjuntas. Rt. 40 at Km. 1080 crosses an abandoned railroad bed which
is now used as a road. Turn north onto the road bed and after 100 yards
turn north again into a small pine grove which is a good campsite. There
are some good springs at the base of a steep hill across a large meadow.

Map. 3.

Vicinity of Mazatlan, Sinaloa.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

The road bed stays firm, even in the rainy season. The climate is cool, 75°
being the highest temperature recorded for the summer of 1964. However,
the insects came in numbers to a blacklight at temperatures of 50°, and
there was often more insect activity on rainy nights than on dry ones! From
El Salto (some food and gas can be obtained here) it is a two and a half
hour drive to the City of Durango (first good lodgings after leaving
Mazatlan).

Mazatlan to Nogales

North of Mazatlan the size and density of the thorn forest is gradually
reduced. Ciudad Obregon, approximately a nine hour drive from Mazatlan
on Rt. 15, lies in the middle of the Sonoran desert and makes an excellent
base. There are several good dirt roads leading to the coast (directions
need to be obtained locally as the roads are unmarked and frequently
changed) as well as several good collecting spots along the Rio Yaqui,
particularly along the road leading to the Obregon dam (turnoff at
Esperanza just north of Cd. Obregon). If one follows the Obregon dam
road for approximately seven miles it is possible to turn right and follow
a fairly good dirt road to the foothills of the Sierra Madre. In this area
there are many good collecting spots and campsites are not difficult to
find. North of Ciudad Obregon, Guaymas and Hermosillo have good
accommodations, and the road passes through country similar to areas in
southwestern Arizona. However, some of the fauna, at least around
Hermosillo, does not extend into Arizona, and in a few instances shows
a distinct relationship with the fauna of central Baja California.

Literature Cited

Goldman, E. A.

1951. Biological investigations in Mexico. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 115:1-476.
Leopold, A. S.

1959. Wildlife of Mexico — The game birds and mammals. Univ. of Calif.
Press, Berkeley, 556 pp.

BEETLE TALK

The following proposals concerning the scientific names of beetles were placed
before the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.

Criocerus sexpunctata Fabricius, 1792 (Insecta, Coleoptera): Proposed rejection
as a nomen oblitum. R. F. Smith, 1965, Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 22(4) : 246.

Xyleborus Bowdich, 1825 (Insecta, Coleoptera): Proposed suppression under the
plenary powers. R. T. Thompson, 1965, Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 22(4) :269.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

DESCRIPTION AND BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE LARVAE

OF PHRADONOMA TRICOLOR
(COLEOPTERA: DERMESTIDAE)

By E. J. Ford, Jr.1 and J. ML Kingsolver2

Specimens of a Dermestid beetle which appeared to be a species of
Trogoderma were collected from the hold of a ship in the Middle and
Far East trade at Baltimore, Maryland, May, 1965, by E. J. Ford, Jr.
and G. M. Prall. These insects were found in debris containing cumin seed
(Cuminum odoratum), sesame seed (Sesamum indicum), peanut shells
(Arachis hypogaea), other insects, burlap strands, paper bits, etc., and
consisted of 2 male adults, 1 pupa, 1 larva, and 16 cast skins. All
specimens were collected in a small area suggesting they were the same
species. Further examination in the laboratory verified this association
as follows: the 2 males were identified as Phradonoma tricolor (Arrow),
the pupa found in the last larval skin (typical of the Anthrenini ) had
matured enough to be determined as a female of P. tricolor; this larval
skin agreed in all important characters with the 16 cast skins and the larva.

Examination of other insects in the debris indicated that some organism
had been feeding on the dead specimens. Assuming that the organism
was the larvae of Phradonoma suggests that Phradonoma is not likely to
be a pest of stored foods but may be found associated with these products
when they are infested with other insects.

The genus Phradonoma Jacquelin du Val is very closely related to
Trogoderma Berthold and distinguished in adults only by the presence
of a row of strong teeth on the outer margin of the fore tibiae in
Phradonoma (figs. 9 & 10). An additional character which may show
some variation is that in the mesocoxal lines in Phradonoma, the lines
extend nearly to the postero-lateral corners of the metasternum, but in
the species of Trogoderma seen, these lines extend only half that distance.

The morphology of the larva of Phradonoma reflects the proximity of
Trogoderma in that no consistent characters were found which are ex¬
clusively those of either genus. The interdigitation of characters suggests
that Phradonoma might eventually be considered a species group of
Trogoderma.

The following is apparently the first description of the larva of a species
of Phradonoma.

Phradonoma tricolor (Arrow)

Mature larva: Length — 6 mm., color light clear yellow to mahogany brown
with anterior half of each thoracic and abdominal sternite slightly darker in the
lightly colored specimens. Typical Trogoderma- like shape, legs and sternites
as in Trogoderma. Erect spicasetae of each tergite mixed long and short, tending

1 Plant Quarantine Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Baltimore, Maryland.

2 Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agri¬
culture, Washington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

to be single-ranked; acrotergal setae long, !4 to Vi as long as tergite, all extending
across acrotergal suture (fig. 2), no fine spicasetae anterior of medial row of erect
spicasetae, no spicasetae inserted on posterior margins of tergites; hastisetal tufts
dense on newly emerged larvae, but are easily abraded. Acrotergal sutures strong
on all abdominal tergites and meso- and metathoracic tergites. Antennae with
second segment nearly twice as long as first, terminal segment short (fig. 3a),
occasionally bent at an angle (fig. 3b); inner face of basal segment with 4-7 short,
curved setae scarcely extending beyond base of second segment which itself
is devoid of setae in all specimens examined. Labrum as in fig. 1; distal sensory
papillae as in figs. 5 or 6; proximal sensory pores 8 or 9.

Specimens deposited in U. S. National Museum.

Larvae of Phradonoma tricolor have been intercepted several times in
eastern United States ports of entry. It apparently has not become estab¬
lished outside of the Middle East.

Comparative notes: The larvae of Phradonoma tricolor can be distin¬
guished from the species of Trogoderma with a long second antennal
segment by the following emendation to the key included by Beal, 1960
(p. 3, couplet 3, second choice) :

Spicasetae of seventh and eighth abdominal tergites not noticeably stouter than
spicasetae of anterior tergites; submedian row of large spicasetae on these
tergites more or less continuous; spicasetae not in compact separated groups

of two or three - 3a

3a Sclerotized area on seventh abdominal tergum that bears hastisetal tuft separated
from rest of tergum by narrow membranous area (somewhat as in Anthrenus)

- TROGODERMA PRIMUM (Jayne)

Sclerotized area bearing hastisetal tuft not separated from rest of tergum - 3b

3b Distal sensory papillae arranged in a circular cup (fig. 7); third segment of antennae

nearly as long as second (fig. 4) - TROGODERMA ANGUSTUM (Solier)

Distal sensory papillae as in fig. 5 or 6; third antennal segment less than V2 as

long as the second - PHRADONOMA TRICOLOR (Arrow)

Only two known New World species of Trogoderma, primum and
ballfinchae Beal, share the distinctive arrangement of distal papillae found
in P. tricolor, but these can easily be distinguished by the characters in
the emended key above. Two species doubtfully referred to Trogoderma
by Beal (l.c., p. 24), boganense Armstrong and carteri Armstrong, have
the same papillar arrangement but can easily be separated from other
Trogoderma by the distinctive fiscisetae (Beal, l.c., fig. 7).

Trogoderma simplex Jayne is separated in the original Beal key.

Trogoderma angustum (Solier) perhaps most resembles P. tricolor in
general appearance but can easily be distinguished by the arrangement of
the distal papillae of the labrum, the relative lengths of the second and
third antennal segments, the presence or absence of setae on the second
antennal segment, and the relative length of the acrotergal setae. All
of these characteristics are illustrated in the plate.

Orphinus fulvipes (Guerin) also has a “four plus two” arrangement of
the distal papillae, but the segment containing four papillae is circular
instead of C-shaped. This species is easily separated from the other
species mentioned in this paper by the short second segment of the
antennae and the separate sclerites bearing hastisetal tufts in the mem¬
brane posterior to the seventh abdominal tergite.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Literature Cited

Beal, R. S., Jr.

1954. Biology and taxonomy of the nearctic species of Trogoderma (Cole-
optera: Dermestidae). Univ. Calif. Pubs., Ent. 10:35-102.

1960. Descriptions, biology and notes on the identification of some Trogoderma
larvae (Coleoptera: Dermestidae). U. S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull.
1228:1-26.

Hinton, H. E.

1945. A monograph of the beetles associated with stored products, Vol. 1,
pp. viii, 1-441. British Museum (Natural History), London.

Figures 1-3, 5, 6, Phradonoma tricolor, larva. 1 — labrum. 2 — abdominal tergite 2.
3a b — antenna. 5 — normal distal sensory papillae of labrum. 6 — fractured arrange¬
ment of sensory papillae of labrum.

Figures 4, 7, Trogoderma angustum, larva. 4 — antenna. 7 — distal papillae.
Figure 8, Orphinus fulvipes, larva. Distal papillae.

Figure 9, Phradonoma, adult. Fore tibia.

Figure 10, Trogoderma, adult. Fore tibia.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

BEMBIDION (AMERIZUS) OBLONGULUM MANNERHEIM
IN NEW MEXICO (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE) WITH
NOTES ON TRANSCONTINENTAL DISPERSAL IN

PLEISTOCENE TIME.

By George E. Ball1

A NEW RECORD. Specimens of this species were collected by me
in two localities in the Sangre de Cristo Mountains (the Las Vegas Range
of Fall and Cockerell, 1907: 148), San Miguel County, New Mexico: two
males, Mosimann Ranch, 15.7 mi. west of Sapello, N. M. Route 266,
June 20, 1963; one female, Holy Ghost Canyon, 14 mi. north of Pecos,
N. M. Route 63, June 24, 1959. The former locality is in the “Beulah
District’' (Fall and Cockerell, 1907:145), and its position is shown
on the Santa Fe, New Mexico sheet (U. S. Geological Survey, NI 13-2).
The collections were made at an elevation of about 8,200 feet, in damp
litter, in Canadian Zone forest consisting of aspen, alder, Douglas Fir,
Engelmann and Colorado Blue Spruce. Adults of oblongulum were not
found in August, although 1 searched for them. The presence of adults
early in the summer and their absence later suggests that this species, like
the similar eastern Bembidion wingatei Bland, is an imaginal hibernator
(Lindroth, 1955:77).

Previously, oblongulum was known only from the Pacific Northwest
(Lindroth, 1963:404). Probably it occurs throughout the Rocky Moun¬
tains at high elevations, from Idaho southward, but has not been
collected in this area because individuals are small and inconspicuous, and
not readily found because of the habitat, and because adults are not
present at the height of the collecting season.

INTRASPECIFIC COMPARISONS. I have compared the New
Mexico specimens with five specimens of oblongulum collected at Tele¬
graph Point, near Kwinitsa, British Columbia. The eyes of the New
Mexico specimens are slightly flatter. The two groups also differ in total
length:2 New Mexico males, 4.52-4.88 mm., females, 4.80 mm.; British
Columbia males, 4.18-4.25 mm., females, 4.18-4.32 mm. This difference
is not surprising in view of the small size of the samples, and considerable
difference in latitude between the two areas.

INTERSPECIFIC COMPARISONS. The species oblongulum and the
species wingatei are very similar to one another, and Lindroth (1963:406)
suggested that the two might be geographically isolated subspecies of a
single species ( wingatei ranges from Newfoundland to northern Michigan
and south in the mountains, to North Carolina). The New Mexico record
extends the range of oblongulum about 400 miles eastward, and hence
closer to wingatei. Therefore, it is worth comparing the New Mexico

1 Department of Entomology, University of Alberta. Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

2 Total length is the sum of three measurements: distance from base of mandible
to posterior margin of compound eye; distance from anterior to posterior margin of
pronotum, along mid-line; and distance from basal transverse line to apex, of longest
elytron.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

specimens with representatives of wingatei to see if the former are
morphologically as well as geographically intermediate between the two
nominal species.

The New Mexico specimens are like wingatei in form of the eyes,
but differ in form of the pronotum and of the median lobe of the male.
They are also larger in size. These specimens are more like wingatei
than are the western specimens of oblongulum, but the New Mexico
group cannot be regarded as an intergrading population. Therefore, 1
continue to regard the eastern and western segregates of this complex
as distinct species.

ZOOGEOGRAPHIC AL CONSIDERATIONS. The greater number of
species of Amerizus in the west and the presence there of the related sub¬
genus Lionepha Casey suggests that Amerizus is of western origin. The
marked similarities between oblongulum and wingatei suggests that these
two species are closely related, that is, they shared a relatively recent
common ancestry. Of the two, wingatei seems to be the more derivative.
Further, both forms are relatively cold-adapted, for they occur either in
cool sheltered situations in lowlands, or else at high elevations. (For ex¬
ample, Carl H. Lindroth and I collected specimens of oblongulum in
northern British Columbia, on a mountainside, at an elevation of about
2,000 feet, in an area just recently cleared of snow, and close to a snow
patch. Even though the ground and air were cool, the beetles were very
active.)

These facts suggest that the common ancestor of oblongulum and
wingatei originated in the west, and could have spread eastward across the
continent during a glacial period, in the boreal forest south of the ice. As
warming occurred in an interglacial period, the ancestral species survived
in cooler and damper areas. In the mountainous east and west, the species
was able to spread southward at high elevations, but in the central part of
the continent, the populations had to spread northward, as the ice melted,
to find suitable habitats. Clinal differentiation may have taken place, so
that the geographically extreme populations became quite different from
one another. A later glaciation may have eliminated the populations in the
central part of the continent. With the retreat of the ice, the surviving
populations in the east and west moved northward, repopulating part, but
not all, of the terrain that had been ice-covered, and giving rise to the pres¬
ent disjunct distribution.

This hypothesis requires a minimum of two glacial periods to produce
the distribution pattern of the oblongulum-wingatei stock. Assuming that
only two glacial periods were involved, and that they were the last two
(Iowan and Wisconsin — Karlstrom, 1961 ), the entire process, from spread¬
ing to differentiation and partial extinction, required a time span of about
70,000 years.

A number of species or species pairs of northern carabids show a dis¬
tribution pattern similar to the one described above, and the development
of these patterns can be explained in the same way.

For a more detailed account of range change of an insect group during
and since the Pleistocene, see Ricker (1964). See especially page 67 for a
consideration of east-west disjuncts.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Literature Cited

Fall, H. C., and T. D. A. Cockerell

1907. The Coleoptera of New Mexico. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 33: 145-272.
Karlstrom, T. N. V.

1961. Glacial history of Alaska: its bearing on paleoclimatic theory. New York
Acad. Sci. Ann. 95, Art. 1:290-340.

Lindroth, C. H.

1955. The carabid beetles of Newfoundland, including the French islands St.
Pierre and Miquelon. Opusc. Ent. Suppl. 22:1-168, 58 figs.

1963. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska. Part 3. Opusc. Ent. Suppl. 24:
201-408, figs. 102-207.

Ricker, W. E.

1964. Distribution of Canadian stoneflies. Gewasser und Abwasser, Heft 34/35
s. 50-51, Verh. 3 Int. Symp. Plecopteren (1964) Bagel, Diisseldorf.

LITERATURE NOTICE

BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTHERN END OF THE WORLD. By P. J. Dar¬
lington, Jr. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass, vii, 236 pp., illus. 1965. — The
southern tip of South America, Tasmania with the southeastern corner of Australia,
and New Zealand share many special groups of plants and animals in spite of
the fact that these places are now separated by wide ocean gaps. Darlington
describes these distributions and tries to explain them on evidence from climates
past and present, geological history, paleontology, modes of dispersal, and ecology.
As with his previous book, Darlington’s unusually lucid and candid style of writing
makes the usually difficult subject of biogeography rather understandable.

A NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN CLAVICORN COLEOPTERA, PROBABLY
OF A NEW FAMILY. By R. A. Crowson. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales
89(2) :241-245, 17 figs. 1964. — The larva and adult of Cavognatha pullivora, n.g.,
n.sp., are fully described and illustrated. Larvae were collected from nestlings of
a bird and were reared to adulthood. The adults go to couplet 12 in Crowson’s 1955
key to clavicorn families, but they can not be placed in either the Cucujidae or
Silvanidae. The most distinctive feature of this beetle is on the mandibles; the
lateral surface is deeply channeled and has an opening by a narrow passage into
a large ovate internal cavity. Crowson suggests that the cavity might harbor bac¬
terial spores as do the mandibular cavities of some sphindids.

NOTICE

In 1965 the Journal of Stored Products Research began. It is a quarterly
dealing with the biology, ecology, physiology, behaviour, genetics, or control of
stored products organisms. The editors are at the Pest Infestation Laboratory,
Slough, England, a first-class organization in the study of stored products pests;
their advisory board is international. Most articles in the first issue concern beetles,
and we can probably look forward to many more like articles because most of such
pests are beetles. Annual subscription rates are TblO or $30.00 for libraries, govern¬
ment departments, industrial establishments, etc., and Ib5 or $15.00 for individuals.
The publisher is Pergamon Press, Headington Hill Hall, Oxford, England, or 44-01
21st Street, Long Island City, N. Y. 11101, U. S. A.

— BACK ISSUES—

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

V ohtme

Issue

Vol.

1949, 6 issues

(Nos. I & 2 o.p.) $5.00

$1.00

Vol.

1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

10,

1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

11,

1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol.

12,

1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol.

13,

1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

14,

1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

15,

1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

16,

1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

17,

1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

18,

1964, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

★

THE COLEOPTERISTS1 BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue/ N.E.
Washington, D. C. 20017

Japanese and Formosan Coleoptera

Price list on request

J. Ohkura

P.O. Box No. 2 Shakujii,
Nerimaku, Tokyo, Japan.

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

CT'fO

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. .Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

( Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $5.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

VOLUME 20 JUNE /(No. 2) 1966

JUL 14 rjoe

ANOBIIDAE: N. gen., n. sp., from Jamaica, by White . 60

DYTISCIDAE: On Platydessus perforatus, by Spangler . 57

LAMPYRIDAE: New cryptic Photinus, by Lloyd . 43

MELOIDAE: Gnathium minimum in Illinois, by Bouseman . 59

MICROCOLEOPTERA: Collecting techniques, by Suter . 33

SCYDMAENIDAE: On Plaumanniola, by Lawrence and Reichardt 39
STAPHYLINIDAE: On Nearctic Anthophagini, by Moore . 47

Beetle Talk . 59

Book Review . 64

Literature Notice . 38, 42

Notice . 58, 64

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20017

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS’ BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P St., N.W., Wash¬
ington, D. C. 20006. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should fee sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 20 June (No. 2) 1966

TECHNIQUES FOR THE COLLECTION OF
MICROCOLEOPTERA OF THE FAMILIES PSELAPHIDAE,
PTILIIDAE, AND SCYDMAENIDAE

By Walter R. Suter1

The following account of collecting techniques employed on a series
of field trips was initiated because the data accumulated might make
future efforts more profitable by increasing efficiency. In general, the same
basic technique are almost equally effective for the capture of repre¬
sentatives of the families Pselaphidae, Pitliidae, and Scydmaenidae; in fact,
the normal pattern of occurence of these in essentially the same or
equivalent habitats makes it almost impossible to collect one of them
while missing the other two. Few, if any, of the methods in the following
discussion are completely original, since my work has relied heavily
upon discussions and suggestions of many people, chief of which have
been Professor Orlando Park of Northwestern University, Rupert Wenzel
and Henry Dybas of the Chicago Natural History Museum, and Harrison
R. Steeves, Jr. of Birmingham, Alabama. To these go my thanks for
making collection of these microcoleoptera possible and more profitable.

Previous work in this field by specialists has involved a number of
techniques. Some of the more common of these would include hand¬
picking of various kinds of debris, especially under bark of trees, stones,
or boards on suitable habitats; sifting material onto a white sheet through
a screen; examination of the nests of ants and termites (Park, 1929, 1932,
1949, 1949, 1965) ; light trapping; and liberal use of the Berlese funnel and
its modifications. Certainly all these methods have produced in the past;
in fact, they are historically responsible for most of the material already
collected and described. Moreover, although these families are not un¬
common, their representatives are small enough and localized enough that
accidental captures are relatively infrequent. Even in the past, most of
the material on which classical research was done has been collected by
a few workers who amassed impressive samples of material, usually from
restricted areas. The names of Schmitt, Casey, Brendel, Ulke, LeConte,
Fender, and many others are perpetuated in species names in these families
for just this reason.

Three basic techniques seem to be important in the collection of these
miniatures of the insect world, namely: selection of suitable material

1 Biology Department, Carthage College, Kenosha, Wisconsin.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

usually from particular habitats; concentration or examination of large
quantities of this material; and use of as many methods of automatic
extraction as possible.

Unfortunately, the first of these prerequisites has proven to be the
most difficult to fulfill, since recognition of proper or at least promising
habitats usually comes only through the slow acquisition of experience,
often after an exorbitant expenditure of at least time if not also money.
A few generalizations apply often enough, nevertheless, to aid the novice
as well as the more experienced collector. The three families are all
basically forest groups, probably arising in the not too distant geological
past as members of floor communities and radiating from these to their
present distribution (Park, 1947, 1965). This coupled with the fact that
they have a relatively low vagility and are almost exclusively nocturnal
leads the collector through an oft-times futile search for the most stable,
dark, humid habitats that could be construed as forest-like. The five
types of communities which have been most productive are bogs, forests,
prairies, caves, and debris piles, and in almost all cases the stratum in¬
habited is the floor or its extensions.

A bog can be defined as an area with little or no drainage, a situation
which often leads to extensive development of mosses as floor cover. These
mosses, notably Sphagnales in the northern United States, are the most
important habitat for microcoleoptera in these situations. The general
pattern of collecting usually employed has been a systematic sifting of
material with manual collection from the debris until an aggregation is
found which warrants the use of the Berlese funnel. The groups appear
to migrate, especially seasonally, so that a variety of situations may
have to be tested to find a suitable aggregation, but once this is accomplished
the Berlese funnel can usually be used to advantage. In any case, a few
species are too minute for manual collection and must be collected
automatically. In general, hummocks of mosses will yield proportionally
more material than the areas between them, except during very dry
periods; and the smaller animals, notably Bibloplectus among the Pselaphi-
dae, may be found most commonly in the masses of fern rhizomes laid
down by the genus Osmunda. Occasionally the animals tend to extreme
aggregation, so that poor yields in moss-covered areas may be supplemented
by worth-while yields from isolated or peripheral hummocks. In these
situations completely isolated clumps of moss around shrub bases or
litter accumulations in bush forks often yield exceptionally well, especially
in flooded situations.

Work in forests cannot be limited to such a small number of habitats,
probably because the families in question evolved in forest situations
and have adaptively radiated to a greater degree in the greater length
of time available. But a few situations yield well enough to mention in
the interests of efficiency: tree holes and forks (Park, Auerbach, and
Corley, 1950; Park and Auerbach, 1954), log mold (especially that pro¬
tected by bark), ant nests, tree buttress debris or its equivalent, and
moist pockets on the floor, especially those next to rotting logs on slopes.
Also the size of the population and the number of species present often
depends on the successional stage of the major community; for example,

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

in the Chicago area the best yields of species and individuals come from
pre-climax oak or climax beech-sugar maple forests. The collector should
be aware of habitat specificity even within the general forest community.
In tree holes and forks, large cavities close to the ground generally have
larger populations, and those with a cover of leaves or wood chips are
better than unprotected ones. Tree forks generally do not support a
large population except for basal forks in pine forests in the Gulf states,
possibly because of the paucity of tree holes, but axillary debris from
palmetto yields exceptionally well in the south. Finally, collection of
debris from the floor should take into account depth, protection, moisture
supply, and any other factors which would give the greatest stability
to the habitat. Some of the most interesting collections have been obtained
from litter interlaced with fungal hyphae under conifers or in pseudoforks
(accumulations between intertwined buttresses of adjacent trees) in southern
forests, and from mixtures of debris under rhododendron in the southern
Appalachians. Generally destructive flooding or burning eliminates the
possibility of good yields, but “islands” in swamp situations often yield
exceptionally well.

Prairie species are probably the least well known for a variety of
reasons, some of which may be the apparent dissimilarity between prairie
and forest, the need for different collecting techniques, and the rapid
disappearance of natural prairie through the efforts of man. There are,
nevertheless, a number of species which are restricted to this community
and which are only slightly more difficult to find than the prairies them¬
selves. In the midwestern United States prairie relicts can often be found
by spotting a trio of biotic indicators, namely: compass plant, rosin
weed, and rattlesnake master. Good yields have been obtained from
three collecting methods. First the “trapping” of beetles is done by
supplying a cover of isolated boards to the floor. Examination of these
boards, especially after a spring fire, often gives good yields, but aestivation
of the populations may lead to their apparent absence during the summer.
Ant nests also yield some species and Berlese extraction from floor
clumps, piles of grasses, or debris often gives good results (Park, Auer¬
bach, and Wilson, 1949, 1953).

Caves offer a rather restricted group of Pselaphidae which are especially
important in a study of speciation (Park, 1951), but the other two
families are either uncommon or absent. In these interesting situations
the majority of animals will be found under rocks near the entrance, but
at least one genus has retreated out of this twilight zone to the darkness
of the interior. Small limestone caves with small openings, dampness but
no stream seem to yield best. In the United States, the vast majority of
records have come from older caves in the southern Appalachians and its
extensions into Alabama and Tennessee.

The search for microcoleoptera has so far been channeled to natural,
stable communities, but one group of unnatural habitats yield some species
in good number. The yield in these situations is enhanced by a surrounding
natural area, but these microseres attain enough stability of their own
with time to support flourishing populations. These are basically piles of
debris, and yield increases with size and age, although aggregations of some

THE COLEOPTER1STS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

species in larger piles may make finding them more difficult, and extreme
age leads to the disappearance of the pile. Three major types are im¬
portant, namely: accumulations of grasses, sawdust piles, and piles of
horse manure (Wagner, 1962). The last of these might at first glance
seem the least likely to produce because of the origins and habits of the
families, but a few species have successfully adapted to this habitat and
in many cases attained a nearly world-wide distribution, possibly because
of a lack of serious competition. Grass accumulations take the form
of compost heaps, hay stacks, and grass cuttings on the periphery of
natural communities, especially swamps. So Ions as moisture is retained
and temperature extremes are avoided yields may be surprising. Finally,
sawdust piles often prove to be a mecca to the microcoleopterologist, with
the majority of species therein apparently adapted to life in buttresses
or subcortical log mold of forests. The Berlese funnel should always
be used if the sawdust is over ten years old because of the small size of
many of the species. Piles of leaves or bark chips on the sawdust may
be especially rich, but interesting yields of larger forms come from under
slabs of wood laying on the sawdust or buried in it. Concentrations of
Coleoptera seem to occur near the periphery of the piles, which may be
a consequence of heat accumulation nearer the center or a reflection of
aggregation and thinness of the pile near its edge, but which is enhanced
by encroachment of natural vegetation (and protection). These three
types have yielded well in the past, but there are many similar situations
which yield on occasion, so that it might pay to watch for suitably aged
and protected debris piles in general.

One distressing fact of the distribution of these microcoleoptera has
been recently discussed by Dybas (1966). The small size of the animals
reduces their fecundity directly by limiting the number of eggs carried
by the female. This affects collecting because the animals cannot breed
fast enough to “fill” an extensive forest, leading to the anomalous situation
of small stands yielding better than extensive ones. And situations of
restricted size may arrise naturally in “tension areas” such as the Chicago
area where forest, bog, and prairie interdigitate, or Highlands County,
Florida, where the one hundred foot plateau drops off into cypress and
magnolia swamps, giving maximum variability and with it maximum
collecting efficiency.

With the exception of the Ptiliidae, most microcoleoptera are not
common, although few are truly rare. The collector who does not need
exact quantitative data, therefore, should attempt to concentrate his
samples to obtain both large numbers of species and, more important,
large series of most of the species. For work with light traps this involves
simply the enclosure of the apparatus in a screen with openings of one-half
inch or smaller so larger flying insects, notably Lepidoptera, do not
clutter the collections. In this case the importance of the concentration
lies with the sorting, which becomes infinitely easier. Dybas has also
used a very fine mesh net to advantage for collecting which might be
considered a method of light trapping. This is mounted on a regulation
hoop and handle from an insect net and held out the side of a slowly
moving car while driving at dusk in forested areas with the lights on

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

bright. Yields from this system depend on the same physical conditions
as does light trapping, with highest yields on warm, humid nights. Floatation
of organic material in water with subsequent drying and Berlesing has
also been suggested, but 1 have done little of this. My most effective
method was shaking down litter with a riddle or other mounted screen
followed by Berlese extraction. This increases the floor area sampled
by eliminating material which had not aged enough to provide habitats
for microcoleoptera and breaks up some materials from which they
could not otherwise be dislodged. This system has only limited applicability
when dealing with prairie sod, tree hole mold, manure, and sawdust, but
it becomes especially important in concentrating leaf litter, subcortical
log mold, and straw piles, and the riddle alone is grossly effective when
used on mosses in swamps and bogs.

Generally, methods other than automatic can only be justified as a
means of testing habitats for possible subsequent treatment with Berlese
funnels. One type of this apparatus is diagrammed in Peterson (1964,
164: 1, 2, and 3), but my funnel utilizes a single slope, detachable
brackets, quarter-inch mesh screens supplemented with cheesecloth, and
simple wire harnesses developed by Mr. Steeves for bottle attachment.
For maximum (but non-quantitative) yields 100 watt bulbs are used
and the funnels allowed to run for only six to ten hours, depending upon
the water content of the sample, since tests indicated that microcoleoptera
react immediately to heat even though the majority of soil arthropods
are vagile or resistant enough to be dislodged only by the slower drying
of the samples. Using this timing, which allows for three batches of litter
a day, and running banks of ten to twenty funnels hundreds of localities
and thousands of habitats can be run through in a year’s time.

In any case, expect to be surprised both favorably and unfavorably in
your collecting efforts directed to microcoleoptera. The methods outlined
herein have been used to collect as many as a thousand or more a day
under favorable conditions, and as few as two or three a day in unfavorable
ones, but the lesson to be learned from the efforts expended is some idea
of the basic ecology of these animals. The more information you derive
from your successes and failures about the habitats and habits of these
animals, the easier it will be to find them in the future.

Literature Cited

Dybas, h. s.

1966. Evidence for parthenogenesis in the featherwing beetles, with a taxo¬
nomic review of a new genus and six new species. Fieldiana, Zool.
(IN PRESS).

Park, O.

1929. Ecological observations upon the myrmecocoles of Formica ulkei
Emery, especially Leptinus testaceus Mueller. Psyche 36:195-215.

1932. The myrmecocoles of Lasius umbratus mixtus aphidicola Walsh. Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 25:77-88.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

1947. The pselaphid at home and abroad. Scientific Monthly 65:27-42.

1949a. The genus Connodontus (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae). Bull. Chicago
Acad. Sci. 8:251-265.

1949b. New species of Nearctic pselaphid beetles and a revision of the genus
Cedius. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 8:315-343.

1951. Cavernicolous pselaphid beetles of Alabama and Tennessee, with obser¬
vations on the taxonomy of the family. Geol. Survey of Alabama,
Museum Paper 3 1 : 1-107.

1965. Revision of the genus Batriasymmodes (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae).
Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 84:184-201.

Park, O. and S. Auerbach

1954. Further study of the tree-hole complex with emphasis on quantitative
aspects of the fauna. Ecology 35:208-222.

Park, O., S. Auerbach, and G. Corley

1950. The tree-hole habitat with emphasis on the pselaphid beetle fauna.
Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 9: 19-57.

Park, O., S. Auerbach, and M. Wilson

1949. Pselaphid beetles of an Illinois prairie: the fauna, and its relationship
to the Prairie Peninsula Hypothesis. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 8:267-276.

1953. Pselaphid beetles of an Illinois prairie: the population. Ecol. Monog.
23:1-15.

Peterson, A.

1964. Entomological Techniques. Ann Arbor: Edwards Brothers.

Wagner, J. A.

1962. The biology of the Euplectus complex: Pselaphidae: Coleoptera, includ¬
ing generic revisions of nearctic species north of Mexico. Evanston
(Ill.), Ph.D. Dissertation, Northwestern University (unpublished).

LITERATURE NOTICE

STUDIES ON THE BEETLES LEPTINILLUS VALIDUS (HORN) AND
PLATYPSYLLUS CASTORS RITSEMA (COLEOPTERA: LEPINIDAE)
FROM BEAVER. By D. M. Wood. Proc. Ent. Soc. Ontario 1964 [1965] 95:33-63,
35 figs. 1965. — The egg, larva, and pupa of both species and the adult of the
first species are described and illustrated. Life histories, including host relationships,
activities, food getting, temperature requirements, laboratory rearing, mating, and
egg laying, are described and discussed. These ectoparasitic beetles are fascinating,
and so is this study.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF PLAUMANNIOLA
COSTA LIMA (COLEOPTERA: SCYDMAENIDAE)

By John F. Lawrence1
and Hans Reichardt2-3

The genus Plaumanniola was proposed for the Brazilian species P.
sanctaecatharinae and was made the type of a distinct subfamily of Ptinidae,
the Plaumanniolinae (Costa Lima, 1962). Because of the peculiar struc¬
ture of the head and antennae, it was assumed that the beetle lives with
ants, and several references were made in the description to the similarities
between this species and the Australian myrmecophile Ectrephes calvatus
Mjoberg. In connection with the preparation of a forthcoming paper
on myrmecophilous Ptinidae, the authors had the opportunity of obtaining
for study a male paratype of Plaumanniola sanctaecatharinae. A careful
examination of the specimen confirmed our suspicions that the species
is not a ptinid at all, but rather belongs to the family Scydmaenidae.

The following characters of Plaumanniola clearly indicate its inclusion
within the Scydmaenidae: 1) 3rd segment of maxillary palp enlarged,
the terminal segment small, acuminate, and partly buried in the apex
of the 3rd (fig. 1). 2) Procoxal cavities open behind, the coxae conical
and projecting, contiguous, and the trochantins hidden. 3) Mesepisternum
elevated above the plane of the metasternum. 4) Metacoxae well
separated but not distant. 5) Hindwing with reduced venation, the anal
lobe (Forbes, 1926) and the medio-cubital loop (Crowson, 1955)
absent. 6) Abdomen with 6 freely-articulated visible sternites; tergites
completely covered by elytra, the first 4 membranous and the last 2
sclerotized. 7) Aedeagus similar to Stenichnus collaris Mull. (Sharp
and Muir, 1912:508, fig. 56) with a short, thick median lobe, which
is curved ventrad at the base to form a narrow, flat process, narrow
lateral lobes attached dorsally, and a complex internal sac bearing
sclerotized plates.

The wing venation is undoubtedly staphylinoid (Crowson, 1955:12,
fig. 6) with the medio-cubital loop entirely absent. Within the Staphy-
linoidea, the Pselaphidae and Staphylinidae never have more than 2
tergites membranous, while the Leptinidae and Anisotomidae lack the
procoxal characters. The hidden trochantins and the structure of the
abdomen separate Plaumanniola from the Silphidae and Scaphidiidae.
The raised mesepisternum and the structure of the maxillary palp appear
to be found only in the Scydmaenidae. The general structure of the
aedeagus is not uncommon among staphylinoids, but the dorsal articulation
of the lateral lobes is unique to the Scydmaenidae.

1 Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.

2 Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria da Agricultura, Sab Paulo, Brazil; presently
at Harvard University.

•^Acknowledgements. We gratefully acknowledge the assistance of M. A. Vulcano,
Departamento de Zoologia, Sab Paulo, Brazil, for the loan of the paratype specimen.
(This specimen was bought by Hans Reichardt from Fritz Plaumann and deposited
in the collection at Sab Paulo.)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Aside from the peculiar structure of the head and pronotum, both
of which are broad and flattened, the most aberrant character of Plau-
manniola is the structure of the antenna, which is enlarged apically
forming a 5-segmented club (fig. 2). Even this, however, is not without
precedent among the Scydmaenidae. Crowson (1955:37) mentions that
Cephennium and its allies have a distinctly anisotomid-like club, while
several scydmaenids figured by Schaufuss (1866), Sharp (1897), and
Reitter (1909) have the last 2 to 5 antennal segments variously enlarged.
The sensory vesicles present in the antenna of Eutheia (Crowson, 1955:30,
37, fig. 30) could not be seen in the specimen of Plaumanniola.

The position of the genus within the Scydmaenidae is somewhat more
difficult to ascertain, since the family is badly in need of revision. Accord¬
ing to the characters used by Casey (1897), Arnett (1961), and Marsh
(1962), for the North American fauna, Plaumanniola may be tentatively
placed near the tribe Euconnini, sharing with its members the following
characters: 1) 4th segment of maxillary palp acuminate. 2) Antennal
insertions fairly widely separated. 3) Neck short and abruptly con-

Figures 1-2, Plaumanniola sanctaecatharinae Costa Lima. 1 — Last 3 segments of
maxillary palp. 2 — Antenna.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

strictcd. 4) Eyes placed slightly anterad of middle of head. 5) Proster-
nLim deeply emarginate before the coxae. 6) Mesosternum distinctly
carinate. 7) Hind coxae distinctly separated, transverse, attaining the
sides of the body. 8) Scutellum not visible.

The tribe Euconnini is fairly well represented in the Neotropical region,
with the majority of species, according to Blackwelder (1944), belonging
to the genus Euconnus. Because of the specialized character of Plauman-
niola and the uncertain nature of the present scydmaenid classification,
we think that the genus should remain in a separate tribe of the Scydmaeni-
nae, the Plaumanniolini, which might be placed near the Euconnini and
the Scydmaenini. A more detailed treatment of the generic relationships
must await a thorough revision of the family.

The supposition that Plaumanniola sanctaecatharinae may be myrme-
cophilous is not supported by evidence at present, since Costa Lima’s
specimens were collected by Fritz Plaumann among dry leaves on the
forest floor. It is not improbable, however, that the species lives in
association with ants, since myrmecophily appears to be fairly common
among the Scydmaenidae. Wasmann (1894) lists 32 species of scydmae-
nids which have been collected with various ant species. It is hoped
that a further investigation of this remarkable species will shed light
both on its taxonomic relationships and on its habits.

Literature Cited

Arnett, R. H.

1961. The Beetles of the United States. Part II. Fasc. 23. Catholic Univ. Amer.
Press, Washington, D.C., pp. 357-362, 1 fig.

Bl ACKWELDER, R. E.

1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the
West Indies, and South America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 185, xii 4- 188 pp.

Casey, T. L.

1897. Coleopterological notices. VII. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 9:285-684.
Costa Lima, A. da

1962. Micro-coleoptero representante da nova subfamilia Plaumanniolinae
(Col., Ptinidae). Rev. Brasil. Biol. 22(4) : 4 1 3-4 1 8, 4 figs.

Crowson, R. A.

1955. The Natural Classification of the Families of Coleoptera. N. Lloyd,
London. 187 pp., 212 figs.

Forbes, W. T. M.

1926. The wing folding patterns of the Coleoptera. Jour. New York Ent. Soc.
34:42-68, 91-139, pis. 7-18.

Marsh, G. A.

1957. Family Scydmaenidae. In Melville H. Hatch, The Beetles of the Pacific
Northwest. Part II. Staphyliniformia. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. 16, ix +
348 pp., 37 pis. (pp. 271-280, pi. 36, figs. 3-7).

Reitter, E.

1909. Fauna Germanica. Die Kafer des deutschen Reiches. Band II. Lutz,
Stuttgart. 392 pp., pis. 41-80.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

SCHAUFUSS, L. W.

1866. Monographic der Scydmaeniden Central- und Siidamerika’s Verh. Kaisl.
Leop. -Carol, deut. Akad. Naturforsch. 33(6). 103 pp., 4 pis.

Sharp, D.

1897. Fam. Scydmaenidae. In F. D. Godman and O. Salvin, edit. Biologia
Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera. Vol 2, Part 1 (1897-1905).
Godman and Salvin, London, xii + 717 pp., 19 pis. (pp. 46-71, pi. 2).

Sharp, D. and F. Muir

1912. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. Trans.
Ent. Soc. London 1912: 477-642, pis. 42-78.

Wasmann, E.

1894. Kritisches Verzeichniss der myrmekophilen und termitophilen Arthropo-
den. F. L. Dames, Berlin, xiii + 231 pp.

LITERATURE NOTICE

A CASE OF MULLERIAN MIMICRY OF SOUND. By C. Lane and M. Roths¬
child. Proc. Ent. Soc. London (A) 40 (10-12) : 156-158, 4 pis. 1965. — Stridulation
and behaviour displayed by Necrophorus investigator (Silphidae) is described and
compared with that exhibited by the bumble bee when disturbed in a semi-torpid
state. It is suggested that this display of mimicry by the beetle is directed against
crepuscular ground predators as well as birds. A short but very interesting paper.

THE TYPES OF ADAPTATIONS OF LEGS’ STRUCTURE OF DESERT
DARKLING BEETLES (COLEOPTERA, TENEBRIONIDAE. [In Russian.] By
G. S. Medvedev. Ent. Obozr. 44(4) : 803-826, 29 figs. 1965. — Another article by
Medvedev on morphological adaptations of tenebrionids. He had previously written
on the mouthparts.

ESTUDIO MORFOLOGICO DE DOS COLEOPTEROS ACUATICOS CHI-
LENOS: RHANTHUS SIGNATUS ( D YTISCIDAE ) Y TROPISTERNUS
SETIGER (HYDROPHILIDAE). By M. Etcheverry and W. Brunner. Publ. Centro.
Est. Ent. (Santiago de Chile) No. 7:1-28, 68 figs. 1965. — The text contains general
information on the habits of both families, a list of Chilean species of both families,
and only two pages of morphological descriptions of the two species. Most of the
article is made up of illustrations.

MORE NEW GALERUCINE BEETLES WITH EXCISED MIDDLE TIBIAE
IN THE MALE and A REVIEW OF THE BEETLES OF THE GENUS NEOBRO-
TICA AND SOME CLOSELY RELATED GENERA. By D. H. Blake. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 118:233-266, 35 figs., and 267-372, 104 figs., respectively. 1966. — A key
to genera treated in each paper, a key to the North and Central American species
of Neobrotica in the second, and descriptions and illustrations of both new and old
species make up these two papers.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

TWO CRYPTIC NEW FIREFLY SPECIES IN THE GENUS
PHOTINUS (COLEOPTERA: LAMPYRIDAE)

By James E. Lloyd12-1 * 3

Studies on the mating behavior of Photinus fireflies have resolved each
of three familiar species into a cryptic species-pair. For each pair one sibling
le quires formal characterization and a name. Two of the necessary de¬
scriptions are furnished here; description of the third species is deferred
until critical observations can be made.

Photinus macdermotti Lloyd, NEW SPECIES

DIAGNOSIS: This species has previously been confused with Photinus
consanguineus LeConte. Male flash pattern with two flashes approximatelv
two seconds apart (versus two flashes one-half second apart in con¬
sanguineus ). Procoxae with anterior surfaces fuscous or piceous (versus
pale in consanguineus). Mesocoxae with anterior surfaces fuscous or
piceous without pale areas (versus pale or with pale areas in consanguin¬
eus) . Less constant characters are 1) the coloration of the anterior sur¬
faces of the metafemora, completely or nearly completely dark in mac¬
dermotti and bicolored in consanguineus, and 2) the frequent presence
of a median longitudinal pronotal sulcus in macdermotti (versus a median
carinula in consanguineus). Specimens of macdermotti collected in Gaines¬
ville, Florida, are, on the average, 1.3 mm. shorter than those of con¬
sanguineus from Gainesville.

HOL°TYPE: Male. Form as in figure 1. Length 9.0 mm. Eyes large, separated
medially above by less than diameter of eye. Pronotum with median longitudinal
sulcus, with median piceous brown vitta about .27 of width of pronotum and attain¬
ing base but not apex, diffusely entering anterior coarsely punctate area; rectangular
area each side of vitta rosy. Scutellum piceous black. Mesonotal areas black. Elytra
piceous black; sutural bead flavate, continuously around apex, wider than explanate
margin. Procoxae with anterior surfaces fuscous. Mesocoxae with anterior surfaces
piceous brown. Metafemora with anterior surfaces concolorous, piceous brown
Ventral abdominal segments 2-5 piceous brown, 6 and 7 yellow and luminous, 8
translucent, 9 fuscous. Pygidium brown and truncate. Aedeagus as in consanguineus
(see Green, 1956). Flash pattern composed of two short flashes approximately two
seconds apart; repeated every four to seven seconds of flight.

TYPE LOCALITY: Gainesville, Alachua County, Florida, 12 May,
1964, J. E. Lloyd. Mesophytic woods. Attracted to a flashlight flashed in
a manner to simulate the female flash-response. Deposited in the collection
at Cornell University.

VARIATION : Length 8.0-10.5 mm. Width of pale elytral border varies from
barely wider to much wider than explanate margin. Anterior surfaces of procoxae

1 Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

- This investigation was supported by U. S. Public Health Service Predoctoral
Fellowship No. 1-F1-GM-22, 196-01, the Sigma Xi-RESA research fund, and the
Bache Fund, Grant No. 481.

3 1 thank Dr. William L. Brown of Cornell University for his helpful comments
and criticisms of the manuscript.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

sometimes piceous brown. Anterior surfaces of metafemora occasionally bicolored.
Pronotal median longitudinal sulcus occasionally absent and rarely a carinula is
present.

FEMALES: Length 7. 5-9.0 mm. Alate, similar to males in form and coloration. Eyes
small, separated medially above by more than diameter of eye. Ventral abdominal
segment 6 yellow and luminous in median third of width, pale each side; segments
2-5, 7 and 8 piceous brown. Pygidium brown and narrowly rounded. Female flash-
response a single short flash emitted about one and one-half seconds after the be¬
ginning of the second pulse of the male flash pattern.

DISTRIBUTION: P. macdermotti was observed and behavior voucher
specimens collected during May 1964 and April and May 1965 at Gaines¬
ville, Florida (Holotype, 61 males, 9 females), and June 1963 and 1964
at Pisgah Mountain, North Carolina (3 males, 3 females).

NOTES: This species is named in honor of Mr. Frank A. McDermott
of Wilmington, Delaware.

P. consanguineus was observed and behavior voucher specimens col¬
lected during May 1964 and April and May 1965 at Gainesville, Florida
(48 males, 4 females), June 1963 at Fife, Goochland County, Virginia (5
males, 4 females), and May 1965 at Otter Creek, Levy County, Florida
(2 males).

The morphological characters given to distinguish macdermotti from
consanguineus permit correct identification of over 95 percent of the
voucher specimens of both species collected at Gainesville, Florida.

There apparently is no type of consanguineus. The LeConte Collection
(Museum of Comparative Zoology) contains several specimens of this
species, and only the first specimen bears LeConte’s determination label.
I have labeled this specimen “nomenifer P. consanguineus” in order to
avoid freezing a type selection among specimens possibly not of LeConte’s
type series. In any case, the series in the LeConte Collection at Ftarvard
is mixed (see Green). The nomenifer measures 12.0 mm. Pronotal carinula
present. Pro- and mesocoxae pale. Metafemora bicolored, although not
markedly so. Locality W. Va. (West Virginia).

Photinus tanytoxus Lloyd, NEW SPECIES

DIAGNOSIS: This species has previously been confused with Photinus
collustrans LeConte. Male flash pattern a single flash approximately one-
half second long (versus one-quarter second in collustrans). Flying and
flashing period of males beginning after 40 minutes past sunset (versus
beginning about 15 minutes past sunset and ending by 45 minutes after
sunset in collustrans) . Apical one-third to one-half of elytral sutural bead
black (versus elytral sutural bead fulvous throughout in collustrans), (see
fig. 3).

HOLOTYPE: Male. Form as in fig 2. Length 8.0 mm. Eyes large, separated
medially above by less than diameter of eye. Pronotum slightly wider than long,
broadly rounded in front; disk rufous, with deeply impressed longitudinal sulcus;
anterior punctate area piceous black, diffusely so anteriorly. Scutellum and mesonotal
areas fulvous and rufous respectively. Elytra piceous black; basal one-half of sutural
bead fulvous, apical one-half black, continuously around apex; narrow explanate
margin flavous, becoming fuscous apically. Each elytron tapering posteriorly with
lateral and sutural margins feebly converging to near apex. Ventral abdominal seg-

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

n«e?tS o'* pic,eous black, 6 and 7 yellow and luminous, 8 translucent with white
spots, 9 translucent; pygidium black, apex bisinuately subtruncate. Aedeagus as in
collustrans (see Green). Flash pattern a single long flash about one-half second in
duration; emitted every two to four seconds of flight.

n ^ LOCALITY.- Route 26, 3.7 miles west of Gainesville, Alachua
County Florida, 24 May, 1964, J. E. Lloyd. Pasture, probably originally
a xerophytic hammock. Attracted to a female caged in a glass container.
Deposited in the collection at Cornell University.

TIC!N: LenSjh 7.0-9. 5 mm. Piceous pronotal coloration frequently extends
posteriorly along midline (see fig. 3). Color of elytral apical margin frequently

half nf 'i 0Ttu0nf °f elyf2 SLltural bead colored black varies from one-third to one^
Halt of length of sutural bead.

]^]Mt^ES' cLength CO’11-0 mm. Dissimilar, elongate, brachypterous, of soft
Prnnnt 7 UrJ' ,Etyes, small, separated medially above by more than diameter of eye.
Pronotal and elytral coloration as in males except elytral sutural bead usually entirely
black, continuously around apex, occasionally basal one-fourth fulvous. Ventral ab-
dommal segment 6 luminous in median third of width. Other abdominal segments,
both dorsal and ventral, fulvous, rosy laterally. Female flash-response a single long

be^inniif^o^ma^e^ash011^ m duration and emitted approximately one second after

DISTRIBUTION. P. tanytoxus was observed and behavior voucher
specimens collected during May 1964 and April and May 1965 at Gaines¬
ville, Florida (33 males, 1 female), and 3.7 miles west of Gainesville on
route 26 (Holotype, 64 males, 25 females).

Figures 1-3, Photinus spp. 1 — Form of macdermotti n. sp. 2 — Form of tanytoxus
n. sp. 3— Composite drawing; pronotum showing dark coloration extending posteriorly
along midline as found in some individuals of tanytoxus n. sp. and collustrans
LeConte; left elytron with sutural bead as in tanytoxus, right elytron with sutural
bead as in collustrans.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

NOTES: This species is named for the appearance of the flight path of
flashing males — a long arc.

P. collustrans was observed and behavior voucher specimens collected
during May 1964 and April and May 1965 at Gainesville, Florida (42
males, 12 females), May 1964 and 1965 at Highlands Hammock State
Park, Highlands County, Florida (21 males), May 1965 on route 26, 10
miles west of Gainesville (19 males), and 14 May, 1965 at the collustrans
type locality, Enterprise, Volusia County, Florida (21 males).

The morphological character given to distinguish tanytoxus males from
those of collustrans permits the correct identification of over 95 percent
of the voucher specimens of both species.

The type of collustrans, in the LeConte Collection at Harvard University,
has a well marked fulvous elytral bead.

Upon the completion of this study, behavior voucher specimens will be
deposited in the collections at Cornell University, the California Academy
of Sciences, the United States National Museum, the University of Florida,
Harvard University, and the University of Michigan.

The following additions to Green’s 1965 key are made; Couplet 20,
page 567, first alternative, in place of “(17) P. collustrans LeConte” intro¬
duce the following couplet.

Elytral sutural bead black in apical one-third to one-half - P. TANYTOXUS Lloyd

Elytral sutural bead fulvous throughout - P. COLLUSTRANS LeConte

Couplet 25, page 568, second alternative, in place of “(25) P. consanguin-
eus LeConte” introduce the following couplet.

Procoxae with anterior surfaces fuscous or piceous. Mesocoxae with anterior surfaces

fuscous or piceous without pale areas - P. MACDERMOTTI Lloyd

Procoxae with anterior surfaces pale. Mesocoxae with anterior surfaces pale or with

pale areas - P. CONSANGUINEUS LeConte

Literature Cited

Green, J. W.

1965. Revision of the nearctic species of Photinus (Lampyridae: Coleoptera).
Proc. Calif. Acad Sci. 28 ( 15) : 56 1-6 13, 19 figs.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

NOTES ON THE NEARCTIC ANTHOPHAGINI WITH A

KEY TO THE GENERA
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)

By Ian Moore1- 2

Considerable confusion exists in the Nearctic literature concerning; the
charactemation of a number of genera of the Anthophagini, the largest
tribe of the subfamily Omaliinae. In the present paper I am presenting the
results of some studies of the group, partly in order to correct some
existing errors, but largely in order to present a new key to the Nearctic
genera. Members of all the genera have been examined.

The Omaliinae can be distinguished from all other Nearctic staphylinids
except the Leptotyphlinae by the presence of a pair of pale mounds
on the upper surface of the head near a line drawn through the posterior
margin of the eyes. ( Vellica longipennis Casey lacks these structures
but is obviously a member of the tribe.) These mounds have generally
been called ocelli ” Coiffait, 1959, demonstrated that they are not true
ocelli as found m the Orthoptera and Hymenoptera, but mark the point of
attachment of the posterior arm of the tentorum. He proposed the name
frontal calluses for these structures. The Omaliinae differ from the

Leptotyphlinae in having five-segmented tarsi, whereas a lesser number
is present in the latter subfamily.

The Anthophagini may be briefly characterized as follows: last segment
of maxillary palpi longer than width of penultimate, usually not narrower
than penultimate; tarsi with first four segments not wider than fifth seg¬
ment; last segment of posterior tarsi shorter than first four together
segments two through four usually decreasing in length.

Members of this tribe are known largely from the Holarctic region
have been found in Australia, New Zealand and the Andean areas
ot Chi e and Argentina. Most of the few known tropic species were
probably collected at high altitudes.

Although the key to the genera which follows is clear, the use of it
involves considerable difficulty due to the fact that the generic differences
in this tribe are often slight and not easy to observe. This is particularly
evident in the palpal and tarsal structure. The terminal segments of the
maxillary palpus and the posterior tarsus of a member of each genus are
illustrated to facilitate identification. Members of each genus usuallv
conform to a characteristic facies which is difficult to define. Consequents
an outline drawing of a member of each genus, as seen from above is
given as a further aid to identification.

fornkiSSOCiate ^ Entomology’ San DieS° Natural History Museum, San Diego, Cali-

my gratitude to Horace Last, Jacques R. Heifer
H gh B. Leech, Charles H. Seevers, William O. Steel and Rupert L Wenzel for
loan or gift of specimens and for other favors. P zei IOr

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Key to the Nearctic Genera of the Anthophagini

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

20.

21.

2
7

3
5

LeConte

bilobed - - - PELECOMALIUM Casey

not bilobed - AMPHICHROUM Kraatz

First segment of posterior tarsi about as long as, or longer than last segment -

First segment of posterior tarsi shorter than last segment -

Last segment of maxillary palpi not more than twice as long as penultimate -

Last segment of maxillary palpi more than twice as long as penultimate -

Last segment of maxillary palpi not distinctly narrower than penultimate -

Last segment of maxillary palpi distinctly narrower than penultimate OROBANUS
Penultimate tarsomere
Penultimate tarsomere

Head with impressed nuchal line - UNAMIS Casey

Head without nuchal line - 6

Head with a pair of frontal calluses between eyes - PHLAEOPTERUS Motschoulsky

Head without frontal calluses - - - VELLICA Casey

Last segment of maxillary palpi narrower than apex of penultimate - 8

Last segment of maxillary palpi not narrower than apex of penultimate -

Last segment of maxillary palpi slender, parallel sided - MICROEDUS LeConte

Last segment of maxillary palpi fusiform - GEODROMICUS Redtenbacher

All antennomeres densely pubescent - 10

First four antennomeres glabrous except for a few long setae - 11

Penultimate segment of maxillary palpi one-half longer than wide - ARTOCHIA Casey

Penultimate segment of maxillary palpi not longer than wide - LESTEVA Latreille

Second antennomere twice as long as third - PORRHODITES Kraatz

Second antennomere not longer than third - - 12

First segment of posterior tarsi one-half longer than second - ACIDOTA Stephens

First segment of posterior tarsi not or very little longer than second -

Head with well-impressed nuchal line; last segment of maxillary palpi seldom

longer than penultimate -

Nuchal line absent or feeble; last segment of maxillary palpi usually longer than

penultimate -

Base of pronotum tumid, reflexed - PARADELIPHRUM

Base of pronotum not tumid, not refiexed -

Tarsi with a small membranous bilobed pad at base of ungues

Tarsi without pad at base of ungues -

not more than one-half

Last segment
penultimate
Last segment
mate -

of maxillary palpi

of maxillary palpi more than twice as long

17.

Pronotum not widest at base

18.

Pronotum widest at base -

Mesosternum carinate -

- MATHRILAEUM NEW

19.

Mesosternum not carinate

Gular sutures united (or extremely approximate)

Gular sutures distinctly separate -

_ OLOPHRUM E

17
Hatch

- 15

ANTHOPHAGUS Gravenhorst

- 16

longer than
ARPEDIUM Erichson
as penulti-
XYLODROMUS Heer

18
21

N US
19

Erichson

Head abruptly constricted behind eyes to form a distinct neck; tempora much shorter
than eyes _ ANTHOBIUM Leach

Head not constricted behind eyes; tempora longer than eyes - OROCHARES Kraatz

Head produced in a beak which anterior to eyes is one-half longer than

wide _ TANYRRHINUS Mannerheim

Head anterior to eyes not longer than wide - TRIGONODEMUS LeConte

Discussions

OROBANUS. Members of this genus are distinctive within this tribe
in that the last segment of the maxillary palpi is shorter and much narrower
than the preceding segment. In Microedus and Geodromicus a similar but
much less pronounced condition occurs. In the latter two genera, the
first segment of the posterior tarsus is much shorter than the last segment,
whereas in Orobanus the first segment is longer than the last.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Seven species are known from the Western United States and British
Columbia. The genus was revised by Mank, 1934.

PELECOMALIUM. The bilobed penultimate tarsomere is a unique
character within the tribe, as also is the strongly sexually dimorphic
maxillary palpus.

Twelve species are at present recognized in this genus. Eleven of these
are known from the Western United States, British Columbia and Alaska.
The other is from Pennsylvania.

Some of Casey’s species appear to be weakly separated from scutatum
and opaculum ; the color is variable and other differences given seem light.

AMPHICROUM. Members of this genus resemble those of Pele-
comalium but differ in palpal and tarsal structure.

Three Nearctic species are known from Southern California to Alaska.
Seven species have been described from the Palaearctic region and two
from India.

UNAMIS. There is no single outstanding character to distinguish
these small dark insects. They resemble members of Phlaeopterus, from
which they differ in having a transverse impressed line across the upper
surface of the head, just behind the frontal calluses.

The four known species are found on the Pacific coast from British
Columbia to middle California. Hatch, 1957, gives a key to the species.

PHLAEOPTERUS. These are moderate-sized dark insects which are
usually rather strongly flattened dorso-ventrally.

The fourteen described species are from the Western United States,
Western Canada and Alaska. All but three of these are treated by Hatch
1957.

VELLICA. The single species, longipennis Casey, is remarkable in
lacking frontal calluses. Structurally it resembles Phlaeopterus and Unamis,
but is small and not depressed. It is apparently not common in Northern
California.

Vellica is an example of the exception so often encountered in taxonomy.
The outstanding characteristic of the group is lacking, but the insect is
otherwise so similar to others of the group that it cannot be excluded
merely because it lacks frontal calluses. Conversely, Brathinus must be
excluded from the family Staphylinidae (as explained later), although
it has frontal calluses.

MICROEDUS. These small, dark insects are structurally similar to
members of Geodromicus, but differ in palpal structure. The last segment
of the maxillary palpus is somewhat narrower than the preceding and is
nearly parallel-sided for most of its length. In Geodromicus, the last
segment is thickened centrally and gradually narrowed to base and to
apex. In members of both of these genera the fourth posterior tarsomere
has beneath, extending distally from its apex, a small, membranous
appendage, the apex of which bears a pair of long setae which extend
between the ungues. I have not observed this structure in other members
of the tribe.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Six species are known from the western United States and British
Columbia, and one of these is also found in Newfoundland. Hatch, 1957,
treated all of the species.

GEODROMICUS. These moderate-sized beetles are sometimes marked
with patterns of red or yellow. An unusual appendage on the underside
of the posterior tarsus is described in the notes under Microedus.

Twelve species are reported from the Nearctic region, two of which
are also known from Europe. Twenty-five other species have been
described from the Palaearctic region and sixteen from India.

ARTOCHIA. The elongation of the front of the head is unusual in this
subfamily. A much more pronounced elongation of the head occurs in
Tanyrrhinus, but the palpal structure and the facies will readily distinguish
them. The form of the maxillary palpi (as illustrated) will aid in identifi¬
cation of members of the genus.

The two known species, both from California, are apparently rare.
The elytra of productijrons are as long as wide, whereas in calijornica
they are much longer than wide.

LESTEVA. The palpal structure is the most distinguishing character¬
istic of species of this genus. The very short penultimate segment and the
very long last segment is an unusual combination.

Two species are known from the Northern United States, Canada and
Alaska. Twenty-four other species have been described from the Palae¬
arctic region and four from India.

Casey, 1893, erected the genus Tevales for a new species, cribratulus.
At the same time, he proposed the generic name Pseudolesteva for
Lesteva pallipes LeConte, later changing the generic name to Paralesteva
on the assumption that Pseudolesteva was preoccupied. Steel, 1952,
showed that the two species for which Casey has established these two
genera were not sufficiently distinct to warrant separate genera for them.
He united them with Lesteva.

Blackwelder, 1952, demonstrated that the type-species of Lesteva is
in the genus called Anthophagus, which name (under a strict application
of the rules) it should replace. Since this left the genus without a name,
he proposed the name Lesta for it. Blackwelder was unaware of Steel’s
study of the same year, which synonymized Tevales, Pseudolesteva and
Paralesteva with Lesteva. If a strict application of the rules is to be
accepted, the correct name to apply to this genus would be Tevales Casey.
However, much confusion would exist if this name were changed. Subse¬
quent students have continued to use the names Lesteva and Anthophagus
in their original sense. It is reasonable to assume that the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature will conserve these older names.
Consequently, I am using the older name, Lesteva, for this genus, and
Anthophagus for the genus which has long been known by that name.
Assuming that the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature
will conserve the name Lesteva in its original sense, the American species
should be listed as follows: Lesteva Latreille, 1896, with Tevales Casey,
1893, Pseudolesteva Casey, 1893, Paralesteva Casey, 1905, and Lesta
Blackwelder, 1952, as synonyms, and with two species, cribratulus
(Casey), 1893, and pallipes LeConte, 1863.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

PORRHODITES. A second antennomere, twice as long as the third
is unique within the tribe. In other members of the tribe this segment is
not longer than the third and often much shorter.

A single circumpolar species of this genus has been reported from
Labrador, Michigan, Colorado, British Columbia, Alaska and Europe.

ACIDOTA. There is no single character to distinguish members of this
genus from others of the tribe. They are coarsely sculptured, with shining
integuments.

The three known American species are northern in distribution. Two

of the American species and five other species are found in the Palaearctic
region.

PARADELIPHRUM. The tumid, reflexed base of the pronotum is not
pronounced but is an unusual character.

Hatch, 1957, described this genus and two species, tumiduwi from
British Columbia and Oregon, and inflation from British Columbia. I have
seen specimens of the latter from California and Colorado.

ANTHOPHAGUS. As this genus has not previously been reported
from America, a generic description follows:

Head oval, strongly constricted behind to form a neck; with a definite nuchal
constriction across the dorsal surface; with a discrete longitudinal impression each
side before the frontal calluses. Labrum tranverse, shallowly emarginate in front.
Mandibles stout, pointed. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment small-
second elongate, curved, widest at apex; third about as long as second, apex wider
than second, fourth a little longer and almost as wide as third, narrowed apically
Outer lobe of maxillae longer than inner lobe, curved at apex, which is densely
pubescent; inner lobe hooked at apex, inner margin setose and pubescent. Ligula
triangularly emarginate at apex. Labial palpi three-segmented; first segment short-
second longer, swollen apically; third about as long as second, narrower" cylindrical’
Gular sutures united at middle, widely divergent behind.

Pronotum about as wide as head, constricted behind. Prosternal process pointed
extending halfway between the coxae. Mesosternum not carinate, its process short
and pointed. Middle coxae contiguous. Elytra wider than pronotum.

Tibiae pubescent, with a few spines externally. Posterior tarsi with first four
segments short, subequal, fifth a little shorter than the first four together. With
a small bilobed membranous pad between the ungues.

This genus differs from all other omaliinids in the presence of the small
bilobed membranous pad between the claws.

The use of this name rather than Lesteva for this genus, as proposed
by Blackwelder, 1952, has been discussed in the notes under the genus
Lesteva.

A series of specimens very similar to the European A. caraboides Linne
was collected at Prairie Creek, California, by Van Dyke in August,
1939. These are now being studied by William O. Steel.

Thirty-two species of this genus are known from Europe, and three
species from Japan.

ARPEDIUM. Members of this genus vary considerably in facies. The
distinguishing generic characters are not pronounced.

Of the nine species reported from America, at least three are also
known from the Palaearctic region. Fourteen other species have been

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Figures 1-9. Neartic Anthophagini, one species of each genus; outline drawings
of the body, as seen from above, the last three segments of the maxillary palpus, and
the posterior tarsus.. 1 — Orobanus densus Casey. 2 — Pelecomalium puberulum
Fauvel. 3 — Amphicroum fioribundum LeConte. 4 — Unamis truncata Casey.
5 — Phlaeopterus fusconiger Motschoulsky. 6 — Vellica longipennis Casey. 7 — Micro-
edus ewingi Hatch. 8 — Geodromicus plagiatus (Fabricius). 9 — Artochia calif ornica
Bernhauer.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

described from the Palaearctic region and one, a doubtful member of
the genus, from India. The American species are difficult to identify
from the existing literature.

XYLODROMUS. The American species tend to be parallel in form
with moniliform antennae.

Although I have not seen Casey’s types, his descriptions are in sufficient
detail to lead me to believe that the synonomy in the following list of
the three Nearctic species is correct.

capito (Casey) NEW COMBINATION. (Omalium)
concinnus (Marsham)

lacustre Casey NEW SYNONYMY. (Omalium)
depressus (Gravenhorst)

Capito was described from Wisconsin. The other two species are widely
distributed in the northern part of the continent and also in the Palaearctic
region, from which seven other species are known.

MATHRILAEUM Moore NEW GENUS.

Head wider than long; somewhat produced in front, the anterior margin vaguely
tumid; irregularly impressed before the frontal calluses; eyes large, prominent; sides
with a strongly reflexed border behind the eyes, thence abruptly narrowed to a
broad neck. Antennae incrassate. Labrum transverse, emarginate in front. Mandibles
stout, base thickened, abruptly flattened in apical third, strongly arcuate and hooked
at apex. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment short; second elongate,
arcuate, widest at apex; third shorter than and about as wide as second; fourth
wider and longer than second, gradually narrowed to apex. Outer lobe of maxillae
longer and wider than inner lobe, externally at apex with a row of spines, internally
densely pubescent; inner lobe hooked at tip, setose internally. Ligula tranverse,
apex emarginate, with a central chitonous rod. Labial palpi three-segmented; first
segment longer than wide; second a little narrower than first, tranverse; third
narrower than second, longer than wide, subcylindrical. Mentum large, trapezoidal.
Gular sutures united at the middle, widely divergent behind.

Pronotum transverse, subquadrate, side margins crenulate. Prosternum tumid
in the middle, its process long and pointed. Mesosternum strongly, longitudinally
carinate, its process long, pointed, extending more than halfway between the
coxae. Metasternal process short, rounded, not meeting the mesosternal process.
Elytra covering most of the abdomen; with impressed longitudinal striae.

Tibiae without spines on the outer edge. Hind tarsi with the first four segments
short, progressively decreasing a little in length; fifth segment shorter than first
four together.

Type-species: Lathrimaeum pictum Fauvel.

Also included in this genus is Lathrimaeum subcostatum Maklin. These two species
have always been placed in the genus now called Anthobium. In Anthobium the
mesosternum is not carinate, the gular sutures are separated and the tibiae usually
have a few spines externally.

The two known species are found in fungus from British Columbia to middle
California.

Key to the Species of Mathrilaeum

Elytra with three to five rows of punctures between suture and first raised inter¬
space - - - SUBCOSTATUM (Maklin)

Elytra with single row of punctures between suture and first raised inter¬
space - PICTUM (Fauvel)

Figures 10-18. Nearctic Anthophagini, one species of each genus; outline drawings
of the body, as seen from above, the last three segments of the maxillary palpus
and the posterior tarsus. 10 — Lesteva cribratulus (Casey). 11 — Porrhodites fenestralis
(Zetterstedt). 12 — Acidota quadrata Zetterstedt. 13 — Paradeliphrum inflatum Hatch.
14 — Anthophagus sp. 15 — Arpedium quadrum (Gravenhorst). 16 — Xylodromus
depressus (Gravenhorst). 17 — Mathrilaeum pictum (Fauvel). 18 — Olophrum
obtectum Erichson.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

OLOPHRUM. It has usually been stated that members of this genus
lack spines on the outer edge of the tibiae, a character which has been
used to differentiate several related genera. This character is variable
within this genus, some species having no spines, others a few and some
quite a number. The character cannot be employed advantageously in this
section of the tribe.

I have seen specimens of Olophrum nigropiceum Motschoulsky from
Alaska, previously known only from Siberia.

Thirteen Nearctic species are known, four of which are also reported
from the Palaearctic region. Thirty-six other Palaearctic species, and one
species from India, have been described.

ANTHOBIUM. Members of this genus have no single outstanding
character for their easy recognition. It has usually been stated that the
tibiae of members of this genus are not spinose on the outer edge, one
of the characters used to separate the genus from Deliphrum. The type-
species, melanocephalum (Gyllenhal), and a number of other species have
a distinct series of small spines interspersed with the pubescence on the
outer edge of the tibiae. As with Olophrum, this is not a dependable
character. I can find no character of importance to separate the type-
species of Deliphrum, tectum (Paykull), from Anthobium melanocephalum
(Gyllenhal), so I am uniting the two genera (NEW SYNONYMY).

Anthobium pictum (Fauvel) and subcostatum (Maklin) have been
removed in this paper to the new genus Mathrilaeum.

The Nearctic species are as follows: Anthobium aequicolle (Casey)
NEW COMBINATION (Deliphrum), atrocephalum (Gyllenhal), clarki
Hatch, crenulatum Hatch, expansum (LeConte) NEW COMBINATION
(Deliphrum), fimetarium (Mannerheim), marginatum (Kirby & Spence),
nigropiceum (Casey), occiduum (Casey) NEW COMBINATION (Deli¬
phrum), reflexicolle (Casey), sinuosum Hatch, and spretum Hatch.

Figures 19-22. Nearctic Anthophagini, one species of each genus; outline drawings
of the body, as seen from above, the last three segments of the maxillary palpus
and the posterior tarsus. 19 —Anthobium atrocephalum (Gyllenhal). 20 — Orochares
angustata (Erichson). 21 — Tanyrrhinus singularis Mannerheim. 22 — Trigonodemus
striatus LeConte.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Of the above twelve species, only one, atrocephalum, is reported from
the Palaearctic region. Twenty-eight other species have been described
from the Palaearctic region and eight from India.

OROCHARES. The only known species, the European angustata
(Erichson), has been reported from Massachusetts. Although this record
appears to be in doubt, its inclusion here will facilitate its recognition
should it be found to be established in this country.

TANYRRHINUS. Aside from its unusual facies with the elongate
head, there is little to distinguish the single species of this genus from
other genera of the Anthophagini. It is known from Alaska to middle Cali¬
fornia.

TRIGONODEMUS. The species are very similar to Tanyrrhinus singu¬
lars Mannerheim, but lack the long beak. Only two species are known,
both from the Nearctic region.

BRATHINUS LeConte. Some authors have treated this genus as a
member of this tribe. Others have put it in a family by itself. I am ex¬
cluding it from the Staphylinidae because the first four tergites (dorsal
segments three through six) are membranous.

EUNONIA Casey. I have seen two specimens in the Bernhauer col¬
lection labeled “Eunonia keeninana Casey,” collected near Prince Rupert,
British Columbia, by Keen. They answer perfectly to Casey’s description
of this species except for the absence of frontal calluses. They are speci¬
mens of a species of Syntomium, either identical with or very similar to
Syntomium malkini Hatch. The head is very roughly sculptured in this
species, which probably led Casey to believe that he detected “ocelli.”
Thus, Eunonia Casey, 1904, equals Syntomium Curtis, 1828 (NEW
SYNONYMY); the genus belongs in the Oxytelinae.

REVELSTOKEA. Revelstokea hopping Hatch is being treated by
William O. Steel.

Literature Cited

Blackwelder, Richard Eliot

1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an essay on
genotypy. Bull. United States Nat. Mus. 200: 1-483.

Casey, Thomas Lincoln

1893. Coleopterological notices, V. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 7:281-606, 1 pi.
1904. On some new Coleoptera, including five new genera. Can. Ent.
36:3 12-324.

Coiffait, Henri

1959. Monographic de Leptotyphlites (Col. Staphylinidae). Rev. Franc. Ent.
26:237-437, 808 figs.

Hatch, Melville Harrison

1957. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part II: Staphyliniformia. Univ.
Washington Publ. Biol. 16: i-x; 1-384, 37 pis.

Mank, Edith

1934. New species of Orobanus. Pan-Pac. Ent. 10: 121-124, 18 figs.

Steel, William O.

1952. Notes on Omaliinae (Col. Staphylinidae). Ent. Mo. Mag. 88:8-9, 5 figs.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

CHANGES IN NOMENCLATURE AND REASSIGNMENT OF

PLATYDESSUS PERFORATUS
(COLEOPTERA: DYTISCIDAE)

By Paul J. Spangler12

While trying to identify and describe
some South American bidessine bee¬
tles, it was necessary to examine the
type of the monotypic genus Platydes¬
sus described and assigned to the tribe
Bidessini by Guignot (1955). Through
the kindness of Mr. G. Frey, Museum
G. Frey, Munich, Germany, I was
able to borrow the female type of
Platydessus perforatus Guignot for
study.

As I suspected when I read that the
type specimen was 5 mm. long (un¬
usually large for a bidessine), the
type does not belong to the tribe
Bidessini. I have examined the meta-
thoracic episterna of perforatus and
found that they are excluded from the
middle coxal cavities by the meso-
sternal epimera; therefore, the species
is excluded from the Bidessini. Also,
the prosternal process is short and does
not attain the metasternum so the spe¬
cies belongs to the Vatellini. The meso-
sternum is mostly visible too, as is
characteristic of the genus Macrovatel-
lus described by Sharp (1882). I have

. compared perforatus with Macrovatel-

aaovatellus perforatus (Guignot). ius mexicanus Sharp and M. haagi

Wehncke and found it is congeneric with them. Consequently, the follow¬
ing changes are necessary.

M acrovatellus Sharp

Macrovatellus Sharp, 1882, Sci. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. 2(2):282.
Type, by subsequent designation, Macrovatellus marginalis Sharp (F.
Guignot, 1946, Rev. Frangais Ent. 13(3): 112).

Platydessus Guignot, 1955, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belgique 31(27) : 3.
Type, by monotypy, Platydessus perforatus Guignot (NEW SYNONYMY).

1 Department of Entomology, United States National Museum, Smithsonian Insti¬
tution, Washington, D. C.

f This study was made possible in part by grant GB-1697 from the National
Science Foundation.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Macrovatellus perforatus (Guignot) NEW COMBINATION

Platydessus perforatus Guignot, 1955, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belgique
31(27) :4. Type female: “Bolivia”; in the G. Frey Museum, Munich,
Germany.

Because Guignot’s perforatus has never been illustrated, a dorsal view
(fig. 1) of his type specimen is included. The distinctive habitus of species
belonging to the genus Macrovatellus is characteristic for most of the
Vatellini.

Literature Cited

Guignot, F.

1955. Description de Nouveaux Dytiscidae Principalement de L’Amerique du
Sud. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. nat. Belgique 3 1(27): 1-12.

Sharp, D.

1882. On Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera or Dytiscidae. Sci. Trans. Roy.
Dublin Soc. 2(2) : 179-1003.

NOTICE

In the March issue of the Bulletin, Vol. 20, No. 1, on page 11. Spangler’s new
species of Derovatellus is spelled ibarri. It should have been spelled ibarrai. The
name is spelled correctly in all other parts of the article.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

GNATHIUM MINIMUM (SAY) IN ILLINOIS
(COLEOPTERA: MELOIDAE)

By John K. Bouseman1’ 2

On August 11 and 12, 1962, while collecting in an area of sand-
prairie along the Mississippi River three miles south of Savanna, Illinois,
I found many adults of Gnathium minimum (Say) on flowers of Helianthus.
Most of the beetles were on flowers of Helianthus petiolaris, but a few were
on H. occidentalis and H. rigidus. Seventy-three specimens were collected
on the two days. On August 19, 1962, I returned to the sand-prairie and
found G. minimum on H. petiolaris three miles north of Fulton, Illinois. At
this locality egg masses of the beetle were present on H. petiolaris. Females
oviposit at the base of the bracts of the host plant. Two egg masses from the
bracts of a single flower yielded a total of 290 larvae. Six egg masses de¬
posited in the laboratory by caged females hatched in six or seven days.

MacSwain (1952, Wasmann Jour. Biol. 10:205-224) has summarized
the known distributions of the species of Gnathium occurring in the United
States. My records of G. minimum are of especial interest as they are not
only the first for Gnathium in Illinois, but are also new northeastern limital
records for the genus. Further, they are the first records at this latitude
for G. minimum east of Nebraska.

Gnathium minimum is probably a member of that group of insects
which find their easternmost distributional limits in the xeric sand-prairies
of western Illinois. It is of interest to note that Helianthus petiolaris is
believed to be adventive in Illinois from the western United States (Jones,
1963, Amer. Midland Natur. Monogr. No. 7:1-401). G. minimum might
also be a recent migrant to the state.

1 Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana.

2 Thanks are due to Barbara A. Bouseman and John M. Campbell for their
assistance in the field and to Richard B. Selander who verified the determination
of the beetles.

BEETLE TALK

The G. H. Dieke collection of beetles and entomological library was acquired by
the U. S. National Museum in 1965. Dieke was chairman of the Physics Department
of Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore. His special entomological interest was the
Coccinellidae, and the collection is especially rich in specimens (about 14,000) of
that family. Furthermore, the predominance is in the Epilachninae, Dieke's favorites.

A large part of the synoptic collection of Anastase Alfieri was acquired by the
U. S. National Museum in 1966. Alfieri, of Cairo, is Secretary General of Societe
Entomologique d’Egypte. The collection contains Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Neu-
roptera, and a smattering of other orders. It is not a huge collection, consisting
of a few specimens of many species, but all are identified, some being type material,
and all are from Egypt or nearby. The Coleoptera are most numerous, with 3805
specimens of 1929 species.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF ANOBIIDAE FROM
JAMAICA WITH A LARVAL DESCRIPTION

(COLEOPTERA)

By Richard E. White1

An undescribed species of Anobiidae has several times been intercepted
in coconut palms from Jamaica; it is sufficiently distinct from described
genera to warrant a new generic name. The larval description is from
specimens associated with adults.

Parobius White, NEW GENUS

General: Body quite elongate, nearly paralled-sided, nearly cylindrical in form;
pronotum sharply margined, fully as wide as elytra; pubescence fine, appressed,
moderate in density, evenly distributed; surfaces granulate-punctate.

Head: Eyes distinctly bulging, more strongly so in male; antennae 1 1-segmented,
14 to 14 length of body, segments 4 to 8 inclusive nearly equal in size and shape,
last 3 segments enlarged, together nearly as long as all preceding; clypeus and
labrum distinct; maxillary and labial palpi similar, basal segment moderate in
length. 2nd shortest, 3rd longest and widest, pointed at apex.

Dorsal surfaces: Pronotum wider than long, broadest anteriorly, punctures largest,
most distinct on disk; scutellum nearly square, a little wider than long; elytra lacking
striae and grooves, granules indistinct, punctures nearly evenly distributed.

Ventral surfaces: Prosternum distinctly wider than long, length before coxae about
equal to longitudinal coxal diameter, prolonged between coxae, front coxae rather
small, oval, narrowly separated; mesosternum similar in form to prosternum; meso-
coxae oval, narrowly separated, a little larger than front coxae; metasternum rather
long, not declivous in front, longitudinally sulcate posteriorly; metepisternum
distinctly widest anteriorly; metacoxae narrowly separated at center, distinctly
transversely grooved near center, more open laterally; first abdominal suture not as
distinct as others, curving posteriorly at center, others nearly straight, segment 1
longest, 2 and 3 moderate, nearly equal, 4 shortest, 5 moderate; legs rather stout;
tarsi short, broad, 2nd and 3rd segments prolonged ventrally, 4th segment broad,
flat, 5th segment arising near base of 4th, claws simple.

Type-species: Parobius globulus White, sp. nov.

The genus Parobius is a member of the subfamily Dryophilinae and,
among North American genera, is most similar in general form to Ernobius
Thomson and Xarifa Fall. Parobius is readily distinguished from Ernobius
in that the front coxae are oval, moderate in size, not prominent, and
narrowly separated (they are conical, prominent, and touching in Erno¬
bius). Parobius differs from Xarifa in that the pronotum is sharply
margined laterally; in Xarifa the pronotum lacks a margin. In Fall’s key
to the Dryophilinae (1905, p. 131) Parobius keys with some difficulty
to Xestobium; in the latter genus the prosternum before the coxae is equal
to about !/3 the maximum coxal diameter, whereas in Parobius it is about
equal to the maximum coxal diameter. In reference to the world genera
of Dryophilinae (including the Ernobiinae of some classification schemes),
Parobius is most similar to the European and North African genus
Ochina Stephens. The latter genus differs from Parobius in that the

1 Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

prosternum is very short before the coxae (equal to about y3 maximum
coxal diameter) and antennal segments 4 to 8 inclusive are serrate. In
Parobius the prosternum before the coxae is about equal to the maximum
coxal diameter, and antennal segments 4 to 8 inclusive are nearly globular.

Parobius globulus White, NEW SPECIES

(Fig. 1)

General: Quite elongate, nearly parallel-sided, body 2.3 to 2.7 times longer
than wide; color nearly uniformly light reddish brown to rather dark reddish brown,
usually legs, antennal club, abdomen and sometimes elytral suture noticeably lighter
than remainder; pubescence very light yellowish, nearly evenly distributed, moderate
in length and density (somewhat finer on ventral surface), appressed, that of frons
and apex of abdomen faintly or somewhat ( $ ) to distinctly ( $ ) lengthened and
bristling; surfaces rather finely granulate-punctate.

Head: Frons normal ( $ ) or rather protuberant ( $ ), in latter instance clypeus
appearing depressed; surface of head finely, evenly granulate-punctate; bristling
pubescence converging toward midline; eyes separated by 1.9 to 2.1 times ( $ ) or
2.2 to 2.5 times ( $ ) their vertical diameter, more bulging in $ ; antennae about
14 ( 9 ) or about Vi ( $ ; ) length of body, 1st segment moderate in length, curving,
2nd short, nearly as wide as long, 3rd, 4th, and 5th rather similar, longer than
wide, segments 6, 7, and 8 similar, progessively rather smaller, segments 1 to 8
rather shining, with rather long, bristling pubescence; segments 9, 10, and 11
lengthened, somewhat broader than preceding segments and less shining, club
nearly to quite as long as all preceding, 9th and 10th segments similar, widest
apically, 11th segment longest, widest near or just beyond middle; terminal segment
of maxillary palpus elongate, apex pointed, widest before middle; terminal seament
of labial palpus rather elongate, pointed apically, widest at middle.

Dorsal surface: Pronotum somewhat flattened at center, lateral margin sharp, even,
with a series of backward projecting hairs, punctate, disk shining, with punctures
large, well developed, granules obsolete, with feeble, flat carina posteriorly; elytra
finely, irregularly granulate and punctate.

Ventral surface: Prosternal process between coxae rather narrow, elongate, some¬
what broadened apically; short, broad intercoxal process of anterior margin of
metasternum sulcate at base, posteriorly with distinct, rather narrow, longitudinal
groove, this about Vi length of metasternum; 1st abdominal segment longest, 4th
shortest, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th moderate, 5th longer than 3rd or about equal to it, 5th
segment of 9 with 2 small posteriorly directed pits near apex, that of $ simple.

Length: 2.8 to 4.5 mm.

Figure 1, Parobius globulus sp. nov., lateral view, $ paratype; line equals actual
size.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

This species is described from 13 individuals (7 3 3, 6$ $) which
were intercepted in palm pedicels, fronds, and branches from Jamaica.
The data on the holotype ( 3 , USNM type number 68627) are as follows:
Ex Jamacia WI, Miami No. 6726, 58-11329, in coconut pedicel and
frond. The allotype and 3 paratypes (2 3 3,1 $ ) bear the same data.
Two paratypes (1 3,1 $ ) bear the following data: Ex Jamaica WI,
Miami No. 6738, 58-11331 in coconut pedicel. One paratype ($)
bears the following: Ex Jamaica, at JFKIA 00040, 64-4246, in dry palm
branch, Cocos sp. Six paratypes (3 3 3,3$ $) bear the following: Ex
Jamaica, WI, intercepted San Juan, PR., January 5, 1963, 63-7400, in
palm branch. In addition to the 13 specimens in the type series, I have seen
3 individuals with the same data as the holotype; one incomplete due to
dissection, the other 2 incompletely formed tenerals. The latter 3 individ¬
uals are not included in the type series. All of the above specimens are in
the U. S. National Museum collection. The specific name refers to the
nearly globular intermediate antennal segments. The abbreviation JFKIA
refers to the J. F. Kennedy International Airport, New York, N. Y. The
numbers of the data refer, respectively, to the USDA interception and lot
numbers.

Figures 2-7, Pcirobius globulus sp. nov., last instar larva. 2 — lateral view, line
equals actual size. 3 — anterior view of head. 4 — thoracic spiracle. 5 — abdominal
spiracles. 6 — maxilla. 7 — epipharynx.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Last Instar Larva
(Figs. 2-7)

Length: 4.1 to 4.8 mm.

Read: (fig. 3) Oval, a little higher than broad, widest just below middle, vague
frontal lines evident, in shape of an inverted y; pigmented field behind epistoma
narrow, not sharply set off posteriorly, nearly transversely parallel, with numerous
fairly long setae, cranium with intermixed, fairly dense, long and short setae, these
distinctly sparser dorsally, anterior margin of epistoma with about 10 moderate
to long setae; antennae minute, apparently not segmented, a projecting membrane
beneath; anteclypeus lacking setae.

Labrum: Transverse, over 2 times wider than long, evenly rounded at sides;
surface with dense setae, paired marks present.

Epipharynx: Two short coryphal setae present anteriorly, acanthoparial setae
stout, blunt, moderate in length, about 10 each side; 5 or 6 stout chaetoparial
setae each side, in a line; tormae short, stout, curved inwardly at base, crepidal
field with fine pubescence.

Mandible: With 2 nearly equal teeth at apex, cutting edge extending to and
including tooth or ridge-like elevation between 2nd tooth and base of mandible,
marginal brush present, directed backward; aboral surface with proximal patch
of 4 to 6 long to short setae, distal patch of 4 or 5 rather short setae.

Maxilla. Lacinia over Vi size of galea, with about 8 stout, rather short setae
arising near apex; galea with about 9 rather short, quite stout setae, apex blunt,
also with 4 to 5 hair-like setae; palpi 3 -segmented, first 2 segments with sparse,’
slender setae, last segment pointed, lacking setae.

Body: In lateral view narrowest at level of 4th and 5th abdominal segments,
broadest at level of 7th and 8th segments. Prodorsal asperites on each side of
segments as follows: abdominal segment 1 with 8 to 12 in one irregular to very
irregular row; segment 2 with 6 to 11 in one fairly even row; segment 3 with 5 to 8
in one irregular row; segment 4 with 5 to 8 in one irregular row; segment 6 with 0
to 4 in one regular row; segment 9 with 5 to 12 in a lateral patch; other segments
lacking asperites.

Spiracles: Narrow elongate, nearly parallel-sided; thoracic spiracle 4 to 5 times
longer than wide; abdominal spiracles 2 to 3 times longer than wide.

Leg. Pretarsus 54 to % length of tibio-tarsus, claw short, slender, arolium present.

This description is from specimens bearing the same data as the 6
adult paratypes which were intercepted in Puerto Rico.

Appreciation is extended to T. J. Spilman for calling the adult and
larval specimens to my attention.

Fall, H.
1905.

Literature Cited

Revision of the Ptinidae of Boreal America.
31:97-296.

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

BOOK REVIEW

KEYS TO THE INSECTS OF THE EUROPEAN PARTS OF THE U.S.S.R. VOL.
2, COLEOPTERA AND STREPSIPTERA. By O. Kryzhanovskij and others. 668
pp., 172 plates. Moscow, 1965. [In Russian]

The first of five volumes on the insects of Russia under the general editorship of
G. Y. Bey-Bienko, this book is well printed and bound. Many good line drawings
and habitus sketches serve as useable illustrations. The format is simple, consisting
solely of keys to families, genera, and species after a short introduction to beetle
anatomy.

The text states that there are 20,000 species of beetles recorded from all of
Russia (including Siberia), but fails to mention the total number included in this
work. It is presumed to be complete for European Russia, but the fauna seems very
limited if this is so. Of course, European Russia does not have the variation in habitats
that we are used to in this country.

The keys are simple and compact, made possible by the liberal use of abbreviations
as is the European tradition in faunal works of this sort. Eighty-four families are
included, following a notably conservative classification. Each family is numbered
and a brief account of the family is given which includes habitat information, the
approximate number of species in the area covered as well as the number for all
of Russia. Except for the large families, for example, Scarabaeidae, no keys to
the subfamilies of tribes are included. Separate keys to genera precede the generic
treatment. Each genus has a brief account and the number of species that occur in
all of Russia is given. There follows a key to the species. The part of the couplet
leading to the specific name contains a fuller account of the characters of the species
than does the alternative. Comments on the habitats of larvae and adults and the
distribution of the species is also included in this part of the couplet.

A limited knowledge of the language and the fauna prevents me from commenting
on the usefulness of the book or the number of errors. I have only two criticisms:
1 ) the authors did not attempt to bring the nomenclature up to date, 2 ) no refer¬
ences or bibliography of any kind appear in the book. There are not even references
to general works on the beetles of Russia. However, I am sure the book has a very
practical value to those working with this fauna. — Ross H. Arnett, Jr., American
Entomology Institute.

A KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE SUBFAMILY NITIDULINAE (COLEOP¬
TERA: NITIDULIDAE). By Lorin R. Gillogy. Calif. Dept, of Agric., Bur. Ent.
Occasional Papers No. 8, 24 pp. 1965.

Coleopterists wishing to do taxonomic studies of the Nitidulidae have been handi¬
capped for a long time by the lack of adequate diagnostic tools. There are relatively
good keys for the fauna of the Palearctic and Nearctic Regions, but this is not true
of the rest of the world. Lorin R. Gillogly has a project underway designed to alleviate
this situation. The first publication resulting from this effort was released in Novem¬
ber 1965. It considers the largest and most varied of the five subfamilies, which
it indicates contains 96 genera. This is a welcome addition to the literature on
Nitidulidae and it is hoped that this project will soon be producing additional
material of this nature. — W. A. Connell, Univ. of Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

NOTICE

Mark Robinson, of Philadelphia, died on October 9, 1965. A man of broad interests,
he is best known among coleopterists for his work on the Scarabaeidae.

Charles H. Seevers, of Chicago, died on December 4, 1965. He was the outstand¬
ing authority on the termitophilous and myrmecophilous Staphylinidae.

Harold J. Grant, Jr., died on February 27, 1966. Grant was known to all sys-
tematists as the Curator of Insects at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

—BACK ISSUES—

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol.

3, 1949, 6 issues (Nos. i & 2 o.p.;

$5.00

$1.00

Vol.

4, 1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

5, 1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

6, 1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

7, 1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

8, 1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

9, 1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

10, 1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

11, 1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol.

12, 1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol.

13, 1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

14, 1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

15, 1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

16, 1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

17, 1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

18, 1964, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

19, 1965, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

(above prices Postpaid)

. ATTENTION READERS! .

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.
Washington, D. C. 20017

Japanese and Formosan

Coleoptera

Price list on request

J. Ohkura

P.O. Box No. 2 Shakujii,
Nerimaku, Tokyo, Japan.

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

<r*o

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $5.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

COLEOPTERIS

BULLETIN

SEPTEMBER

(No. 3) 1966

BOSTRICHIDAE: New Xylothrips, by Reichardt . 81

CARABIDAE: North Dakota larvae, by Dogger & Olson . 91

CURCULIONIDAE : Hylobius review, by Warner Jv.o.b. . 65

CURCULIONIDAE: On Hypera maritima, by Kissinger : . . 90

- ■ • • ')

LAMPYRIDAE: On Behavior, by Lloyd . 84

Beetle Talk . 90

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin is published by The Catholic University of America
Press, Washington, D. C. 20017 and edited by T. J. Spilman. It is issued four times a
year beginning with March. All business matters should be addressed to The Cole-
opterists’ Bulletin at the Press. Manuscripts and other editorial matter should be
addressed to the editor, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

EDITORIAL BOARD

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

;

EDITORIAL POLICY

Any article, note, or news items likely cases, descriptions of new species must be
to be of interest to readers of the Bulletin illustrated. Descriptions of new species or
wall be considered. Articles with illustra- genera MUST contain keys or be corre-
tions are particularly desired, and in all lated with existing keys.

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 20

September (No. 3)

1966

A REVIEW OF THE HYLOBIUS OF NORTH AMERICA,
WITH A NEW SPECIES INJURIOUS TO SLASH PINE
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)

By Rose Ella Warner*

Members of the weevil genus Hylobius are of economic importance
because they damage trees. This review of the North American species
brings together and summarizes information on their life histories and
distribution from scattered sources. A new species from southeastern
North America is described, and keys to males and females of the North
American species are presented.

Hylobius aliradicis Warner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 37, 38, 48)

This species is closely related to Hylobius rhizophagus but differs in
morphology and in some details of life history. I am describing this
apparently native Hylobius from adults reared from larvae found in slash
pine, Pinus elliottii Engelm. The larvae were found in tunnels in the roots
of slash pine in the area of Homerville, Georgia, during the investigations
into the cause of the poor condition and dying of slash pine. The reared
specimens were submitted for identification by Mr. Bernard H. Ebel, U. S.
Department of Agriculture Forest Sciences Laboratory, Athens, Georgia.

HOLOTYPE. Female. Length 10.4 mm.; body dark brown; coarsely
punctured; tan setae distributed over the surface, patches of coarse
setae more dense on pronotum, elytra, and laterally on visible abdominal
sterna 2, 3, 4, and 5 and medially on sterna 3 and 4, scutellum covered
with setae.

HEAD. Rostrum feebly arcuate, 0.9 mm. wide at apex, 0.8 mm. wide at base, 0.7
mm. wide in middle, 3.0 mm. long from apex to interocular fovea; densely punc¬
tured, punctures decreasing distally, large coalescing punctures forming shallow,
lateral grooves in front of eyes, punctures of head large, separate; vestiture of
rostrum from base anteriorly to antennal insertion of suberect, curved, tan setae,
thicker, more abundant, and less curved next to eyes on sides of interocular fovea!
from antennal insertion to apex with minute setae from each puncture, vertex with
a patch of coarse setae; antennal segment 1 as long as next two combined (0.37
mm.), slightly more than twice as long as wide (0.37 mm.-0.16 mm.).

1 Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart¬
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

THORAX. Pronotum in dorsal view wider than long (3.0-2. 6 mm.); punctation
dense, strigose on either side of a smooth median carina; vestiture of coarse, tan
setae, setae coarser laterally, in a small patch medially each side of carina, and in
front of scutellum. Prosternum with coarse, large punctures, apex of intercoxal
process densely covered with appressed orangish, coarse setae; mesothoracic and
metathoracic sterna and pleura coarsely punctured, each puncture with a coarse
tan seta; intercoxal process of mesosternum elevated, apex pointed, densely covered
with orange setae; scutellum densely covered with orange setae.

LEGS Femora with large tooth, capped with a tuft of setae; each puncture with
a seta; tibiae straight along dorsal border, ventral border sinuate and carinate near
base, a row of setae on each side of carina; tarsi normal.

ELYTRA. Length 7.3 mm.; width at humeri 3.7 mm.; vestiture of fine and coarse
setae, sutural interval flat, more finely punctured, other intervals coarsely punctured.
Elytron at half length with coarse setae forming diagonal bars, one short, directed
anteriorly toward suture and extending from interval 10 to 7, one long, directed
posteriorly toward suture and extending from interval 7 to 2, one short, directed
anteriorly toward suture and extending from intersection with long bar at interval
4 to 2; across declivity with broad, horizontal bar extending from interval 10 to 2,
with smaller, short bar, directed anteriorly toward suture and extending from inter¬
section with horizontal bar at interval 4 to 2. Bars which reach interval 2 form
diamond at half length and triangle across top of declivity on middle of combined
elytron. Elytra with scattered patches of setae between bars but not forming definite
patterns.

ABDOMEN. 1st and 2nd visible abdominal sterna shiny, finely and sparsely
punctate, posterior half of 2nd, all of 3rd, 4th, and 5th coriaceous, not as shiny, 5th
coarsely densely punctured, laterally impressed. Each puncture with seta, setae
broader, thicker, and forming patches on lateral margins of sterna 1-5 and medially
on sterna 3 and 4.

TYPE LOCALITY. Homerville, Georgia, USA. Collected as larvae in
the roots of young slash pine ( Pinus elliottii Engelm.), October 23, 1964,
by Bernard H. Ebel. Emerged November 9, 1964, USDA Forestry Sciences
Laboratory, Athens, Georgia. U.S.N.M. type number 69023.

ALLOTYPE. Male. Slightly larger and more slender than holotype. Patches of
setae on elytral intervals arranged in more exact bars with the diamond and tri¬
angular spaces more pronounced than in holotype. Rostrum stouter. First and 2nd
visible abdominal sterna medially concave, 5th medially impressed with fine erect
setae in the impressed area. Collected in Athens, Georgia, 10-19-43, by P. W.
Fattig. This specimen was selected as the allotype rather than one from the reared
material from which the holotype was selected because two males of that series are
ter.eral, and one has the 5th visible abdominal sternum very convex before the
impression. The three male specimens from a third series, Hopkins no. 45725,
collected in 1961, were used in genetic studies before being submitted for identifi¬
cation and are in very poor condition.

PARATYPES. Three males, Homerville, Georgia, August 31, 1961,
collected as larvae in roots of 4-year-old slash pine; reared at Olustee,
Florida, November 25, 1961; Hopkins no. 45725. Two females collected
near Homerville, Georgia, August 31, 1961, as larvae, B. H. Ebel, reared
ex 2- to 4-year-old slash pine roots, November 29, 1961; Hopkins no.
45724. Five females and three males, Homerville, Georgia, October 23,
1964, B. H. Ebel, in roots of young slash pine, emerged November 4-9,
1964, at Athens, Georgia. One male, Olustee, Florida, Baker Co., April
4-10, in pine bolt trap with H. pales.

Other material examined includes specimens from the following local¬
ities: One female from fruit fly trap, 1953, C. L. Smith; one female, Florida
[probably Valparaiso], Wakely, May 8, 1931, injurious to Pinus palustris

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Mills, seedlings. [ Pinus palustris, the name generally accepted for longleaf
pine, is the name used by Small (1933) and others for slash pine]. One
female, Hockly [sic], Texas, I. W. Thuron. Two females, Bolton, North
Carolina, November 1965, by H. Laymen; Hopkins no. 50506-F.

H. aliradicis can be separated from the other Nearctic species of Hylobius
by the characters in the key. Two characters, the shape of the 7th tergum
and the arrangement of the stridulatory tubercles on the 7th tergum,
not previously used in separating the species of Hylobius, are used here.
Although the number of tubercles varies to a considerable degree and is
unreliable for separating the species, the arrangement of the tubercles is
of taxonomic value. Only in pales are the stridulatory tubercles arranged
in two divergent lines and not intermingled with the dense split setae
covering the tergum (fig. 5). The stridulatory ridges are very evident
in pales and can be seen easily with low magnification. In radicis,
rhizophagus, and aliradicis the stridulatory tubercles are intermixed with
the vestiture of the 7th tergum and are not easily discernible. In pales
and congener the posterior margin of the 7th tergum is retuse (figs. 5, 6);
in aliradicis it is rounded (fig. 9); in radicis it is slightly retuse (fig. 7);
and in rhizophagus it is truncated (fig. 8). A compound microscope was
used to study the cleared 7th tergum mounted in glycerine.

A Key to the Species of the Nearctic Hylobius (Males)

1. Femoral tooth well developed - 2

Femoral tooth absent or inconspicuous - 6

2. Scutellum glabrous or with a few fine setae; basal third of posterior surfaces of

metafemur medially carinated and grooved; ventral edge of protibia with a fringe
of long white setae; apex of uncus of metatibia broadly rounded (fig. 1); stridula¬
tory tubercles on 7th tergum prominent (fig. 6); median lobe of genitalia as

figured (fig. 12); length 6. 4-9.0 mm. - CONGENER

Scutellum covered with scale-like setae; metafemur not carinated and grooved;
protibia without a fringe of long white setae; apex of uncus of metatibia broadly
rounded or acute - 3

3. Apex of uncus of metatibia broadly rounded; head usually with a patch or line of

broad setae on vertex; punctures immediately behind interocular fovea coalescent,
forming short, irregular rugae; stridulatory tubercles of 7th tergum in 2 very
prominent divergent rows; posterior margin of 7th tergum retuse (fig. 5); median

lobe of genitalia as figured (fig. 13); length 5.8-11.3 mm. - PALES

Apex of uncus of metatibia acute (figs. 2, 3, 4); head not usually with a patch
or line of broad setae on vertex; punctures immediately behind interocular
fovea separated; stridulatory tubercles on 7th tergum not immediately evident;
posterior margin of 7th tergum retuse or not - 4

4. Body dull reddish brown; vestiture of fine setae; elytra with irregularly placed spots

of yellow setae, better developed on even intervals and rarely forming submedian
or subapical bars, the general effect tessellate; lateral setae on visible abdominal
sterna 1-2 diffused, not condensed into spot; stridulatory tubercles in 2 broken
lines; posterior margin of 7th tergum slightly retuse (fig. 17); median lobe

of genitalia as figured (fig. 14); length 9.7-12.0 mm. - RADICIS

Body black or piceous - 5

5. Body shining black; antennae and tarsi brown; white setae distributed on surface,
with dense patches scattered over dorsal surface of elytra, fine setae below
interocular fovea suberect; stridulatory tubercles usually in 2 broken lines; posterior
margin of 7th tergum more or less truncate (fig. 8); median lobe of genitalia as
figured (fig. 15); length 8.9-10.0 mm. - RHIZOPHAGUS

2 In all previous keys this surface has wrongly been referred to as the anterior
surface.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Body piceous; elytra with regularly placed spots of coarse yellow setae forming 2
prominent bars, one diagonal, directed posteriorly toward suture and extending
from interval 7 to 2, a broad horizontal one across declivity extending from in¬
terval 10 to 2, stridulatory tubercles in 2 broken lines; posterior margin of 7th
tergum rounded (fig. 9); median lobe of genitalia as figured (fig. 16); length 8.7-

11.4 mm. - ALIRADICIS

6. Femoral tooth absent or inconspicuous; rostrum rather stout, less than 2.6 times
as long as wide, noticeably wider distally; apical umbones of elytra obscure or
entirely undefined; body color very dark brown to blackish, with white to pale
yellow slender setae forming irregular small spots on elytra; median depression
of visible abdominal sterna 1-2 large, deep; metathoracic wings very short, not
extending beyond the posterior margin of the first visible abdominal sternum;

median lobe of genitalia as figured (fig. 10); length 12.5-13.5 mm. - WARRENI

Femoral tooth small but distinct; rostrum slender, more than 2.9 times as long as

wide, not wider distally; apical umbones of elytra prominent; body color appears
grayish, with indefinite, almost confluent patches of white or yellowish spots of
slender setae on elytra; median depression of visible abdominal sterna 1-2
small, shallow; metathoracic wings long, extending well beyond elytral apex,
median lobe of genitalia as figured (fig. 11); length 10.7-13.2 mm. - PINICOLA

A Key to the Species of Nearctic Hylobius (Females)

1. Femoral tooth well developed - 2

Femoral tooth absent or inconspicuous - 6

2. Scutellum glabrous or with a few fine setae; basal third of posterior surface of

metafemur carinate and grooved; spermatheca and 8th sternum as figured (figs.

22, 26); length, 6. 5-9. 4 mm. - CONGENER

Scutellum covered with scale-like setae; metafemur not carinate and grooved - 3

3. Body black, antennae and tarsi dark brown; fine white setae distributed over surface,

with dense patches scattered irregularly over dorsal surface of elytra; pronotum
with median smooth carina on anterior three-fourths; very fine white setae present
in most of the punctures; patches of coarser setae on both sides of carina and

mediolaterally on sides of prothorax; spermatheca and 8th sternum as figured

(figs. 23, 29); length, 9.8-11.6 mm. - RHIZOPHAGUS

Body brown or piceous - 4

4. Body brown; vestiture fine, elytra with irregularly placed spots of pale yellow setae,

better developed on even intervals and rarely forming submedian or subapical
bars, the general effect tessellate; lateral setae on visible abdominal sterna
diffused, usually not condensed into spots; spermatheca and 8th sternum as figured

(figs. 19, 30); length, 9.5-12.5 mm. - RADICIS

Body piceous - 5

5. Rostrum slender, 2.6 mm., very little wider beyond antennal insertion; punctures

immediately behind interocular fovea separated; rostral setae white, conspicuous,
dense, suberect; spermatheca and 8th sternum as figured (figs. 17, 28); length,

9.5-12.8 mm. - ALIRADICIS

Rostrum stout, 2.1 mm., noticeably wider beyond antennal insertion; punctures im¬
mediately behind interocular fovea coalescent, forming short, irregular rugae;
rostral setae brownish, not very conspicuous, fine (sometimes coarser near inter¬
ocular fovea), sparse, not erect; spermatheca and 8th sternum as figured (figs. 21,

27); length, 7.4-10.3 mm. - PALES

6. Apical umbones of elytra obscure to entirely undefined; body color very dark brown

to blackish, white to pale yellow setae forming irregular small spots on elytra;
spermatheca and 8th sternum as figured (figs. 20, 24); length, 12.0-15.1 mm. WARRENI
Apical umbones of elytra prominent; body color appears grayish, with indefinite,
almost confluent patches of white or yellow spots of slender setae; spermatheca
and 8th sternum as figured (figs. 18, 25); length, 11.0-14.5 mm. - PINICOLA

Because three species that attack root systems, radicis, rhizophagus, and
aliradicis, are so similar, the following table (table 1) of contrasting biolog¬
ical data will be helpful in separating those species.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Table 1. Contrasting Biological Habits of Three Morpho¬
logically Similar Species of Hylobius that Attack Root Systems

rhizophagus3 4

1. Larvae tunnel in roots
from smaller end towards
base, usually found in roots
under half inch in di¬
ameter; pupation occurs
in pupal cells in the roots.

2. Activity of insect results
in very light resin flow
which rarely saturates soil
more than one inch away.

3. Adult oviposition site
not known, but circum¬
stantial evidence suggests
the region of the root tips.

4. Infests primarily closed
plantations of pole-sized
pines on formerly culti¬
vated land. In advanced
infestations, reproduction
pines may also be infested.

Hylobius pales (Herbst)

(Figs. 34, 41)

Curculio pales Herbst. 1797. Natursyst. Ins. Kaf. 7:31.

The species pales, the pales weevil, has been reported feeding on a
number of pines ( Pinus )5 including white pine (P. strobus L.), pitch
pine (P. rigidia Mill.), ponderosa pine (P. ponderosa Laws.), mugho
pine (P. mugo Turra.), Mexican pinyon pine (P. cembroides Zucc.),
Scotch pine (P. sylvestris L. ), red pine (P. resinosa Ait.), loblolly pine
(P. taeda L.), shortleaf pine (P. echinata Mill.), longleaf pine (P. palus-
tris Mill.), Austrian pine (P. nigra Arn.), and jack pine (P. banksiana
Lamb.). White pine is the preferred host plant. White pine, pitch pine,
ponderosa pine, mugho pine, and Mexican pinyon pine have been named
specifically as probable hosts of the immature stages (Peirson, 1937;
Wells, 1926). In southern Ontario, Canada, adults were reared from
red, jack, scotch, and white pine (Finnegan, 1959). Other conifers listed
as hosts are tamarack (Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch), balsam fir (Abies
balsamea (L.) Mill.), red spruce ( Picea rubra (Du Roi) Dietr.), Nor-

3 Millers, Benjamin, and Warner, 1963.

4 Ebel, personal communication, subject to modification by more detailed obser¬
vation.

5 All scientific and common names of the host trees were checked in Little (1953).

radicis3

1. Larvae tunnel in bark
and cambium of root col¬
lar region; pupation occurs
in nearby soil. Larvae
found not more than 12
inches from root collar.

2. Activity of insect causes
abundant resin flow and
root collar is surrounded
with pitch-infiltrated, black¬
ened soil.

3. Adult oviposition in or
on bark in root collar re¬
gion.

4. Infests primarily open¬
growing, young pines.
Trees over 1 inch in di¬
ameter at ground line are
susceptible to attack.

aliradicis’t

1. Larvae tunnel in both
lateral roots and the outer
part of the upper tap root,
completely boring the
smaller roots and more or
less spiraling around the
larger ones; pupation oc¬
curs in cells in the roots,
often in the upper tap root
area under the bark.

2. Activity of the insect
results in moderate resin
flow which causes the soil
to adhere loosely in the
infested roots.

3. Oviposition site un¬
known; association of in¬
festation with pine roots
in loose soil suggests the
upper tap root area as a
logical oviposition site.

4. Infests young pines, pen¬
cil-sized to about 2 inches
in root collar diameter; as¬
sociated with young pines
growing in loose soil.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

way spruce ( P . abies (L.) Karst.), eastern hemlock ( Tsuga canadensis
(L.) Carr.), Douglas fir ( Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco), east¬
ern red cedar ( Juniperus virginiana L.), common juniper (/. communis
L.), Arizona cypress ( Cupressus arizonica Green), northern white-
cedar ( arborvitae ) ( Thuja occidentalis L.), as well as gray birch {Betula
alleghaniensis Britton) and white ash ( Fraxinus americana L.) (Carter,
1916; Peirson, 1921).

The adults hibernate beneath stones, in litter, or in soil at the base
of the seedlings, becoming active, depending on the locality and altitude,
from April to June, during which time they feed on the tender bark of the
twigs of saplings and at the base of seedlings. The eggs are laid singly,
in the inner bark of freshly cut pine logs or the roots of freshly cut pine
stumps. They hatch in about two weeks. Larvae feed for about two weeks
in the cambial area of the roots and stumps. They pupate in “chip
cocoons” constructed in the stump lying below the surface and in the
root system where roots are over one-quarter of an inch in diameter.
The new adults emerge in about a month, and it is at this time they
feed on the pine seedlings. H. pales is typically a nocturnal feeder. The
susceptibility of the young seedlings seems to depend upon the nature
of the bark, those seedlings having relative thin, tender bark, being favored
for food. Injury likely to cause death is confined to trees under three feet
in height. In southern Ontario, Canada, H. pales is associated mostly
with Christmas tree plantations where selective cutting is practiced and
a continuous supply of breeding material is available. (Beal and McClin-
tock, 1943; Carter, 1916; Finnegan, 1959; Peirson, 1921; and Wells,
1926).

DISTRIBUTION0 (fig. 45): Hylobius pales is found in most of the eastern half
of the United States from Maine to Florida and west to Texas and in Canada from
Nova Scotia to Manitoba. MAINE: Cumberland Co.; Kittery Point; Mt. Katahdin,
Camp Kennedy. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Canbie Lake; Durham; White Mts.; Webster;
Manchester. CONNECTICUT: Stamford. VERMONT: Brattleboro. MASSACHU¬
SETTS: Springfield; Cambridge; Chicopee; Petersham; Berlin; Stoughton; Hum-
merock; Tynsboro; North Saugus; Ipswich; Marshfield; Framington. RHODE
ISLAND: Watch Hill. NEW YORK: Bellport; Long Island; Greenwood Lake;
Cranberry Lake; West Point; Haverhill; Islip; Buffalo; Ithaca; Albany; Ballston
Spa. NEW JERSEY: Malaga; Seaside Hts.; Greenwood Lake; Lakehurst; Newark;
Ocean City; Orange; Barnegat; Bayhead; New Lisbon; Rancocas Park; Whitesbag.
MARYLAND: Beltsville; Berwyn Heights; Piney Point; Bladensburg; Hagerstown;
Hyattsville; Plum Point; Plummers Island; Bethesda; Branchville. WEST VIRGINIA:
Driscoll; White Sulphur Springs; Kanawha Station. VIRGINIA: Mount Vernon;
Falls Church; Rosslyn; Warrenton; Chester; Nelson Co.; St. Elmo; Maywood;
Bostin; Bland Co.; King and Queen Co.; Ft. Monroe; Herndon. NORTH CARO¬
LINA: Durham; Southern Pines; Ellenboro; Tyron; Biltmore; Atkinson; Mount
Mitchell; Black Mts.; Asheville; Raleigh; Roundtop; Pisgah Ridge; Pink Beds; Beau¬
fort. GEORGIA: Clayton; Miller; Richmond Hill; Thomasville; Homerville. SOUTH
CAROLINA: Myrtle Beach; Florence; Fort Mill; Clemson. FLORIDA: Palatka;
St. Nicholas; Orange Co.; Lake City; Foley; Villa Tassa; Key West; Olustee, Baker
Co.; Valparaiso. ALABAMA: Birmingham; Montgomery; Lamar; Lasca; Mobile;
Jena. LOUISIANA: Bogalusa; Hodge; Sardis. MISSISSIPPI: Saucier; Meridian;
Gulfport; Paris; Durant; A&M College. ARKANSAS: Crossed; Benton; Hot
Springs; Star City; Kingsland. TEXAS: Call; Deweyville; Nacogdoches. MISSOURI:

6 From specimens in the Canadian National Collection and the United States
National Museum Collection unless otherwise stated.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

St. Louis. WISCONSIN: Sparta; Cranmoor, Wood Co. OHIO: Hocking Co. MICHI¬
GAN: Port Huron. MINNESOTA: Bemidji; Itasca Park; Collegeville. PENNSYL¬
VANIA: State College; Morrisville; Glenside; Lehigh Gap; Holiday; Twin Lakes;
Monroe Co. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Rock Creek [Park]. CANADA. QUE¬
BEC: Norway Bay; Ft. Coulonge; Covey Hill; Montreal; Wright. ONTARIO:
Marmora; Petawawa; Go Home Bay; Maple; Kerr Lake; now occurring (Finnegan,
1959) in epidemic numbers in Simcoe Co., Durham Co., and generally in the area
west of a line drawn through Port Severn and Trenton; Ottawa; Constance Lake;
Grand Bend; Mount Hope.

Hylobius pinicola (Couper)

(Fig. 32)

Curculio pinicola Couper, 1864. Trans. Lit. Hist. Soc. Quebec, n.s.
2:65.

Larvae of this species attack the root systems of most coniferous trees,
including members of the genera Pinus, Abies, and Larix, specifically
tamarack (eastern larch) ( Larix laricina (DuRoi) K. Koch) and white
spruce ( Picea glauca (Moench) Voss) when they occur on moist to wet
sites. (Wood, 1957; Warren, 1960).

DISTRIBUTION6 (fig. 43): CANADA: NEWFOUNDLAND: St. John; Port
au Basque. LABRADOR: Cartwright; George River. NEW BRUNSWICK: Bathurst.
QUEBEC: Perce; Natashquan; Little Mecatina Is.; Knob Lake; Chicoutimi; Mont¬
morency; Gaspe; Trinity Bay; Abitibi; Great Whale River; Cascapedia. ONTARIO:
Petawawa; Stittsville; Sudbury. MANITOBA: Awame; Churchill; Onah. SAS¬
KATCHEWAN: Prince Albert; Christopher Lake; Dorentosh. ALBERTA: Mitsue
BRITISH COLUMBIA: Dome Creek. YUKON TERRITORY: Swin Lakes.
UNITED STATES: MAINE: East Branch; Center Mt.; Chesuncook; Kennedy
Camp, Mt. Katahdin. VERMONT: Mt. Mansfield. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Carter
Dome, White Mts. NEW YORK: White Face Mt. Trail; Top of Slide Mountain,
Ulster Co.; Mt. Marcy; Ithaca. MICHIGAN: Marquette; Grand Isle; Seney. WIS¬
CONSIN: Cranmoor, Wood Co.; Mamie Lake. NORTH CAROLINA: Mount
Mitchell, Black Mts.

Figures 1-4, Hylobius spp., metatibial unci of males. 1 — congener and pales.

2 — radicis. 3 — rhizophagus. 4 — aliradicis.

Figures 5-9, Hylobius spp., dorsal view of 7th tergum of males. Dotted lines
represent arrangement of stridulatory tubercles. 5 — pales. 6 — congener. 7 —
radicis. 8 — rhizophagus. 9 — aliradicis.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Figures 10-16, Hylobius spp., median lobe of male genitalia, top row, dorsal view;
middle row, ventral view; bottom row, lateral view. 10 — warreni. 11 — pinicola.
12 — congener. 13 — pales. 14 — radicis. 15 — rhizophagus. 16 — aliradicis.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Hylobius congener Dalla Torre, Schenkling, and Marshall

(Fig. 33)

Hylobius congener Dalla Torre, Schenkling, and Marshall, 1932.
Coleopterorum Catalogus, pars 122:15.

Hosts: Red pine ( Pinus resinosa Ait.), white pine (P . strobus L.),
and Scotch pine (P. sylvestris L.). The following is from Martin (1964).
The adults deposit their eggs singly in the shallow cavities excavated
in the bark of logs and stumps, usually at the margin of branch or
mechanical scars and often at the end of logs. The entrances to the
cavities are filled with bark chips and frass. Oviposition begins during
the last week of May and continues into June. The eggs hatch in about
10 days. Newly hatched larvae excavate small irregular cavities in the
bark at the oviposition site. Second instar larvae begin more or less
regular tunnels following the grain of the wood. Feeding is restricted to
the phloem, and brown frass fills the tunnel behind the larvae. The larvae
reach maturity in about 65 to 70 days. After feeding is completed, the
larvae begin to excavate pupal pits. They tear out coarse wood chips
and make short tunnels, about 5 mm. in depth, at right angles to the
surface of the wood. At this depth, the larvae turn at right angles again
and excavate their pupal cells parallel to, but several millimeters below,
the surface of the wood. The wood chips are packed with frass in the
old feeding tunnels. The larvae enter the prepupal stage from mid-August
until late September and remain in this stage throughout the winter.
After emergence from the pupal cells during late July and August, the
adults feed on the inner bark of logs and slash. After feeding intermit¬
tently for several weeks, they enter the duff and overwinter. The weevils
come out of the litter the following spring about mid-May and resume
feeding. A flight period of one to two weeks occurs at this time. Follow¬
ing the flight period, breeding begins, and the adults adopt a nocturnal
habit and travel mostly by crawling on the ground.

DISTRIBUTION6 (fig. 44): CANADA: LABRADOR: Goose Bay. NEW¬
FOUNDLAND: Gander; Corner Brook. NOVA SCOTIA: Kentville; South Ohio;
Yarmouth; Dartmouth; Beaver Bank; Wayerley; Grosses Goques; Halifax; Parrs-
boro; Pt. Maitland. NEW BRUNSWICK: French Lake; New Castle; Bathurst;
Tabusintac. QUEBEC: Duparquet; Ft. Coulonge; Indian House Lake; Hemming-
ford- Mistassini Lake; Seven Isle; Mt. Laval; Wright; Cascapedia; Gaspe; Forest-
ville; Knob Lake; Laniel; Bradore Bay; Natashquan; Trinity Bay; Thunder River;
Duchesnay; lie Montreal; Mt. St. Hilaire; Great Whale River; Aylmer. ONTARIO:
One Side Lake; Ojibway; Ottawa; Arnprior; Constance Bay; Kerr Lake; Dryden;
Petawawa; Ogoki; Sudbury; Frater; Trentor; Algoma District (Martin, 1962). MANI¬
TOBA: The Pas; Makinak; Rennie; Riverton; Pine Falls. SASKATCHEWAN:
Prince Albert. ALBERTA: McMurray; Edmonton. BRITISH COLUMBIA: Inver¬
ness* Massed, Queen Charlotte Island; Vancouver; Trinity Valley. NORTHWEST
TERRITORIES: Fort Smith. UNITED STATES: MAINE: Passadunkeag; Cum¬
berland Co. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Pike; White Mts.; Rumney; Hampton; Mt. Wash¬
ington. VERMONT: Brattleboro. RHODE ISLAND: Watch Hill. MASSACHU¬
SETTS: East Otis; Framington; Ipswich. NEW YORK: Cranberry Lake; Peru,
Clinton Co.; Buffalo; Ithaca; Greene Co. NEW JERSEY: Menantico; Newark.
MICHIGAN: Agri. College; Marquette; Port Huron; Escanaba; Eagle Harbor;
Michipicten. WISCONSIN: Oshkosh; Apostle Island; Lake St. Germaine; Bayfield;
Iron River MINNESOTA: Lake Itasca Park; Two Harbors; Duluth; Little Winne-
begosish. ALASKA: Ft. Wrangle. NORTH CAROLINA: Mt. Guyot, Great Smoky

Mts.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Hylobius radicis Buchanan
(Figs 35,40)

Hylobius radicis Buchanan, 1935. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 36(8-9) 1934
[1935]:252

The species radicis, the pine root-collar weevil, attacks the root crown
of living Scotch pine ( Pinus sylvestris L.), Austrian pine (P. nigra Arn.),
lodgepole pine (P. contorta Dough), Corsican pine (P. nigra poiretiana
Schneid), eastern white pine (P. strobus L.), Mugho pine (P. mugo
Turra.), jack pine (P. banksiana Lamb.), pitch pine (P. rigida Mill.),
and red pine (P. resinosa Ait.). The adults that hibernate resume activity
early in the spring. They feed at night on the inner bark of the trunk in
the vicinity of the root collar and the tree crown where they eat the
tender bark of twigs and small branches. The eggs are placed in the
adult feeding wounds in the inner bark of the root collar but often are
laid in the soil as far as two inches from the tree. Larvae are found not
more than twelve inches from the root collar. Larvae tunnel in the bark
and cambium of the root collar region at or below the ground level
completely girdling the trunk and also basal portions of the large lateral
roots. Activity of the insect causes abundant resin flow, and the root
collar is surrounded with pitch-infiltrated, blackened soil. A layer of
pitch-infiltrated soil 2-3 inches thick may form near the feeding area.

Figures 17-23, Hylobius spp., spermatheca. 17 — aliradicis. 18 — pinicola. 19
— radicis. 20 — warreni. 21 — pales. 22 — congener. 23 — rhizophagus.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Pupation occurs in the tunnels in the pitch-saturated soil or in enlarged
cells in the bark of the root collar of the infested trees; the pupal cells
are not lined with shredded wood fibers such as are characteristic of
the pupal cells of the pales weevil. The weevil overwinters in the
adult and larval stages and occasionally in the pupal stage. Adults that
emerge late in the summer hibernate in the duff or litter under the trees.
The larvae that have hibernated pupate and emerge in July and August.
In Ontario, Canada, eggs laid early in the spring may produce adults
in late September, but eggs laid during the remainder of the growing
season produce larvae that overwinter and pupate the following July.
The weevil infests primarily open-growing young pines, the larvae rather
than the adults causing the severe injury, and large as well as small trees
are attacked. (Finnegan, 1962; Millers, Benjamin, Warner, 1963; Warren,
1956b; Schaffner and McIntyre, 1944; Wallace, 1954.)

DISTRIBUTION0 (fig. 46): UNITED STATES: NEW YORK: Ballston Spa,
Saratoga Co.; Albany; Glen Head, Long Island; Sea Cliff. CONNECTICUT: New
Canaan; Greenwich; Stamford; Old Lyme; New London. MASSACHUSETTS: Wes¬
ton MICHIGAN: Muskegon Co. MINNESOTA: Cass Lake. KENTUCKY: Boone-
ville. WISCONSIN: Glacial Lake, Adams Co., (Brown and Young, 1955). CANADA:
(Elliott and Hildahl, 1961; Sipple, MacDonald, and Rose, 1961). ONTARIO:
Simcoe Co.; Lake Simcoe District; Westmeath Township, Pembroke District;
McAuley Township, Parry Sound District; Essa Township; Sunmdale Township;
Tosorontio Township; Tiny Township; Gibson; Balm Beach W. of Penetanguishene,
W. of Barrie; Angus area. MANITOBA: Sandilands Forest Reserve, Renfrew Co.;
Sault Ste. Marie.

Hylobius warreni Wood
(Fig. 31)

Hylobius warreni Wood, 1957. Canadian Ent. 89(1). 40.

This species attacks the inner bark and cambium of the root systems
of coniferous trees. Among the hosts are white spruce {Pice a glauca
(Moench) Voss), Scotch pine {Pinus sylvestris L.), jack pine (P. banks-
iana Lamb.), lodgepole pine (P. contorta Dougl.), white pine (P. strobus
L.), red pine (P. resinosa Ait.), western white pine (P. monticola
Dough), balsam fir {Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.), alpine fir {A. lasiocarpa
(Hook) Nutt.), tamarack (eastern larch) {Larix laricina (DuRoi) k.
Koch), Norway spruce {Picea rubens Sarg.) and black spruce (P. mariana
(Mill.) B.S.P.). (Wood, 1957; Warren, 1956a; Warren, 1960).

The adults feed on the bark of small roots and twigs and on the

needles of the host, but the most serious damage is caused by the larvae.

The newly hatched larvae bore into the bark and along the cambium

of roots and root collars of the host. This boring causes resinosis,

producing noticeable exudations similar to the pitch tubes formed by
scolytids. Using the exudation, a feeding larva forms a tube-like cover¬
ing. This covering increases in size and hardness as the larvae grows. A
number of mature larvae, feeding close together, usually cause a copious
resin flow and a solid mass of hardened tubes. (Warren, 1956a)

Boring larvae may be found either on roots or root collars but
appear to prefer root crotches. Small trees may be completely girdled

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

at the collar, but their main roots may be girdled or severely debarked
at or adjacent to crotches. A root is considered susceptible to attack
when it is more than one inch in diameter at the base. When larger roots
of a tree are 4 or 5 inches in diameter at the base, the distal portions
less than 2 inches in diameter are seldom damaged. Roots smaller than
2 inches on a larger tree are usually free from attack. The degree of
insect damage is related to differences in the moisture content of sites.
Damage is greater when the trees occur on wet or moist sites. (Warren,
1956a.)

DISTRIBUTION6 (fig. 42): CANADA: MANITOBA: Clear Lake Trail, Riding
Mountain National Park; Pine Falls; Wasagaming; Winnipeg. ALBERTA: Cold
Lake; Colinton; Strachan; Cypress Hills (near Robb) (Brown, Robins, and Steven-

Figures 24-30, Hylobius spp., 8th sterna of females. 24 — warreni. 25 —
pinicola. 26 — congener. 27 — pales. 28 — aliradicis. 29 — rhizophagus. 30 —
radicis.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

son, 1961). BRITISH COLUMBIA: Mi. 65 Alaska Highway; Golden; McLeod
Meadows in Kootenay Park; Longworth; Summit Lake, Prince George; Fish Trap
Creek, Barriere. NEW BRUNSWICK: Nashwaaksis. NOVA SCOTIA: Little River;
Manchester; Halifax. ONTARIO: Chapeau; Cochrane; Moose Factory; Cobalt.
QUEBEC: Anse St. Jean; Baie St. Paul; Cascapedia; Gaspe County; Islet Caribou;
Laniel; Macamic; Maniwaki; Parke Reserve; Riviere Musquoro; Sanaur [Sanmovy];
St. Vianney; Trios Pistoles; Temiscaming; Trinity Bay, Abitibi. NEWFOUNDLAND:
Burin Peninsula, Salmonier Line (prob. this species, Carroll and Parrott, 1961).
UNITED STATES: MAINE: Bridgewater; Danforth; Rangeley; Seboomook; St.
Francis; Sorrento; Capsuptic. MICHIGAN: Marquette; Vermilion. NEW YORK:
Raybrook; Wallface Mt.; Essex Co. NORTH CAROLINA: Black Mountain.

Figures 31-37, Hylobius spp. 31 — warreni. 32 — pinicola. 33 — congener.

34 — pales. 35 — radicis. 36 — rhizophagus. 37 — aliradicis.

Figures 38-41, Hylobius spp., pronotum. 38 — aliradicis. 39 — rhizophagus.
40 — radicis. 41 — pales.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Figures 42-48, Hylobius spp., distribution maps. 42 — warreni. 43 — pinicola.
44 — congener. 45 — pales. 46 — radicis. 47 — rhizophagus. 48 — aliradicis.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Hylobius rbizophagus Millers, Benjamin, and Warner

(Figs. 36, 39)

Hylobius rhizophagus Millers, Benjamin, Warner, 1963. Canadian Ent.

95(1) : 18.

This species, the “root tip weevil,” attacks the roots of jack pine
( Pinus banksiana Lamb.), red pine (P. resinosa Ait.), and Scotch pine
(P. sylvestris L.). Roots of seedlings are tunneled by larvae which leave
behind tightly packed frass enclosed by the scaly sheath of the root. On
larger pines, lateral roots are sometimes tunneled. Frequently, all roots in
the upper foot of soil and beyond a 6 foot radius are damaged. Weevil
larvae tunnel in the proximal ends of the roots, with the frass tunnels
extending to the root tips. Hence the weevil is referred to by the com¬
mon name, “root tip weevil.” Activity of the insect results in very light
resin flow, which rarely saturates soil more than an inch away. Larvae
overwinter in the roots and resume feeding the following spring. Pupa¬
tion takes place in early August within pupal cells constructed in the
roots. Adults emerge a few weeks later and feed on the lateral branches.
Root tip weevil eggs are slightly smaller than the eggs of the pine root-
collar weevil. The species infests primarily closed plantations of pole¬
sized pines in formerly cultivated land. In advanced infestations, repro¬
duction pines may also be infested. Larvae were reported leading to
the death of 3-foot red pines planted among older jack pines. (Millers,
Benjamin, 1961; Millers, Benjamin, and Warner, 1963).

DISTRIBUTION6 (fig. 47): WISCONSIN: Lone Rock, Sauk Co.; Big Flats,
Adams Co.; Wild Rose, Waushara Co.; Black River Falls, Jackson Co. MICFIIGAN:
Alcona Co. (larvae only, Anonymous, 1965).

Acknowledgments

My special thanks are extended to Bernard H. Ebel, USDA Forest Science Labora¬
tory, Athens, Georgia, for providing the reared and collected specimens of the type
series of a new species and for the biological data pertaining to it. I wish to thank
Dr. Edward C. Becker, Canada Department of Agriculture, Research Branch. Ento¬
mology Research Institute, Ottawa, Canada, for supplying the distribution data of
the Hylobius specimens in the Canadian National Collection. The photographs are
the special work of Dr. David G. Kissinger, Atlantic Union College, South Lan¬
caster, Massachusetts, who so generously gave of his time during one of his visits
to the U. S. National Museum to study Apion. My thanks go also to Mr. Elbert L.
Little, Jr., Forester, Division of Dendrology and Range Forage Investigations, U. S.
Forest Service, for help with the scientific and common names of the host trees.

Literature Cited

Anonymous

1965. U. S. Dept. Agri. Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept. 15(26) :689.

Beal, J. A., and K. B. McClintock.

1943. The pales weevil in southern pines. J. Econ. Ent. 36(5) : 792-794.

Brown, C. E., J. K. Robins, and R. E. Stevens

1961. Province of Alberta, For. Ins. Surv. Cand. Dept. For. Ann. Rept. For.
Ins. Disease Surv. pp. 92-101.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Brown, R. T., and E. P. Young

1955. Insect attacks on native and plantation pines in Central Wisconsin.
Ecology 36(3) : 522-523 .

Carroll, W. J., and W. C. Parrott

1961. Providence of Newfoundland, For. Ins. Surv., Canad. Dept. For. Ann.
Rept. For. Ins. Disease Surv. pp. 9-16.

Carter, E. E.

1916. Hylobius pales as a factor in the reproduction of conifers in New
England. Proc. Soc. Amer. Foresters 1 1 (2) :297-307.

Elliott, K. R., and V. Hildahl

1961. Province of Manitoba and Saskatchewan, For. Ins. Surv. Canad. Dept.
For. Ann. Rept. For. Ins. Disease Surv. pp. 77-89.

Finnegan, R. J.

1959. The pales weevil, Hylobius pales (Hbst.), in southern Ontario. Canad.
Ent. 91(10) : 664-670.

1961. A field key to the North American species of Hylobius (Curculionidae).
Canad. Ent. 93 (7) : 501-502.

1962. The pine root-collar weevil, Hylobius radicis Buchanan, in southern
Ontario. Canad. Ent. 94(1): 11-17.

Little, E. L., Jr.

1953. Check list of native and naturalized trees of the United States (including
Alaska). Agriculture handbook no. 41. U. S. For. Serv. pp. 1-472. U. S.
government printing office, Washington, D. C.

Martin, J. L.

1962. Hylobius congener Dalla Torre on Pinus spp. in Ontario. Canad. Dept.
For. Bi-Monthly Prog. Rept. 18(4) :1.

1964. The insect ecology of red pine plantations in central Ontario. Canad.
Ent. 96(11): 1408-1417, illus.

Millers, I., and D. M. Benjamin

1961. A new Hylobius problem in Jack pine plantations. Proc. North Central
Branch Ent. Soc. Amer. 16:88-89.

Millers, I., D. M. Benjamin, and R. E. Warner

1963. A new Hylobius weevil associated with Jack pine deterioration (Cole-
optera: Curculionidae). Canad. Ent. 95(1): 18-22.

Peirson, H. B.

1921. The life history and control of the pales weevil ( Hylobius pales). Har¬
vard Forest Bull. 3:1-33.

1937. The pales weevil ( Hylobius pales Hbst.). Mass. For. Park Assoc. Tree
Pest Leaf. 13:1-4.

Schaffner, J. V., and H. L. McIntyre

1944. The pine root-collar weevil. J. Forestry 42(4) :269-275, illus.

Sippell, W. J., J. E. MacDonald, and A. H. Rose

1961. Province of Ontario, For. Ins. Surv. Canad. Dept. For. Ann. Rept. For.
Ins. Disease Surv. pp. 55-72.

Small, J. K.

1933. Manual of the Southeastern Flora. 1554 pp. illus. New York. Published
by the author.

Wallace, D. R.

1954. The pine root-collar weevil in Ontario. Canad. Dept. Agri. For. Biol.
Div. Bi-Monthly Rept. 10(3 ):2.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Warren, G. L.

1956. Root injury to conifers in Canada by species of Hylobius and Hypomolyx
(Coleoptera:Curculionidae). For. Chron. 32(1): 7-10.

1956a. The effect of some site factors on the abundance of Hypomolyx pice us
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Ecology 37(1) : 132-139.

1956b. Observations on the origin of infestations of the pine root-collar weevil
in plantations. Canad. Dept. Agri. Div. For., Bi-Monthly Prog. Rept.
12(3 ) : 2-3 .

1960. External anatomy of the adult of Hylobius warreni Wood (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae) and comparison with H. pinicola (Couper). Canad.
Ent. 92(5) : 32 1-341.

Wells, A. B.

1926. Notes on Hylobius pales (Herbst) and Pissodes strobi Peck as nursery
pests. J. Econ. Ent. 19(2) :412.

Wood, S. L.

1957. The North American allies of Hylobius piceus (DeGeer) (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae). Canad. Ent. 89(1). 37-43.

BOSTRICHIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 7: A NEW XYLOTHRIPS

FROM CHINA

By Hans Reichardt1- 2

Study of the Bostrichidae in the collection of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology has revealed an interesting new Chinese species of the Old
World genus Xylothrips Lesne. Very few bostrichids have been reported
from China, so that this new species is an interesting addition to the
family. Details of synonymy and distribution of two of the previously
described species of Xylothrips are given by Chujo (1958); the third a
previously described species, is the enigmatic X. geofjroyi (Montrouiser),
known only from the type-specimen (Lesne, 1900:626) and a subsequently
collected female (Chujo, 1961:5), both from New Caledonia. Lack of
knowledge of this species precludes its inclusion in the key presented

below.

1 Departamento de Zoologia, Secretaria da Agricultura Sao Paulo, Brazil;
presently at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,

Mass.

2 Number 6 in this series of articles appeared in Rev. Bras. Ent. 11:37-42.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Xylothrips cathaicus Reichardt, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 1-2)

Description of female. Prothorax and elytra reddish-brown, the latter darkened
at apex; head dark brown, almost black; anterior legs with reddish-brown coxae,
trochanters and basal % of femora; tibiae and apices of femora of anterior legs
as well as the median and posterior legs dark brown; abdomen dark brown,
with last segment somewhat reddish. Head as in other species of the genus, with
dense, yellow pubescence on front; antennae 10-segmented, with three apical
segments (club) typically much longer than wide. Pronotum wider than long,
widest behind the middle; anterior angles ending in a strong hook; anterior half
densely and sharply denticulate, the denticules being much larger laterally; posterior
and lateral parts of pronotum very sparsely punctate; covered anteriorly and
laterally with yellow pubescence; ridges at sides of basal half only vaguely indi¬
cated. Elytra very indistinctly punctate-rugose, including apical declivity; suture
elevated at declivity; sides of declivity limited by four very weak and rounded,
impunctate tubercules on each side, the lower one touching lateral margin, but
distinctly separated from it, as in religiosus. Ventral side of thorax and abdomen
very densely punctate and shortly pubescent. Measurements: length, 6. 3-7. 6 mm.;
width, 2.75-3.2 mm.

Male unknown.

Examined material. CHINA: Hopeh, Peiping, G. Liu col. (holotype $
and 1 paratype $ , Museum of Comparative Zoology n. 31194); Honan,
Kaifeng, IV. 1932, G. Liu col. (2 paratypes $ , Museum of Comparative
Zoology n. 31194; 1 paratype $, Departamento de Zoologia, Sao Paulo,
Brazil).

Discussion. The basilateral ridges of the pronotum are an important
character for proper identification of Xylothrips in Lesne’s generic key
(1900:474). These ridges are only vaguely indicated in cathaicus, but
there is no doubt about the generic placement of the species, since all
the other characters agree with those of the type-species, X. flavipes
(Illiger). X. cathaicus is easily distinguished from flavipes because the
apical ridge of the declivity is not connected to the apico-lateral border
of the elytra. X. religiosus agrees with cathaicus in this character, but
the marginal tubercles of religiosus declivity are well developed, and the
declivity itself is deeply foveolate, especially on its upper part. In cathaicus
the marginal tubercles are very weakly developed, and the declivity is
indistinctly punctured. In flavipes, the declivity and its marginal tubercles
are sculptured as in religiosus.

X. cathaicus is the only species of the genus presently known from
China. The only other species of Xylothrips on the Asian mainland
is flavipes, which is restricted to India and Southeast Asia.

The three better known species of Xylothrips can be distinguished
as follows :

1. Apical declivity of elytra ridged at lower half of lateral border and ridge completely

fused into apico-lateral border - FLAVIPES (Illiger)

Apical declivity of elytra ridged as in flavipes, but ridge short and not connected

to apico-lateral border - 2

2. Tubercles of elytral declivity well developed; declivity deeply foveolate

- RELIGIOSUS (Boisduval)

Tubercles of elytral declivity very poorly developed; declivity indistinctly punctured

- CATHAICUS, n. sp.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Literature Cited

Chujo, m.

1958. Coleoptera: Bostrychidae. In Insects
figs.

1961. Bostrychid-Beetles of New Caledonia.
13:5-6.

of Micronesia, 16(2) :85-104, 3
Bull. Osaka Mus. Nat. Hist.,

Lesne, P.
1900.

Revision des coleopteres de la famille des bostrychides. 4e. memoire.
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 69:473-639, illus.

Figures 1-2. Xylothrips cathaicus, new species, holotype. 1— lateral view

2 — dorsal view.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

SIGNALS AND MATING BEHAVIOR IN SEVERAL
FIREFLIES (COLEOPTERA: LAMPYRIDAE)1 2

By James E. Lloyd1 2 3-4

During the summers of 1963-65 while investigating flash communi¬
cation in Photinus fireflies (Lloyd, 1966), I also studied several species
in six other genera. Some of these observations have already been re¬
ported (Lloyd, 1965a, b). This paper presents data on other species.
Recording and field techniques have been described in detail elsewhere
(Lloyd, 1966). Distribution maps are given for each species where
possible, as it is essential to correlate behavior with geographic distri¬
bution.

Lampyris ( =Pleotomodes ) knulli (Green)

Few lampyrid beetles described from North America are rarer than
this Florida species (Map 3). Probably no more than two dozen are in
collections, and until these observations females had not been found, or
at least had not been recognized as knulli females. During May 1964
and 1965, five females were collected at the same site at Gainesville,
Florida, and observations were made on their behavior.

Observation dates were between 2 and 16 May. Females were found
glowing along a mowed roadside adjacent to a mesic woods. Their glows,
visible at distances of 3 or more meters, appeared bright green. Captive
females were placed in the site in open plastic boxes (8x8x3 cm). They
began glowing 28-37 minutes after sunset and stopped glowing 60-68
minutes after sunset. Prior to glowing each evening they crawled from
beneath the grass in their cages and exposed themselves in open areas
or on perches. After each glowing period they retreated to cover. On
May 4, 1965, midway through the normal glow period one female
stopped glowing; investigation disclosed she had attracted a male and
was mating with him. On May 8 a free female was seen glowing, but
before she could be reached she dimmed and then extinguished her
light. She was found mating with a male.

Males have a small luminous area on the ventral surface of the
abdomen. None were seen glowing in nature even though over 40 nights
were spent working in the site where females were found. When chem¬
ically stimulated (ethyl acetate, see Seliger et al. 1964) one male glowed
from this light organ (J. Buck, personal comm.).

1 This investigation was supported by U. S. Public Health Service Predoctoral
Fellowship No. 1-F1-GM-22, 196-01, the Sigma Xi-RESA research fund, and the
Bache Fund, Grant No. 481.

2 This is Appendix II of a thesis presented to the Graduate School of Cornell
University in partial fulfillment of the degree Doctor of Philosophy.

3 Present address, Dept, of Entomology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida.

4 I thank Dr. Thomas Eisner of Cornell University for his assistance in obtaining
funds for this investigation. I thank Dr. William L. Brown of Cornell University for
his helpful comments, criticisms, and suggestions during the preparation of the
manuscript.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Micronaspis floridana Green

For the distribution of this rare species see Map 4. Two males were
collected at Coconut Grove, Florida, May 15, 1965. They were found
within 100 meters of the ocean flying among low weeds and frequently
being blown to the ground by the moderate wind. They emitted single
flashes, estimated to be 0.13-0.18 seconds in duration (estimated by
comparison with flashes of known duration produced by an electronic
flasher (see Lloyd, 1966) at one second intervals (78°F.)).

Pyractomena borealis (Randall)

For distribution see Map 5. My observations are in agreement with
those of McDermott (1917). This species was found in a mesic woods
in Gainesville, Florida, and in a stand of red maple 4.3 miles west of
Otter Creek, Florida, from February 28 to March 2, 1965. Moderately
large populations were seen, suggesting that this is a cold-weather (in
Florida a winter- adapted) species.

Flashing activity began about 32 minutes after sunset and lasted for
approximately 50 minutes. Males flew among the leafless branches 2-8
meters above the ground. Their flash-pattern was a single flash estimated
to be 0.30-0.35 seconds in duration at 50° and 0.20-0.25 seconds at
65°. They flew slowly, traversing 1-2 meters between flash-patterns and
4-10 centimeters during each pulse. Two males emitted the double flash
described by McDermott; a normal flash followed by a less intense after¬
flash of approximately the same duration as the first. The pulse interval
(time duration between beginning of first pulse and beginning of second
pulse) of these two flashes in one male measured 0.6 seconds (stop
watch) at 65°. Mean flash-pattern interval at 68° was_3.6 seconds and
varied inversely with temperature; x = 4.2 (65°) and x = 8.4 seconds
(50°).

Three females were collected. These were 2, 4, and 6 meters above the
ground on tree trunks. Another answered the flashlight from a perch
over 10 meters above the ground. They responded to male, flashlight, and
electronic-flasher flashes with single pulses at slight time delays. Delays
of two females measured with stop watch at 65° averaged 1.0 seconds.
The response flashes of one female were analyzed by means of a portable
transducer: her flashes turned on an audio oscillator, and the resulting
tone was recorded on tape and later analyzed with an oscilloscope (see
Lloyd, 1966). Her mean pulse length at 67° was 0.56 seconds (range
0.49)! mean delay time (beginning of male pulse to beginning of response
pulse) was 0.69 seconds (range 0.09).

Several males were attracted to caged females and to the flashlight
when it was flashed in a manner simulating female responses in length
and delay. One approach to a free female was observed; after four flash
exchanges the male was on the tree beside her.

One important difference was noted between the approaches of males
of this species and males of Pyractomena dispersa Green. P . borealis males
approach females as do Photinus males; they remain in flight after each

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Map 2. Distribution of Pyractomena dispersa Green.

Map. 3. Distribution of Lampyris ( —Pleotomodes ) knulli (Green).
Map 4. Distribution of Micronaspis floridana Green.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

exchange, not landing until very near the female. P. dispersa males drop
to the ground immediately after the first exchange and do not flash for a
minute or more (Lloyd, 1964). This is obviously out of the question for
borealis , an “upper story” species.

Pyractomena dispersa Green

For distribution see Map 2. Since the behavior of this species was des¬
cribed (Lloyd, 1964), additional observations have been made. Previously,
males were not attracted to the flashlight.

Males were seen flying at Durham, Pennsylvania, June 8, 1963. over a
field adjacent to a small stream. Several were attracted with 4- or 5-pulsed
flashes, similar to those described for females. They were also attracted
to 2-pulse flashes. For attraction it was necessary for the flashlight to be
flashed from a position in front of and below them. Immediately after the
flashlight response males dropped to the ground. A minute or more passed
before their next flash-pattern.

Pyractomena marginalis Green

For distribution see Map 6. This species was seen in Lake Lure, North
Carolina, June 24, 1963, in a grassy grove adjacent to a stream. A few
males were observed flying about 40 minutes after sunset. They flew
within 2 meters of the ground, emitting single short flashes at 5-7 seconds

intervals at 65°.

Pyractomena angulata (Say)

For distribution see Map 1. This species was seen in nearly every
locality visited during the extensive Photinus investigation. Usually only
one or two males were seen at one time. These flew 2-15 meters above the
ground, usually at the tips of tree branches, with winding, leisurely courses
while emitting their flickering rusty-yellow flashes. The flash-pattern was
a rapidly-modulated emission, approximately 0.8 seconds in duration at
67°. There appeared to be 9-15 modulations in each flash. Flash-pattern
intervals at 67° averaged 4.3 seconds. Their rapidly modulated, distinc¬
tively colored flashes made angulata easily recognizable.

I was unable to attract males of this species to the flashlight, and I
failed to find either dense breeding aggregations or females.

Pyractomena linearis LeConte (complex)

For distribution of this complex see Map 6. The marsh-pasture habitat
of the species in this complex is similar to that of Photinus ardens LeConte
(Lloyd, 1966), and one member of the complex was found with each
ardens deme studied in the Photinus investigation. The season of activity
was also similar to that of ardens, about two or three weeks in duration
and ending by the third week in June.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Map 5. Distribution of Pyractomena borealis (Randall).

Map 6. Distribution of Pyractomena linearis LeConte complex (circles). Distribu¬
tion of Pyractomena marginalis Green (dots).

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Long-pulsed linearis: This species was observed at Oneida and Milford
Center, New York. Activity began 40-50 minutes after sunset and con¬
tinued for about an hour. Males flashed while flying slightly downward
1-2 meters above the ground; 20-50 centimeters were traversed during their
flash- pattern, a steady emission estimated to be 0.5 seconds in duration
at 66°. Mean flash-pattern interval at 63° was 5.9 seconds. Flight paths
of some males consisted of a series of angularly displaced segments. Dur¬
ing each flash-pattern they flew in straight lines; between flashes they
moved laterally 1-2 meters and rotated a few degrees. As a result during
the next flash-pattern they scanned a different area.

Several females were found in the grass within 1 meter of the ground.
They responded to male and flashlight flashes with single flashes 1 second
or less in duration, at short time delays.

Attractions of males to free and caged females and to the flashlight
were similar. After receiving response flashes from in front of or below
them, males dropped immediately to the ground, usually within 1 meter
of responding lights.

4-pulsed linearis: This species was observed at McLean Bog, McLean,
New York. Activity began about 50 minutes after sunset. Male flight paths,
including angular displacement, were similar to those described for^long-
pulsed linearis. Male flash-patterns were similar to those described lor P.
dispersa (Lloyd, 1964). Flash-pattern interval at 60° averaged 5.1 seconds

Females were found on grass stems within 1 meter of the ground; they
answered male and flashlight flashes with 4- or 5-pulsed emissions, similar
to those of males, at short time delays.

Male approaches were similar to those described for long-pulsed
linearis and dispersa, in contrast to those described for borealis and
Phctinus species.

Delay ed-linear is: On July 12, 1963, considerably later than the season
for the two prevously discussed members of this complex, three males
emitting flashes similar to those described for long-pulsed linearis were seen
at the 4-pulsed linearis site at McLean, New York. One responsive female
was found in the grass. She emitted single-pulsed responses approxi¬
mately 1 second in duration at an average delay of 1.4 seconds (stop¬
watch) at 58°. This is possibly a third species in the linearis complex,
considering that ( 1 ) female delay was much longer than that of long-
pulsed linearis, and (2) long-pulsed linearis had never been observed in
this site during several nights of early summer observation.

Literature Cited

Lloyd, J. E.

1964. Notes on flash communication in the firefly Pyractomena dispersa
(Coleoptera: Lampyridae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 57(2): 260-261.

1965a Observations on the biology of three luminescent beetles (Coleoptera:
Lampyridae, Elateridae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 58(4): 588-591.

1965b. Aggressive mimicry in Photuris : Firefly femmes fatales. Science 149
(3684): 653-654.

1966. Studies on the flash communication system in Photinus fireflies. Ph.D.
Thesis, Cornell University, 201 pp., 6 tables, 8 figs., 46 maps. (In press,
Univ. of Michigan Mus. Zool. Misc. Publ. No. 130.)

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

McDermott, F. A.

1917. Observations on the light emission of American Lampyridae. The photo¬
genic function as a mating adaptation. Fifth paper. Canadian Ent. 49:

53-61.

Seliger, H. H., J. B. Buck, W. G. Fastie, and W. D. McElroy

1964. The spectural distribution of firefly light. Journ. Gen. Physiol. 48(1):
95-104.

NOTES ON HYPERA MARITIMA (TITUS). (COLEOPTERA:

CURCULIONIDAE )

At present this species is known to occur only in Massachusetts: it was originally
described from Nantucket Island, Martha’s Vineyard Island, and Chatham. The
late C. A. Frost collected several specimens at Harwich Port, which like Chatham is
located on the Nantucket Sound side of Cape Cod.

Investigation at Harwich Port resulted in the discovery of three adults in early
July; the following year larvae were found in early June feeding in the buds of
Beach-Pea, Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel according to Gleason (1958, The new
Britton and Brown illustrated flora . . .) or L. japonicus Willd. according to Fernald
(1950, Gray’s Manual of botany, 8th ed.). Adults were reared from the larvae.

The host plant is widely distributed in the cooler parts of Eurasia and North
America according to Gleason. In view of this Mr. R. T. Thompson, British Museum
(N. H. ), conducted a brief, preliminary study of H. maritima and is of the opinion
that it is distinct from the European Hypera in the British Museum; I am grateful for
his aid.

The existence of a species of Hypera apparently native to the United States and
with such a singularly limited distribution as H. maritima is of great interest. This
work was aided by grant GB 1442 from National Science Foundation. — D. G.
Kissinger, Atlantic Union College, South Lancaster, Mass.

BEETLE TALK

The following proposals concerning the scientific names of beetles were placed
before the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature:

Trypetesinae and Trypetesini (Lacordaire) : Proposed emendation of family-group
names under the plenary powers (Insecta, Coleoptera). By C. W. Sabrosky and E. C.
Zimmerman, 1966, Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 23(1): 46-47.

Galerita Gouan, 1770 (Pices): Proposed addition to the Official Index together
with addition of Galerita Fabricius, 1801, to the Official List. By H. Reichardt, 1966,
Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 23(1): 60-61.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

LARVAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOME NORTH DAKOTA
CARABIDS (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

By J. R. Dogger and C. A. Olson1- 2

Records of adult Carabid beetles collected in North Dakota indicate
that at least 164 species occur within the boundaries of the state. Adult
specimens in the collection of the Department of Entomology, North
Dakota State University at Fargo, were examined and identified by Dr.
W. C. Stehr of Ohio University at Athens, Ohio, in 1959.

The larvae of only a few of these ground beetles have been described.
These include Calosoma obsoletum Say and C. calidum (Fab.) by Burgess
and Collins (1917); Poecilus lucublandus Say, Chlaenius sericeus (Forst.),
and Galerita janus Fab. by Dimmock and Knab (1904) ; Harpalus pennsyl-
vanicus (DeG.) figured by Quaintance and Jenne (1912); H. herbivagus
Say figured by Lugger (1899); and H. compar Lee., Chlaenius pennsyl-
vanicus Say, and Stenelophus conjunctus Say by Chu (1945).

Van Emden (1942) in England made a comprehensive study of the
Carabid larvae and prepared a descriptive key to the tribes and genera.
This work serves as the chief source of background material for the
present study, aiding in the recognition of larvae and providing descriptive
terms for significant structures.

Because the larvae of the majority of the Carabid species are undescribed,
the objective of this study was to contribute to the knowledge of this group.

METHODS AND PROCEDURE
Collecting

A portion of the material used in the study was obtained by field
collecting. This was confined mainly to Cass County. Attempts at col¬
lecting early in the season (June 8-22) met with little success. During the
period July 1 to July 20, larvae were more abundant. Best results were
obtained in wooded areas near water. Larvae, pupae, and adults were
found in such situations under fallen logs and other debris. One of the
most productive areas was near a bridge construction site where the
ground was littered with debris. Larvae were difficult to find in cultivated

fields early in the season.

Use of a posthole digger for sampling, particularly in cultivated fields,
did not prove successful. The most satisfactory collecting equipment
proved to be a hand trowel and a glass jar. Under logs and debris larvae
were fairly close to the soil’s surface, but some were found at a depth
of four to six inches in damp soil with an abundance of humus. A light

1 Professor of Entomology and National Science Foundation Teacher Research
Participant respectively, North Dakota State University.

2 Published with the approval of the Director, N. D. Agr. Expt. Sta. as Paper
No. 76 of the Journal Series.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

forceps was first used to pick up the insects, but injury may have been
sustained by some that did not survive. Picking them up with the point
of a trowel along with some soil was a better method. Considering the
active nature of the carabid larvae, an advantage of this method was that
one hand could be used for both digging and collecting. Care was taken
to separate larvae into individual containers as soon as possible. Can¬
nibalism frequently occurred within an hour after collecting.

An attempt was made to collect two or more larvae of each apparent
species so that some could be reared and some preserved as life-like
as possible for study. Larval exuviae were retrieved and preserved as an
additional check on the identity of preserved larvae, once the identity
of a reared adult had been established.

In order to study specimens they were first placed under refrigeration
at 45 degrees F. for two hours in individual salve boxes. After this period
their activity was sufficiently reduced to make microscopic examination
possible. When two larvae were determined to be identical, one was boiled
in water and preserved in 80 per cent ethyl alcohol and the other one
was returned to the culture box for rearing.

Rearing

Each larva was placed in a two-ounce tin salve box containing damp
soil. Though moisture was essential, if the soil became too wet, the
insects did not survive. A few drops of water added about every three
days provided sufficient moisture if the culture was initially damp.

Soil from the natural habitat of the larva was used in most cases
and proved satisfactory. However, in several boxes, larvae were placed
in soil mixed for greenhouse use. The mixture was not sterilized and in
nearly every culture the pupa was destroyed by mites.

Food for the larvae was gathered by sweeping alfalfa and grasses
for lepidopterous larvae. Several species, mostly noctuids, were consumed
as well as very small earthworms which existed in the natural environment
of the Carabidae. One lepidopterous larva every two or three days pro¬
vided sufficient food to maintain the carabid larva to pupation period.
In many cases mature larvae pupated within a few days after collection.

For recording purposes, the living larvae, identical preserved specimens,
cast skins and reared adults were all assigned the same number.

Material and Descriptions

Descriptions of identified larvae were based on insects taken as larvae
and reared to the adult stage. The species reared and the numbers in¬
volved are reported with their descriptions.

Micromaseus femoralis (Kirby)

The description is based on one reared specimen and one preserved
specimen, both taken in Cass County in July. The reared insect remained
in the pupal stage only 4 days.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Head. Slightly broader than long and slightly narrower than prothorax and not
strongly constricted posteriorly. Antennae extending forward beyond mandibles,
first 2 segments cylindrical, second about three-fourths length of first, third with
exterior margin angular and subequal in length to first, fourth about one-halt
the length of third. Sensorial appendage of third antennal segment conical with
diameter of base subequal to height. Mandible with small triangular retinaculum
located about two-fifths distance from base to apex. First segment of labial palps
with single seta on inner margin. Maxillary palps with each segment smaller in
diameter than the preceding from base to apex, first and fourth subequal in length,
second and third subequal in length, first about as broad as long, fourth much
longer than broad. Outer lobe of maxilla with first segment about one and one-fourth
times as long as second. Inner lobe an apparently unsegmented projection with
strong terminal seta. Nasale concave, without regular denticulation and with
projecting outer limits. Fronto-clypeal area with single pair of prominent setae.
Six ocelli on each side arranged in transverse arcs with a pigmented area just
caudad of anterior 3, prominent seta just anterior to uppermost of posterior 3 and
another anterior to second of this group. Ocellar grooves and ceivical grooves
prominent, former curving parallel with frontal sutures, latter paralleling cervical
margin of head. Stem of epicranial suture short, about one-seventh as long as
fronto-clypeal area. Cervical triangle large and lightly sclerotized.

Figures 1-6, Dorsal aspects of head (upper row) and abdominal segments 8
through 10 (lower row) of some carabid larvae. 1-2, Micromaseus femoral is
(Kby.). 3-4, Amara cupreolata (Ptzys.). 5-6, Anadaptus discoideus (Dej.).

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Thorax. Tergites margined anteriorly, pronotum completely margined. Prothorax
approximately one and one-half times as long as mesothorax which is subequal to
metathorax; tergum with 4 prominent setae along each lateral margin and an
additional seta dorsad of the most anterior on each side; mesal longitudinal groove
prominent, lateral furrows straight, running perpendicularly to meson one-third of
distance from anterior margin of tergum to posterior. Pleural sclerites long and
contiguous with pronotum, divided into 2 triangular plates on meso- and metathorax.
Prosternum forming a subtriangular plate. Legs of medium length with two equal
claws. Femora with double row of 5 to 7 irregular spines on ventral surface.

Abdomen. Segments gradually tapering caudally. Tergites covering most or all
of dorsal surface, margined anteriorly and laterally for anterior half. Tergites with
single prominent seta at each posterolateral corner. Epipleurites 1, 2, 3, and 8 each
with 1 large and 2 small setae, fourth through seventh with 1 large and 1 small.
First and second hypopleurites with 2 large and 1 small setae, third through eighth
with a single large seta. Ninth segment two-thirds as long as eighth. Cerci twice
as long as ninth segment, non-articulating, at first diverging then converging with
tips almost parallel. Nine setae present on each cercus with all but first and
last two on a distinct nodule. Tenth segment approximately as long as ninth and
visible dorsally, extending caudally for about half length of cerci. Length of
extended full grown larvae, 12 mm.

Amara cupreolata (Putzeys)

Two specimens collected in July, pupated ten days later and emerged
as adults six days after pupation. The following description is based
on these specimens and a preserved complete larva. All were taken in
Cass County.

Head. Slightly longer than broad, of approximately same width as prothorax,
not constricted posteriorly. Antennae extending forward slightly beyond mandibles,
first 2 segments subcylindrical, second about one-half times length of first, their
apical diameters subequal. Third antennal segment has exterior margin angular
and is subequal in length to first. Sensorial appendage of third segment is conical
with height one-half times diameter of base. Fourth segment is cylindrical and sub¬
equal in length to second. Third segment bears 3 setae, 2 on outer margin caudad
to sensorial appendage, third on inner margin near the apical end of segment.
Fourth bears 3 setae apically and another at about middle of inner side. Mandible
without teeth but with small triangular retinaculum located on basal third. Labial
palps with first segment longer than second, first subcylindrical, second cylindrical
tapering to a rounded apex, basal diameter of second about one-half that of first.
Ligula absent or reduced with 2 strong setae. Stipes of maxillae with 2 prominent
setae, 1 on outer margin slightly below middle, second located dorsally on apical
fourth. Inner lobe of maxilla reduced to an apparently unsegmented projection
bearing strong terminal seta. Outer lobe with first segment cylindrical, second
subconical with a rounded apex, about three-fourths length of first and with
basal diameter one-half that of first. Maxillary palps with second segment two
and one-half times length of first and subequal to combined lengths of third and
fourth. Basal diameter of third segment is one-half that of second and twice that
of fourth. Nasale slightly concave and with dense row of setae along concave
margin. Adnasales not prominent but each bearing strong seta. Frontal clypeal
area with 3 pairs of darkened ridges, 2 curving obliquely backward from antero¬
lateral margins, third parallel with mesal line and adjacent to sutures of posterior
portion of fronto-clypeal area. With single pair of setae near inner end of median
ridge on either side. Frontal piece not touching hind margin of head, epicranial
suture short. Six ocelli on each side arranged in 2 transverse arcs just posterior to
base of antenna with a darker pigmented area between ocelli. One strong seta located
within ocellar area on either side. Ocellar and cervical groove present, former parallel
to frontal sutures, latter running parallel to hind margin of head. Two strong setae lo¬
cated one on either side of frontoclypeal area mesad to caudal end of ocellar groove.
Another seta located on either side of outer margin of head just anterior to seta
just described.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Thorax. Meso- and metatergites margined anteriorly, mesal longitudinal line
prominent. Prothorax only slightly longer than other segments. Pronotum with
3 setae on each side, 1 in antero-lateral corner, a second midway along lateral
margin, and third located obliquely dorsad; others near posterior rnargin. Two
additional small setae located in a line dorsad of anterior seta and 1 small seta
located ventrad of posterior seta. Meso- and metanota differ in that so-called posterior
seta is located almost directly dorsad of median seta and additional small posterior seta
is lacking. Pleural sclerites are contiguous with pronotum faintly sclerotized but
separate from meso- and metanota, bearing 1 seta each. Legs of medium length with
2 equal claws. Femur and tibia each with a transverse row of 3 or 4 spines on
ventral side.

Abdomen. Segments gradually tapering caudally. Tergites covering most of the
dorsal surface, margined anteriorly; mesal longitudinal groove prominent, with
single prominent seta on each postero-lateral corner of each segment, another
smaller seta at posterior ends of marginal groove and another small seta near large
posterior seta. Epipleurites with 1 large and 2 small setae Hypopleuntes with
1 prominent seta and an additional small seta on some. Ninth and tenth segments
subequal in length. Cerci approximately two and one-half times length of ninth
segment, non-articulating, diverging for basal third, then almost parallel to tips.
Five setae present on each cercus.

Anadaptus discoideus (Dejean)

Six larvae, collected in Cass County, were reared to maturity on July
18-20. These remained in the pupal stage for six days. In addition to the
six exuviae, sixteen other larvae were examined and considered identical.
All were from Cass County and were taken during the period June 20

to August 5.

Overall appearance. Larva appearing brown, head, meso- and metanota and
abdominal tergites testaceous, pronotum deep brown, almost black. Remaining
sclerites and legs are paler, the non-sclerotized area near white. Extended length
of the full grown larva is 18.6 mm.

Head Slightly broader than long, slightly narrower than prothorax and distinctly
constricted posteriorly. Width 2.2 mm. Antennae extending forward as far as
mandibles, first segment cylindrical, second subcylindncal, and three-fourths as long
as first, third as long as second with outer margin excavated for apical third, fourth
about one-half length of third and more slender. Sensorial appendage on third
segment is conical with diameter of base subequal to height. Three setae arise
from third and 4 from fourth segment, 3 of them prominent, fourth less evident
Mandible strong and somewhat flattened with prominent pointed retinaculum located
nearly midway between base and apex and 1 seta extending from midpoint of
lateral margin. First segment of labial palps cylindrical, second less than one-halt
length of first and very slender, tapering toward apex, mentum with several
scattered setae, 2 prominent setae extending ventrally, ligula broadly triangular
with 2 closely parallel setae. Stipes of maxillae rather slender with a fringe of long
hair along median margin and 3 or 4 setae on lateral margin. Maxillary palps with
each segment smaller in diameter than preceding from base to apex. First segment
of palps short, nearly as broad as long. Second segment one and one-half times
as long as third and tapering toward apex. Outer lobe of maxilla with first segment
about one and one-fourth times length of second and with a prominent seta on
apical third; second slender and tapering toward apex. Inner lobe an apparently
unsegmented projection with strong terminal seta. Nasale projecting forward with
blunt central tooth and 4 prominent, pointed teeth on either side. Adnasales
prominent, projecting nearly as far anteriorly as central tooth of nasale. Fronto-
clypeal area with prominent seta on either side posterior to inner end of clypeal
groove, a somewhat less prominent seta behind junction of frontal and clypeal
grooves on each side and a similar pair along each margin caudo-laterally from
adnasale, and 3 pairs of shorter setae extending backwards from nasale in two
diverging arcs. Additional finer setae also present. Six ocelli arranged in 2 transverse
areas on each side with a pigmented area and a prominent seta between them.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Ocellar furrow lacking, cervical groove prominent, extending obliquely forward
for about two-fifths of the distance between epicranial suture and ocelli, then
bending backward in a straight line perpendicular to longitudinal axis of head,
though not parallel with sinuate hind margin of head. Epicranial suture short,
about one-sixth as long as fronto-clypeal area. Cervical triangle large, lightly
sclerotized and with broadly rounded apex. Strong seta located on either side of
head just antero-laterad of bend in cervical groove; 2 short setae present on either
side, 1 just behind antenna, a second in line with this and midway between it
and strong seta. A second prominent seta found on side of head laterad of strong
seta and 2 small setae found on either side just anterior to cervical groove, one
near frontal suture, other midway between bend and side of head.

Thorax. Pronotum margined on all sides; meso- and metanota margined an¬
teriorly. Prothorax almost twice as long as either of other segments. Pronotum
with 2 rows of 3 setae on each side, one row posterior to anterior margin, other
anterior to posterior marginal line. Meso- and metatergites with large seta midway
along lateral margin and 2 unequal lesser setae at antero-lateral corner on each
side, 4 regularly spaced setae varying in size in a transverse line plus an occasional
additional anterior seta on each side and three setae in a transverse line posteriorly
on each side, 2 outer setae large, mesal small. Sternites lightly sclerotized with 2
rows of short setae coverging posteriorly. Mesothoracic spiracle elliptical and
prominent. Legs of a uniform light color. Coxae with double row of setae on
outer surface plus 2 additional setae forming a ring of 4 at distal end. Tarsus with
2 unequal claws subtended by 2 short, stout setae.

Abdomen. First 5 segments rather broad; segments 6 through 9 tapering caudally.
Tergites covering one-half to two-thirds of dorsal surface, margined anteriorly, with
2 transverse rows of setae. These consist of 3 well-spaced prominent setae on either
side of mesal line anteriorly and 2 well-spaced prominent setae posteriorly plus
a small seta in line on either side of upper seta posteriorly, a small seta between
2 rows on lateral margin on first 5 tergites and several small setae appearing
irregularly in association with large anterior setae. First epipleurite with 3 or 4
setae, second through eighth with 4 or 5 setae, ninth pleurite with 3 setae. First
hypopleurite apparently subdivided with seta on each part; remaining hypopleurites
with 3 or 4 setae. Ninth segment two-thirds as long as eighth. Cerci more than
twice as long as ninth segment, at first diverging and then continuing almost parallel
to apex, non-anticulating at base with 8 setae on each cercus and all but first
and last 2 on a distinct nodule. Tenth segment slightly longer than ninth, cylindrical
and directed ventrally at about a 30 degree angle.

Literature Cited

Burgess, A. F. and C.W. Collins

1917. The genus Calosoma. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 417, pp. 98-103.

Chu, H. F.

1945. Larvae of the Harpalinae Unisetose (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Jour.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc. (n.s.). 1:1-71.

Dimmock, G. and F. Knab

1904. Early stages of Carabidae. Springfield Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull. 1:3-55.
Lugger, O.

1899. Beetles: Injurious to our fruit producing plants. Minn. Agr. Expt. Sta.
Bull. 66:107.

Quaintance, A. L., and E. L. Jenne

1912. The Plum Curculio. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Ent. Bull, (n.s.) 103:153.
Van Emden, F. I.

1942. A Key to the Genera of Larval Carabidae (Col.) Trans. Ent. Soc. of
London. 92(1): 1-99. 100 figs.

[

— BACK ISSUES—

The Coleopterists' Bulletin

Vol. 3,
Vol. 4,
Vol. 5,
Vol. 6,
Vol. 7,
Vol. 8,
Vol. 9,
Vol. 10,
Vol. 11,
Vol. 12,
Vol. 13,
Vol. 14,
Vol. 15,
Vol. 16,
Vol. 17,
Vol. 18,
Vol. 19,

1949, 6 issues (Nos. i & 2

1950, 6 issues

1951, 6 issues

1952, 4 issues

1953, 6 issues

1954, 6 issues

1955, 6 issues

1956, 6 issues

1957, 2 issues

1958, 1 issue

1959, 4 issues

1960, 4 issues

1961, 4 issues

1962, 4 issues

1963, 4 issues

1964, 4 issues

1965, 4 issues

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

$5.00

$1.00

5.00

1.00

5.00

1.00

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.00

5.00

1.00

5.00

1.00

5.00

1.00

5.00

3.00

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.25

5.00

1.25

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue, N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

<r*o

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya. . P- O. Mor»

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology )

Subscription Price $5.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

Separate Sections available from

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES*

Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

An Introduction to the Study of Beetles $1.00

Section 1 — Cupedidae, Rhysodidae, Cicindelidae, Carabidae by
George E. Ball, Amphizoidae, Haliplidae, Dytiscidae,
Noteridae, Gyrinidae $3.00

Section 2 — Sphaeriidae, Hydroscaphidae, Hydrophilidae, Limne-
biidae, Georyssidae, Staphylinidae, Pselaphidae, Sil-
phidae, Leptodiridae, Leptinidae, Leiodidae, Ptiliidae,
Limulodidae, Scydmaenidae, Scaphidiidae, Brathinidae $3.00

Section 3 — Histeridae, Sphaeritidae, Lucanidae, Passalidae, Scara-
baeidae, Clambidae, Dascillidae, Helodidae, Eucine-
tidae, Byrrhidae, Psephenidae, Ptilodactylidae, Chelo-
nariidae, Heteroceridae, Limnichidae, Dryopidae,
Elmidae, Buprestidae, Rhipiceridae, Cebrionidae,
Elateridae, Throscidae, Cerophytidae, Perothopidae,
Eucnemidae $3.00

Section 4 — Not Available

Section 5 — Tenebrionidae, Lagriidae, Alleculidae, Monommidae,
Othniidae, Salpingidae, Pyrochroidae, Melandryidae,
Cephaloidae, Oedemeridae, Pedilidae, Anthicidae,
Euglenidae, Nitidulidae, Rhizophagidae, Sphindidae,
Cucujidae, Cryptophagidae, Biphyllidae, Byturidae,
Languriidae, Endomychidae, Coccinellidae, Erotylidae,
Phalacridae, Cisidae, Orthoperidae, Lathridiidae, Coly-
diidae, Mycetophagidae $3.00

Section 6 — Cerambycidae, Chrysomelidae, Bruchidae, Anthribi-

dae, Brentidae, Curculionidae, Platypodidae, Scolytidae $3.00

INDEX $2.00

* Complete book is out of print.

Send your order today!!

The Catholic University of America Press
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E.

Washington, D. C. 20017

THE

COLEOPTERISi

BULLETIN

VOLUME 20

1 & L f

dhU <D too/

DECEMBER

(No. 4)

CHRY SOMELID AE : On Lexiphanes, by Balsbaugh .

CURCULIONID AE : Polymorphism in Anthonomus, by Burke .
CURCULIONIDAE: Cyrtobagous in the U. S., by Kissinger . .

HYDRADEPHAGA: Origin, by Bell .

HYDROPHILIDAE : Larva of Derallus rudis, by Spangler . . .
HYDROPHILIDAE: A question, by Leech .

LIMNICHIDAE: New Martinius, by Spilman .

SCARAB AEIDAE: Heteronychus larvae, by Jerath .

\Vi Ubiliifti 01 w

Literature Notice 4 1967 . 103, 106, 122

Notice . • Ill|l,0rn . 128

L •*» •*

THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA PRESS

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20017 BIOLOGY LIBRA!

mt fS i : • --

A Quarterly Publication Devoted
to the Study of Beetles

THE COLEOPTERISTS* BULLETIN

Founded 1947 by Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

EDITORIAL BOARD

Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Ph.D.

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

O. L. Cartwright

U. S. National Museum
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eugene J. Gerberg, Ph.D.

Insect Control and Research, Inc.
Baltimore, Md.

James A. Magner, Ph.D., S.T.D.

Business Manager of the Bulletin
Catholic University of America

Theodore J. Spilman

U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20560

Eileen R. Van Tassell

Department of Biology
Catholic University of America

NOTICE TO AUTHORS

Manuscripts will be considered ONLY
FROM SUBSCRIBERS. Authors should
consult STYLE MANUAL FOR BIO¬
LOGICAL JOURNALS, prepared by the
Committee on Form and Style of the Con¬
ference of Biological Editors, and pub¬
lished by the American Institute of Bio¬
logical Sciences, 2000 P St., N.W., Wash¬
ington, D. C. 20008. The Bulletin requires
that all manuscripts be prepared according
to instructions in the Style Manual. Illus¬
trations should be sent mounted, and
numbered. The manuscript should be
marked to indicate the location of text
figures or the position of full page plates.

all papers will be published in their order
of receipt, but the editor reserves the right
to use articles out of order in the interest
of a balanced magazine.

EDITORIAL POLICY

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION DEVOTED TO THE STUDY OF BEETLES

The Coleopterists’ Bulletin

Volume 20 December (No. 4) 1966

A DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA OF DERALLUS
RUDIS SHARP (COLEOPTERA: H YDROPHILIDAE ) 1

By Paul J. Spangler2

For many years the placement of Derallus, Regimbartia and Globaria
in the tribe Berosini was questioned by systematists but probably not
changed becaused the larvae were not definitely known. However, Bertrand
(1962) described a hydrophilid larva (his Type D) from Africa which
he assigned to the Derallus group and which he included in the subfamily
Hydrobiinae. Bertrand stated that he placed his African larva in the Deral¬
lus group of hydrophilid larvae at the suggestion of J. Balfour-Browne of
the British Museum who, when he examined the African larva, associated
it with American larvae that he believed to be Derallus.

For several years I looked for larvae associated with Derallus adults that
might represent the genus. On August 10, 1964, at Alvarado, Veracruz,
Mexico, I found larvae new to me and which were associated with adults
of Derallus. I suspected that these were Derallus larvae and six were kept
alive for rearing and twelve others were preserved for study. Five of the
six larvae kept for rearing died from excessive heat while enroute to Wash¬
ington, D. C. The larva that survived pupated in my office sometime
during my absence on September 16 and 17, 1964. When I discovered
the pupa on Friday, September 18, the eyes were dark red indicating that
eclosion probably would occur during the weekend. Therefore, I made
a few hasty notes on the number of styli on the head and pronotum and
rushed the pupa to the photo lab to obtain a photographic record of the
pupal stage. Unfortunately, eclosion occurred while the specimen was lying
on the stage as the camera was being adjusted. As a result, only a photo
of the teneral adult and cast off pupal skin (fig. 1) was obtained. The
larva definitely proved to be the immature stage of Derallus.

The similarity of the Derallus larva to that of Bertrand’s African larva
(either Regimbartia or Globaria ) is striking and supports the separation
of these three genera from the Berosini. It also indicates that Balfour-
Browne correctly assigned the American larva to Derallus.

Because this is apparently the first Derallus larva reared to confirm its
identity, the larva is described below.

1 This study was made possible in part by Grant GB-1697 from the National

Science Foundation. . , „ . . _ _ c ...

2 Department of Entomology, United States National Museum, Smithsonian

Institution, Washington, D. C.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Figure 1 — Derallus rudis Sharp, teneral adult and pupal skin

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Description of Last-Instar Larva of Derallus rudis Sharp

(Figs. 2-11)

Total length, 5.8 mm.; width of prothoracic segment 1.0 mm. Color creamy
yellow with sclerotized portions light yellowish brown. Integument covered with
minute, irregularly arranged asperities.

Head quadrangular (fig. 8); 0.65 mm. wide; 0.45 mm. from labroclypeus to
occipital foramen. Frontoclypeal suture absent. Ecdysial cleavage lines present,
arising near outer angle of cervical sclerites and curving gently to bases of antennae.
Frons broadly U-shaped. Cervical sclerites present, subrectangular in shape. Dorsal
surface of head glabrous except 2 short setae each side of midline on a line between
bases of antennae. Ventral surface of head glabrous except for 2 long setae below
each ocular area and 1 long seta each side of midline at midlength; gula triangular; 2
tentorial pits in gular suture (fig. 9).

Labroclypeus (fig. 6) symmetrical; with 3 minute (magnified 90x) teeth medially
and 3 minute teeth on inner side of feeble anterolateral projections of epistoma;
each tooth separated by a small seta.

Ocular areas with 6 ocelli arranged in 2 oblique rows; anterior row of 4 ocelli,
3 large and 1 (innermost) small; posterior row of 2 large ocelli.

Antenna moderately long, subcylindrical, slightly longer than length of stipes. First
segment sinuate, longer than remaining 2 segments combined and with a small,
seta-bearing appendage on inner apical angle. Penultimate segment curved inward,
bearing a stout seta as long as ultimate segment on outer apical angle and 2 fine
setae on inner apical angle. Ultimate segment almost a fourth as long as penultimate
segment and bearing 3 setae on apex.

Mandibles symmetrical, prominent, slender, sharply pointed apically. Each
mandible with 1 large and 1 medium tooth. Molar area smooth and gently rounded.

Maxilla with stipes slender, elongate and nearly parallel-sided, tapering distally
and bearing row of 4 slender setae on inner and 4 slender setae on outer
margin. Palpifer about as long as penultimate segment, with slender appendage
about half as long as first segment of palpus on inner apical angle and a long, slender,
terminal seta. Palpus tapering distally; first segment short and only a third as long
as second segment; penultimate segment 3 times longer than ultimate segment, with
a long slender seta on outer apical angle; ultimate segment at base with 1 long
slender seta on inner side and 2 short setae on apex.

Labium extending as far forward as palpifer. Penultimate segment of palpus
short. Ultimate segment 4 times as long as penultimate segment, with 2 terminal
setae of unequal length. Ligula distinct, twice as long as penultimate segment of
palpus, with 2 slender setae arising from midlength. Palpiger rectangular, ventrally
2 setae arising just beyond midlength. Mentum wider than palpiger, with 2 setae on
each anterolateral angle and I seta each side of midline.

Prothorax broader than long, with sides emarginate at apical two-thirds, widest at
midlength. Anterior and lateral margins fringed with slender setae. Sagittal line
present. Prosternal sclerite broader than long, without sagittal line, with numerous
setae scattered over surface. Mesothorax slightly wider than and about as long as
prothorax; with 2 small, nearly triangular, anterior sclerites and 2 large, almost pear-
shaped posterior sclerites; lateral margins each with prominent spiracular tubercle,
minute setose tubercle and 3 large, setiferous gills (fig. 11). Metathorax as wide as
mesothorax; with 2 large sclerites, each bearing a stout seta; and 3 large setiferous
gills as illustrated (fig. 3).

Legs 4-segmented, a fourth longer than width of prosternal sclerite; coxae widely
separated; transverse trochanter about half as long as coxa; femur about as long as
tibiotarsus; tarsal claw single, slender seta arising at middle and extending to or
slightly beyond apex of claw.

Abdomen with 8 distinct segments; ninth and tenth segments reduced. Segment
1 with pair of small oval sclerites anteriorly. Other segments without sclerites
and separated by intersegmental membrane. First segment with distinct spiracular
tubercle and 3 large setiferous gills laterally and 1 small setose tubercle on each side

100

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Figures 2-7- — Derallus rudis Sharp, larva. 2 — Left maxillary palpus, dorsal
view. 3 — Habitus view. 4 — Left mandible, dorsal view. 5 — Labium, dorsal view.
6 — Labroclypeus, dorsal view. 7 — Left antenna, dorsal view.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

101

Figures 8-11 — Derallus rudis Sharp, larva. 8 — Head, dorsal view. 9 — Head
ventral view. 10 — Atrium, dorsal view. 11 — Mesothoracic segment, right side,
dorsal view.

102

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

of midline on hind margin. Segments 2 through 6 each with 2 folds; first fold
with 1 small setose tubercle and 1 large setiferous gill laterally; second fold with 3
large setiferous gills laterally and 1 small setose tubercle on each side of midline on
hind margin laterally. Eighth tergum represented by superior valve of stigmatic
atrium, a large subquadrangular sclerite with 4 appendages on caudal margin as
illustrated (fig. 10). Ninth tergum trilobed; middle lobe rectangular, with 4 long
setae on caudal margin; lateral lobes less distinct, with 3 setae on each posterolateral
angle. Spiracles present. Mesocerci prominent, conical, with 1 seta arising ventrally
at apex. Paracerci present, flattened, apices incurved, unsegmented and each with 1
large and 1 minute seta on apex.

Habitat: Derallus larvae were collected with adult Derallus in dense
emergent vegetation in a temporary pond (fig. 12) close to the beach at
Alvarado, Mexico.

Other genera of water beetles associated with Derallus were: Hydro-
philidae — Enochrus, Hydrophilus, Paracymus, Tropisternus; Dytiscidae —
Copelatus, Hydrovatus, Laccophilus, Megadytes, Pachydrus, Thermonectus;
Noteridae — Hydrocanthus, Suphisellus ; Dryopidae — Pelonomus.

The larva of Derallus runs to the second rubric of couplet 5 in Leech and
Chandler’s (1956:339-340) larval key because the first antennal segment
is distinctly longer than the following two segments combined (other char¬
acters in the rubric are not all valid for Derallus). The following couplet
will separate Derallus from the other genera that run to the second rubric
in couplet 5.

Figure 12 — Habitat of Derallus rudis Sharp at Alvarado, Veracruz, Mexico.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

103

Mesothorax, mstathorax and abdominal sogmont 1 each with 3 setifsrous, lateral
gills; abdominal segments 2 through 6 each with four moderately long, setiferous,

lateral gills; femur without fringe of long swimming hairs - DERALLUS

Gills absent or, if present, with only a single lateral gill on each side of abdominal

segments; femur with fringe of long swimming hairs - Leech and Chandler's

couplet - - - 22

Because of the urgent need to get the Derallus pupa to the photo lab I
hesitated only long enough to count the styli on the head and pronotum.
The pupa had 2 styli along the inner margin of each eye and 24 styli on
the pronotum.

I am indebted to Mr. J. Balfour-Browne of the British Museum for
lending a male of Derallus rudis from Sharp’s type series. My reared male
agrees very well with the cotype in sculpture and in the distinctive shape of
the male genitalia.

Literature Cited

Bertrand, H.

1962. Contribution a l’etude des premiers etats des Coleopteres aquatiques de
la region ethiopienne (4e note). Famille: Hydrophilidae s. lat. (Palpi-
corma auct.). Bull. Inst. Francais Afr. Noire, Vol. 24, Ser. A, No 4,
pp. 1065-1114.

Leech, H. B. and H. P. Chandler

1956. In Usinger, Aquatic Insects of California with keys to North American
Genera and California species, ix + 508 pp.

LITERATURE NOTICE

ITINERARIES OF THE WHEELER SURVEY NATURALISTS: HENRY
WETHERBEE HENSHAW. By F. M. Brown. lour. Lepid. Soc. 20(2): 71-82, 8
tables. 1966. — Many species of insects were collected on the U. S. Geographical
Surveys West of the 100th Meridian and were then described as new by entomolo¬
gists. Brown has realized the importance of determining more exact localities than
given in the reports or descriptions and has researched the itineraries. He previously
reported on the Wheeler Survey itineraries of Theodore L. Mead (Lepid. News
9:185-190, 1956) and Ferdinand Bischoff (Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 65:219-234
1957).

CYTOLOGICAL SPECIES-SEPARATION IN ASIATIC EXOCHOMUS (CO-
LEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE). By S. G. Smith. Canad. Jour. Genetics and Cy¬
tology 7:363-373, 22 figs. 1965. — Chromosomes of two species were studied. The
chromosomes indicate that three species exist. The three species are externally very
similar or identical. This study is a portent of things to come — the new systematics.

104

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

ELYTRAL INTERVAL POLYMORPHISM IN
ANTHONOMUS GRANDIS BOHEMAN AND
ANTHONOMUS VESTITUS BOHEMAN
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)1 2

By Horace R. Burke1 2 3

Polymorphism of the 4th elytral interval of Anthonomus vestitus
Boheman in Peru was observed during a recent taxonomic study of this
species. Similar polymorph variants were later found among specimens
of the cotton boll weevil, Anthonomus grandis Boheman, from North and
South America. A preliminary survey of available material of these two
species indicated that in a given population the modifications of the interval
may either be present in varying degrees or entirely absent. Furthermore,
there is a definite correlation of the frequency of the polymorphic forms
with certain geographic areas. Although much has been written on various
kinds of polymorphism in insects and other animals, no previous mention
of elytral interval polymorphism in any curculionids appears to have been
made in the literature.

The elytral intervals of A. grandis and A vestitus are typically slightly
convex, usually about equal in width, and are clearly delimited by rows
of punctures commonly called striae (fig. 1). In these two species the 4th
interval may also either be narrowed (fig. 2) or completely interrupted
(figs. 3, 4) near the base. Sometimes the striae delimiting the 4th interval
coalesce (fig. 3) pinching off the interval, while in other cases these two
striae are themselves interrupted (fig. 4) for a short distance. In the latter
instance a slightly elevated bridge connects the 3rd and 5th intervals. The
effect produced by either of the latter two modifications is a complete
interruption of the 4th interval. Both elytra of an individual are usually
similarly affected whenever there is any deviation from the normal form.
However, many instances were noted where the 4th interval of one elytron
was interrupted while the same interval on the opposite elytron was only
narrowed or, less frequently, normal. Striae bordering the 4th interval
may coalesce on one elytron and be completely interrupted on the
opposite elytron. The frequency of occurrence of these morphs was
observed to be approximately the same in both sexes.

In the following discussion on A. grandis only interrupted interval
morphs are considered. Narrowed interval morphs do not appear to be as
common in this species as in certain populations of A. vestitus. It should
be noted here that an individual was counted as an interrupted interval
morph if it had either one or both 4th intervals interrupted.

The highest incidence of elytral interval interruption in A. grandis
occurs in Texas, the southeastern United States, and Venezuela. All samples

1 Technical contribution No. 5349, Department of Entomology, Texas Agricul¬
tural Experiment Station, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas.

2 This study was financed in part by U. S. Department of Agriculture Research
and Service Contract #12-14-100-7733(33).

3 Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

105

examined from these areas contained some interrupted interval morphs,
although the frequency of these morphs varied considerably between the
various localities. Percentages of interrupted interval morphs collected
on cultivated cotton from localities within these areas are as follows (num¬
ber of specimens examined in parentheses): Orangeburg Co., S. C., 20.8
(72) ; Issaquena Co., Miss., 12.3 (57) ; Fayetteville, Ark., 27.4 (73); Okla¬
homa, 22.6 (31); Dickens Co., Tex., 17.9 (56); Falls Co., Tex., 9.7
(103); Collingsworth Co., Tex., 12.9 (70); Runnels Co., Tex., 5.7 (70);
Hardeman Co., Tex., 9.8 (61); El Paso, Tex., 40.0 (15); Brownsville,
Tex., 3.2 (62); and Venezuela, 20.5 (44). A sample of 12 weevils reared
from Cienjuegosia sulphured in Nueces Co., Tex., contained 33.3% inter¬
rupted interval morphs. The frequency of interrupted interval morphs in
a sample from Venezuela is comparable with that found in some areas
in the southeastern United States. This along with certain other similar¬
ities in weevils from these two areas suggests that probably weevils now
attacking cotton in Venezuela developed from one or more fairly recent
introductions from the southeastern United States.

Considerably fewer interrupted interval morphs were usually found
in samples from northeastern and north-central Mexico as compared with
the frequency of this variant in most populations in adjacent Texas. The
percentages of interrupted interval morphs collected on cultivated cotton
from various localities in these areas in Mexico are as follows: Valadeces,
Tamps., 11.1 (36); Tampico, Tamps., 3.6 (56); near Monterry, N. L.,
4.1 (74); Rio Nazas, Dgo., 1.5 (67); and Delicias area, Chih., 0.0 (69).
It is of interest that the study of other characters of the species, such as
the spermatheca, scutellum, metepisternum and pronotal setae, indicates

Figures 1-4 — Anthonomus grandis Boheman, left elytron of elytral interval morphs
from Fayetteville, Arkansas. 1 — Normal 4th elytral interval. 2 — Narrowed 4th
elytral interval. 3 — Interrupted 4th elytral interval, with striae coalescing. 4 —
Interrupted 4th elytral interval, with striae interrupted.

106

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

that northeastern and north-central Mexico apparently represents a transi¬
tional zone between weevils farther south in Mexico and those of Texas.

Several samples of weevils from cultivated cotton in Arizona, Sonora,
and Sinaloa were examined but only three of these contained individuals
with interrupted intervals. The percentages of these morphs in the three
samples are: Hyder, Ariz., 4.7 (86); Caborca, Son., 1.3 (80); and
Guasave, Sin., 1.5 (69). No interrupted interval morphs occurred in two
samples totaling 185 weevils collected on Gossypium thurberi in Arizona.
Available material from cultivated cotton in El Salvador, Honduras and
Nicaragua also did not include any of these morphs.

Interrupted interval morphs of Anthonomus vestitus Boheman constitute
only a small proportion of weevils examined from cultivated cotton in the
Peruvian departments of Lima and La Libertad, and appear not to occur
at all in the more northern departments of Piura, Amazonas and Lam-
bayeque. The percentages of these morphs in material examined were re¬
corded as follows: Canete, Lima, 6.0 (100); Pativilca, Lima, 2.2 (45);
and La Libertad, 2.6 (38). Narrowed interval morphs were observed
by H. R. Burke and W. H. Cross (unpublished data) to occur in all of
the Peruvian departments from which sufficient samples were available,
but the frequency of these variants was much higher in the more southern
departments of Lima and lea. The percentages of narrowed interval morphs
in samples from departments arranged from north to south in Peru are:
Piura, 1.8 (56); Amazonas, 28.0 (25); Lambayeque, 5.2 (19); La
Libertad, 8.6 (35); Lima, 65.3 (95); and lea, 57.1 (14).

Small numbers of a few other species of Anthonomus were examined
but Anthonomus fulvus LeConte was the only one of these found to possess
elytral interval polymorphism. Two out of 25 specimens of the latter
species exhibited the same type of polymorphism as A. grandis and A.
vestitus.

The foregoing account of elytral interval polymorphism in A. grandis
and A. vestitus is preliminary. The objectives here were to show that
such polymorphism exists and to point out the correlation between inci¬
dence of these polymorph variants and geographic areas. Elytral interval
polymorphism is presently being used by the author as an additional
factor in evaluating geographic variation in the two species and may be
of some value in future studies on their genetics. Information derived
from field and laboratory studies is now needed as a basis for attempting
to determine the nature and significance of this phenomenon.

LITERATURE NOTICE

EGG BURSTERS AND HATCHING IN THE CERAMBYCIDAE (COLEOP-

TERA). By L. M. Gardiner. Canad. Jour. Zool. 44: 199-212, 57 figs. 1966. _ Form

and occurrence of so-called egg bursters on first instar larvae of 40 species are dis¬
cussed. Studies of these structures in relation to hatching show that they perform an
important ambulatory, as well as egg bursting, function. It is proposed that they
should be more appropriately termed “hatching spines.”

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

107

TRACHYPACHUS AND THE ORIGIN OF THE
HYDRADEPHAGA (COLEOPTERA)1

By Ross T. Bell2-3

The specialized aquatic families of the Suborder Adephaga have often
been united to form a Superfamily Hydradephaga, while the terrestrial
families are included in a contrasting Superfamily Geadephaga. Basic
to an understanding of the phylogeny of the Adephaga is a decision as
to whether this separation is a natural one. In other words, have the
Hydradephaga arisen from a primitive adephagan different from that
which gave rise to the Geadephaga, or are the Hydradephaga simply
Geadephaga modified for an aquatic existence?

Available evidence overwhelmingly supports the latter view. Crowson
(1955) held that the basic features of the adephagan metasternum, hind
coxae, and abdomen were originally adaptations for life beneath bark;
while Bell and Bell (1962) suggested that they were, instead, adaptations
for cursorial locomotion. In either case, there is nothing in the structure
of Hydradephaga to preclude descent from early geadephagans. More¬
over, the characters supposedly distinguishing the two groups are not
entirely constant. All Hydradephaga lack pubescence on the outer anten¬
nal segments, but it is also lacking in the terrestrial Trachypachini
( Trachypachus Motschulsky and Systolosoma Sober). Hydradephaga are
often said to lack a transverse sulcus on the metasternum. In Hygrobiidae,
however, there is a remnant of the sulcus, while in Haliplidae it is repre¬
sented by a row of coarse punctures. On the other hand, the aberrant,
bark-inhabiting Rhysodini (usually accorded family rank, but regarded
as modified Carabidae by Bell and Bell, 1962) lack a transverse sulcus.
The sulcus is the external opening to an internal ridge, evidently serving
for muscle attachments; and its tendency to disappear in Hydradephaga
and Rhysodini is probably a reflection of changes in methods of loco¬
motion.

All Hydradephaga have hind coxal cavities of the interrupted type, in
which the hind coxa extends laterally to the margin of the body, eliminating
contact between the metathoracic pleurites and the first abdominal
sternite. Coxal cavities of this type occur also in Trachypachini and in
Gehringia among terrestrial Adephaga. In the latter genus, this feature
seems to be connected with the lateral displacement of the hind legs,
while in Trachypachini and the Hydradephaga it is necessitated by the
great enlargement of the coxae themselves.

Hydradephaga universally lack an antenna-cleaning organ on the
anterior tibia. A secondary loss of this structure would be expected, how-

1 This research was supported by Grant No. G 19378 from the National Science
Foundation.

2 Department of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05401.

3 I am indebted to Philip J. Darlington, Jr., George E. Ball, and J. Gordon
Edwards for the specimens used in this study, and to my wife, Joyce R. Bell, for the
dissections and drawings.

108

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

ever, in the aquatic environment, where antennae are unlikely to become
soiled. It has also been lost in the terrestrial Paussini, which have highly
modified antennae unsuited to an antenna cleaner. Specialized tactile
setae are apparently universal among Geadephaga, while they are some¬
times said to be absent in Hydradephaga. Loss of tactile setae is a
change that one would expect in a geadephagous beetle adapted for life
in water, since such setae would increase friction during swimming. In
Haliplus triopsis Say, however, there is a pair of well-developed tactile
setae on the mentum, much like those of most Carabidae. Remnants of
the system of tactile setae should be searched for in the other families
of Hydradephaga.

If it is concluded that Hydradephaga have arisen from the Geadephaga,
the next question is whether they represent a single invasion of the
aquatic habitat, or multiple invasions. In other words, are the Hydra¬
dephaga a monophyletic group? Strong contrasts in the adaptations for
aquatic life in both larvae and adults suggest that three separate invasions
occurred. (Crowson, 1955, and Leech and Chandler, 1956, discuss these
adaptations.) Dytiscidae, Hygrobiidae, Amphizoidae, and Noteridae
(often included in Dytiscidae) seem to form a monophyletic group. In
these families the larva has lost the apical portion of the abdomen, the
ninth segment being vestigial or absent. In most species, the larva
breathes air at the surface through the enlarged spiracles of the eighth
abdominal segment. (In Noteridae, the abdomen is secondarily adapted
for piercing air spaces in the stems of aquatic plants; in Hygrobiidae and
in the dytiscid Coptotomus Say, there are tracheal gills on the abdomen;
in Hydroporinae neither gills nor functional spiracles are present, and
respiration is apparently cutaneous. All of these exceptional groups have
an abbreviated abdomen, suggesting derivation from a species which
breathed at the surface.)

In Gyrinidae, in striking contrast, the larval abdomen is much like
that of Carabidae, the tenth segment forming a well-developed pygopod
armed with hooks. The urogomphi are well developed. Each abdominal
segment (except the tenth and, sometimes, the ninth) has a pair of
lateral tracheal gills. The spiracles of the eighth segment are not en¬
larged, and the spiracles are not used at all except, perhaps, when the
larva emerges on land to pupate. The larvae have a strong similiarity
to those of Corydalidae (Order Megalop tera) . For this reason, Bradley
(1930) suggested that the Gyrinidae should be regarded as the most
primitive living beetles. It seems more likely, in view of the highly
specialized nature of adult Gyrinidae, that the larvae show a strong de¬
gree of evolutionary convergence with those of Corydalidae. Gyrinid
larvae, in any case, show no convincing evidence of relationship to the
preceding families (which will be referred to for brevity as the “dytiscoid”
families).

In the Haliplidae, the spiracles are not used in larval respiration,
oxygen being obtained directly through the skin, in some cases supple¬
mented by scattered, rodlike outgrowths of the body wall. Although the
tip of the abdomen is somewhat reduced (the urogomphi are absent, and
the tenth segment, if present, is only a vestige, not forming a pygopod),
it is less so than in the dytiscoid families. The spiracles of the eighth

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

109

segment are not enlarged. The spiracles, according to Crowson, are not
used except possibly in the last instar of some species. The haliplid
larva, like the gyrinid one, appears far more likely to have evolved
directly from a terrestrial form than from a larva of the dytiscoid type.

The aquatic adaptations of the adult Hydradephaga support the thesis
of three separate invasions. The Haliplidae are unique in having large
platelike extensions of the hind coxae, which more or less conceal the
abdominal sternites, and which form an air storage chamber. On the
other hand, the legs of Haliplidae are scarcely modified for swimming,
except for the presence of a row of swimming hairs on the tibia.

In the dytiscoid families, with the exception of Amphizoidae, the
front and middle legs play no part in swimming, being adapted for cling¬
ing to objects, grasping prey, and climbing emergent vegetation prepara¬
tory to flight. The hind legs are highly adapted as paddles, being
elongate, more-or-less compressed, and fringed with stiff swimming hairs.
In Amphizoidae, the legs are closer to a typical geadephagous type. The
hind tarsi are scarcely compressed, and their claws are large and diver¬
gent. All three pairs of legs are used in walking on the bottom of cold,
swift mountain streams. According to Edwards (1951), the hind legs
show vestiges of swimming hairs, suggesting derivation from a swimming
dytiscoid ancestor. Since amphizoids live in a habitat where swimming
is hazardous, a secondary loss of swimming adaptations would not be
surprising.

The Gyrinidae are unique in that both middle and hind legs are
adapted for swimming, while the front legs are highly specialized grasp¬
ing organs. Moreover, the legs are adapted as paddles in a manner com¬
pletely different from that of the dytiscoids. Each tibia has a broad, thin
expansion on its outer margin. The distal margin of the expansion con¬
tains a deep slot into which the upper margin of the tarsus is fitted. The
tarsus, which is extremely short and compressed, can be disengaged from
the slot, a feature which might facilitate its use in terrestrial locomotion.

The anatomy of both adults and larvae, then, favors the theory of three
separate invasions of the aquatic habitat. To what group of terrestrial
Adephaga is each of these phyletic lines most closely related? Among
the Carabidae, the Trachypachini show the most points in common with
the Hydradephaga. It is worth considering, therefore, whether this tribe
is really related to any or all of the Hydradephaga. There have been two
sharply contrasting theories about the relationships of Trachypachini
in recent years. Jeannel (1941) placed Trachypachini with Metriini,
Ozaenini, Paussini, and Gehringiini in a major subdivision of the Cara¬
bidae, the Series Isochaeta. (Jeannel ranked the above tribes as families,
and elevated the Carabidae to the rank of superfamily. Since most other
workers have not accepted the change in ranks, it will minimize con¬
fusion if his rank changes are not adopted in this discussion.) Crowson
(1955), on the other hand, has given the Trachypachini family status
and has regarded it as intermediate between the Geadephaga and Hydra¬
dephaga.

Jeannel’s theory is supported by the structure of the antenna cleaner
of Trachypachus. It is of the typical isochaetous type, in the form of an

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

emargination of the inner face of the anterior tibia, with both tibial spurs
distal to it. (In the vast majority of Carabidae the antenna cleaner lies
between the tibial spurs, and the posterior spur is more or less displaced
proximally.) It agrees closely with the antenna cleaner of Metriini and
Ozaenini. (Paussini, despite the absence of a well-developed antenna
cleaner, are placed in the Isochaeta because there is other evidence for a
relationship with Ozaenini — see Darlington (1950); Gehringiini do not
have a typical isochaetous antenna cleaner and are probably not Isochaeta
at all — see Bell (1964).) A further point of similarity between Trachy-
pachini and the other Isochaeta is the presence of about twelve, rather
than six, tactile setae on the labrum (Bell, 1964). To my knowledge, a
doubling of the labral setae has not occurred in any other group of
Adephaga in which the mouthparts are unspecialized. It does occur
among Cicindelini, or at least some of them. In the latter group, how¬
ever, the mouthparts, including the labrum, are strikingly different from
those of other Adephaga. At any rate, the doubling of the labral setae
is not obviously functionally related to the structure of the antenna
cleaner, and the two characters together make a strong case for placing
Trachypaclms among the Isochaeta.

Two functionally unrelated characters, the absence of antennal pubes¬
cence and the presence of hind coxal cavities of the interrupted type,
make a case for relating Trachypaclms to the Hydradephaga. The first

Figures 1-4. Left anterior coxal cavity, viewed obliquely. 1 — Haliplus triopsis Say
(Haliplidae). 2 — Amphizoa insolens Lee. (Amphizoidae). 3 — Dineutes discolor Aube
(Gyrinidae). 4 — Trachypaclms gibbsi Lee. (Carabidae).

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

111

character is iestricted to the groups mentioned; the second is shared
only with the Gehringiini. I have discovered a third character to be added
to the list: in Trachypachus, as in all Hydradephaga so far dissected
(Haliplus, Amphizoa, Agabus, Laccophilus, and Dineutes ), there is a
similar type of anterior coxal cavity (figs. 1-4). All have a postcoxal
budge, a thin bridge of sclerotized exoskeleton immediately posterior to
the opening between the prothorax and coxa. This structure should not
be confused with a postcoxal bar, which is found in those Adephaga with
closed coxal cavities. A bridge is part of the primary body wall and there¬
fore consists of a single thickness of exoskeleton. It is entirely hidden
unless the coxa is removed from the cavity. A bar consists of two tubular
outgrowths of the body wall united at their tips, one from the proepimeron
and the other from the prosternum. It is heavily sclerotized and is visible
externally. (I shall publish an extensive paper on the coxal cavities of
Adephaga in the near future; a preliminary report (Bell, 1965) on this
work has already been published.) Many Carabidae have both a bridge
and a bar (Carabidae Biperforatae as defined by Sloane, 1923); but
Trachypachus is the only carabid in which the bridge occurs without the
bar, i.e., with open coxal cavaties. Thus there are three apparently
unrelated characters shared by Trachypachus and the Hydradephaga,
indicating the likelihood of a common ancestry.

Lindroth (1960) discovered the larva of Trachypachus gibbsi Lee. It
is a typical terrestrial adephagous larva, living in dry sand and without
any aquatic adaptations. The only feature it seems to share with the
larvae of Hydradephaga is the absence of a ligula on the labium. A ligula
is also absent in various terrestrial larvae, including Brachinus, Lebia,
Gehringia, and Rhysodini. Lindroth considered that the terrestrial nature
of the larva precluded any relationship with the Hydradephaga, and that
the absence of the ligula, together with the incomplete hind coxal cavities
of the adult, was evidence of relationship to Gehringia. For reasons
stated above, I doubt the relationship of Gehringia to the Isochaeta, and
that the absence of a ligula is significant evidence for it, since the ligula
has been lost in many groups of Adephaga. The terrestrial character of
the larva does not preclude relationship to the Hydradephaga, but it
does suggest that Trachypachus is not descended from fully aquatic an¬
cestors. This is consistent with the evidence previously presented, that
the Hydradephaga made three separate invasions of the water.

The most reasonable explanation of the origin and relationships of
the Hydradephaga is as follows:

L The Hydradephaga do not constitute an independent phyletic line
of Adephaga, but are Isochaeta modified for an aquatic existence. As in
the case of the Paussini, this is not indicated by the possession of obvious
isochaetous characters, but rather by clear indications of relationship
to an undoubted member of the Isochaeta.

2. The Hydradephaga represent three phyletic lines: the Haliplidae,
Gyrinidae, and the complex of dytiscoid families. Each of these lines be¬
came adapted for aquatic life independently. Each of these lines is as
closely related to Trachypachini as it is to the other lines. Hydra¬
dephaga is therefore not a natural group unless it is defined so as to in-

112

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

elude Trachypachini. In this case, the name is inappropriate and mis¬
leading. I suggest the substitution of “Glabricornia,” based on the lack
of antennal pubescence, the most obvious common character of the group.

3. The common ancestor of the Glabricornia was a terrestrial, iso-
chaetous adephagan, with open, bridged anterior coxal cavities and in¬
complete posterior ones, and with glabrous antennal segments. In all
important characters it resembled the modern Trachypachus. The larva
was a typical terrestrial adephagous larva (except, perhaps, in having
lost the ligula). Although both adult and larva were certainly not aquatic,
they may have been more hygrophilous than the living species of Trachy¬
pachus.

4. Trachypachus is an extraordinary phylogenetic relict, having sur¬
vived almost unchanged from the time of origin of the Glabricornia. The
Chilean Systolosoma should be investigated to see if it is really closely
related to Trachypachus, or if it represents an independent line of per¬
sistently terrestrial Glabricornia.

It would require a wholesale rearrangement of the formal classification
of the Adephaga to make it express accurately the interrelationships of
the Isochaeta and the Glabricornia. Eventually it will be desirable to do
so. At present, the interrelationships of terrestrial Adephaga are poorly
understood and frequently debated. I decline, therefore, to propose any
changes in family boundaries at the present time.

Literature Cited

Bell, R. T.

1964. Does Gehringia belong to the Isochaeta? Coleop. Bull. 18(2): 59-61.

1965. Coxal cavities and the phylogeny of the Adephaga. Proc. XII Int. Congr.
Ent.: 80-81.

Bell, R. T., and J. R. Bell.

1962. The taxonomic position of the Rhysodidae. Coleop. Bull. 16(4): 99-106.
Bradley, J. C.

1930. Manual of Genera of Beetles in America North of Mexico. Ithaca, N. Y.
360 pp.

Crowson, R. A.

1955. The Natural Classification of the Families of Coleoptera. N. Lloyd Co.,
Ltd., London. 187 pp.

Darlington, P. J., Jr.

1950. Paussid beetles. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 76: 47-142.

Edwards, J. G.

1951. Amphizoidae of the world. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 8: 303-332.

Jeannel, R.

1941. Coleopteres carabiques. Faune de France, 39: 1-571.

Leech, H. B., and H. G. Chandler.

1956. Coleoptera, pp. 293-371. In R. L. Usinger, Aquatic Insects of California,
University of California Press, 508 pp., Berkeley and Los Angeles.

Lindroth, C. H.

1960. The larvae of Trachypachus, Gehringia, and Opisthius. Opusc. Ent. 25:
30-42.

Sloane, T. G.

1923. The classification of the family Carabidae. Trans. Roy. Soc. London
1923: 234-250.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

113

LARVAE OF TWO SPECIES OF GENUS HETERONYCHUS
FROM NIGERIA (DYNASTINAE: SCAR AB AEIDAE :

COLEOPTERA)

By M. L. Jerath1’ 2

Several species of the genus Heteronychus are of great importance to
the agriculturist in many parts of Africa and Australia. Extensive damage
to sugar cane, maize, rice, wheat and many other crops caused by adults,
and sometimes by larvae, has been reported by several writers (Le Pelley
and Goddard, 1952; Valle y March, 1954; Jepson, 1956 and Britten,
1959). The adults usually spend a greater part of their life underground
and damage the tap roots, stem bases, tubers (potatoes) and the cuttings,
young shoots and ratoon canes of sugar cane.

In Nigeria, H. licas (Klug) damage yams ( Dioscoria spp.) and sugar
cane. The damage to sugar cane is very severe at Bacita, Northern Nigeria,
and is caused by both adults and larvae.

African Dynastid larvae are rather poorly known as the only Dynastid
larvae described to date are Oryctes boas (F.), Temnorhynchus coronatus
(F.), (Oberholzer, 1959 and 1963) and Heteroligus meles (Billb.)
(Jerath and Unny, 1963).

In this paper, the biology of Heteronychus spp. is briefly outlined,
the larvae of H. licas and H. fossor Reiche described, a key presented
for the separation of the larvae of two species of Heteronychus characterized
and compared with other Dynastid larvae.

Biology

In Nigeria, Heteronychus licas and H. oryzae cause damage to sugar
cane at Bacita, Northern Nigeria, where a 10,000 acre sugar cane
plantation is being established. The beetles chew the sugar cane stem
and cause dead hearts. The attack is severe in newly planted cane fields.
Larvae usually feed on the grass and sugar cane roots.

In Nigeria, Heteronychus spp. have one generation with two nocturnal
flight periods a year. The first flight or post-teneral flight occurs during
the period April to early June when the beetles distribute themselves in
the field and are commonly seen feeding at ground level on the young tillers.

During June to August beetles usually burrow to a depth of 12 to 18
inches and rest. They again come up in September and feed on the new

1 Federal Department of Agricultural Research, Moor Plantation, Ibadan, Nigeria.

2 Thanks are due to Mr. G. E. O. Okiy, Director of Agricultural Research,
for his keen interest in this work and also to Mr. J. E. Y. Hardcastle, Ag. Director,
for permission to publish the paper.

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

1 14

tillers. By this time many beetles are seen mating. The second flight or
pre-reproductive flight occurs during the period October to December.
Oviposition begins by mid-September and eggs are laid in the wet soil
around the sugar cane stool. The eggs hatch in 9 to 12 days and the
larval stages are commonly found from late September until late February
or early March when newly emerged adults make their appearance.

Larval Taxonomy

Larvae of the genus Heteronychus may be characterized as follows: Surface of
cranium reticulate. Ocelli present. Lateral margin of labrum (and epipharynx)
angulate posteriorly especially on the left side. Antenna four-segmented, first
and third segments subequal and each smaller than second segment; the fourth
segment fusiform and bearing a single sensory spot dorsally and two sensory spots
ventrally. Left mandible with S1+9, Ss and S4 and right mandible with S1+9
and S3+4. Stipes of maxilla with a longitudinal row of 7 to 9 blunt, truncate, stridula-
toiy teeth and a distal blunt tubercle. Abdominal spiracles on segments one to seven
inclusive equal in size and that of segment eight much smaller. Abdominal
segments 1 to 6, each with three dorsal annulets and dorsa of segments
7 to 10 undivided; dorsa of segments 1 to 6 with numerous rows of setae; those
of segment 7 to 9 are with two rows of setae, one row placed anteriorly and the
other posteriorly. Raster with a teges consisting of a broad patch of prominent
hamate setae; lower anal lip with similar hamate setae; palidia absent. Two setae
on each claw.

The larvae of genus Heteronychus agree with the American Dynastid
larvae in the essential characters given by Richter (1944). However, the
larvae of Heteronychus differs from Oryctes boas and Heteroligus meles
in having one dorsal sensory spot on the last antennal segment, and also
differs from Temnorhynchus coronatus, in that the last abdominal spiracle
is much smaller than the other spiracles.

Key to the Larvae of the Two Species of Heteronychus

Right and left chaetoparia of epipharynx with many rows of setae; lateral face of

each mandible with 7 to 8 setae, scrobis with one to two setae (fig. 4) - LICAS

Left chaetoparia with one row of setae (fig. 8); lateral face of each mandible
with four setae; scrobis with one to two setae (fig. 5) - F0SS0R

Heteronychus licas (Klug). Third-stage larva.

(Figs. 1-5, 7, 9, 12 and 13)

Material studied: (a) Two third-stage larvae collected from sugar cane
fields at Bacita during December 1964. The reared adults were identified
by the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London.

(b) Three-stage larvae reared from the eggs laid in the laboratory by

beetles collected from sugar cane fields at Bacita, Northern Nigeria during
1964. ’ 0

Description: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larvae ranging from
•.u IS 5-31 Cranium reddish brown with many pits. Frons, on each side,

with thiee anterior frontal setae, one long and three short posterior frontal setae,
one short and two long setae in each anterior angle and one long and two short
exterior frontal setae. Epicranium with two long and two short dorso-epicranial

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

115

Haptomeral process on epiphyarnx entire or notched. Left and right chaetoparia
with many rows of stout setae. Lateral face of mandible with 7 to 8 setae; scrobis
with 1 to 2 setae.

Thoracic spiracle .06 to .62 mm. long and .40 to .42 mm. wide. Abdominal
spiracles of 1st segment .60 to .63 mm. long and .40 to .42 mm. wide and of last
segment .35 to .37 mm. long and .27 to .30 mm. wide.

Dorsum of abdominal segment 7 with an anterior row of four long and six
to eight short, rather stout setae, posteriorly with a row of sparse, long, slender
setae." Raster with a teges of 38 to 40 hamate setae, scattered on the posterior
two thirds of the tenth venter.

Heteronychus fossor Reiche. Third-stage larva.

(Figs. 6, 8, 10 and 11)

Material studied: One third-stage larva and a cast skin of one third-
stage larva reared to the adult stage, No. ON 210 (a) dated March, 1965,
collected at Onitsha by M. L. Jerath. The reared adult was identified by
Commonwealth Institute of Entomology.

Description: Maximum width of head capsule of third-stage larva 3.87 mm.
Cranium light yellowish brown, and with few pits. Frons, on each side, with two long
anterior frontal setae, one long exterior frontal seta, one short and two long
setae in each anterior angle and one long and three short posterior frontal
setae. Epicranium with two long and two short dorso-epicranial setae.

Haptomeral process on epipharynx entire, not notched. Right chaetoparia with
many rows of setae; left chaetoparia with only one row of stout setae near the
tormae. Lateral face of mandible with four setae; scrobis with one to two setae.

Thoracic spiracles .45 to .47 mm. long and 0.30 to .35 mm. wide. Spiracles
of first abdominal segments .35 to .37 mm. long and .27 to .30 mm. wide and that
of last abdominal segment .20 to .23 mm. long and .16 to .18 mm. wide.

Dorsum of abdominal segment 7 with an anterior row of four long, slender setae
and 14 to 18 short, rather stout setae, posteriorly with a row of sparse, long,
slender setae. Raster with a teges of about 30 short, slightly curved setae, scattered
on the posterior one-third of the tenth venter.

Literature Cited

Britton, E. B.

1959. Heteronychus oryzae sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) a pest of Rice in
Sierra Leone. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2)13:169-170, 5 figs.

Jepson, W. F.

1956. The biology and control of the sugar-cane chafer beetles in Tanganyika.
Bull. Ent. Res. 47(2) :377-397, 6 figs.

Jerath, M. L. and K. L. Unny

1963. Description of the larva of Heteroligus meles Billb. (Coleoptera: Scara¬
baeidae). Res. Bull. Punjab Univ. (n.s.) 14 (3-4) :263-271.

Le Pelley, R. H., and W. H. Goddard

1952. On the control by insecticides of Heteronychus consimilis Kolbe
(Dynastidae), a serious pest of wheat in Kenya. Bull. Ent. Res.
43(2) :403-406.

Oberholzer, J. J.

1959. A morphological study of some South African Lamellicorn larvae.
I, II. Descriptions of the third instar larvae. Comparative morphology.
South African Jour. Agric. Sci. 2(1) :4 1-74, 23 pis., 75-88.

1963. Description of the larva of Temnorhynchus coronatus F. (Dynastidae:
Col.). South African Jour. Agric. Sci. 6(l):85-90.

116

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

RlTCHER, P. O.

1944. Dynastinae of North America with descriptions of the Iravae and keys
to genera and species (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Kentucky Agric. Ext>
Sta. Bull. 467:1-56, illus.

Valle y March, R. G. del

1954. Escaravelho preto do milho ( Heteronychus licas Klug). Gazeta do
Agricultor 6(62) : 194-195, illus.

11 12

Figures 1-13. Larvae of Heteronychus sp.

H. licas. 1 — Head capsule. 2— Last antennal segment. 3 — Left mandible dorsal

view. 4— Left mandible lateral view. 5 — Right mandible dorsal view. 7 Maxilla

ventral view. 9— 7th abdominal segment. 12— Raster. 13— Abdominal spiracle.

H. fossor. 6 — Left mandible lateral view. 8 — Epipharynx. 10 — 7th Abdominal
segment. 1 1 — Last three abdominal segments, side view.

Symhoh Used. A = Antenna; AA = Anterior frontal angle; AC = Ada-
a C i T- Acanthoparm; ACR = Acroparia; AFS = Anterior frontal seta; ASL =
Anal slit; BR — Brustia; C = Campus; CAR = Cardo; CO = Corypha* CPA =
Chaetoparia, CR = Crepis; DES = Dorsodepicranial setae; DIP = Dorsal impressed
line; DMS = Dorsomolar; DX = Dexiotorma; E = Epicranium, EFS = Exterior
frontal setae; ES= Epicranial suture; EZ = Epizygum; F = Frons; FS = Frontal
suture; G — Galae; GP = Gymnoparia; HL = Haptolachus; LA = Lacinia-
l £L = Lfwer anDa* 1]P i LT = Laeotorma; MA = Mala; MO = Molar area,:
p&^_PDClyP,eUS; PE ~ ,Pedlum; PFS — Posterior frontal setae; PRSC = Prescutum;
PSC — Postc*yPeusi PTT = Pternotorma; = Scissorial teeth; SA = Scissorial

tee'th- In?e C9nf; S?u = ScuteHum; SCU = Scutum; SD = Stridulatory

teeth, SN — Scissorial notch; SPA = Spiracular area; SPA = Spiracle; SS =

Sensory sensi la; ST Stipes; STA = Stridulating area; T = Teges; UN = Uncus;
VP = Ventral process; Z = Zygum. ’

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

117

TAXONOMIC NOTES ON FOUR SPECIES OF
LEXIPHANES (COLEOPTERA: CHR Y SOMELID AE )

FROM MIDDLE AMERICA1

By Edward U. Balsbaugh, Jr.2

For his revision of the Lexiphanes north of Mexico, Balsbaugh
(1966) borrowed “types” from several European museums for pur¬
poses of identification. Some of the specimens which he received were
the Middle American species L. guatemalensis (Jacoby), L. sculptilis
(Jacoby), L. scaphidioides (Suffrian), and L. anaglypticus (Suffrian).
This paper redescribes these species and designates lectotypes for the
two Jacoby species. These descriptions of the Jacoby species are based
only upon their respective lectotypes. No lectotypes are fixed for either
of the two Suffrian species for the reasons given in the discussion under
these species.

Acknowledgments: For the loan of this material the author is in¬
debted to J. Balfour-Browne, British Museum (Natural History); Fritz
Hieke, Humboldt Universitat, Berlin; and J. O. Hiising, Martin Luther
Universitat, Halle-Wittenberg, Deutsche Demokratische Republik.
Appreciation is also expressed to Francisco Pacheco M., Centro de In-
vestigaciones Agricultural del Norte, Cuidad Obregon, Sonora, Mexico,
for the loan and exchange of Mexican specimens. Research for this
paper was conducted while the author was in the employ of the Penn¬
sylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.

Lexiphanes guatemalensis (Jacoby)

Monachus guatemalensis Jacoby, 1880:38.

Lexiphanes guatemalensis (Jacoby). Blackwelder, 1946: 643 (check¬
list).

Lectotype, here designated: Female, “Zapote, Guatemale”; British
Museum (Nat. Hist.).

Description. Head black with blue reflections; frons flat, finely alutaceous with a
few punctures. Eyes emarginate around antennal bases. Labrum fulvous. Antennae
with basal 2 segments fulvous, segments 3 and 4 black and with a few short setae
(segments 5 through 11 of right antenna and 3 through 11 of left antenna missing).
Pronotum bluish-black with distinct fine punctures evenly distributed over entire
surface; disc evenly convex. Prosternum bluish-black, alutaceous, length two-thirds
of width.

Elytra bluish-black with orange-red fascia; fascia emarginate posteriorly around
humeri, covering epipleura, and converging medially but not completely to suture.
Curvature evenly convex except raised dorsally along elevated scutellum. Discal
striae indistinct; strial punctures distinct but becoming effaced posteriorly. Surface
finely alutaceous. Marginal striae, along with epipleura, strongly curved ventrally.

1 Approved by the Director of the South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station
as Journal Series No. 716.

2 Entomology-Zoology Department, South Dakota State University, Brookings,
South Dakota, 57006.

118

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Scutellum nearly equilaterally triangular, base slightly shorter than sides; posterior
apex elevated above level of base; surface smooth. Pygidium bluish-black, alutace-
ous. Abdominal intercoxal process setose. Fifth abdominal segment of female with
glabrous fovea medially. A smaller setose fovea on each side of more shining
central one. Legs bluish-black with following parts missing from lectotype: left
protibia and tarsus, right protarsus, mesotarsal segments 2 through 5 of both legs,
and right hind leg including coxa.

Measurements. The following measurements were taken from the lectotype (a
female): body length, 3.75 mm.; body width, 2.50 mm.;body thickness, 2.10 mm.;
pronotal length, 1.25 mm.; pronotal width, 2.25 mm.; elytral length, 2.50 mm.;
epipleural length, 1.25 mm.

Discussion: The author examined 3 specimens of this species (1
female and 2 males), all from the Jacoby collection, British Museum
(Natural History). Jacoby (1880) based his original description pri¬
marily on the female and only casually mentioned the males. Perhaps
as an oversight, he failed to include the female when listing the type
localities. Nevertheless, I am designating this female as lectotype be¬
cause it carries the tag “Type Sp. figured”; it compares closely with
the specimen figured by Jacoby; and it was the first specimen in the
series of syntypes. Further, it is the only female in the group. I there¬
fore consider that the lectotype is the specimen figured by Jacoby
(1880, pi. III., fig. 1) and the chief subject for the original description.

Variation was observed between the three syntypes. One (Cor¬
dova, Mexico) has much wider elytral fasciae. The ground color of
this specimen is more light purple rather than the deep bluish-black
of the other beetles.

Lexiphanes sculptilis (Jacoby)

Monachus sculptilis Jacoby, 1880:41.

Lexiphanes sculptilis (Jacoby). Blackwelder, 1946: 644 (checklist).

Lectotype, here designated: Male, “Guanajuato, Mexico, Salle Coll.”;
British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

Description. Head black; frons flat, alutaceous and with a few punctures. Eyes
emarginate at antennal bases. Labrum black with fulvous distal margin. Antennae
with basal two segments slightly fulvous; segments 3 and 4 becoming darker;
segments 5 through 11 black, setose, and broader than basal 4. Pronotum black,
alutaceous, with large basal median punctures diminishing laterally in number and
size, and with some very fine punctures on disc in front of basal median punctures;
disc evenly convex. Prosternum brownish-black, alutaceous; lateral margins rug-
ulose; subquadrate.

Elytra bluish-black, evenly convex except raised dorsally along elevated scutel¬
lum. Deeply striate-punctate, marginal and submarginal striae especially well im¬
pressed; punctures large, becoming finer posteriorly; surface alutaceous. Scutellum
narrowly triangular, pointed; apex elevated somewhat above level of base; sur¬
face very finely alutaceous. Pygidium black, roughly alutaceous, with broad close
punctures. Venter black, alutaceous. Abdominal intercoxal process with long, close
setae. Fifth abdominal segment of male non-foveate and with a few setae. Legs
black, alutaceous. Tarsal claws appendiculate.

Measurements. The following measurements were taken from the lectotype (a
male): body length, 2.62 mm.; body width, 1.70 mm.; body thickness, 1.50 mm.;
pronotal length, 1.00 mm.; pronotal width, 1.50 mm.; elytral length, 1.62 mm.;
epipleural length, 1.00 mm.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

119

Discussion: The lectotype can further be recognized by the follow¬
ing labels. On a blue tag: “ Monachus sculptilis Jacoby,” and on a
white tag: “B.C.A., Col. VI, 1. Monachus sculptilis Jac.” I removed
the lectotype from its mount, which was formerly glued by its ventrum
to a quadrangular card, and remounted it on its right side to a triangular
point in order to study its ventrum.

The second specimen of Jacoby’s series was labeled as follows*
"‘Guanajuato” “Mexico Salle Coll.” “333” “B.C.A. Col. VI, 1. Monachus
sculptilis Jac.”

Balsbaugh (1966) notes a close relationship, based on genitalic
similarities, between L. sculptilis and L. mexicanus (Jacoby).

Lexiphanes scaphidioides (Suffrian)

Monachus scaphidioides Suffrian, 1852:215.

Lexiphanes scaphidioides (Suffrian). Blackwelder, 1946: 644 (checklist).

Syntypes: "In Yucatan ( Mus . Chevrolet) und Guatimala (Mus.
Deyrolle .)” (Suffrian, 1852).

FIRST SYNTYPE: Female, type number “24372”; “Guatimala”;
Martin Luther Universitat, Halle-Saale, Deutsche Demokratische Re-
publik.

Description. Head black; frons flat, finely alutaceous. Eyes emarginate around
antennal bases. Distal edge of labrum fulvous. Antenna with basal 5 segments
fulvous, segments 6 through 11 black and with setae. Pronotum dull black, finely
alutaceous; disc impunctate, elevated so that pronotum is not evenly convex but
slightly lowered mid-basally; basal margin feebly rugose medially. Prosternum
subquadrate; alutaceous along anterior margin; sparsely, feebly punctate.

Elytra evenly convex; black with yellowish-red fascia; fascial width two-thirds
length of elytra; the fascia emarginate posteriorly around humeri, covering epi-
pleura, and converging medially but not completely to suture. Discal striae and
punctures obsolete, only feeble “water-soaked’’ spots in place of strial punctures
visible on fascia. Surface very finely alutaceous. Marginal striae impressed and
nearly parallel with impressed submarginal striae in vicinity of epipleura. Scutellum
long and narrow (base three-fourths wide as sides long); posterior apex elevated;
surface very finely alutaceous (nearly glabrous). Pygidium black, alutaceous, with
sparse, relatively broad but shallow punctures. Ventrum black, alutaceous. Fifth
abdominal segment of female with medial fovea; a transverse depression at pos¬
terior end of segment; long setae bordering medial fovea. Legs black. Tarsal claws
appendiculate.

Measurements. The following measurements were taken from the first syntype
(a female): body length, 2.88 mm.; body width, 2.00 mm.; body thickness, 1.50
mm.; pronotal length, 1.00 mm.; pronotal width, 1.75 mm.; elytral length, 1.88 mm.;
epipleural length, 1.12 mm.

SECOND SYNTYPE: Male, type number “19690”; “Guatimala”;
Martin Luther Universitat, Halle-Saale, Demokratische Republik.

Description. Head brownish-black dorsally, fulvous from antennal bases antero-
ventrally to and including labrum. Frons convex between upper lobes of deeply
emarginate eyes. Surface very finely alutaceous. Labrum long, being slightly shorter
than broad. Antennae with proximal 4 segments and basal part of fifth fulvous;
segments 6 through 11 brownish-black and setose. Pronotum dull black, alutaceous,
impunctate, and evenly convex. Prosternum wider than long (proportions not readily
discernible on syntype because of being obscured by crossed prolegs); finely
alutaceous.

120

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

Elytra brownish-black with yellowish fascia; width of fascia slightly less than
one-half length of elytra, emarginate posteriorly around humeri, covering epipleura,
and converging medially but not completely to suture; evenly convex. Discal striae
obsolete, punctures very shallow. Surface finely alutaceous. Marginal striae im¬
pressed and nearly parallel with impressed submarginal striae in vicinity of epipleura.
Scutellum with base two-thirds wide as sides long; base arched anteriorly; posterior
apex elevated; surface very finely alutaceous. Pygidium brownish-black, alutaceous,
with relatively broad but shallow punctures, each bearing a single seta. Fifth ab¬
dominal segment of male without fovea but setose medially. Legs brownish-black
but with basal portions of pro- and mesofemora fulvous. Tarsal claws appendiculate.

Measurements. The following measurements were taken from the second syntype
(a male): body length, 2.38 mm.; body width, 1.50 mm.; body thickness, not ac¬
curately discernible due to multilation of the specimen by the insect pin;
pronotal length, 0.88 mm.; pronotal width, 1.33 mm.; elytral length, 1.50 mm.;
epipleural length, 0.63 mm.

Discussion: In spite of Suffrian’s accreditation of Chevrolat as author,
Suffrian is the currently acknowledged author of L. scaphidioides, as
he is the first to have described the species (Suffrian, 1852). Lexiphanes
scaphidioides of Chevrolat is presently believed to be a nomen nudum.

Although Suffrian (1852) listed both Guatemala and Yucatan as type
localities, only the two Guatemalan specimens were seen by this author.
These carried their respective “type” numbers and were accompanied
by a separate locality label: “Scaphidioides, Cho. M., Guatimala.” This
label was purported by Dr. J. O. Hiising of Martin Luther Universitat
(personal communication) to be original with Suffrian. The two L.
scaphidioides redescribed here are believed to be those Guatemalan ex¬
amples in the original description (Suffrian, 1852). No specimens from
Yucatan — those supposedly in the Chevrolat collection — were examined.

It is difficult or impossible to specificially associate Suffrian’s descrip¬
tion of this species with one or the other of the two specimens studied
since Suffrian compiled his description of the species from several ex¬
amples. After having carefully examined the Guatemalan specimens, this
author believes that these beetles represent two distinct species. At least
one of these specimens should be described and named as a new species,
but this more properly should be done after the “Yucatan ( Mus . Chevro¬
lat)” specimens (Suffrian, 1852) can also be studied. Then the lectotype
designation for L. scaphidioides could be fixed more accurately and the
specimen determined which represents the new species of the Guatemalan
syntypes.

The two Guatemalan syntypes differ from one another as follows: The
coloration of the fascia of the first is a brighter yellowish-red, while the
ground color of this specimen is a darker black. The overall size of the
two beetles varies greatly, even considering the differences in their sex.
Proportions are different. The uniqueness of the pronotal conformation
of each is quite noticeable. That of the first syntype recurves posteriorly
behind the disc, while the pronotum of the second is more uniformly
convex. The scutellum of the second syntype appears proportionately
shorter than this sclerite of the first. The pronotal surface texture is more
coarsely alutaceous in the second specimen than that of the first. The
author believes these differences are too great to be either sexual or infra¬
specific variations.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

121

Both syntypes of L. scaphidioides differ from L. guatemcdensis in having
an impunctate pronotum and a black, rather than bluish-black, ground
color. They further differ from this latter species in lacking a decided
curve in the marginal and submarginal striae near the epipleura. Both
specimens of L. scaphidioides can be distinguished from L. mexicanus
(Jacoby) by their elytral fascia which partially surround the humeral
umbones in an emarginate manner. The fasciae in L. mexicanus do not
surround these prominences. Further, the pronotum of L. mexicanus
usually has a few medial basal punctures, a feature lacking in L. scaph¬
idioides.

All specimens of similarly marked beetles from Arizona that this author
has seen proved to be L. mexicanus. Lexiphanes scaphidioides is known
to him only by the above two examples which are from Guatemala. He
therefore believes that Fall (1934) misidentified Arizonan beetles of L.
mexicanus as L. scaphidioides. Thus L. scaphidioides could reasonably
be deleted from the North American catalogue of beetles (Blackwelder,
1939).

Lexiphanes anaglypticus (Suffrian)

Monachus anaglypticus Suffrian, 1852:214.

Lexiphanes anaglypticus (Suffrian). Blackwelder, 1946: 643 (checklist).

Holotype: “Von Chalapa. ( Mus . Berol .)” (Suffrian, 1852).

Description. Head dark brown, alutaceous; epicranium evenly rounded with
surface of eyes; frons slightly convex. Eyes emarginate around antennal bases.
Clypeus brown, with setae. Labrum glossy, light brown, with a few setae, three-
fourths as long as wide. Antennae with basal segment fulvous; segments 2 through
5 darker; segments 6 through 1 1 dark brown, alutaceous, broader, and setose,
(segments 7 through 11 missing from right antenna). Pronotum brownish, posterior
part lighter, becoming more reddish laterally; surface finely alutaceous; base with
an impressed, posteriorly arching, medial line. Prosternum brown, alutaceus, punc¬
tate at posterior corners and along posterior margins; length two-thirds of width.

Elytra dark brown, finely alutaceous, punctate-striate, striae shallow and com¬
pletely effaced over apical half; marginal and submarginal striae deeply impressed for
entire length; marginal interstrial spaces decidedly convex. Scutellum long and
narrow, sides twice as long as base, very finely alutaceous. Pygidium dark brown,
alutaceous, with broad, shallow punctures; impressed and glabrous at posterior
corners. Ventrum dark brown, alutaceous. Prosternal episternum yellowish-orange,
with recessed area for reception of profemora. Abdominal intercoxal process broad,
devoid of setae. Fifth abdominal segment with glabrous fovea medially, a few short
setae laterad of fovea, the fovea broader posteriorly. The fifth segment lighter brown
posteriorly. Legs dark brown; tibiae of forelegs and all tarsi lighter. Left proleg
missing.

Measurements. The following measurements were taken from the study specimen
(a female): body length, 2.40 mm.; body width, 1.75 mm.; body thickness, 1.40 mm.;
pronotal length, 0.80 mm.; pronotal width, 1.50 mm.; elytral length, 1.60 mm.

Discussion: The specimen described above carries the “type” number
“23568” and is deposited in the Institut fur Spezielle Zoologie und Zoo-
logischen Museum, Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin. Because of a discrep¬
ancy in type locality indications, some doubt exists as to the authenticity
of this specimen as holotype. The type locality given with the original
description (Suffrian, 1852) is listed here under the nomenclatural

122

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

synonomy. The following is from the tag accompanying the presumed
holotype from Humboldt-Universitat: “anaglypticus Suff. Jalappa (sic)
Depp.” These differences in spelling may, however, result only from a
lapsus calami in the published citation. In checking various atlases the
locality “Chalapa” could not be found, whereas Jalapa is listed for
Mexico, Guatemala, and Nicaragua. The holotype is likely from Mexico.

Literature Cited

Balsbaugh, Edward U., Jr.

1966. Genus Lexiphanes of America North of Mexico (Coleoptera: Chrysome-
hdae). Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 117: 655-680.

Blackwelder, Richard Eliot

1939. Fourth supplement 1933-1938 (inclusive) to the Leng catalogue of the
Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. Mount Vernon, New York
146 pp.

1946. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the
West Indies, and South America, part 4. United States Nat. Mus. Bull
185: iv + 551-763.

Fall, Henry Clinton

1934. A new name and other miscellaneous notes (Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific
Ent. 10: 171-174.

Jacoby, Martin

1880. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera 6(1): 1-72.
Suffrian, Eduard

1852. Zur Kenntniss der nordamerikanischen Cryptocephalen. Linn. Ent. 6:
198-3 18.

LITERATURE NOTICE

THE FENNOSCANDIAN, DANISH AND BRITISH SPECIES OF THE GENUS
THOMSON (C°L ANOBIIDAE). By C. Johnson. Opusc. Ent. 31(1-2):
8 i -92, 30 figs. 1966. — A key to 9 species, with figures of antennae, pronota, male
genitalia, and a few other structures, and with notes on each species are presented.
Previous identification has been difficult because of variation; male genitalia have
helped alleviate this situation. Many species of Ernobius are of economic importance.

A CLASSIFICATION OF THE GENERA AND HIGHER TAXA OF THE
MELOID SUBFAMILY ELECTICINAE (COLEOPTERA). By R. B. Selander.
Canad. Ent. 98(5): 449-481, 75 figs. 1966. — 2 tribes, seven subtribes (3 new), and
10 genera (3 new) are recognized, keyed, and diagnosed. Also, 4 new species are
presented. Members are found in the Neotropical, Ethiopian, and Oriental Regions.

STAPHYLININI UND QUEDIINI (COL. STAPH YLINIDAE) VON NEW¬
FOUNDLAND, SUDOST-LABRADOR UND NOVA SCOTIA (59. BEITRAG ZUR
KENNTNIS DER STAPH YLINIDEN ) . By A. Smetana. Acta Ent. Fennica 20:
3-60, 77 figs., 1 table. 1965. — Contains mostly distribution records for 59 species
and subspecies, of which 6 are new. Also, some new synonymies and a key to the
nearctic species of the subgenus Quedius.

REVISAO DOS LANGURIINAE NEOTROPICAIS (COLEOPTERA, LAN-
GURIIDAE). By U. R. Martins and F. S. Pereira. Arq. Zool. (Brazil) 13: 139-300,
97 figs., 4 maps. 1965. — Keys, descriptions, distributions, and illustrations of 15
geneia (2 new) and 82 species (16 new) are given. The keys are also translated
into English in the summary. This group is now well treated in the Western Hem¬
isphere; in 1948 Vaurie did the Languriidae of North America.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

123

A NEW SPECIES OF MARTINIUS FROM CUBA
(COLEOPTERA: LIMNICHIDAE)

By T. J. Spilman1

The Thaumastodinae of the Limnichidae, according to my recent study
(1959, Coleop. Bull. 13(4) : 1 1 1-122, 30 figs.), included three genera and
four species from India, Philippines, the Malay peninsula, and Panama.
The only member from the Western Hemisphere was Martinius tellipontis
Spilman, from Panama. Now another western member must be added;
an undescribed species of this genus was discovered by Fernando de
Zayas in Cuba. Serior de Zayas generously sent the specimens for study.

A new observation on the morphology of all members of the Thaumas¬
todinae should be presented before describing the new species. The
orientation of the metatarsal claws of the Thaumastodinae is odd. The
apices of the claws are directed toward the morphologically anterior surface
of the leg, not toward the morphologically ventral surface, as is usual
in most insects and as is the condition in the protarsal and mesotarsal
claws of the Thaumastodinae. The reason for this odd orientation is in
the attitude in which the whole metathoracic leg is positioned and moved.
The parts of the leg do not rotate on the leg axis; the morphologically
anterior surface always faces ventrally and the morphologically ventral
surface faces posteriorly or toward the body’s midline, depending on the
flexure of the leg at any one time. Certainly the plate-like, immobile
metacoaxe contribute to the lack of rotation, and the coxa-trochanter and
trochanter-femur joints do not appear capable of rotation. Now, if the
claws of these beetles were directed toward the leg’s morphologically
ventral surface, they would not be effective in gripping the surface of the
ground below the beetle. Because the anterior surface of the metathoracic
leg does face the ground, the claws are directed in what seems to be an
abnormal position, toward the morphologically anterior surface. The
claws thus come into contact with the ground.

Perhaps the metatarsal claws are not the only parts of the leg with
an odd orientation; the metatarsal segments themselves may have their
morphologically anterior surfaces directed ventrally. The orientation of
these segments is not so easily determinable because the segments are
cylindrical and do not have good reference points of direction as do
claws. Yet, one characteristic of these segments might give a slight clue
that the segments have the same orientation as do the claws: the long,
coarse setae at the apices of segments 1-3 are on what appears to be the
morphologically anterior surface, not on the morphologically ventral
surface, as one might expect and as is the case in the protarsal and
mesotarsal segments. However, not much weight can be attached to the
position of these setae, because setae on beetle legs often occur or develop
coarseness without any definite regard to morphological orientation. The

1 Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.

124

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

direction of the setae on the metatarsus in the Thaumastodinae, that
is, orientation toward the surface of the ground below the beetle, has the
same effect as the position of the claws; it provides a good grip on the
ground.

In the two preceding paragraphs I have used the terms ‘morphologically
ventral surface’ and ‘morphologically anterior surface’ as if each leg
always had its longitudinal axis held perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
of the body and as if the leg were always completely extended, with the
femur-tibia flexure always ventral. Thus, difficulties of determining correct
orientation of legs and of describing surfaces of those legs are avoided. It
is a simple arrangement used by many entomologists; unfortunately it has
not been commonly adopted by coleopterists. Such orientation would
avoid the impossible terms ‘inside’ and ‘outside’ for leg surfaces.

Martinius ripisaltator Spilman, NEW SPECIES

Description. Similar to Martinius tellipontis, but differing as follows: In dorsal
view, lateral border of pronotum and lateral border of elytra in posterior half
slightly moie convex (fig. 1); pronotal and elytral transverse convexity stronger*
dorsoventral angulation of lateral borders of pronotum and elytra not so acute*
not tending toward being explanate; long, coarse setae on tibiae and tarsi shorter
and coarser, especially noticeable on metatibiae; generally smaller, length 2.35-2.60
mm., width 1.15-1.35 mm.; female with slightly longer setae on protibia and pro¬
tarsus, sexual dimorphism thus not so distinct.

Specimens examined. Holotype, male, Cuba, Habana Province, sea¬
shore near Rio Santana, Marianao, June 1951, F. de Zayas. Allotype,
female, same data as holotype. Paratypes, 32 males, 41 females, same
data as holotype. All specimens in United States National Museum; tvpe
number 68186.

Figures 1-2. Martinius spp., body outline in dorsal view. ripisaltator.
2 — tellipontis.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

125

The label name Rio Santana is probably a contraction of Rio Santa
Ana. Senor de Zayas sent the following note with the specimens. “This
species lives on the moist sand among the mangroves and ‘dog-teeth’
limestone in the intertidal zone. The locality is very near the mouth of
the river, about 10 miles west of Habana. The beetles are very active
and jump like fleas and fly, so collecting them is very difficult. To collect
them I made several fast runs along the intertidal zone, holding the net
about an inch above the ground.”

The new species described above can be differentiated from the one
previously described in the following manner.

Body outline in dorsal view as in fig. 1; metatibia with longest seta, excluding
setae on apex, not longer than second metatarsal segment; from Cuba

- RIPISALTATOR Spilman

Body outline in dorsal view as in fig. 2; metatibia with longest seta, excluding
setae on apex, longer than second metatarsal segment; from Panama
- TELLIPONTIS Spilman

CYRTOBAGOUS HUSTACHE, A GENUS OF WEEVILS
NEW TO THE UNITED STATES FAUNA
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE: BAGOINI)

By D. G. Kissinger12

The following specimens of Cyrtobagous singularis Hustache (1929,
p. 228), a monobasic genus, were found at the ultraviolet collecting light
at the Archbold Biological Station, near Lake Placid, Highlands Co.,
Florida: one, 7 June, 1962; four, 28 May, 1964. The species was origin¬
ally described from Curumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. I have an additional
specimen from Parque Sooretama, Linhares, Espirito Santo, Brazil. One
specimen in the United States National Museum collection was intercepted
on an airplane from Mexico. Material in the British Museum (N. H.),
determined by R. T. Thompson, was seen from Obidos, Brazil, April,
1963, F. D. Bennett, on Salvinia, and Ogle Estate, British Guiana,
October, 12, 1961, F. D. Bennett, on Salvinia auriculata. The present deter-

1 Atlantic Union College, South Lancaster, Mass.

2 Aided by grant GB 1442 from the National Science Foundation; I am indebted
to Richard Archbold for his hospitality during my visits to the Archbold Biological
Station; special thanks are due to R. T. Thompson for the loan of specimens from
the British Museum (N.H.).

126

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

mination is based upon a study of the original description and material
from the British Museum (N. H.) determined by R T. Thompson. The
specimens seen agree with the original description but have a six instead
of a seven segmented funiculus. It is assumed that the description is in
error on this point because of the unusual antennae.

In using the subfamily key presented by Kissinger (1964) some diffi¬
culty may be experienced in placing the genus. At couplet 18 the genus
is correctly described by the first statement except it has the first segment
of the antennal club nearly glabrous and lacks both a seven segmented
funiculus and an apical channel on the prosternum. The alternate state¬
ment of couplet 18 refers to Rhynchophorinae, with which Cyrtobagous
could not be confused due to its lack of a tibial uncus. At couplet 36 a
decision is difficult because the unusual claws of Cyrtobagous appear
connate but are free when examined under a compound microscope. If the
connate claw choice is followed the six segmented funiculus will immedi¬
ately distinguish Cyrtobagous from the choices of five and seven segmented
funiculi offered at couplet 37. If the free claw alternative at couplet 36
is followed the genus will come out at couplet 52 to Hyperinae due to its
transverse eyes. Cyrtobagous lacks conspicuous setosity on the rostrum;
the elytra and prothorax are clothed with well separated, round, green
(or blue) submetallic scales; the funiculus has six segments; the antennal
club has the first segment elongate and largely glabrous; and the ventral
parts of the thorax, femur, tibia and tarsus are clothed with dense, grey
water repellent vestiture. Hyperinae have the rostrum more or less uni¬
formly setose; prothorax and elytra with dense, narrow, elongate scales
or setae; funiculus with seven segments; antennal club uniformly pubes¬
cent; and lack water repellent vestiture.

In the key to the genera of Erirhininae of the United States presented
by Kissinger (1964) the genus will run to couplet 9 because the hind tibia
is not uncinate and will key to Stenopelmus Schoenherr due to the short
prosternum and nearly centrally inserted front coxae. Cyrtobagous in
addition to features mentioned above has the rostrum slightly longer than
the dorsal margin of the prothorax in side view, scape not reaching eye,
scrobe not extending below eye, and has the tarsal claws nearly straight
in side view. Stenopelmus has a seven segmented funiculus, dense vesti¬
ture on prothorax and elytra, rostrum about one-half as long as prothorax
in side view, scape extending past middle of eye on ventral margin of eye,
scrobe extends beneath eye, and tarsal claws are distinctly curved.

The original description of C. singularis gives a range of length of 2.5
to 2.8 mm.; available material ranges from 1.88 to 2.64 mm. long by 1.00
to 1.50 mm. wide

Literature Cited

Hustache, a.

1929. Nouveaux curculionides de l’Amerique du Sud. Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina
2: 227-232.

Kissinger, D. G.

1964. Curculionidae of America north of Mexico: a key to the genera. 143 pp.
Taxonomic Publications, South Lancaster, Mass.

1966

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

127

Figures 1-4 — Cyrtobagous singulars Hustache, from Archbold Biological Station,
Lake Placid, Florida, apparently a female. 1 — Lateral view, scale equals 0.299 mm.
2 — Dorsal view, scale equals 0.296 mm. 3 — Dorsal view of head and rostrum, scale
equals 0.232 mm. 4 — Lateral view of tarsus 3, scale equals 0.072 mm.

128

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

Volume 20

WERE THEY HYDROPHILIDS? (COLEOPTERA).

In 1909 (Ent. News 20(8): 364) Warren Knaus published a note about two
hunters who shot into a passing swarm of large insects with guns, and brought down
what proved to be Hydrophilus triangularis Say. The beetles were flying eastward just
after 6 P.M. at the western outskirts of McPherson, Kansas.

This record immediately came to mind upon reading the entry for the night of
June 12-13, 1849, in Captain Howard Stansbury’s “Exploration and survey of the
valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, including a reconnoissance of a new route
through the Rocky Mountains.” There are two editions of this work, 1852 and 1853;
bibliographically they are separate items.

According to Stansbury, then, p. 25. [Tuesday, June 12, 1849] “After travelling
twenty-six miles, we encamped on the level bank of Walnut Creek — a tributary of
the Little Blue, with a tolerable supply of grass and water. ...”

Wednesday, June 13. — About two o’clock in the morning, the camp was sud¬
denly aroused by the bursting upon it of a most furious storm. The wind blew a
hurricane, the rain fell in torrents, while the thunder and lightning were terrible
and incessant. Fortunately the camp had been pitched in a sheltered spot, or it must
have been entirely blown away by the tempest: as it was, the tents were prostrated
by the wind, and preserved with much difficulty. Our men were exposed to all its
fury for several hours. At length, however, the sky partially cleared, but the lowering
enemy seemed still to linger, as if meditating another attack. The morning proved
exceedingly hot and close; the barometer continued to fall. Our poor mules having
been picketed within the lines all night, and consequently exposed to the storm, seemed
dejected, tired, and hollow; altogether the camp seemed weary and dispirited. The
weather looked so very doubtful that we did not move until half-past two o’clock; the
men being until then engaged in drying their bedding, which had been thoroughly
soaked by the rain. An immense number of black beetles and other insects swarmed
around the camp last evening. Attracted by the light, they annoyed us beyond measure,
and could be heard all night, pattering against the tent like large drops of rain in
a heavy shower.”

According to the daily and accumulated mileages given in Appendix A, Outward
Journey from Fort Leavenworth, their camp on the night of June 12-13 must have
been in present day Jefferson County, Nebraska, close to Fairbury. In the Appendix,
Walnut Creek is equated with Emigrants’ [j/c/] Creek. On June 13 they travelled
only five miles and camped on the right bank of the Little Sandy, crossing the Big
Sandy at noon the next day.

Hydrophilus triangularis flies in the dark and readily comes to light — witness
B latch ley’s comment (1910. Coleoptera of Indiana, p. 255), “Sometimes attracted by
thousands to electric light in Indianapolis and the larger cities.” It seems a reasonable
infeience that Captain Stansbury’s notes refer to this species. Indeed, his locality
cannot be very far from that of Thomas Say’s examples used for the original descrip¬
tion of H. triangularis. Say accompanied Major Long on his 1819-1820 expedition
to the Rocky Mountains, going via the Platte River and returning by the Arkansas; of
his type series he wrote. It is rather rare in Pennsylvania but I obtained several
specimens near the Rocky Mountains.” — Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco, California.

NOTICE

A new scientific book series, Series Entomologica, will contain all kinds of en¬
tomological publications. Works and catalogues of systematic entomology will be
represented as well as studies on anatomy, physiology, bionomy, biology, ecology
and epidemiology of insects, and on the geographical distribution of insects or the
history of entomology. It will also provide for monographs on single species of in¬
sects. Special attention will be given to the treatment of entomophagous insects.
Volume 1 is a revision of a subfamily of Braconidae and volume 2 is a catalogue
° ^cnus of Zygaenidae. Dr. E. Schimitschik of Mtinden, Germany, is the editor,

Dr. W. Junk, Publishers, 13 van Stolkweg, The Hague, The Netherlands, is the
publisher.

-BACK ISSUES-

The Col

eopterists' Bulletin

Per

Single

Volume

Issue

Vol.

1949, 6 issues

(Nos. 1 & 2 o.p.J $5.00

$1.00

Vol.

1950, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1951, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1952, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

1953, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1954, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

1955, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

10,

1956, 6 issues

5.00

1.00

Vol.

11.

1957, 2 issues

5.00

3.00

Vol.

12,

1958, 1 issue

5.00

Vol.

13,

1959, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

14,

1960, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

is,

1961, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

16,

1962, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

17,

1963, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

18,

1964, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

Vol.

19,

1965, 4 issues

5.00

1.25

THE COLEOPTERISTS' BULLETIN

620 Michigan Avenue,

N.E. Washington, D.

C. 20017

Now in its 38th year —

Anthropological Quarterly

(formerly Primitive Man)

Issued January, April, July and October

Some Recent Contents:

Grasshoppers as Food in Buhaya . P. O. Mors

A Pygmy Group Newly Discovered in New Guinea. Martin Gusinde

Eskimo Reindeer Herding . Robert T. Anderson

Rock Paintings of South Africa . Abbe Henri Breuil

The Assinboin Horse Medicine Cult . John C. Ewers

Treatment of Disease in the New Guinea Highlands

Louis J. Luzbetak

(Articles on Physical and Cultural Anthropology)

Subscription Price $5.00 a year Single Issues $1.00

Anthropological Quarterly

620 Michigan Ave., N.E. Washington, D. C. 20017

Separate Sections available from

THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES*

Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr.

An Introduction to the Study of Beetles $1.00

Section 1 — Cupedidae, Rhysodidae, Cicindelidae, Carabidae by
George E. Ball, Amphizoidae, Haliplidae, Dytiscidae,
Noteridae, Gyrinidae $3.00

Section 4 — Not Available

Section 6 — Cerambycidae, Chrysomelidae, Bruchidae, Anthribi-

dae, Brentidae, Curculionidae, Platypodidae, Scolytidae $3.00

INDEX $2.00

* Complete book is out of print.

Send your order today!!

The Catholic University of America Press
620 Michigan Avenue, N.E*

Washington, D* C. 20017

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA

595. 705COLB C001

C 0 LEO PT ER 1ST S ’ BULLETINS WASHINGTON, D

UN,VERSrrY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA

3 0112 122671677

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Coleopterists' bulletin"

See other formats